stripping voltammetric methods for the determination of

718
STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC METHODS FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS MOHAMAD HADZRI BIN YAACOB UNIVERSITI TEKNOLOGI MALAYSIA

Upload: khangminh22

Post on 20-Feb-2023

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC METHODS FOR

THE DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS

MOHAMAD HADZRI BIN YAACOB

UNIVERSITI TEKNOLOGI MALAYSIA

BAHAGIAN A – Pengesahan Kerjasama * Adalah disahkan bahawa projek penyelidikan tesis ini telah dilaksanakan melalui kerjasama antara _____________________ dengan _________________________ Disahkan oleh: Tandatangan : .......................................................... Tarikh : .......................... Nama : .......................................................... Jawatan :........................................................... (Cop rasmi) * Jika penyediaan tesis/projek melibatkan kerjasama.

BAHAGIAN B – Untuk Kegunaan Pejabat Sekolah Pengajian Siswazah Tesis ini telah diperiksa dan diakui oleh: Nama dan Alamat Pemeriksa Luar : Prof. Dr. Noor Azhar Bin Mohd Shazili

Pengarah Institut Oseanografi, Kolej Universiti Sains dan Teknologi Malaysia, Mengabang Telipot 21030 Kuala Terengganu

Nama dan Alamat Pemeriksa Dalam I : Prof. Madya Dr. Razali Bin Ismail

Fakulti Sains, UTM, Skudai Pemeriksa Dalam II : Nama Penyelia Lain (jika ada) : Disahkan oleh Penolong Pendaftar di Sekolah Pengajian Siswazah: Tandatangan : .......................................................... Tarikh : .......................... Nama : .GANESAN A/L ANDIMUTHU

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC METHODS FOR

THE DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS

MOHAMAD HADZRI BIN YAACOB

A thesis submitted in fulfilment of the

requirements for the award of the degree of

Doctor of Philosophy

Faculty of Science

Universiti Teknologi Malaysia

APRIL 2006

ii

iii

Specially dedicated to:

My mother, wife, sons, daughters and all families for

all the love, support and continuous prayer

for my success in completing this work.

iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

All praise be to ALLAH SWT and blessing be upon His Prophet SAW whose

ultimate guidance creates a more meaningful purpose to this work.

I wish to express my sincere gratitude and appreciation to the people who have both

directly and indirectly contributed to this thesis. The following are those to whom I

am particularly indebted:

My supervisors A.P. Dr. Abdull Rahim bin Hj. Mohd. Yusoff and Prof. Dr.

Rahmalan Ahamad for their invaluable guidance, freedom of work and

constant encouragement throughout the course of this work.

School Of Health Sciences, USM, Health Campus, Kubang Krian Kelantan

for awarding study leave together with scholarship in completing the work.

Prof Baharuddin Saad from USM Penang, AP Dr. Razali Ismail from

Chemistry Department, Faculty of Science, UTM and Prof Barek from

Charles University, Prague, Czeck Republic for their useful discussion and

suggestion. Also to Mr Radwan Ismail from Department of Chemistry,

Penang Branch, Mrs Marpongahtun Misni and Mr Wan Kamaruzaman Wan

Ahmad for their friendship, ideas and continuous support in carrying out this

work. Also to Mr Mat Yasin bin Sirin, Mrs Ramlah binti Husin and Mr Azmi

Mahmud for their assistance throughout the work.

UTM for awarding Short Term Grant No: 75152 / 2004

My mother, wife and all families for their encouragements, supports, patience,

tolerance and understanding.

v

ABSTRACT

Aflatoxin, which is produced by Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus fungi is one of the compounds in the mycotoxin group. The main types of aflatoxins are AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 which have carcinogenic properties and are dangerous to human health. Various techniques have been used for their measurements such as the high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), enzyme linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) and radioimmunoassay (RIA) but all these methods have disadvantages such as long analysis time, consume a lot of reagents and expensive. To overcome these problems, the voltammetric technique was proposed in this study using controlled growth mercury drop (CGME) as the working electrode and Britton Robinson buffer (BRB) as the supporting electrolyte. The voltammetric methods were used for investigating the electrochemical properties and the quantitative analysis of aflatoxins at the mercury electrode. The experimental conditions were optimised to obtain the best characterised peak in terms of peak height with analytical validation of the methods for each aflatoxin. The proposed methods were applied for the analysis of aflatoxins in groundnut samples and the results were compared with those obtained by the HPLC technique. All aflatoxins were found to adsorb and undergo irreversible reduction reaction at the working mercury electrode. The optimum experimental parameters for the differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) method were the BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte, initial potential (Ei): -0.1 V, final potential (Ef): -1.4 V, accumulation potential (Eacc): -0.6 V, accumulation time (tacc): 80 s, scan rate: 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude: 80 mV. The optimum parameters for the square wave stripping voltammetry (SWSV) method were Ei = -0.1 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc: -0.8 V, tacc: 100 s, scan rate: 3750 mV/s, frequency: 125 Hz and voltage step: 30 V. At the concentration of 0.10 µM, using DPCSV method with the optimum parameters, AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 produced a single peak at -1.21 V, -1.23 V, -1.17 V and -1.15 V (versus Ag/AgCl) respectively. Using the SWSV method, a single peak appeared at -1.30 V for AFB1 and AFB2 while -1.22 V for AFG1 and AFG2. The calibration curves for all aflatoxins were linear with the limit of detection (LOD) of approximately 2.0 ppb and 0.50 ppb obtained by the DPCSV and SWSV methods respectively. The results of aflatoxins content in individual groundnut samples do not vary significantly when compared with those obtained by the HPLC technique. Finally, it can be concluded that both proposed methods which are accurate, precise, robust, rugged, fast and low cost were successfully developed and are potential alternative methods for routine analysis of aflatoxins in groundnut samples.

vi

ABSTRAK

Aflatoksin adalah sejenis sebatian yang dihasilkan oleh kulat Aspergillus flavus dan Aspergillus parasiticus yang digolongkan di dalam kumpulan mikotoksin. Jenis utama aflatoksin adalah AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 dan AFG2 yang bersifat karsinogen serta merbahaya kepada kesihatan manusia. Pelbagai teknik telah digunakan untuk menentukan aflatoksin seperti kromatografi cecair prestasi tinggi (HPLC), asai serapan imuno berikatan enzim (ELISA) dan radioamunoasai (RIA) tetapi teknik-teknik ini mempunyai kelemahan seperti masa analisis yang panjang, melibatkan reagen yang banyak dan kos yang mahal. Untuk mengatasi masalah ini, teknik voltammetri telah dicadangkan untuk kajian aflatoksin menggunakan titisan raksa pembesaran terkawal (CGME) sebagai elektrod bekerja dan larutan penimbal Britton-Robinson (BRB) sebagai elektrolit penyokong. Pelbagai kaedah voltammetri telah digunakan untuk mengkaji sifat elektrokimia aflatoksin pada elektrod raksa dan analisis kuantitatifnya. Parameter kajian telah dioptimumkan untuk memperolehi puncak yang elok berdasarkan ketinggian puncak serta pengesahan analisis untuk kaedah yang dibangunkan bagi setiap aflatoksin. Kaedah ini telah digunakan untuk menentukan kandungan aflatoksin di dalam sampel kacang tanah di mana keputusan yang diperolehi telah dibandingkan dengan keputusan HPLC. Semua aflatoksin yang dikaji didapati terjerap dan menjalani proses tindakbalas penurunan tidak berbalik pada elektrod raksa. Parameter optimum untuk kaedah voltammetri perlucutan kathodik denyut pembeza (DPCSV) adalah larutan BRB pada pH 9.0 sebagai larutan elektrolit, keupayaan awal (Ei): -1.0 V, keupayaan akhir (Ef): -1.4 V, keupayaan pengumpulan (Eacc): -0.6 V, masa pengumpulan (tacc): 80 s, kadar imbasan: 50 mV/s dan amplitud denyut: 80 mV. Untuk kaedah voltammetri perlucutan gelombang bersegi (SWSV), parameter optimum adalah Ei : -1.0 V, Ef : -1.4 V, Eacc: -0.8 V, tacc: 100 s, kadar imbasan: 3750 mV/s, frekuensi: 125 Hz dan beza keupayaan: 30 mV. Menggunakan parameter optimum untuk DPCSV, 0.10 µM AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 dan AFG2 menghasilkan puncak tunggal pada keupayaan -1.21 V, -1.23 V, -1.17 V dan -1.15 V (melawan Ag/AgCl) masing-masingnya. Menggunakan kaedah SWSV, puncak terhasil pada -1.30 V untuk AFB1 dan AFB2, -1.22 V untuk AFG1 dan AFG2. Keluk kalibrasi adalah linear untuk semua aflatoksin dengan had pengesanan (LOD) pada 2.0 dan 0.5 ppb diperolehi dari kaedah DPCSV dan SWSV masing-masingnya. Keputusan analisis kandungan aflatoksin di dalam sampel kacang tanah tidak memberi perbezaan ketara berbanding dengan yang diperolehi menggunakan teknik HPLC. Kesimpulannya, kedua-dua kaedah yang dikaji yang merupakan kaedah yang tepat, jitu, cepat, sesuai digunakan dengan pelbagai model voltammetri dan kos yang murah telah berjaya dibangunkan dan berpotensi besar menjadi kaedah alternatif untuk analisis kandungan aflatoksin di dalam kacang tanah secara berkala.

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

TITLE i

DECLARATION ii

DEDICATION iii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT iv

ABSTRACT v

ABSTRAK vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS vii

LIST OF TABLES xiii

LIST OF FIGURES xvi

ABBREVATIONS xxix

LIST OF APPENDICES xxxiii

1 LITERATURE REVIEW 1

1.1 Overview 1

1.2 Aflatoxins 3

1.2.1 Aflatoxins in general 3

1.2.2 Chemistry of aflatoxins 5

1.2.3 Health aspects of aflatoxins 12

1.2.4 Analytical methods for the determination of 16

aflatoxins

1.2.5 Electrochemical properties of aflatoxins 28

1.3. Voltammetric technique 30

1.3.1 Voltammetric techniques in general 30

viii

1.3.2 Voltammetric measurement 31

1.3.2.1 Instrumentation 31

1.3.2.2 Solvent and supporting electrolyte 44

1.3.2.3 Current in voltammetry 46

1.3.2.4 Quantitative and quantitative aspects of 48

voltammetry

1.3.3 Type of voltammetric techniques 49

1.3.3.1 Polarography 49

1.3.3.2 Cyclic voltammetry 51

1.3.3.3 Stripping voltammetry 54

1.3.3.3a Anodic stripping voltammetry 56

1.3.3.3b Cathodic stripping voltammetry 57

1.3.3.3c Adsorptive stripping voltammetry 58

1.3.3.4 Pulse voltammetry 59

1.3.3.4a Differential pulse voltammetry 60

1.3.3.4b Square wave voltammetry 61

1.4 Objective and scope of study 64

1.4.1 Objective of study 64

1.4.2 Scope of study 67

2 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 70

2.1 Apparatus, material and reagents 70

2.1.1 Apparatus 70

2.1.2 Materials 72

2.1.2.1 Aflatoxin stock and standard solutions 72

2.1.2.2 Real samples 73

2.1.3 Reagents 73

2.1.3.1 Britton Robinson buffer, 0.04 M 73

2.1.3.2 Carbonate buffer, 0.04 M 74

2.1.3.3 Phosphate buffer, 0.04 M 74

ix

2.1.3.4 Ascorbic acid 74

2.1.3.5 β-cyclodextrin solution, 1.0 mM 75

2.1.3.6 L-Cysteine, 1.0 x 10-5 M 75

2.1.3.7 2,4-dihydrofuran, 0.15 M 75

2.1.3.8 Coumarin, 3.0 x 10-2 M 75

2.1.3.9 Poly-L-lysine, 10 ppm 75

2.1.3.10 Standard aluminium (II) solution, 1.0 mM 75

2.1.3.11 Standard plumbum(II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.12 Standard zinc (II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.13 Standard copper (II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.14 Standard nickel (II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.15 Methanol: 0.1 N HCl solution, 95% 76

2.1.3.16 Zinc sulphate solution, 15% 76

2.2 Analytical Technique 77

2.2.1 General procedure for voltammetric analysis 77

2.2.2 Cyclic voltammetry (Anodic and cathodic 77

directions)

2.2.2.1 Standard addition of sample 77

2.2.2.2 Repetitive cyclic voltammetry 78

2.2.2.3 Effect of scan rate 78

2.2.3 Differential pulse cathodic stripping 78

voltammetric determination of AFB2

2.2.3.1 Effect of pH 79

2.2.3.2 Method optimisation for the determination 79

of AFB2

2.2.3.2a Effect of scan rate 79

2.2.3.2b Effect of accumulation potential 80

2.2.3.2c Effect of accumulation time 80

2.2.3.2d Effect of initial potential 80

2.2.3.2e Effect of pulse amplitude 80

x

2.2.3.3 Method validation 80

2.2.3.4 Interference studies 81

2.2.3.4a Effect of Cu(II), Ni (II), Al(III), 81

Pb(II) and Zn(II)

2.2.3.4b Effect of ascorbic acid, 82

β-cyclodextrin and L-cysteine

2.2.3.5 Modified mercury electrode with PLL 82

2.2.4 Square wave cathodic stripping voltammetry 82

(SWSV)

2.2.4.1 SWSV parameters optimisation 82

2.2.4.2 SWSV determination of all aflatoxins 82

2.2.5 Stability studies of aflatoxins 83

2.2.5.1 Stability of 10 ppm aflatoxins 83

2.2.5.2 Stability of 1 ppm aflatoxins 83

2.2.5.3 Stability of 0.1 µM aflatoxins exposed 83

to ambient temperature

2.2.5.4 Stability of 0.1 µM aflatoxins in different 84

pH of BRB

2.2.6 Application to food samples 84

2.2.6.1 Technique 1 84

2.2.6.2 Technique 2 84

2.2.6.3 Technique 3 85

2.2.6.4 Blank measurement 85

2.2.6.5 Recovery studies 85

2.2.6.6 Voltammetric analysis 86

3 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 88

3.1 Cyclic voltammetric studies of aflatoxins 88

3.1.1 Cathodic and anodic cyclic voltammetric 89

of aflatoxins

xi

3.2 Differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry 102

of AFB2

3.2.1 Optimisation of conditions for the stripping 104

analysis

3.2.1.1 Effect of pH and type of supporting 104

electrolyte

3.2.1.2 Optmisation of instrumental conditions 117

3.2.1.2a Effect of scan rate 118

3.2.1.2b Effect of accumulation time 119

3.2.1.2c Effect of accumulation 120

potential

3.2.1.2d Effect of initial potential 121

3.2.1.2e Effect of pulse amplitude 122

3.2.2 Analysis of aflatoxins 127

3.2.2.1 Calibration curves of aflatoxins and 129

validation of the proposed method

3.2.2.1a Calibration curve of AFB2 129

3.2.2.1b Calibration curve of AFB1 134

3.2.2.1c Calibration curve of AFG1 137

3.2.2.1d Calibration curve of AFG2 140

3.2.2.2 Determination of limit of detection 143

3.2.2.3 Determination of limit of quantification 147

3.2.2.4 Inteference studies 150

3.3 Square-wave stripping voltammetry (SWSV) of 157

aflatoxins

3.3.1 SWSV determination of AFB2 158

3.3.1.1 Optimisation of experimental and 159

instrumental SWSV parameters

3.3.3.1a Influence of pH of BRB 159

3.3.3.1b Effect of instrumental 160

variables

xii

3.3.2 SWSV determination of other aflatoxins 166

3.3.3 Calibration curves and method validation 168

3.4 Stability studies of aflatoxins 175

3.4.1 10 ppm aflatoxin stock solutions 175

3.4.2 1 ppm aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 179

3.4.2.1 Month to month stability studies 179

3.4.2.2 Hour to hour stability studies 181

3.4.2.3 Stability studies in different pH 186

of BRB

3.4.2.4 Stability studies in 1.0 M HCl and 191

1.0 M NaOH

3.5 Voltammetric analysis of aflatoxins in real samples 192

3.5.1 Study on the extraction techniques 193

3.5.2 Analysis of blank 194

3.5.3 Recovery studies of aflatoxins in real samples 196

3.5.4 Analysis of aflatoxins in real samples 199

4 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 204

4.1 Conclusions 204

4.2 Recommendations 206

REFERENCES 208

Appendices A – AM 255 - 317

xiii

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE 1.0 Scientific name for aflatoxin compounds 7 1.1 Chemical and physical properties of aflatoxin 10 compounds 1.2 Summary of analysis methods used for 19 determination of aflatoxins in various samples 1.3 Working electrode and limit of detection for 32 modern polarographic and voltammetric techniques. 1.4 The application range of various analytical 33

techniques and their concentration limits when compared with the requirements in different fields of chemical analysis

1.5 List of different type of working electrodes and 36 its potential windows 1.6 Electroreducible and electrooxidisable organic 50 functional groups 1.7 The characteristics of different type of 53 electrochemical reaction. 1.8 Application of Square Wave Voltammetry 62 technique 2.0 List of aflatoxins and their batch numbers 72 used in this experiment 2.1 Injected volume of aflatoxins into eluate of 86 groundnut and the final concentrations obtained in voltammetric cell 3.0 The dependence of current peaks of aflatoxins to 97 their concentrations obtained by cathodic cyclic

measurements in BRB at 9.0.

xiv

3.1 Effect of buffer constituents on the peak height 109 of 2.0 µM AFB2 at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions are the same as Figure 3.21

3.2 Compounds reduced at the mercury electrode 116 3.3 Optimum parameters for 0.06 µM and 2.0 µM 126 AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. 3.4 The peak height and peak potential of aflatoxins 127 obtained by optimised parameters in BRB at pH 9.0 using DPCSV technique. 3.5 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 131 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM by the proposed voltammetric procedure (n=8). 3.6 Mean values for recovery of AFB2 standard 132 solution (n=3). 3.7 Influence of small variation in some of the 133 assay condition of the proposed procedure on its suitability and sensitivity using 0.10 µM AFB2. 3.8 Results of ruggedness test for proposed method 134 using 0.10 µM AFB2. 3.9 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 136 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM AFB1 by proposed voltammetric procedure

(n=5). 3.10 Mean values for recovery of AFB1 standard 137 solution (n=3). 3.11 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 139 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM AFG1 by proposed voltammetric procedure (n=5). 3.12 Mean values for recovery of AFG1 standard 139 solution (n=3). 3.13 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 141 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM AFG2 by proposed voltammetric procedure.

xv

3.14 Mean values for recovery of AFG2 standard 142 solution (n=5). 3.15 Peak height and peak potential of 0.10 µM 143 aflatoxins obtained by BAS and Metrohm voltammetry analysers under optimised operational parameters for DPCSV method. 3.16 Analytical parameters for calibration curves 145 for AFB1,AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 obtained by DPCSV technique using BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. 3.17 LOD values for determination of aflatoxins 148 obtained by various methods. 3.18 LOQ values for determination of aflatoxins 149 obtained by various methods. 3.19 Peak current and peak potential for all aflatoxins 167 obtained by SWSV in BRB at pH 9.0 (n=5). 3.20 Analytical parameters for calibration curves for 172 AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 obtained by SWSV technique in BRB pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. 3.21 Result of reproducibility study (intra-day and inter- 173 day measurements) for 0.1 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained by SWSV method. 3.22 Application of the proposed method in evaluation 174 of the SWSV method by spiking the aflatoxin standard solutions. 3.23 Average concentration of all aflatoxins within a 175 year stability studies. 3.24 The peak current and peak potential of 10 ppb 196 AFB2 in presence and absence of a blank sample. 3.25 Total aflatoxin contents in real samples which 203 were obtained by DPCSV and HPLC techniques (average of duplicate analysis)

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE 1.0 Aspergillus flavus seen under an electron 4 microscope. 1.1 Chemical structure of coumarin 6 1.2 Chemical structures of (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, 8

(c) AFG1, (d) AFG2, (e) AFM1 and (f) AFM2 1.3 Hydration of (a) AFB1 and (b) AFG1 by TFA 9 produces (c) AFB2a and (d) AFG2a 1.4 Transformation of toxic (a) AFB1 to non-toxic 11 (b) aflatoxicol A. 1.5 Major DNA adducts of AFB1; (a) 8,9-Dihydro-8- 13 (N7-guanyl)-9-hydroxy-aflatoxin B1 (AFB1-Gua) and (b) 8,9-Dihydro-8-(N5-Formyl-2’.5’.6’- triamino-4’-oxo-N5-pyrimidyl)-9-hydroxy-Aflatoxin B1 (AFB1-triamino-Py) 1.6 Metabolic pathways of AFB1 by cytochrom P-450 14 enzymes; B1-epoxide = AFB1 epoxide, M1= aflatoxin M1, P1= aflatoxin P1 and Q1 = aflatoxin Q1. 1.7 A typical arrangement for a voltammetric 34

electrochemical cell (RE: reference electrode, WE: working electrode. AE: auxiliary electrode)

1.8 A diagram of the Hanging Mercury Drop Electrode 37

(HMDE) 1.9 A diagram of the Controlled Growth Mercury 38 Electrode (CGME) 1.10 Cyclic voltammograms of (a) reversible, 52 (b) irriversible and (c) quasireversible reaction at mercury electrode (O = oxidised form and R = reduced

form)

xvii

1.11 The potential-time sequence in stripping analysis 55 1.12 Schematic drawing showing the Faradaic current 59 and charging current versus pulse time course 1.13 Schematic drawing of steps in DPV by 60 superimposing a periodic pulse on a linear scan 1.14 Waveform for square-wave voltammetry 61 2.0 BAS CGME stand (a) which is connected to 71 CV-50W voltammetric analyser and interface with computer (b) for data processing 2.1 VA757 Computrace Metrohm voltammetric 71 analyser with 663 VA stand (consists of Multi Mode (MME)) 3.0 Cathodic peak current of 0.6 µM AFB1 in various 89 pH of BRB obtained in cathodic cyclic voltammetry. Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0 and scan rate = 200

mV/s) 3.1 Shifting of peak potential of AFB1 with increasing 90 pH of BRB. Parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.0. 3.2 Mechanism of reduction of AFB1 in BRB at pH 6.0 90 to 8.0. 3.3 Mechanism of reduction of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0 91 to 11.0. 3.4 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFB1 92 obtained at scan rate of 200 mV/s, Ei = 0, Elow =

-1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. 3.5 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFB2 92 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.6 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFG1 93 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

xviii

3.7 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFG2 93 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.8 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.6 µM AFB1 in BRB at pH 94

9.0 obtained by cathodic cyclic voltammetry. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

3.9 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.1 µM Zn2+ in BRB at pH 94 9.0 obtained by cathodic cyclic voltammetry. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

3.10 Anodic cyclic voltammogram of 1.3 µM AFB2 95 obtained at scan rate of 200 mV/s, Ei = -1.5 V, Elow = -1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB at pH 9.0. 3.11 Effect of increasing AFB2 concentration on the 96 peak height of cathodic cyclic voltammetrc curve in BRB at pH = 9.0. (1.30 µM, 2.0 µM, 2.70 µM and 3.40 µM). All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.12 Peak height of reduction peak of AFB2 with 96 increasing concentration of AFB2. All parameter

conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.13 Repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 98 µM AFB2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All

experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.14 Increasing Ip of 1.3 µM AFB2 cathodic peak 98 obtained from repetitive cyclic voltammetry. All

experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.15 Peak potential of 1.3 µM AFB2 with increasing 99 number of cycle obtained by repetitive cyclic

voltammetry.

xix

3.16 Plot of log Ip versus log υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in 100 BRB solution at pH 9.0. All experimental conditions

are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.17 Plot of Ep versus log υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB 101

solution at pH 9.0. 3.18 Plot of Ip versus υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB 102 solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions

are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.19 DPCS voltammograms of 1.0 µM AFB2 (Peak I) 103 in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) at tacc = 0 and 30 s. Other parameter conditions; Ei = 0, Ef = -1.50 V,

Eacc = 0, υ =50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

3.20 DPCS voltammograms of 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB 104 in BRB (Peak I) at different pH values; 6.0, 7.0,

8.0, 9.0, 11.0and 13.0. Other parameter conditions; Ei = 0, Ef =-1.50 V, Eacc = 0, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude =100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

3.21 Dependence of the Ip for AFB2 on the pH of 105 0.04 M BRB solution. AFB2 concentration: 2.0 µM, Ei =0, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 30 sec, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. 3.22 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 obtained in BRB (a) at pH 106 from 9.0 decreases to 4.0 and re-increase to 9.0 and

(b) at pH from 9.0 increase to 13.0 and re-decrease to 9.0.

3.23 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB2 in BRB at 107 pH (a) 6.0, (b) 9.0 and (c) 13.0.

3.24 Opening of lactone ring by strong alkali caused no 108 peak to be observed for AFB2 in BRB at pH 13.0. 3.25 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 in different concentration of 109 BRB at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.20. 3.26 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 in different pH and concentrations 110 of BRB.

xx

3.27 DPCS voltammograms of 2.0 AFB2 (Peak I) 110 in (a) 0.04 M, (b) 0.08 M and (c) 0.08 M BRB

at pH 9.0 as the blank. Ei = 0 V, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0 V, tacc = 30 sec, υ = 50mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

3.28 Chemical structures of (a) 2,3-dihydrofuran, 111

(b) tetrahydrofuran and (c) coumarin.

3.29 Voltammograms of 2,3-dihydrifuran (peak I) for 112 concentrations from (b) 0.02 to 0.2 µM in (a) BRB at pH 9.0. 3.30 Dependence of Ip of coumarin to its concentrations 112 3.31 Voltammograms of coumarin at concentration of 113 (b) 34 µM, (c) 68 µM, (d) 102 µM, (e) 136 µM

and (f) 170 µM in (a) BRB at pH 9.0. 3.32 Chemical structures of (a) cortisone and (b) 114

testosterone. 3.33 Chemical structures of (a) digoxin and (b) digitoxin 115 3.34 Effect of pH of BRB solution on the Ep for AFB2. 117 AFB2 concentration: 2.0 µM. Ei = 0, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 30 s and υ = 50 mV/s. 3.35 Effect of various υ to the (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM 118

AFB2 peak in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 15 s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.36 Effect of tacc on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 119 peak in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = 0,

υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. 3.37 The relationship between (a) Ip and (b) Ep with 120 Eacc for 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = -1.5 V, tacc = 15 s, υ = 40 mV/s and

pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.38 Effect of Ei on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 121 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = -0.80 V,

tacc = 40 s,υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

xxi

3.39 Effect of pulse amplitude on (a) Ip and (b) Ep 122 of 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = -0.80 V, tacc = 40 s and υ = 40 mV/s.

3.40 Effect of Eacc on Ip of 0.06 µM AFB2. Ei = -1.0 V, 123 Ef = -1.50 V, tacc = 40 s, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.41 Effect of tacc on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 0.06 µM AFB2 124 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.50 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.42 The effect υ on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 0.06 µM AFB2 125 In BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.50 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.43 Voltammograms of 0.06 µM AFB2 obtained under 126 (a) optimised and (b) unoptimised parameters in BRB

at pH 9.0.

3.44 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM (a) AFB1, (b) AFG1, 128 (c) AFB2 and (d) AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 1.0 (except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.45 Voltammograms of (b) mixed aflatoxins in (a) BRB at 129

pH 9.0 as the blank. Parameters condition: Ei = -0.95 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and Pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.46 Increasing concentration of AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. 130 The parameter conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc =-0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.47 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFB2 130 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are

the same as in Figure 3.46. 3.48 Standard addition of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0. 135 The parameter conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc =-0.8 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxii

3.49 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFB1 135 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are

the same as in Figure 3.48. 3.50 Effect of concentration to Ip of AFG1 in BRB at 138 pH 9.0. Ei = -0.95 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc =-0.8 V,

tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.51 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFG1 138 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.50.

3.52 Effect of concentration to Ip of AFG2 in BRB at 140 pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc =-0.8 V,

tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.53 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFG2 141 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are

the same as in Figure 3.52.

3.54 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, 144 (c) AFG1 and (d) AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 (d) obtained by 747 VA Metrohm. Ei = -1.0 V (except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.55 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration of 150 Zn2+ up to 1.0 µM. 3.56 Voltammograms of (i) 0.1µM AFB2 and (ii) AFB2-Zn 151

complex with increasing concentration of Zn2+ (a = 0, b = 0.75 µM, c = 1.50 µM, d = 2.25 µM and e = 3.0 µM). Blank = BRB at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.57 Ip of all aflatoxins after reacting with increasing 151 concentration of Zn2+ in BRB at pH 3.0. Measurements were made in BRB at pH 9.0 within 15 minutes of reaction time. Ei = -1.0 V (except

for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxiii

3.58 Absorbance of all aflatoxins with increasing 152 concentration of Zn2+ in BRB at pH 3.0 within 15 minutes of reaction time

3.59 Voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 with increasing 153 concentration of Zn2+ (from 0.10 to 0.50 µM) in

BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -0.25 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplirude = 80 mV. .

3.60 Chemical structure of ascorbic acid. 153 3.61 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration 154 of ascorbic acid up to 1.0 µM. Concentrations of all aflatoxins are 0.1µM. 3.62 Voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 with increasing 154 concentration of ascorbic acid. 3.63 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration 155 of β-cyclodextrin up to 1.0 µM. 3.64 Voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 with increasing 156 concentration of β-cyclodextrin. 3.65 Chemical structure of L-cysteine. 156 3.66 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration 157 of cysteine up to 1.0 µM. 3.67 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB2 obtained by 158 (a) DPCSV and (b) SWSV techniques in BRB at pH 9.0. Parameters for DPCSV: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef =

-1.40V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV and for SWSV: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, frequency = 50 Hz, voltage step = 0.02 V, amplitude = 80 mV and υ = 1000 mV/s.

3.68 Influence of pH of BRB on the Ip of 0.10 µM 159 AFB2 using SWSV technique. The instrumental

Parameters are the same as in Figure 3.67. 3.69 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB2 in different pH 160 of BRB. Parameter conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, voltage step =

xxiv

0.02 V, amplitude = 50 mV, frequency = 50 Hz and υ = 1000 mV/s. 3.70 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at 160 pH 9.0. 3.71 Effect of Eaccto the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at 161 pH 9.0. 3.72 Relationship between Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 while 162 increasing tacc.

3.73 Effect of frequency to the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in 162 BRB at pH 9.0.

3.74 Linear relatioship between Ip of AFB2 and square 163 root of frequency. 3.75 Influence of square-wave voltage step to Ip of 163 0.10 µM AFB2. 3.76 Influence of square-wave amplitude to Ip of 0.10 µM 164 AFB2. 3.77 Relationship of SWSV Ep of AFB2 with increasing 164 amplitude.

3.78 Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained under (a) non-optimised 165 and (b) optimised SWSV parameters compared with that obtained under (c) optimised DPCSV parameters.

3.79 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained under 166 (a) non-optimised and (b) optimised SWSV

parameters compared with that obtained under (c) optimised DPCSV parameters.

3.80 Ip of 0.10 µM aflatoxins obtained using two 167 different stripping voltammetric techniques under their optimum paramter conditions in BRB at pH 9.0. 3.81 Voltammograms of (i) AFB1, (ii) AFB2, (iii) AFG1 168 and (iV) AFG2 obtained by (b) DPCSV compared with that obtained by (c) SWSV in (a) BRB at pH 9.0. 3.82 SWSV voltammograms for different concentrations 169 of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0. The broken line

xxv

represents the blank: (a) 0.01 µM, (b) 0.025 µM, (c) 0.05 µM, (d) 0.075 µM, (e) 0.10 µM, (f) 0.125 µM and (g) 0.150 µM. Parameter conditions:

Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V, pulse amplitude = 75 mV and scan rate = 3750 mV/s.

3.83 Calibration curve for AFB1 obtained by SWSV 170 method. 3.84 Calibration curve for AFB2 obtained by SWSV 170 method. 3.85 Calibration curve for AFG1 obtained by SWSV 170 method. 3.86 Calibration curve for AFG2 obtained by SWSV 171 method. 3.87 LOD for determination of aflatoxins obtained by 171 two different stripping methods. 3.88 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in 176 benzene: acetonitrile (98%) at preparation date. 3.89 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in 176 benzene: acetonitrile (98%) after 6 months of storage time. 3.90 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in 177 benzene: acetonitrile (98%) after 12 months of storage time. 3.91 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm AFB1 (a) kept in 178 the cool and dark conditions and (b) exposed to ambient conditions for 3 days. 3.92 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB1 in BRB 178 solution prepared from (a) good and (b) damaged 10 ppm AFB1 stock solution. 3.93 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB1 in BRB 179 solution prepared from (a) good and (b) damaged 10 ppm AFB1 stock solution after 2 week stored in the cool and dark conditions.

xxvi

3.94 Percentage of Ip of 0.10 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 180 9.0 at different storage time in the cool and dark

conditions.

3.95 Percentage of Ip of all aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 181 exposed to ambient conditions up to 8 hours of exposure time.

3.96 Reaction of 8,9 double bond furan rings in AFB1 182 with TFA, iodine and bromine under special conditions (Kok, et al., 1986). 3.97 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB1 obtained in (a) 183 BRB at pH 9.0 which were prepared from (b) damaged and (c) fresh stock solutions. 3.98 Ip of 0.10 µM AFB1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 184 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.99 Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 184 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.100 Ip of 0.10 µM AFG1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 185 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.101 Ip of 0.10 µM AFG2 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 185 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.102 Peak heights of 0.10 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 187 (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0, (c) 9.0 and (d) 11.0 exposed to ambient conditions up to 3 hours of exposure time. 3.103 Resonance forms of the phenolate ion 187 (Heathcote, 1984).

3.104 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 188 6.0 from 0 to 3 hrs exposure time.

3.105 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 188

11.0 from 0 to 3 hrs of exposure time.

xxvii

3.106 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 189 6.0 from 0 to 3 hrs of exposure time.

3.107 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 189 11.0 from 0 to 3 hrs of exposure time.

3.108 Absorbance of 1.0 ppm aflatoxins in BRB at pH 190 (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0, (c) 9.0 and (d) 11.0 from 0 to 3

hours of exposure time. 3.109 The peak heights of aflatoxins in 1.0 M HCl from 191 0 to 6 hours of reaction time. 3.110 The peak heights of aflatoxins in 1.0 M NaOH from 192 0 to 6 hours of reaction time. 3.111 Voltammograms of real samples after extraction by 193 Technique (a) 1, (b) 2 and (c) 3 with addition of AFB1 standard solution in BRB at pH 9.0 as a blank. 3.112 Voltammograms of blank in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained 194 by (a) DPCSV and (b) SWSV methods. 3.113 DPCSV (a) and SWSV (b) voltammograms of 10 195 ppb AFB2 (i) in present of blank sample (ii) obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (iii) as the supporting electrolyte. 3.114 DPCSV voltammograms of real samples (b) added 197 with 3 ppb (i), 9 ppb (ii) and 15 ppb (iii) AFB1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank on the first day measurement. 3.115 Percentage of recoveries of (a) 3 ppb, (b) 9 ppb, 198 (c) 15 ppb of all aflatoxins in real samples obtained by DPCSV methods for one to three days of measurements. 3.116 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample, S11 (b) 199 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxviii

3.117 SWSV voltammograms of real sample, S11 (b) 200 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s,

frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 75 mV.

3.118 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample, S07 (b) 200 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.119 SWSV voltammograms of real sample, S07 (b) 201 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s,

frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 75 mV.

3.120 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample, S10 (b) 201 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.121 SWSV voltammograms of real sample, S10 (b) 202 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s,

frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxix

ABBREVIATIONS

AAS Atomic absorption spectrometry

Abs Absorbance

ACP Alternate current polarography

ACV Alternate current voltammetry

AD Amperometric detector

AdCSV Adsorptive cathodic stripping voltammetry

AE Auxiliary electrode

AFB1 Aflatoxin B1

AFB2 Aflatoxin B2

AFG1 Aflatoxin G1

AFG2 Aflatoxin G2

AFM1 Aflatoxin M1

AFM2 Aflatoxin M2

AFP1 Aflatoxin P1

AFQ1 Aflatoxin Q1

Ag/AgCl Silver/silver chloride

ASV Anodic stripping voltammetry

β-CD β-cyclodextrin

BFE Bismuth film electrode

BLMs Bilayer lipid membranes

BRB Britton Robinson Buffer

CA Concentration of analyte

CE Capillary electrophoresis

CGME Controlled growth mercury electrode

CME Chemically modified electrode

CPE Carbon paste electrode

CSV Cathodic stripping voltammetry

CV Cyclic voltammetry

xxx

DC Direct current

DCP Direct current polarography

DME Dropping mercury electrode

DMSO Dimethyl sulphonic acid

DNA Deoxyribonucliec acid

DPCSV Differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry

DPP Differential pulse polarography

DPV Differential pulse voltammetry

Eacc Accumulation potential

Ei Initial potential

Ef Final potential

Ehigh High potential

Elow Low potential

Ep Peak potential

ECS Electrochemical sensing

Et4NH4 OH Tetraethyl ammonium hydroxide

ELISA Enzyme linked immunosorbant assay

FD Fluorescence detector

FDA Food and Drug Administration

GCE Glassy carbon electrode

GC-FID Gas chromatography with flame ionisation detector

HMDE Hanging mercury drop electrode

HPLC High performance liquid chromatography

HPTLC High pressure thin liquid chromatography

IAC Immunoaffinity chromatography

IACLC Immunoaffinity column liquid chromatography

IAFB Immunoaffinity fluorometer biosensor

IARC International Agency for Research Cancer

Ic Charging current

Id Diffusion current

If Faradaic current

xxxi

Ip Peak height

ICP-MS Induced coupled plasma-mass spectrometer

IR Infra red

IUPAC International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry

KGy Kilogray

LD50 Lethal dose 50

LOD Limit of detection

LOQ Limit of quantification

LSV Linear sweep voltammetry

MFE Mercury film electrode

MS Mass spectrometer

MECC Micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography

MOPS 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulphonic

MOSTI Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation

NP Normal polarography

NPP Normal pulse polarography

NPV Normal pulse voltammetry

OPLC Over pressured liquid chromatography

PAH Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon

PLL Poly-L-lysine

ppb part per billion

ppm part per million

PSA Potentiometric stripping analysis

RDX Hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine

RE Reference electrode

RIA Radioimmunoassay

RNA Ribonucleic acid

RSD Relative standard deviation

S/N Signal to noise ratio

SCE Standard calomel electrode

SCV Stair case voltammetry

xxxii

SDS Sodium dodecyl sulphate

SHE Standard hydrogen electrode

SIIA Sequential injection immunoassay

SMDE Static mercury drop electrode

SPE Solid phase extraction

SPCE Screen printed carbon electrode

SWP Square-wave polarography

SWV Square-wave voltammetry

SWSV Square-wave stripping voltammetry

SV Stripping voltammetry

tacc Accumulation time

TBS Tris buffered saline

TEA Triethylammonium

TLC Thin layer chromatography

TFA Trifluoroacetic acid

UME Ultra microelectrode

ν Scan rate

v/v Volume per volume

UVD Ultraviolet-Visible detector

UV-VIS Ultraviolet-Visible

WE Working electrode

WHO World Health Organisation

λmax Maximum wavelenght

εmax Maximum molar absorptivity

xxxiii

LIST OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX TITLE PAGE A Relative fluorescence of aflatoxins in different 255 solvent s

B UV spectra of the principal aflatoxins (in methanol) 256 C Relative intensities of principal bands in the IR 257 spectra of the aflatoxins D Calculation of concentration of aflatoxin stock 258 solution E Extraction procedure for aflatoxins in real samples 259 F Calculation of individual aflatoxin in groundnut 260 samples. G Cyclic voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2 and AFG2 262 with increasing of their concentrations. H Dependence if the peak heights of AFB1, AFG1 264 and AFG2 on their concentrations. I Repetitive cyclic voltammograms and their peak 266

heights of AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 J Plot Ep – log scan rate for the reduction of AFB1, 270

AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 K Plot of peak height versus scan rate for 1.3 µM of 272 AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 L Voltammograms of AFB2 with increasing 274 concentration. M Voltammograms of 0.1 µM and 0.2 µM AFB2 275 obtained on the same day measurements N Voltammograms of AFB2 at inter-day 276 measurements

xxxiv

O F test for robustness and ruggedness tests 278 P Voltammograms of AFB1 with increasing 280 concentration Q Voltammograms of AFG1 with increasing 281 concentration R Voltammograms of AFG2 with increasing 282 concentration S LOD determination according to Barek et al. (2001a) 283 T LOD determination according to Barek et al. (1999) 286 U LOD determination according to Zhang et al. (1996) 287 V LOD determination according to Miller and 288

Miller (1993) W ANOVA test 290 X Peak height of aflatoxins in presence and absence of PLL 292 Y SWSV voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 293 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 Z SWSV voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB1, AFB2, 295 AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 AA UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 297 and AFG2 stock solutions AB Voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 299 obtained from 0 to 6 months of storage time in the

cool and dark conditions.

AC Voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and 302 AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 from 0 to 8 hours of

exposure time. AD UV-VIS spectrums of AFB2 in BRB at pH 6.0 305 and 11.0.

xxxv

AE Voltammograms of AFB1 and AFG1 in 1.0 M HCl 307 and 1.0 M NaOH

AF DPCSV voltammograms of real samples added with 309

various concentrations of AFG1 AG SWSV voltammograms of real samples added with 310

various concentrations of AFB1.

AH Percentage of recoveries of various concentrations 311 of all aflatoxins (3.0 and 9.0 ppb) in real samples obtained by SWSV method.

AI Calculation of percentage of recovery for 3.0 ppb 312 AFG1 added into real samples. AJ HPLC chromatograms of real samples: S10 and S07 313 AK Calculation of aflatoxin in real sample, S13 314 AL List of papers presented or published to date 315 resulting from this study. AM ICP-MS results for analysis of BRB at pH 9.0 317

CHAPTER I

LITERATURE REVIEW

1.1 Overview

Humans are continuously exposed to varying amounts of chemicals that have

been shown to have carcinogenic or mutagenic properties in environmental systems.

Exposure can occur exogenously when these agents are present in food, air or water, and

also endogenously when they are products of metabolism or pathophysiologic states such

as inflammation. Great attention is focused on environmental health in the past two

decades as a consequence of the increasing awareness over the quality of life due to

major environment pollutants that affect it. Studies have shown that exposure to

environmental chemical carcinogens have contributed significantly to cause human

cancers, when exposures are related to life style factors such as diet (Wogan et al., 2004).

The contamination of food is part of the global problem of environmental

pollution. Foodstuffs have been found contaminated with substances having

carcinogenic, mutagenic, teratogenic and allergenic properties. As these substances can

be supplied with food throughout the entire life-time of a person, it is necessary to deal

with the chronic action of trace amounts of such substances. Hence the systematic

determination of the foreign substances in nutritional products and feedstock plays an

important role. The determination of trace impurities presents considerable difficulties

owing to the fact that food is a complex system containing thousands of major and minor

compounds (Nilufer and Boyacio, 2002). Increasing environment pollution by toxic

substances such as toxic metals, organometallic and organic pollutants in air,

2

water, soil and food, calls for reliable analytical procedures for their control in

environmental samples which needs reliable and sensitive methods (Fifield and Haines,

2000). The choice of the method of analysis depends on the sample, the analyte to be

assayed, accuracy, limit of detection, cost and time to complete the analysis (Aboul-

Eneim et a., 2000). For development of this method, emphasis should be on

development of simplified, cost-effective and efficient method that complies with the

legislative requirements (Stroka and Anklam, 2002; Enker, 2003).

The widespread occurrence of aflatoxins producing fungi in our environment and

the reported naturally occurring of toxin in a number of agricultural commodities has led

the investigator to develop a new method for aflatoxin analysis (Creepy, 2002). An

accurate and sensitive method of analysis is therefore required for the determination of

these compounds in foodstuffs that have sustained mould growth.

Numerous articles concerning methods for determination of aflatoxins have been

published. However, with regard to electroanalytical technique, only one method of

determination was reported using the differential pulse pulse polarographic (DPP)

technique which was developed by Smyth et al. (1979). In this experiment, the obtained

limit of detection of aflatoxin B1 was 25 ppb which was higher as compared to the

common amount of aflatoxin in contaminated food samples which is 10 ppb as reported

by Pare (1997) or even less. In Malaysia, the regulatory limit for total aflatoxins in

groundnut is 15 ppb. The regulatory for other foods and milk is 10 ppb and 0.05 ppb

respectively (Malaysian Food Act, 1983).

1.2 AFLATOXINS

1.2.1 Aflatoxins in General

Aflatoxins are a group of heterocyclic, oxygen-containing mycotoxins that

possess the bisdifuran ring system. It was discovered some 43 years ago in England

3

following a poisoning outbreak causing 100,000 turkeys death (Miller, 1987 and

Cespedez and Diaz, 1997). The aflatoxins are the most widely distributed fungal toxins

in food. The occurrence of the aflatoxins in food products demonstrated that the high

levels of aflatoxins are significant concern both for food traders and food consumers

(Tozzi et al. 2003; Herrman, 2004; Haberneh, 2004). Aflatoxin is a by-product of mold

growth in a wide range of agriculture commodities such as peanuts (Urano et al., 1993),

maize and maize based food (Papp et al., 2002; Mendez-Albores et al., 2004),

cottonseeds (Pons and Franz, 1977), cocoa (Jefferey et al., 1982), coffee beans (Batista et

al., 2003), medical herbs ( Reif and Metzger, 1998; Rizzo et al., 2004), spices

(Erdogen, 2004; Garner et al., 1993; Akiyama et al., 2001; Aziz et al., 1998), melon

seeds (Bankole et al., 2004) and also in human food such as rice (Shotwell et al., 1966;

Begum and Samajpati, 2000), groundnut (Bankole et al., 2005), peanut products ( Patey

et al., 1990), corn ( Shotwell and Goulden, 1977; Urano et al., 1993 ), vegetable oil

(Miller et al., 1985), beer (Scott and Lawrence, 1997), dried fruits ( Abdul Kadar et al.,

2004, Arrus et al. (2004), milk and dairy products (Kamkar, 2004; Aycicek et al. 2005;

Sarimehmetoglu et al., 2004; Martin and Martin, 2004 ). Meat and meat products are

also contaminated with alfatoxins when farm animals are fed with aflatoxin contaminated

feed (Miller, 1987 and Chiavaro et al., 2001).

The molds that are major producers of aflatoxin are Aspergillus flavus

(Bankole et al. 2004) and Aspergillus parasiticus (Begum and Samajpati, 2000;

Setamou et al., 1997; Erdogen, 2004; Gourama and Bullerman, 1995). Aspergillus

flavus, which is ubiquitous, produces B aflatoxins (Samajphati, 1979) while Aspergillus

parasiticus, which produces both B and G aflatoxins, has more limited distribution

(Garcia-Villanova et al., 2004). A picture of Aspergillus flavus seen under an electron

microscope is shown in Figure 1.0.

Black olive is one of the substrate for Aspergillus parasiticus growth and

aflatoxin B1 production as reported by Leontopoulos et al., (2003). Biosynthesis of

aflatoxins by this fungi depends on the environmental condition such as temperature and

humidity during crop growth and storage (Leszczynska et al., 2000; Tarin et al., 2004

4

and Pildain et al., 2004). The optimum temperatures for aflatoxins growth are 27.84 0 C

and 27.30 0 C at pH=5.9 and 5.5 respectively.

Figure 1.0: Aspergillus flavus seen under an electron microscope

Before harvest, the risk for the development of aflatoxins is greatest during major

drought (Turner et al., 2005). When soil moisture is below normal and temperature is

high, the number of Aspergillus spores in the air increases. These spores infect crops

through areas of damage caused by insects and inclement weather. Once infected, plant

stress occurs, which favor the production of aflatoxins. Fungal growth and aflatoxins

contamination are the sequence of interactions among the fungus, the host and the

environment. The appropriate combination of water stress, high temperature stress and

insect damage of the host plant are major determining factors in mold infestation and

toxin production (Faraj et al., 1991; Koehler, 1985; Park and Bullerman, 1983).

Additional factors such as heat treatment, modified-atmosphere packaging or the

presence of preservative, also contribute in increasing growth rate of the aflatoxins.

Farmers have minimal control over some of these environmental factors.

However appropriate pre-harvest and post-harvest management and good agricultural

practice, including crop rotation, irrigation, timed planting and harvesting and the use of

pesticides are the best methods for preventing or controlling aflatoxins contamination

5

(Turner et al., 2005). Timely harvesting could reduce crop moisture to a point where the

formation of the mould would not occur. For example harvesting corn early when

moisture is above 20 percent and then quickly drying it to a moisture level of at least 15

percent will keep the Aspergillus flavus from completing its life cycle, resulting in lower

aflatoxin concentration. Aflatoxins are to be found in agricultural products as a

consequence of unprosperous storage conditions where humidity of 70 -90 % and a

minimum temperature of about 10° C. Commodities that have been dried to about 12 to

0.5 % moisture are generally considered stable, and immune to any risk of additional

aflatoxins development. Moreover, the minimum damage of shells during mechanized

harvesting of crop reduces significantly the mould contamination. Biocontrol of

aflatoxin contamination is another way to reduce this contamination. The natural ability

of many microorganisms including bacteria, actinomycetes, yeasts, moulds and algae has

been a source for bacteriological breakdown of mycotoxins. The most active organism

such as Flavobacterium aurantiacum which in aqueous solution can take up and

metabolise aflatoxins B1, G1 and M1 (Smith and Moss, 1985).

Production of aflatoxins is greatly inhibited by propionic acid as revealed by

Molina and Gianuzzi (2002) when they studied the production of aflatoxins in solid

medium at different temperature, pH and concentration of propionic acid. It also can be

inhibited by essential oil extracted from thyme as found by Rasooli and Abnayeh (2004).

Other chemicals that can inhibit the growth of this fungus are ammonia, copper sulphate

and acid benzoic (Gowda et al., 2004).

1.2.2 Chemistry of Aflatoxins

Aflatoxins can be classified into two broad groups according to chemical

structure which are difurocoumarocyclopentenone series and ifurocoumarolactone

(Heathcote, 1984). They are highly substituted coumarin derivatives that contain a fused

dihydrofuran moiety. The chemical structure of coumarin is shown in Figure 1.1.

6

O O

Figure 1.1 Chemical structure of coumarin

There are six major compounds of aflatoxin such as aflatoxin B1 (AFB1),

aflatoxin B2 (AFB2), aflatoxin G1 (AFG2), aflatoxin G2 (AFG2), aflatoxin M1 (AFM1)

and aflatoxin M2 (AFM2) (Goldblatt, 1969). The former four are naturally found

aflatoxins and the AFM1 and AFM2 are produced by biological metabolism of AFB1

and AFB2 from contaminated feed used by animals. They are odorless, tasteless and

colorless. The scientific name for these aflatoxin compounds are listed in Table 1.0.

Aflatoxins have closely similar structures and form a unique group of highly oxygenated,

naturally occurring heterocyclic compounds. The chemical structures of these aflatoxins

are shown in Figure 1.2. The G series of aflatoxin differs chemically from B series by

the presence of a β-lactone ring, instead of a cyclopentanone ring. Also a double bond

that may undergo reduction reaction is found in the form of vinyl ether at the terminal

furan ring in AFB1 and AFG1 but not in AFB2 and AFG2. However this small

difference in structure at the C-2 and C-3 double bond is associated with a very

significant change in activity, whereby AFB1 and AFG1 are carcinogenic and

considerably more toxic than AFB2 and AFG2. The dihydrofuran moiety in the structure

is said to be of primary importance in producing biological effects. Hydroxylation of the

bridge carbon of the furan rings for AFM1 does not significantly alter the effects of the

compounds. The absolute configuration of AFB2 and AFG2 follows from the fact that it

is derived from the reduction of AFB1 and AFG1 respectively.

AFB is the aflatoxin which produces a blue color under ultraviolet while AFG

produces the green color. AFM produces a blue-violet fluorescence while AFM2

produces a violet fluorescence (Goldblatt, 1969). Relative fluorescence of aflatoxins in

several organic solvents are shown in Appendix A (White and Afgauer, 1970). The

7

Table 1.0 Scientific name for aflatoxin compounds

natural fluorescence of aflatoxins arises from their oxygenated pentaheterocyclic

structure. The fluorescence capacity of AFB2 and AFG2 is ten times larger than that of

AFB1 and AFG1, probably owing to the structural difference, namely double bond on the

furanic ring. Such a double bond seems to be very important for the photophysical

Aflatoxin B1

(AFB1)

2,3,6a,9a-tetrahydro-4-methoxycyclopenta[c]

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione

Aflatoxin B2

(AFB2)

2,3,6a,8,9,9a-Hexahydro-4-methoxycyclopenta[c]

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione

Aflatoxin G1

(AFG1)

3,4, 7a,10a-tetrahydro-5-methoxy-1H, 12H

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h]pyrano[3,4-c]l]- benzopyran-

1,12-dione

Aflatoxin G2

(AFG2)

3,4,7a,8,9,10, 10a-Hexahydro-5-methoxy-1H,12H-

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h]pyrano[3,4-c][l]- benzopyran-

1,12-dione

Aflatoxin

M1

(AFM1)

4-Hydroxy AFB1

Aflatoxin

M2

4-Hydroxy AFB2

8

O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

OH O

O

O

OO

O

OH

O O

O

O

OO

O

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

(e) (f)

Figure 1.2 Chemical structures of (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, (c) AFG1, (d) AFG2,

(e) AFM1 and (f) AFM2.

properties of these derivatives measured just after spectroscopic studies (Cepeda et al.,

1996). The excitation of the natural fluorescence of AFB1 and AFG1 can be promoted

9

O O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

HOTFA

O

OO

OO

O

HO

O

OO

OO

O

TFA

in many different ways such as post-column iodination (Tuinstra and Haasnoot, 1983;

Davis and Diener, 1980), post-column bromination (Kok et al.,1986; Kok, 1994 ;

Versantroort et al., 2005 ), use of cyclodextrin compound (Cepeda et al., 1996; Chiavaro

et al., 2001; Franco et al., 1998) and trifluoroacetic acid, TFA (Stack and Pohland,

1975; Takahashi, 1977a; Haghighi et al., 1981; Nieduetzki et al., 1994 ).

AFB1 and AFG1 form hemiacetals, AFB2a and AFG2a when reacted with acidic

solution such as triflouroacetic acid (TFA) as represented in Figure 1.3 (Joshua, 1993).

The hydroxyaflatoxins are unstable and tend to decompose to yellow products in the

presence of air, light and alkali. Their UV and visible spectra are similar to those of the

major aflatoxins.

(a) (c)

(b) (d)

Figure 1.3 Hydration of AFB1 (a) and AFG1 (b) by TFA produces AFB2a (c) and

AFG2a (d) (Joshua, 1993).

The close relationship between AFB1, AFG1, AFB2a and AFG2a was shown by the

similarities in their IR and UV spectra. The main difference between AFB2a and AFG2a

with AFB1 and AFG1 are found in the IR spectra, where an additional band at 3620 cm-1

10

indicates the presence of a hydroxyl group in AFB2a and AFG2a. The absence of bands

at 3100, 1067 and 722 cm-1 (which arise in AFB1 and AFG1 from the vinyl ether group)

indicates that the compounds are hydroxyl derivatives of AFB2 and AFG2. Some

chemical and physical properties of aflatoxin compounds are listed in Table 1.1

(Heathcote and Hibbert, 1978; Weast and Astle, 1987). The close relationship between

these aflatoxins was shown by the similarities in their UV and IR spectra as shown in

Appendix B and C respectively.

Table 1.1 Chemical and physical properties of aflatoxin compounds

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

Molecular formula

C17H12O6

C17H14O6

C17H12O7

C17H14O7

Molecular weight

312

314

328

330

Crystals

Pale yellow

Pale yellow

Colorless

Colorless

Melting point ( ° C )

268.9

286.9

244.6

237.40

Fluorescence under UV light

Blue

Blue

Green Green

Solubility

Soluble in water and polar organic solvent. Normal solvents are: methanol, water: acetonitrile (9:1), trifluoroacetic acid, methanol: 0.1N HCl (4:1), DMSO and acetone

Other properties

Odorless, colorless and tasteless in solution form. Incompatible with strong acids, strong oxidising agents and strong bases. Soluble in water, DMSO, 95% acetone or ethanol for 24 hours under ambient temperature

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC METHODS FOR

THE DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS

MOHAMAD HADZRI BIN YAACOB

UNIVERSITI TEKNOLOGI MALAYSIA

BAHAGIAN A – Pengesahan Kerjasama * Adalah disahkan bahawa projek penyelidikan tesis ini telah dilaksanakan melalui kerjasama antara _____________________ dengan _________________________ Disahkan oleh: Tandatangan : .......................................................... Tarikh : .......................... Nama : .......................................................... Jawatan :........................................................... (Cop rasmi) * Jika penyediaan tesis/projek melibatkan kerjasama.

BAHAGIAN B – Untuk Kegunaan Pejabat Sekolah Pengajian Siswazah Tesis ini telah diperiksa dan diakui oleh: Nama dan Alamat Pemeriksa Luar : Prof. Dr. Noor Azhar Bin Mohd Shazili

Pengarah Institut Oseanografi, Kolej Universiti Sains dan Teknologi Malaysia, Mengabang Telipot 21030 Kuala Terengganu

Nama dan Alamat Pemeriksa Dalam I : Prof. Madya Dr. Razali Bin Ismail

Fakulti Sains, UTM, Skudai Pemeriksa Dalam II : Nama Penyelia Lain (jika ada) : Disahkan oleh Penolong Pendaftar di Sekolah Pengajian Siswazah: Tandatangan : .......................................................... Tarikh : .......................... Nama : .GANESAN A/L ANDIMUTHU

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC METHODS FOR

THE DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS

MOHAMAD HADZRI BIN YAACOB

A thesis submitted in fulfilment of the

requirements for the award of the degree of

Doctor of Philosophy

Faculty of Science

Universiti Teknologi Malaysia

APRIL 2006

ii

iii

Specially dedicated to:

My mother, wife, sons, daughters and all families for

all the love, support and continuous prayer

for my success in completing this work.

iv

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

All praise be to ALLAH SWT and blessing be upon His Prophet SAW whose

ultimate guidance creates a more meaningful purpose to this work.

I wish to express my sincere gratitude and appreciation to the people who have both

directly and indirectly contributed to this thesis. The following are those to whom I

am particularly indebted:

My supervisors A.P. Dr. Abdull Rahim bin Hj. Mohd. Yusoff and Prof. Dr.

Rahmalan Ahamad for their invaluable guidance, freedom of work and

constant encouragement throughout the course of this work.

School Of Health Sciences, USM, Health Campus, Kubang Krian Kelantan

for awarding study leave together with scholarship in completing the work.

Prof Baharuddin Saad from USM Penang, AP Dr. Razali Ismail from

Chemistry Department, Faculty of Science, UTM and Prof Barek from

Charles University, Prague, Czeck Republic for their useful discussion and

suggestion. Also to Mr Radwan Ismail from Department of Chemistry,

Penang Branch, Mrs Marpongahtun Misni and Mr Wan Kamaruzaman Wan

Ahmad for their friendship, ideas and continuous support in carrying out this

work. Also to Mr Mat Yasin bin Sirin, Mrs Ramlah binti Husin and Mr Azmi

Mahmud for their assistance throughout the work.

UTM for awarding Short Term Grant No: 75152 / 2004

My mother, wife and all families for their encouragements, supports, patience,

tolerance and understanding.

v

ABSTRACT

Aflatoxin, which is produced by Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus fungi is one of the compounds in the mycotoxin group. The main types of aflatoxins are AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 which have carcinogenic properties and are dangerous to human health. Various techniques have been used for their measurements such as the high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), enzyme linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) and radioimmunoassay (RIA) but all these methods have disadvantages such as long analysis time, consume a lot of reagents and expensive. To overcome these problems, the voltammetric technique was proposed in this study using controlled growth mercury drop (CGME) as the working electrode and Britton Robinson buffer (BRB) as the supporting electrolyte. The voltammetric methods were used for investigating the electrochemical properties and the quantitative analysis of aflatoxins at the mercury electrode. The experimental conditions were optimised to obtain the best characterised peak in terms of peak height with analytical validation of the methods for each aflatoxin. The proposed methods were applied for the analysis of aflatoxins in groundnut samples and the results were compared with those obtained by the HPLC technique. All aflatoxins were found to adsorb and undergo irreversible reduction reaction at the working mercury electrode. The optimum experimental parameters for the differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) method were the BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte, initial potential (Ei): -0.1 V, final potential (Ef): -1.4 V, accumulation potential (Eacc): -0.6 V, accumulation time (tacc): 80 s, scan rate: 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude: 80 mV. The optimum parameters for the square wave stripping voltammetry (SWSV) method were Ei = -0.1 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc: -0.8 V, tacc: 100 s, scan rate: 3750 mV/s, frequency: 125 Hz and voltage step: 30 V. At the concentration of 0.10 µM, using DPCSV method with the optimum parameters, AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 produced a single peak at -1.21 V, -1.23 V, -1.17 V and -1.15 V (versus Ag/AgCl) respectively. Using the SWSV method, a single peak appeared at -1.30 V for AFB1 and AFB2 while -1.22 V for AFG1 and AFG2. The calibration curves for all aflatoxins were linear with the limit of detection (LOD) of approximately 2.0 ppb and 0.50 ppb obtained by the DPCSV and SWSV methods respectively. The results of aflatoxins content in individual groundnut samples do not vary significantly when compared with those obtained by the HPLC technique. Finally, it can be concluded that both proposed methods which are accurate, precise, robust, rugged, fast and low cost were successfully developed and are potential alternative methods for routine analysis of aflatoxins in groundnut samples.

vi

ABSTRAK

Aflatoksin adalah sejenis sebatian yang dihasilkan oleh kulat Aspergillus flavus dan Aspergillus parasiticus yang digolongkan di dalam kumpulan mikotoksin. Jenis utama aflatoksin adalah AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 dan AFG2 yang bersifat karsinogen serta merbahaya kepada kesihatan manusia. Pelbagai teknik telah digunakan untuk menentukan aflatoksin seperti kromatografi cecair prestasi tinggi (HPLC), asai serapan imuno berikatan enzim (ELISA) dan radioamunoasai (RIA) tetapi teknik-teknik ini mempunyai kelemahan seperti masa analisis yang panjang, melibatkan reagen yang banyak dan kos yang mahal. Untuk mengatasi masalah ini, teknik voltammetri telah dicadangkan untuk kajian aflatoksin menggunakan titisan raksa pembesaran terkawal (CGME) sebagai elektrod bekerja dan larutan penimbal Britton-Robinson (BRB) sebagai elektrolit penyokong. Pelbagai kaedah voltammetri telah digunakan untuk mengkaji sifat elektrokimia aflatoksin pada elektrod raksa dan analisis kuantitatifnya. Parameter kajian telah dioptimumkan untuk memperolehi puncak yang elok berdasarkan ketinggian puncak serta pengesahan analisis untuk kaedah yang dibangunkan bagi setiap aflatoksin. Kaedah ini telah digunakan untuk menentukan kandungan aflatoksin di dalam sampel kacang tanah di mana keputusan yang diperolehi telah dibandingkan dengan keputusan HPLC. Semua aflatoksin yang dikaji didapati terjerap dan menjalani proses tindakbalas penurunan tidak berbalik pada elektrod raksa. Parameter optimum untuk kaedah voltammetri perlucutan kathodik denyut pembeza (DPCSV) adalah larutan BRB pada pH 9.0 sebagai larutan elektrolit, keupayaan awal (Ei): -1.0 V, keupayaan akhir (Ef): -1.4 V, keupayaan pengumpulan (Eacc): -0.6 V, masa pengumpulan (tacc): 80 s, kadar imbasan: 50 mV/s dan amplitud denyut: 80 mV. Untuk kaedah voltammetri perlucutan gelombang bersegi (SWSV), parameter optimum adalah Ei : -1.0 V, Ef : -1.4 V, Eacc: -0.8 V, tacc: 100 s, kadar imbasan: 3750 mV/s, frekuensi: 125 Hz dan beza keupayaan: 30 mV. Menggunakan parameter optimum untuk DPCSV, 0.10 µM AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 dan AFG2 menghasilkan puncak tunggal pada keupayaan -1.21 V, -1.23 V, -1.17 V dan -1.15 V (melawan Ag/AgCl) masing-masingnya. Menggunakan kaedah SWSV, puncak terhasil pada -1.30 V untuk AFB1 dan AFB2, -1.22 V untuk AFG1 dan AFG2. Keluk kalibrasi adalah linear untuk semua aflatoksin dengan had pengesanan (LOD) pada 2.0 dan 0.5 ppb diperolehi dari kaedah DPCSV dan SWSV masing-masingnya. Keputusan analisis kandungan aflatoksin di dalam sampel kacang tanah tidak memberi perbezaan ketara berbanding dengan yang diperolehi menggunakan teknik HPLC. Kesimpulannya, kedua-dua kaedah yang dikaji yang merupakan kaedah yang tepat, jitu, cepat, sesuai digunakan dengan pelbagai model voltammetri dan kos yang murah telah berjaya dibangunkan dan berpotensi besar menjadi kaedah alternatif untuk analisis kandungan aflatoksin di dalam kacang tanah secara berkala.

vii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

TITLE i

DECLARATION ii

DEDICATION iii

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT iv

ABSTRACT v

ABSTRAK vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS vii

LIST OF TABLES xiii

LIST OF FIGURES xvi

ABBREVATIONS xxix

LIST OF APPENDICES xxxiii

1 LITERATURE REVIEW 1

1.1 Overview 1

1.2 Aflatoxins 3

1.2.1 Aflatoxins in general 3

1.2.2 Chemistry of aflatoxins 5

1.2.3 Health aspects of aflatoxins 12

1.2.4 Analytical methods for the determination of 16

aflatoxins

1.2.5 Electrochemical properties of aflatoxins 28

1.3. Voltammetric technique 30

1.3.1 Voltammetric techniques in general 30

viii

1.3.2 Voltammetric measurement 31

1.3.2.1 Instrumentation 31

1.3.2.2 Solvent and supporting electrolyte 44

1.3.2.3 Current in voltammetry 46

1.3.2.4 Quantitative and quantitative aspects of 48

voltammetry

1.3.3 Type of voltammetric techniques 49

1.3.3.1 Polarography 49

1.3.3.2 Cyclic voltammetry 51

1.3.3.3 Stripping voltammetry 54

1.3.3.3a Anodic stripping voltammetry 56

1.3.3.3b Cathodic stripping voltammetry 57

1.3.3.3c Adsorptive stripping voltammetry 58

1.3.3.4 Pulse voltammetry 59

1.3.3.4a Differential pulse voltammetry 60

1.3.3.4b Square wave voltammetry 61

1.4 Objective and scope of study 64

1.4.1 Objective of study 64

1.4.2 Scope of study 67

2 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY 70

2.1 Apparatus, material and reagents 70

2.1.1 Apparatus 70

2.1.2 Materials 72

2.1.2.1 Aflatoxin stock and standard solutions 72

2.1.2.2 Real samples 73

2.1.3 Reagents 73

2.1.3.1 Britton Robinson buffer, 0.04 M 73

2.1.3.2 Carbonate buffer, 0.04 M 74

2.1.3.3 Phosphate buffer, 0.04 M 74

ix

2.1.3.4 Ascorbic acid 74

2.1.3.5 β-cyclodextrin solution, 1.0 mM 75

2.1.3.6 L-Cysteine, 1.0 x 10-5 M 75

2.1.3.7 2,4-dihydrofuran, 0.15 M 75

2.1.3.8 Coumarin, 3.0 x 10-2 M 75

2.1.3.9 Poly-L-lysine, 10 ppm 75

2.1.3.10 Standard aluminium (II) solution, 1.0 mM 75

2.1.3.11 Standard plumbum(II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.12 Standard zinc (II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.13 Standard copper (II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.14 Standard nickel (II) solution, 1.0 mM 76

2.1.3.15 Methanol: 0.1 N HCl solution, 95% 76

2.1.3.16 Zinc sulphate solution, 15% 76

2.2 Analytical Technique 77

2.2.1 General procedure for voltammetric analysis 77

2.2.2 Cyclic voltammetry (Anodic and cathodic 77

directions)

2.2.2.1 Standard addition of sample 77

2.2.2.2 Repetitive cyclic voltammetry 78

2.2.2.3 Effect of scan rate 78

2.2.3 Differential pulse cathodic stripping 78

voltammetric determination of AFB2

2.2.3.1 Effect of pH 79

2.2.3.2 Method optimisation for the determination 79

of AFB2

2.2.3.2a Effect of scan rate 79

2.2.3.2b Effect of accumulation potential 80

2.2.3.2c Effect of accumulation time 80

2.2.3.2d Effect of initial potential 80

2.2.3.2e Effect of pulse amplitude 80

x

2.2.3.3 Method validation 80

2.2.3.4 Interference studies 81

2.2.3.4a Effect of Cu(II), Ni (II), Al(III), 81

Pb(II) and Zn(II)

2.2.3.4b Effect of ascorbic acid, 82

β-cyclodextrin and L-cysteine

2.2.3.5 Modified mercury electrode with PLL 82

2.2.4 Square wave cathodic stripping voltammetry 82

(SWSV)

2.2.4.1 SWSV parameters optimisation 82

2.2.4.2 SWSV determination of all aflatoxins 82

2.2.5 Stability studies of aflatoxins 83

2.2.5.1 Stability of 10 ppm aflatoxins 83

2.2.5.2 Stability of 1 ppm aflatoxins 83

2.2.5.3 Stability of 0.1 µM aflatoxins exposed 83

to ambient temperature

2.2.5.4 Stability of 0.1 µM aflatoxins in different 84

pH of BRB

2.2.6 Application to food samples 84

2.2.6.1 Technique 1 84

2.2.6.2 Technique 2 84

2.2.6.3 Technique 3 85

2.2.6.4 Blank measurement 85

2.2.6.5 Recovery studies 85

2.2.6.6 Voltammetric analysis 86

3 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION 88

3.1 Cyclic voltammetric studies of aflatoxins 88

3.1.1 Cathodic and anodic cyclic voltammetric 89

of aflatoxins

xi

3.2 Differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry 102

of AFB2

3.2.1 Optimisation of conditions for the stripping 104

analysis

3.2.1.1 Effect of pH and type of supporting 104

electrolyte

3.2.1.2 Optmisation of instrumental conditions 117

3.2.1.2a Effect of scan rate 118

3.2.1.2b Effect of accumulation time 119

3.2.1.2c Effect of accumulation 120

potential

3.2.1.2d Effect of initial potential 121

3.2.1.2e Effect of pulse amplitude 122

3.2.2 Analysis of aflatoxins 127

3.2.2.1 Calibration curves of aflatoxins and 129

validation of the proposed method

3.2.2.1a Calibration curve of AFB2 129

3.2.2.1b Calibration curve of AFB1 134

3.2.2.1c Calibration curve of AFG1 137

3.2.2.1d Calibration curve of AFG2 140

3.2.2.2 Determination of limit of detection 143

3.2.2.3 Determination of limit of quantification 147

3.2.2.4 Inteference studies 150

3.3 Square-wave stripping voltammetry (SWSV) of 157

aflatoxins

3.3.1 SWSV determination of AFB2 158

3.3.1.1 Optimisation of experimental and 159

instrumental SWSV parameters

3.3.3.1a Influence of pH of BRB 159

3.3.3.1b Effect of instrumental 160

variables

xii

3.3.2 SWSV determination of other aflatoxins 166

3.3.3 Calibration curves and method validation 168

3.4 Stability studies of aflatoxins 175

3.4.1 10 ppm aflatoxin stock solutions 175

3.4.2 1 ppm aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 179

3.4.2.1 Month to month stability studies 179

3.4.2.2 Hour to hour stability studies 181

3.4.2.3 Stability studies in different pH 186

of BRB

3.4.2.4 Stability studies in 1.0 M HCl and 191

1.0 M NaOH

3.5 Voltammetric analysis of aflatoxins in real samples 192

3.5.1 Study on the extraction techniques 193

3.5.2 Analysis of blank 194

3.5.3 Recovery studies of aflatoxins in real samples 196

3.5.4 Analysis of aflatoxins in real samples 199

4 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS 204

4.1 Conclusions 204

4.2 Recommendations 206

REFERENCES 208

Appendices A – AM 255 - 317

xiii

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE 1.0 Scientific name for aflatoxin compounds 7 1.1 Chemical and physical properties of aflatoxin 10 compounds 1.2 Summary of analysis methods used for 19 determination of aflatoxins in various samples 1.3 Working electrode and limit of detection for 32 modern polarographic and voltammetric techniques. 1.4 The application range of various analytical 33

techniques and their concentration limits when compared with the requirements in different fields of chemical analysis

1.5 List of different type of working electrodes and 36 its potential windows 1.6 Electroreducible and electrooxidisable organic 50 functional groups 1.7 The characteristics of different type of 53 electrochemical reaction. 1.8 Application of Square Wave Voltammetry 62 technique 2.0 List of aflatoxins and their batch numbers 72 used in this experiment 2.1 Injected volume of aflatoxins into eluate of 86 groundnut and the final concentrations obtained in voltammetric cell 3.0 The dependence of current peaks of aflatoxins to 97 their concentrations obtained by cathodic cyclic

measurements in BRB at 9.0.

xiv

3.1 Effect of buffer constituents on the peak height 109 of 2.0 µM AFB2 at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions are the same as Figure 3.21

3.2 Compounds reduced at the mercury electrode 116 3.3 Optimum parameters for 0.06 µM and 2.0 µM 126 AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. 3.4 The peak height and peak potential of aflatoxins 127 obtained by optimised parameters in BRB at pH 9.0 using DPCSV technique. 3.5 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 131 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM by the proposed voltammetric procedure (n=8). 3.6 Mean values for recovery of AFB2 standard 132 solution (n=3). 3.7 Influence of small variation in some of the 133 assay condition of the proposed procedure on its suitability and sensitivity using 0.10 µM AFB2. 3.8 Results of ruggedness test for proposed method 134 using 0.10 µM AFB2. 3.9 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 136 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM AFB1 by proposed voltammetric procedure

(n=5). 3.10 Mean values for recovery of AFB1 standard 137 solution (n=3). 3.11 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 139 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM AFG1 by proposed voltammetric procedure (n=5). 3.12 Mean values for recovery of AFG1 standard 139 solution (n=3). 3.13 Peak height (in nA) obtained for intra-day and 141 inter-day precision studies of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM AFG2 by proposed voltammetric procedure.

xv

3.14 Mean values for recovery of AFG2 standard 142 solution (n=5). 3.15 Peak height and peak potential of 0.10 µM 143 aflatoxins obtained by BAS and Metrohm voltammetry analysers under optimised operational parameters for DPCSV method. 3.16 Analytical parameters for calibration curves 145 for AFB1,AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 obtained by DPCSV technique using BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. 3.17 LOD values for determination of aflatoxins 148 obtained by various methods. 3.18 LOQ values for determination of aflatoxins 149 obtained by various methods. 3.19 Peak current and peak potential for all aflatoxins 167 obtained by SWSV in BRB at pH 9.0 (n=5). 3.20 Analytical parameters for calibration curves for 172 AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 obtained by SWSV technique in BRB pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. 3.21 Result of reproducibility study (intra-day and inter- 173 day measurements) for 0.1 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained by SWSV method. 3.22 Application of the proposed method in evaluation 174 of the SWSV method by spiking the aflatoxin standard solutions. 3.23 Average concentration of all aflatoxins within a 175 year stability studies. 3.24 The peak current and peak potential of 10 ppb 196 AFB2 in presence and absence of a blank sample. 3.25 Total aflatoxin contents in real samples which 203 were obtained by DPCSV and HPLC techniques (average of duplicate analysis)

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE 1.0 Aspergillus flavus seen under an electron 4 microscope. 1.1 Chemical structure of coumarin 6 1.2 Chemical structures of (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, 8

(c) AFG1, (d) AFG2, (e) AFM1 and (f) AFM2 1.3 Hydration of (a) AFB1 and (b) AFG1 by TFA 9 produces (c) AFB2a and (d) AFG2a 1.4 Transformation of toxic (a) AFB1 to non-toxic 11 (b) aflatoxicol A. 1.5 Major DNA adducts of AFB1; (a) 8,9-Dihydro-8- 13 (N7-guanyl)-9-hydroxy-aflatoxin B1 (AFB1-Gua) and (b) 8,9-Dihydro-8-(N5-Formyl-2’.5’.6’- triamino-4’-oxo-N5-pyrimidyl)-9-hydroxy-Aflatoxin B1 (AFB1-triamino-Py) 1.6 Metabolic pathways of AFB1 by cytochrom P-450 14 enzymes; B1-epoxide = AFB1 epoxide, M1= aflatoxin M1, P1= aflatoxin P1 and Q1 = aflatoxin Q1. 1.7 A typical arrangement for a voltammetric 34

electrochemical cell (RE: reference electrode, WE: working electrode. AE: auxiliary electrode)

1.8 A diagram of the Hanging Mercury Drop Electrode 37

(HMDE) 1.9 A diagram of the Controlled Growth Mercury 38 Electrode (CGME) 1.10 Cyclic voltammograms of (a) reversible, 52 (b) irriversible and (c) quasireversible reaction at mercury electrode (O = oxidised form and R = reduced

form)

xvii

1.11 The potential-time sequence in stripping analysis 55 1.12 Schematic drawing showing the Faradaic current 59 and charging current versus pulse time course 1.13 Schematic drawing of steps in DPV by 60 superimposing a periodic pulse on a linear scan 1.14 Waveform for square-wave voltammetry 61 2.0 BAS CGME stand (a) which is connected to 71 CV-50W voltammetric analyser and interface with computer (b) for data processing 2.1 VA757 Computrace Metrohm voltammetric 71 analyser with 663 VA stand (consists of Multi Mode (MME)) 3.0 Cathodic peak current of 0.6 µM AFB1 in various 89 pH of BRB obtained in cathodic cyclic voltammetry. Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0 and scan rate = 200

mV/s) 3.1 Shifting of peak potential of AFB1 with increasing 90 pH of BRB. Parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.0. 3.2 Mechanism of reduction of AFB1 in BRB at pH 6.0 90 to 8.0. 3.3 Mechanism of reduction of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0 91 to 11.0. 3.4 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFB1 92 obtained at scan rate of 200 mV/s, Ei = 0, Elow =

-1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. 3.5 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFB2 92 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.6 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFG1 93 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

xviii

3.7 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFG2 93 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.8 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.6 µM AFB1 in BRB at pH 94

9.0 obtained by cathodic cyclic voltammetry. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

3.9 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.1 µM Zn2+ in BRB at pH 94 9.0 obtained by cathodic cyclic voltammetry. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

3.10 Anodic cyclic voltammogram of 1.3 µM AFB2 95 obtained at scan rate of 200 mV/s, Ei = -1.5 V, Elow = -1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB at pH 9.0. 3.11 Effect of increasing AFB2 concentration on the 96 peak height of cathodic cyclic voltammetrc curve in BRB at pH = 9.0. (1.30 µM, 2.0 µM, 2.70 µM and 3.40 µM). All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.12 Peak height of reduction peak of AFB2 with 96 increasing concentration of AFB2. All parameter

conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.13 Repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 98 µM AFB2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. All

experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.14 Increasing Ip of 1.3 µM AFB2 cathodic peak 98 obtained from repetitive cyclic voltammetry. All

experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.15 Peak potential of 1.3 µM AFB2 with increasing 99 number of cycle obtained by repetitive cyclic

voltammetry.

xix

3.16 Plot of log Ip versus log υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in 100 BRB solution at pH 9.0. All experimental conditions

are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.17 Plot of Ep versus log υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB 101

solution at pH 9.0. 3.18 Plot of Ip versus υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB 102 solution at pH 9.0. All parameter conditions

are the same as in Figure 3.4. 3.19 DPCS voltammograms of 1.0 µM AFB2 (Peak I) 103 in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) at tacc = 0 and 30 s. Other parameter conditions; Ei = 0, Ef = -1.50 V,

Eacc = 0, υ =50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

3.20 DPCS voltammograms of 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB 104 in BRB (Peak I) at different pH values; 6.0, 7.0,

8.0, 9.0, 11.0and 13.0. Other parameter conditions; Ei = 0, Ef =-1.50 V, Eacc = 0, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude =100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

3.21 Dependence of the Ip for AFB2 on the pH of 105 0.04 M BRB solution. AFB2 concentration: 2.0 µM, Ei =0, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 30 sec, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. 3.22 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 obtained in BRB (a) at pH 106 from 9.0 decreases to 4.0 and re-increase to 9.0 and

(b) at pH from 9.0 increase to 13.0 and re-decrease to 9.0.

3.23 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB2 in BRB at 107 pH (a) 6.0, (b) 9.0 and (c) 13.0.

3.24 Opening of lactone ring by strong alkali caused no 108 peak to be observed for AFB2 in BRB at pH 13.0. 3.25 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 in different concentration of 109 BRB at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.20. 3.26 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 in different pH and concentrations 110 of BRB.

xx

3.27 DPCS voltammograms of 2.0 AFB2 (Peak I) 110 in (a) 0.04 M, (b) 0.08 M and (c) 0.08 M BRB

at pH 9.0 as the blank. Ei = 0 V, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0 V, tacc = 30 sec, υ = 50mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

3.28 Chemical structures of (a) 2,3-dihydrofuran, 111

(b) tetrahydrofuran and (c) coumarin.

3.29 Voltammograms of 2,3-dihydrifuran (peak I) for 112 concentrations from (b) 0.02 to 0.2 µM in (a) BRB at pH 9.0. 3.30 Dependence of Ip of coumarin to its concentrations 112 3.31 Voltammograms of coumarin at concentration of 113 (b) 34 µM, (c) 68 µM, (d) 102 µM, (e) 136 µM

and (f) 170 µM in (a) BRB at pH 9.0. 3.32 Chemical structures of (a) cortisone and (b) 114

testosterone. 3.33 Chemical structures of (a) digoxin and (b) digitoxin 115 3.34 Effect of pH of BRB solution on the Ep for AFB2. 117 AFB2 concentration: 2.0 µM. Ei = 0, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 30 s and υ = 50 mV/s. 3.35 Effect of various υ to the (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM 118

AFB2 peak in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 15 s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.36 Effect of tacc on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 119 peak in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = 0,

υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. 3.37 The relationship between (a) Ip and (b) Ep with 120 Eacc for 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = -1.5 V, tacc = 15 s, υ = 40 mV/s and

pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.38 Effect of Ei on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 121 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = -0.80 V,

tacc = 40 s,υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

xxi

3.39 Effect of pulse amplitude on (a) Ip and (b) Ep 122 of 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = 1.50 V, Eacc = -0.80 V, tacc = 40 s and υ = 40 mV/s.

3.40 Effect of Eacc on Ip of 0.06 µM AFB2. Ei = -1.0 V, 123 Ef = -1.50 V, tacc = 40 s, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.41 Effect of tacc on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 0.06 µM AFB2 124 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.50 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.42 The effect υ on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 0.06 µM AFB2 125 In BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.50 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

3.43 Voltammograms of 0.06 µM AFB2 obtained under 126 (a) optimised and (b) unoptimised parameters in BRB

at pH 9.0.

3.44 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM (a) AFB1, (b) AFG1, 128 (c) AFB2 and (d) AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 1.0 (except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.45 Voltammograms of (b) mixed aflatoxins in (a) BRB at 129

pH 9.0 as the blank. Parameters condition: Ei = -0.95 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and Pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.46 Increasing concentration of AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. 130 The parameter conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc =-0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.47 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFB2 130 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are

the same as in Figure 3.46. 3.48 Standard addition of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0. 135 The parameter conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc =-0.8 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxii

3.49 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFB1 135 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are

the same as in Figure 3.48. 3.50 Effect of concentration to Ip of AFG1 in BRB at 138 pH 9.0. Ei = -0.95 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc =-0.8 V,

tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.51 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFG1 138 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.50.

3.52 Effect of concentration to Ip of AFG2 in BRB at 140 pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc =-0.8 V,

tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.53 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFG2 141 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter conditions are

the same as in Figure 3.52.

3.54 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, 144 (c) AFG1 and (d) AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 (d) obtained by 747 VA Metrohm. Ei = -1.0 V (except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.55 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration of 150 Zn2+ up to 1.0 µM. 3.56 Voltammograms of (i) 0.1µM AFB2 and (ii) AFB2-Zn 151

complex with increasing concentration of Zn2+ (a = 0, b = 0.75 µM, c = 1.50 µM, d = 2.25 µM and e = 3.0 µM). Blank = BRB at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

3.57 Ip of all aflatoxins after reacting with increasing 151 concentration of Zn2+ in BRB at pH 3.0. Measurements were made in BRB at pH 9.0 within 15 minutes of reaction time. Ei = -1.0 V (except

for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxiii

3.58 Absorbance of all aflatoxins with increasing 152 concentration of Zn2+ in BRB at pH 3.0 within 15 minutes of reaction time

3.59 Voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 with increasing 153 concentration of Zn2+ (from 0.10 to 0.50 µM) in

BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -0.25 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplirude = 80 mV. .

3.60 Chemical structure of ascorbic acid. 153 3.61 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration 154 of ascorbic acid up to 1.0 µM. Concentrations of all aflatoxins are 0.1µM. 3.62 Voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 with increasing 154 concentration of ascorbic acid. 3.63 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration 155 of β-cyclodextrin up to 1.0 µM. 3.64 Voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 with increasing 156 concentration of β-cyclodextrin. 3.65 Chemical structure of L-cysteine. 156 3.66 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration 157 of cysteine up to 1.0 µM. 3.67 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB2 obtained by 158 (a) DPCSV and (b) SWSV techniques in BRB at pH 9.0. Parameters for DPCSV: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef =

-1.40V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV and for SWSV: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, frequency = 50 Hz, voltage step = 0.02 V, amplitude = 80 mV and υ = 1000 mV/s.

3.68 Influence of pH of BRB on the Ip of 0.10 µM 159 AFB2 using SWSV technique. The instrumental

Parameters are the same as in Figure 3.67. 3.69 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB2 in different pH 160 of BRB. Parameter conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, voltage step =

xxiv

0.02 V, amplitude = 50 mV, frequency = 50 Hz and υ = 1000 mV/s. 3.70 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at 160 pH 9.0. 3.71 Effect of Eaccto the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at 161 pH 9.0. 3.72 Relationship between Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 while 162 increasing tacc.

3.73 Effect of frequency to the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in 162 BRB at pH 9.0.

3.74 Linear relatioship between Ip of AFB2 and square 163 root of frequency. 3.75 Influence of square-wave voltage step to Ip of 163 0.10 µM AFB2. 3.76 Influence of square-wave amplitude to Ip of 0.10 µM 164 AFB2. 3.77 Relationship of SWSV Ep of AFB2 with increasing 164 amplitude.

3.78 Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained under (a) non-optimised 165 and (b) optimised SWSV parameters compared with that obtained under (c) optimised DPCSV parameters.

3.79 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained under 166 (a) non-optimised and (b) optimised SWSV

parameters compared with that obtained under (c) optimised DPCSV parameters.

3.80 Ip of 0.10 µM aflatoxins obtained using two 167 different stripping voltammetric techniques under their optimum paramter conditions in BRB at pH 9.0. 3.81 Voltammograms of (i) AFB1, (ii) AFB2, (iii) AFG1 168 and (iV) AFG2 obtained by (b) DPCSV compared with that obtained by (c) SWSV in (a) BRB at pH 9.0. 3.82 SWSV voltammograms for different concentrations 169 of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0. The broken line

xxv

represents the blank: (a) 0.01 µM, (b) 0.025 µM, (c) 0.05 µM, (d) 0.075 µM, (e) 0.10 µM, (f) 0.125 µM and (g) 0.150 µM. Parameter conditions:

Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V, pulse amplitude = 75 mV and scan rate = 3750 mV/s.

3.83 Calibration curve for AFB1 obtained by SWSV 170 method. 3.84 Calibration curve for AFB2 obtained by SWSV 170 method. 3.85 Calibration curve for AFG1 obtained by SWSV 170 method. 3.86 Calibration curve for AFG2 obtained by SWSV 171 method. 3.87 LOD for determination of aflatoxins obtained by 171 two different stripping methods. 3.88 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in 176 benzene: acetonitrile (98%) at preparation date. 3.89 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in 176 benzene: acetonitrile (98%) after 6 months of storage time. 3.90 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in 177 benzene: acetonitrile (98%) after 12 months of storage time. 3.91 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm AFB1 (a) kept in 178 the cool and dark conditions and (b) exposed to ambient conditions for 3 days. 3.92 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB1 in BRB 178 solution prepared from (a) good and (b) damaged 10 ppm AFB1 stock solution. 3.93 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB1 in BRB 179 solution prepared from (a) good and (b) damaged 10 ppm AFB1 stock solution after 2 week stored in the cool and dark conditions.

xxvi

3.94 Percentage of Ip of 0.10 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 180 9.0 at different storage time in the cool and dark

conditions.

3.95 Percentage of Ip of all aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 181 exposed to ambient conditions up to 8 hours of exposure time.

3.96 Reaction of 8,9 double bond furan rings in AFB1 182 with TFA, iodine and bromine under special conditions (Kok, et al., 1986). 3.97 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB1 obtained in (a) 183 BRB at pH 9.0 which were prepared from (b) damaged and (c) fresh stock solutions. 3.98 Ip of 0.10 µM AFB1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 184 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.99 Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 184 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.100 Ip of 0.10 µM AFG1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 185 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.101 Ip of 0.10 µM AFG2 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 185 from 0 to 8 hours in (a) light exposed and (b)

light protected. 3.102 Peak heights of 0.10 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 187 (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0, (c) 9.0 and (d) 11.0 exposed to ambient conditions up to 3 hours of exposure time. 3.103 Resonance forms of the phenolate ion 187 (Heathcote, 1984).

3.104 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 188 6.0 from 0 to 3 hrs exposure time.

3.105 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 188

11.0 from 0 to 3 hrs of exposure time.

xxvii

3.106 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 189 6.0 from 0 to 3 hrs of exposure time.

3.107 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 189 11.0 from 0 to 3 hrs of exposure time.

3.108 Absorbance of 1.0 ppm aflatoxins in BRB at pH 190 (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0, (c) 9.0 and (d) 11.0 from 0 to 3

hours of exposure time. 3.109 The peak heights of aflatoxins in 1.0 M HCl from 191 0 to 6 hours of reaction time. 3.110 The peak heights of aflatoxins in 1.0 M NaOH from 192 0 to 6 hours of reaction time. 3.111 Voltammograms of real samples after extraction by 193 Technique (a) 1, (b) 2 and (c) 3 with addition of AFB1 standard solution in BRB at pH 9.0 as a blank. 3.112 Voltammograms of blank in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained 194 by (a) DPCSV and (b) SWSV methods. 3.113 DPCSV (a) and SWSV (b) voltammograms of 10 195 ppb AFB2 (i) in present of blank sample (ii) obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (iii) as the supporting electrolyte. 3.114 DPCSV voltammograms of real samples (b) added 197 with 3 ppb (i), 9 ppb (ii) and 15 ppb (iii) AFB1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank on the first day measurement. 3.115 Percentage of recoveries of (a) 3 ppb, (b) 9 ppb, 198 (c) 15 ppb of all aflatoxins in real samples obtained by DPCSV methods for one to three days of measurements. 3.116 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample, S11 (b) 199 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxviii

3.117 SWSV voltammograms of real sample, S11 (b) 200 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s,

frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 75 mV.

3.118 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample, S07 (b) 200 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.119 SWSV voltammograms of real sample, S07 (b) 201 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s,

frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 75 mV.

3.120 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample, S10 (b) 201 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. 3.121 SWSV voltammograms of real sample, S10 (b) 202 with the addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions: Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s,

frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

xxix

ABBREVIATIONS

AAS Atomic absorption spectrometry

Abs Absorbance

ACP Alternate current polarography

ACV Alternate current voltammetry

AD Amperometric detector

AdCSV Adsorptive cathodic stripping voltammetry

AE Auxiliary electrode

AFB1 Aflatoxin B1

AFB2 Aflatoxin B2

AFG1 Aflatoxin G1

AFG2 Aflatoxin G2

AFM1 Aflatoxin M1

AFM2 Aflatoxin M2

AFP1 Aflatoxin P1

AFQ1 Aflatoxin Q1

Ag/AgCl Silver/silver chloride

ASV Anodic stripping voltammetry

β-CD β-cyclodextrin

BFE Bismuth film electrode

BLMs Bilayer lipid membranes

BRB Britton Robinson Buffer

CA Concentration of analyte

CE Capillary electrophoresis

CGME Controlled growth mercury electrode

CME Chemically modified electrode

CPE Carbon paste electrode

CSV Cathodic stripping voltammetry

CV Cyclic voltammetry

xxx

DC Direct current

DCP Direct current polarography

DME Dropping mercury electrode

DMSO Dimethyl sulphonic acid

DNA Deoxyribonucliec acid

DPCSV Differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry

DPP Differential pulse polarography

DPV Differential pulse voltammetry

Eacc Accumulation potential

Ei Initial potential

Ef Final potential

Ehigh High potential

Elow Low potential

Ep Peak potential

ECS Electrochemical sensing

Et4NH4 OH Tetraethyl ammonium hydroxide

ELISA Enzyme linked immunosorbant assay

FD Fluorescence detector

FDA Food and Drug Administration

GCE Glassy carbon electrode

GC-FID Gas chromatography with flame ionisation detector

HMDE Hanging mercury drop electrode

HPLC High performance liquid chromatography

HPTLC High pressure thin liquid chromatography

IAC Immunoaffinity chromatography

IACLC Immunoaffinity column liquid chromatography

IAFB Immunoaffinity fluorometer biosensor

IARC International Agency for Research Cancer

Ic Charging current

Id Diffusion current

If Faradaic current

xxxi

Ip Peak height

ICP-MS Induced coupled plasma-mass spectrometer

IR Infra red

IUPAC International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry

KGy Kilogray

LD50 Lethal dose 50

LOD Limit of detection

LOQ Limit of quantification

LSV Linear sweep voltammetry

MFE Mercury film electrode

MS Mass spectrometer

MECC Micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography

MOPS 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulphonic

MOSTI Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation

NP Normal polarography

NPP Normal pulse polarography

NPV Normal pulse voltammetry

OPLC Over pressured liquid chromatography

PAH Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon

PLL Poly-L-lysine

ppb part per billion

ppm part per million

PSA Potentiometric stripping analysis

RDX Hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine

RE Reference electrode

RIA Radioimmunoassay

RNA Ribonucleic acid

RSD Relative standard deviation

S/N Signal to noise ratio

SCE Standard calomel electrode

SCV Stair case voltammetry

xxxii

SDS Sodium dodecyl sulphate

SHE Standard hydrogen electrode

SIIA Sequential injection immunoassay

SMDE Static mercury drop electrode

SPE Solid phase extraction

SPCE Screen printed carbon electrode

SWP Square-wave polarography

SWV Square-wave voltammetry

SWSV Square-wave stripping voltammetry

SV Stripping voltammetry

tacc Accumulation time

TBS Tris buffered saline

TEA Triethylammonium

TLC Thin layer chromatography

TFA Trifluoroacetic acid

UME Ultra microelectrode

ν Scan rate

v/v Volume per volume

UVD Ultraviolet-Visible detector

UV-VIS Ultraviolet-Visible

WE Working electrode

WHO World Health Organisation

λmax Maximum wavelenght

εmax Maximum molar absorptivity

xxxiii

LIST OF APPENDICES

APPENDIX TITLE PAGE A Relative fluorescence of aflatoxins in different 255 solvent s

B UV spectra of the principal aflatoxins (in methanol) 256 C Relative intensities of principal bands in the IR 257 spectra of the aflatoxins D Calculation of concentration of aflatoxin stock 258 solution E Extraction procedure for aflatoxins in real samples 259 F Calculation of individual aflatoxin in groundnut 260 samples. G Cyclic voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2 and AFG2 262 with increasing of their concentrations. H Dependence if the peak heights of AFB1, AFG1 264 and AFG2 on their concentrations. I Repetitive cyclic voltammograms and their peak 266

heights of AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 J Plot Ep – log scan rate for the reduction of AFB1, 270

AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 K Plot of peak height versus scan rate for 1.3 µM of 272 AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 L Voltammograms of AFB2 with increasing 274 concentration. M Voltammograms of 0.1 µM and 0.2 µM AFB2 275 obtained on the same day measurements N Voltammograms of AFB2 at inter-day 276 measurements

xxxiv

O F test for robustness and ruggedness tests 278 P Voltammograms of AFB1 with increasing 280 concentration Q Voltammograms of AFG1 with increasing 281 concentration R Voltammograms of AFG2 with increasing 282 concentration S LOD determination according to Barek et al. (2001a) 283 T LOD determination according to Barek et al. (1999) 286 U LOD determination according to Zhang et al. (1996) 287 V LOD determination according to Miller and 288

Miller (1993) W ANOVA test 290 X Peak height of aflatoxins in presence and absence of PLL 292 Y SWSV voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 293 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 Z SWSV voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB1, AFB2, 295 AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 AA UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 297 and AFG2 stock solutions AB Voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 299 obtained from 0 to 6 months of storage time in the

cool and dark conditions.

AC Voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and 302 AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 from 0 to 8 hours of

exposure time. AD UV-VIS spectrums of AFB2 in BRB at pH 6.0 305 and 11.0.

xxxv

AE Voltammograms of AFB1 and AFG1 in 1.0 M HCl 307 and 1.0 M NaOH

AF DPCSV voltammograms of real samples added with 309

various concentrations of AFG1 AG SWSV voltammograms of real samples added with 310

various concentrations of AFB1.

AH Percentage of recoveries of various concentrations 311 of all aflatoxins (3.0 and 9.0 ppb) in real samples obtained by SWSV method.

AI Calculation of percentage of recovery for 3.0 ppb 312 AFG1 added into real samples. AJ HPLC chromatograms of real samples: S10 and S07 313 AK Calculation of aflatoxin in real sample, S13 314 AL List of papers presented or published to date 315 resulting from this study. AM ICP-MS results for analysis of BRB at pH 9.0 317

CHAPTER I

LITERATURE REVIEW

1.1 Overview

Humans are continuously exposed to varying amounts of chemicals that have

been shown to have carcinogenic or mutagenic properties in environmental systems.

Exposure can occur exogenously when these agents are present in food, air or water,

and also endogenously when they are products of metabolism or pathophysiologic

states such as inflammation. Great attention is focused on environmental health in the

past two decades as a consequence of the increasing awareness over the quality of life

due to major environment pollutants that affect it. Studies have shown that exposure to

environmental chemical carcinogens have contributed significantly to cause human

cancers, when exposures are related to life style factors such as diet (Wogan et al.,

2004).

The contamination of food is part of the global problem of environmental

pollution. Foodstuffs have been found contaminated with substances having

carcinogenic, mutagenic, teratogenic and allergenic properties. As these substances can

be supplied with food throughout the entire life-time of a person, it is necessary to deal

with the chronic action of trace amounts of such substances. Hence the systematic

determination of the foreign substances in nutritional products and feedstock plays an

important role. The determination of trace impurities presents considerable difficulties

owing to the fact that food is a complex system containing thousands of major and

minor compounds (Nilufer and Boyacio, 2002). Increasing environment pollution by

toxic substances such as toxic metals, organometallic and organic pollutants in air,

2

water, soil and food, calls for reliable analytical procedures for their control in

environmental samples which needs reliable and sensitive methods (Fifield and Haines,

2000). The choice of the method of analysis depends on the sample, the analyte to be

assayed, accuracy, limit of detection, cost and time to complete the analysis (Aboul-

Eneim et a., 2000). For development of this method, emphasis should be on

development of simplified, cost-effective and efficient method that complies with the

legislative requirements (Stroka and Anklam, 2002; Enker, 2003).

The widespread occurrence of aflatoxins producing fungi in our environment

and the reported naturally occurring of toxin in a number of agricultural commodities

has led the investigator to develop a new method for aflatoxin analysis (Creepy, 2002).

An accurate and sensitive method of analysis is therefore required for the determination

of these compounds in foodstuffs that have sustained mould growth.

Numerous articles concerning methods for determination of aflatoxins have

been published. However, with regard to electroanalytical technique, only one method

of determination was reported using the differential pulse pulse polarographic (DPP)

technique which was developed by Smyth et al. (1979). In this experiment, the

obtained limit of detection of aflatoxin B1 was 25 ppb which was higher as compared

to the common amount of aflatoxin in contaminated food samples which is 10 ppb as

reported by Pare (1997) or even less. In Malaysia, the regulatory limit for total

aflatoxins in groundnut is 15 ppb. The regulatory for other foods and milk is 10 ppb

and 0.05 ppb respectively (Malaysian Food Act, 1983).

1.2 AFLATOXINS

1.2.1 Aflatoxins in General

Aflatoxins are a group of heterocyclic, oxygen-containing mycotoxins that

possess the bisdifuran ring system. It was discovered some 43 years ago in England

3

following a poisoning outbreak causing 100,000 turkeys death (Miller, 1987 and

Cespedez and Diaz, 1997). The aflatoxins are the most widely distributed fungal toxins

in food. The occurrence of the aflatoxins in food products demonstrated that the high

levels of aflatoxins are significant concern both for food traders and food consumers

(Tozzi et al. 2003; Herrman, 2004; Haberneh, 2004). Aflatoxin is a by-product of mold

growth in a wide range of agriculture commodities such as peanuts (Urano et al., 1993),

maize and maize based food (Papp et al., 2002; Mendez-Albores et al., 2004),

cottonseeds (Pons and Franz, 1977), cocoa (Jefferey et al., 1982), coffee beans (Batista

et al., 2003), medical herbs ( Reif and Metzger, 1998; Rizzo et al., 2004), spices

(Erdogen, 2004; Garner et al., 1993; Akiyama et al., 2001; Aziz et al., 1998), melon

seeds (Bankole et al., 2004) and also in human food such as rice (Shotwell et al., 1966;

Begum and Samajpati, 2000), groundnut (Bankole et al., 2005), peanut products (

Patey et al., 1990), corn ( Shotwell and Goulden, 1977; Urano et al., 1993 ), vegetable

oil (Miller et al., 1985), beer (Scott and Lawrence, 1997), dried fruits ( Abdul Kadar et

al., 2004, Arrus et al. (2004), milk and dairy products (Kamkar, 2004; Aycicek et al.

2005; Sarimehmetoglu et al., 2004; Martin and Martin, 2004 ). Meat and meat

products are also contaminated with alfatoxins when farm animals are fed with

aflatoxin contaminated feed (Miller, 1987 and Chiavaro et al., 2001).

The molds that are major producers of aflatoxin are Aspergillus flavus

(Bankole et al. 2004) and Aspergillus parasiticus (Begum and Samajpati, 2000;

Setamou et al., 1997; Erdogen, 2004; Gourama and Bullerman, 1995). Aspergillus

flavus, which is ubiquitous, produces B aflatoxins (Samajphati, 1979) while Aspergillus

parasiticus, which produces both B and G aflatoxins, has more limited distribution

(Garcia-Villanova et al., 2004). A picture of Aspergillus flavus seen under an electron

microscope is shown in Figure 1.0.

Black olive is one of the substrate for Aspergillus parasiticus growth and

aflatoxin B1 production as reported by Leontopoulos et al., (2003). Biosynthesis of

aflatoxins by this fungi depends on the environmental condition such as temperature

and humidity during crop growth and storage (Leszczynska et al., 2000; Tarin et al.,

4

2004 and Pildain et al., 2004). The optimum temperatures for aflatoxins growth are

27.84 0 C and 27.30 0 C at pH=5.9 and 5.5 respectively.

Figure 1.0: Aspergillus flavus seen under an electron microscope

Before harvest, the risk for the development of aflatoxins is greatest during

major drought (Turner et al., 2005). When soil moisture is below normal and

temperature is high, the number of Aspergillus spores in the air increases. These spores

infect crops through areas of damage caused by insects and inclement weather. Once

infected, plant stress occurs, which favor the production of aflatoxins. Fungal growth

and aflatoxins contamination are the sequence of interactions among the fungus, the

host and the environment. The appropriate combination of water stress, high

temperature stress and insect damage of the host plant are major determining factors in

mold infestation and toxin production (Faraj et al., 1991; Koehler, 1985; Park and

Bullerman, 1983). Additional factors such as heat treatment, modified-atmosphere

packaging or the presence of preservative, also contribute in increasing growth rate of

the aflatoxins.

Farmers have minimal control over some of these environmental factors.

However appropriate pre-harvest and post-harvest management and good agricultural

practice, including crop rotation, irrigation, timed planting and harvesting and the use

5

of pesticides are the best methods for preventing or controlling aflatoxins

contamination (Turner et al., 2005). Timely harvesting could reduce crop moisture to a

point where the formation of the mould would not occur. For example harvesting corn

early when moisture is above 20 percent and then quickly drying it to a moisture level

of at least 15 percent will keep the Aspergillus flavus from completing its life cycle,

resulting in lower aflatoxin concentration. Aflatoxins are to be found in agricultural

products as a consequence of unprosperous storage conditions where humidity of 70 -

90 % and a minimum temperature of about 10° C. Commodities that have been dried

to about 12 to 0.5 % moisture are generally considered stable, and immune to any risk

of additional aflatoxins development. Moreover, the minimum damage of shells during

mechanized harvesting of crop reduces significantly the mould contamination.

Biocontrol of aflatoxin contamination is another way to reduce this contamination. The

natural ability of many microorganisms including bacteria, actinomycetes, yeasts,

moulds and algae has been a source for bacteriological breakdown of mycotoxins. The

most active organism such as Flavobacterium aurantiacum which in aqueous solution

can take up and metabolise aflatoxins B1, G1 and M1 (Smith and Moss, 1985).

Production of aflatoxins is greatly inhibited by propionic acid as revealed by

Molina and Gianuzzi (2002) when they studied the production of aflatoxins in solid

medium at different temperature, pH and concentration of propionic acid. It also can be

inhibited by essential oil extracted from thyme as found by Rasooli and Abnayeh

(2004). Other chemicals that can inhibit the growth of this fungus are ammonia, copper

sulphate and acid benzoic (Gowda et al., 2004).

1.2.2 Chemistry of Aflatoxins

Aflatoxins can be classified into two broad groups according to chemical

structure which are difurocoumarocyclopentenone series and ifurocoumarolactone

(Heathcote, 1984). They are highly substituted coumarin derivatives that contain a

fused dihydrofuran moiety. The chemical structure of coumarin is shown in Figure 1.1.

6

O O

Figure 1.1 Chemical structure of coumarin

There are six major compounds of aflatoxin such as aflatoxin B1 (AFB1),

aflatoxin B2 (AFB2), aflatoxin G1 (AFG2), aflatoxin G2 (AFG2), aflatoxin M1

(AFM1) and aflatoxin M2 (AFM2) (Goldblatt, 1969). The former four are naturally

found aflatoxins and the AFM1 and AFM2 are produced by biological metabolism of

AFB1 and AFB2 from contaminated feed used by animals. They are odorless, tasteless

and colorless. The scientific name for these aflatoxin compounds are listed in Table 1.0.

Aflatoxins have closely similar structures and form a unique group of highly

oxygenated, naturally occurring heterocyclic compounds. The chemical structures of

these aflatoxins are shown in Figure 1.2. The G series of aflatoxin differs chemically

from B series by the presence of a β-lactone ring, instead of a cyclopentanone ring.

Also a double bond that may undergo reduction reaction is found in the form of vinyl

ether at the terminal furan ring in AFB1 and AFG1 but not in AFB2 and AFG2.

However this small difference in structure at the C-2 and C-3 double bond is associated

with a very significant change in activity, whereby AFB1 and AFG1 are carcinogenic

and considerably more toxic than AFB2 and AFG2. The dihydrofuran moiety in the

structure is said to be of primary importance in producing biological effects.

Hydroxylation of the bridge carbon of the furan rings for AFM1 does not significantly

alter the effects of the compounds. The absolute configuration of AFB2 and AFG2

follows from the fact that it is derived from the reduction of AFB1 and AFG1

respectively.

AFB is the aflatoxin which produces a blue color under ultraviolet while AFG

produces the green color. AFM produces a blue-violet fluorescence while AFM2

produces a violet fluorescence (Goldblatt, 1969). Relative fluorescence of aflatoxins in

several organic solvents are shown in Appendix A (White and Afgauer, 1970). The

7

Table 1.0 Scientific name for aflatoxin compounds

natural fluorescence of aflatoxins arises from their oxygenated pentaheterocyclic

structure. The fluorescence capacity of AFB2 and AFG2 is ten times larger than that of

AFB1 and AFG1, probably owing to the structural difference, namely double bond on

the furanic ring. Such a double bond seems to be very important for the photophysical

Aflatoxin B1

(AFB1)

2,3,6a,9a-tetrahydro-4-methoxycyclopenta[c]

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione

Aflatoxin B2

(AFB2)

2,3,6a,8,9,9a-Hexahydro-4-methoxycyclopenta[c]

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione

Aflatoxin G1

(AFG1)

3,4, 7a,10a-tetrahydro-5-methoxy-1H, 12H

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h]pyrano[3,4-c]l]- benzopyran-

1,12-dione

Aflatoxin G2

(AFG2)

3,4,7a,8,9,10, 10a-Hexahydro-5-methoxy-1H,12H-

furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h]pyrano[3,4-c][l]- benzopyran-

1,12-dione

Aflatoxin

M1

(AFM1)

4-Hydroxy AFB1

Aflatoxin

M2

4-Hydroxy AFB2

8

O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

OH O

O

O

OO

O

OH

O O

O

O

OO

O

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

(e) (f)

Figure 1.2 Chemical structures of (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, (c) AFG1, (d) AFG2,

(e) AFM1 and (f) AFM2.

properties of these derivatives measured just after spectroscopic studies (Cepeda et al.,

1996). The excitation of the natural fluorescence of AFB1 and AFG1 can be promoted

9

O O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

HOTFA

O

OO

OO

O

HO

O

OO

OO

O

TFA

in many different ways such as post-column iodination (Tuinstra and Haasnoot, 1983;

Davis and Diener, 1980), post-column bromination (Kok et al.,1986; Kok, 1994 ;

Versantroort et al., 2005 ), use of cyclodextrin compound (Cepeda et al., 1996;

Chiavaro et al., 2001; Franco et al., 1998) and trifluoroacetic acid, TFA (Stack and

Pohland, 1975; Takahashi, 1977a; Haghighi et al., 1981; Nieduetzki et al., 1994 ).

AFB1 and AFG1 form hemiacetals, AFB2a and AFG2a when reacted with

acidic solution such as triflouroacetic acid (TFA) as represented in Figure 1.3 (Joshua,

1993). The hydroxyaflatoxins are unstable and tend to decompose to yellow products

in the presence of air, light and alkali. Their UV and visible spectra are similar to those

of the major aflatoxins.

(a) (c)

(b) (d)

Figure 1.3 Hydration of AFB1 (a) and AFG1 (b) by TFA produces AFB2a (c) and

AFG2a (d) (Joshua, 1993).

The close relationship between AFB1, AFG1, AFB2a and AFG2a was shown by the

similarities in their IR and UV spectra. The main difference between AFB2a and

AFG2a with AFB1 and AFG1 are found in the IR spectra, where an additional band at

10

3620 cm-1 indicates the presence of a hydroxyl group in AFB2a and AFG2a. The

absence of bands at 3100, 1067 and 722 cm-1 (which arise in AFB1 and AFG1 from the

vinyl ether group) indicates that the compounds are hydroxyl derivatives of AFB2 and

AFG2. Some chemical and physical properties of aflatoxin compounds are listed in

Table 1.1 (Heathcote and Hibbert, 1978; Weast and Astle, 1987). The close

relationship between these aflatoxins was shown by the similarities in their UV and IR

spectra as shown in Appendix B and C respectively.

Table 1.1 Chemical and physical properties of aflatoxin compounds

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

Molecular formula

C17H12O6

C17H14O6

C17H12O7

C17H14O7

Molecular weight

312

314

328

330

Crystals

Pale yellow

Pale yellow

Colorless

Colorless

Melting point ( ° C )

268.9

286.9

244.6

237.40

Fluorescence under UV light

Blue

Blue

Green Green

Solubility

Soluble in water and polar organic solvent. Normal solvents are: methanol, water: acetonitrile (9:1), trifluoroacetic acid, methanol: 0.1N HCl (4:1), DMSO and acetone

Other properties

Odorless, colorless and tasteless in solution form. Incompatible with strong acids, strong oxidising agents and strong bases. Soluble in water, DMSO, 95% acetone or ethanol for 24 hours under ambient temperature

11

O

O

O

OO

OCH3

+ R.oryzae

+ R. oligosporus

O

OO

OO H

O C H 3

Many researches have studied the stability of aflatoxins. For example, AFB1

was not found in fruit samples after being irradiated with 5.0 Kgy or more of gamma-

irradiation as reported by Aziz and Moussa (2002). Gonzalez et al. (1998) have studied

the effect of electrolysis, ultra-violet irradiation and temperature on the decomposition

of AFB1 and AFG1. UV irradiation caused an intense effect on aflatoxins where after

60 min of radiation, AFG1 suffers practically with no more decomposition. However,

when the aflatoxin solutions were placed in a 90° C bath for 3 min, a decrease of 20%

from total amount of both AFB1 and AFG1 was obtained. A greater extent of

decomposition (50%) was found for treatment at 100° C during longer time. Levi

(1980) reported that experimental roasting under conditions simulating those of the

typical roasting operation (20 min at 200 ± 5° C) destroyed about 80% of AFB1 added

to green coffee. It was also found that AFB2 decomposed to a larger extent than AFG1

indicating a lower stability against prolonged heat treatment. During food

fermentation which involved other fungi such as Rhizopus oryzae and R. oligosporus,

cyclopentanone moiety of AFB1 was reduced resulting in the formation of aflatoxicol

A as shown in Figure 1.4 which is non-toxic compound. It retains the blue-fluorescing

property of AFB1 under UV light. It has been considered to be one of the most

important B1 metabolites because there is a correlation between the presence of this

metabolite in animal tissues and body fluids with toxicity of AFB1 in different animals

(Lau and Chu, 1983). Aflatoxin solution prepared in water, dimethyl sulphonic acid

(DMSO), 95% acetone or ethanol is stable for 24 hours under ambient conditions.

AFM1 is relatively stable during pesteuring, sterilisation, preparation and storage of

various dairy products (Gurbay et al., 2004).

(a) (b)

Figure 1.4 Transformation of toxic (a) AFB1 to non-toxic (b) aflatoxicol A

12

1.2.3 Health Aspect of Aflatoxins

Aflatoxins have received greater attention than any other mycotoxins. There are

potent toxin and were considered as human carcinogen by The International Agency for

Research on Cancer (IARC) as reported in World Health Organisation (WHO)’s

monograph (1987). These mycotoxins are known to cause diseases in man and animals

called aflatoxicosis (Eaton and Groopman, 1994). Human exposure to aflatoxins is

principally through ingestion of contaminated foods (Versantroort et al., 2005).

Inhalation of the toxins may also occur occasionally due to the occupational exposure.

After intake of contaminated feedstuffs aflatoxins cause some undesirable effect in

animals, which can range from vomiting, weight loss and acute necrosis to various

types of carcinoma, leading in many cases to death (Pestka and Bondy, 1990 and

Bingham et al., 2004). Even at low concentration, aflatoxins diminish the immune

function of animals against infection. Epidemiological studies have shown a

correlation between liver cancer and the prevalence of aflatoxins in the food supply.

In views of occurrence and toxicity, AFB1 is extremely carcinogenic while

others are considered as highly carcinogenic as reported by Carlson (2000). It is

immunosuppressive and a potent liver toxin; less than 20 µg of this compound is lethal

to duckling (Hussein and Brasel, 2001). AFB1 is biochemically binding to DNA,

inhibit DNA, RNA, and protein syntheses, and effects DNA polymerase activity as

reported by Egner et al. (2003). Previous research results have demonstrated the

covalent binding of highly reactive metabolite of AFB1 to the N-7 atom of guanine

residues, resulting in major DNA adducts (Moule, 1984; Johnson et al., 1997; Egner et

al., 2003). Major DNA adducts of AFB1 are shown in Figure 1.5.

The four main aflatoxins display decreasing potency in the order AFB1 > AFG1

> AFB2 > AFG2 as reported by Betina (1984). This order of toxicity indicates that the

double bond in terminal furan of AFB1 structure is a critical point for determining the

degree of biological activity of this group of mycotoxins (Hall and Wild, 1994). It

appears that the aflatoxins themselves are not carcinogenic but rather some of their

13

O

CHO

N O

O

OH

O O

OCH3

NH

N NH2NH2

O

NH

N

O

N

NO O

O

OH

OCH3

NH2

O O

(a) (b)

Figure 1.5 Major DNA adducts of AFB1; (a) 8,9- Dihydro-8-(N7-guanyl)-

9-hydroxy-aflatoxin B1 (AFB1-Gua) and (b) 8,9-Dihydro-8-(N5- Formyl-2’.5’.6’-

triamino-4’-oxo-N5-pyrimidyl)-9-hydroxy- Aflatoxin B1 (AFB1-triamino-Py)

metabolites (de Vries, 1996). For example, metabolite transformation of AFB1 by

cytochrome P-450 enzyme produces aflatoxin Q1 (AFQ1), AFM1, AFB1-epoxide and

aflatoxin P1 (AFP1) as shown in Figure 1.6. For hamiacetals, AFB2a and AFG2a,

however, are relatively non-toxic despite the close similarity of their structure to those

of AFB1 and AFG1 even at the highest dosages (1200 µg for AFB2a and 1600 µg for

AFG2a).

AFM1 is the main metabolic derivatives of aflatoxins in several animal species

It is found in the cow milk due which had consumed feed which contaminated with

AFB1 as reported by Chang et al. (1983), Yousef and Marth (1985), Van Egmond

(1989), Tuinstra (1990) and Lopez et al. (2002). The relative amount of AFM1

excreted is related to the amount of AFB1 in the feed, and about 0.1% of AFB1

ingested is excreted into milk as AFM1 (Miller, 1987). There was a linear relationship

between the amount of AFM1 in milk and AFB1 in feeds consumed by animals as

reported by Dragacci (1995). AFM1 is produced by hydroxylation of AFB1 in the liver

14

OCH3

O

O

OO

O

O

OCH3

O

O

OO

O

OH

OCH3

O

O

OO

O

OH

O

O

OO

O

M 1 P 1OCH3

O

O

OO

O

OH

Q I

B 1-epoxide

A flatox in B 1

Figure 1.6 Metabolic pathways of AFB1 by cytochrom P-450 enzymes; B1-

epoxide = AFB1 epoxide, M1 = aflatoxin M1, P1 = aflatoxin P1 and Q1 = aflatoxin

Q1

15

of lactating animals, including humans. It is also known as milk toxin which is much

less carcinogenic and mutagenic than AFB1. It has been classified by the International

Agency For Research Cancer (IARC) as a Group 2 carcinogen (IARC, 1993). It can

generally be found in milk and milk products such as dry milk, whey, butter, cheese,

yogurt and ice cream. AFM2 is the analogous metabolic derivatives of AFB2.

Aflatoxins have been considered as one of the most dangerous contaminant in

food and feed. The contaminated food will pose a potential health risk to human such as

aflatoxicosis and cancer (Jeffrey and Williams, 2005). Aflatoxins consumption by

livestock and poultry results in a disease called aflatoxicosis which clinical sign for

animals include gastro intestinal dysfunction, reduced reproductivity, reduced feed

utilisation, anemia and jaundice. Humans are exposed to aflatoxins by ingestion,

inhalation and dermal exposure as reported by Etzel (2002). LD50 which is the amount

of a materials, given all at once, causes the death of 50% (one half) of a group of test

animal (www.aacohs.ca/oshanswers) for most animal and human for AFB1 is between

0.5 to 10.0 mg kg-1 body weight (Smith and Moss, 1985; Salleh, 1998). Clinical

features were characterised by jaundice, vomiting, and anorexia and followed by

ascites, which appeared rapidly within a period of 2-3 weeks.

Besides causing health problems to humans, aflatoxin also can cause adverse

economic effect in which it lowers yield of food production and fiber crops and

becoming a major constraint of profitability for food crop producer countries, an

example of which is given in Rachaputi et al. (2001). It has been estimated that

mycotoxin contamination may affect as much as 25% of the world’s food crop each

year (Lopez, 1999) resulting in significant economic loss for these countries.

Aflatoxins also inflict losses to livestock and poultry producers from aflatoxin-

contaminated feeds including death and the more subtle effects of immune system

suppression, reduced growth rates, and losses in feed efficiency.

Due to the above reason, aflatoxin levels in animal feed and various human food

products is now monitored and tightly regulated by the most countries. In Malaysia,

16

the action level for total aflatoxins is 15ppb (Malaysian Food Act, 1983). The

European Commission has set limits for the maximum levels of total aflatoxins and

AFB1 allowed in groundnuts, nuts, dried fruit and their products. For foods ready for

retail sale, these limits are 4 ppb for total aflatoxins and 2 ppb for AFB1, and for foods

that are to be processed further the limits stand at 15 ppb for total aflatoxins and 8 ppb

of AFB1 (European Commission Regulation, 2001). The Food and Drug

Administration (FDA) in USA has established an action level of 0.5 ppb of mycotoxin,

AFM1 in milk for humans and 20 ppb for other aflatoxins in food other than milk

(www.ansci.cornel.edu/toxiagents).

In Brazil, the limits allowed for food destined for human consumption are 20

µg/kg of total aflatoxin for corn in grain, flours, peanut and by-products, and 0.5 µg/l of

AFM1 in fluid milk (Sassahara et al., 2005). Australia has established a minimum level

of 15 ppb for aflatoxin in raw peanut and peanut product (Mackson et al., 1999). In

Germany, regulatory levels of total aflatoxins are 4 ppb and 2 ppb for AFB1. For

human dietary products, such as infant nutriment, there are stronger legal limits, 0.05

ppb for AFB1 and the total aflatoxins (Reif and Metzger, 1995). The Dutch Food Act

regulates that food and beverages may contain no more than 5 µg of AFB1 per kg

(Scholten and Spanjer, 1996).

Regulatory level set by Hong Kong government is 20 ppb for peanuts and

peanut products and 15 ppb for all other foods (Risk Assessment Studies report, 2001).

Because of all these reasons, systematic approaches to sampling, sample preparation

and selecting appropriate and accurate method of analysis of aflatoxin are absolutely

necessary to determine aflatoxins at the part-of-billion (ppb) level as reported by Park

and Rua (1991).

1.2.4 Analytical Methods for the Determination of Aflatoxins

Monitoring the presence of aflatoxin in various samples especially in food is

not only important for consumer protection, but also for producers of raw products

17

prior to cost intensive processing or transport. Several methods for aflatoxins

determination in various samples have been developed and reported in the literature.

Method based on thin-layer chromatography (TLC) (Lafont and Siriwardana, 1981;

AOAC, 1984) and high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with ultraviolet

absorption, fluorescence, mass spectrometry or amperometry detection, have been

reported (Kok et al., 1986; Taguchi et al., 1995; Ali et al., 2005; Manetta et al.,

2005).

TLC and HPLC techniques are well proven and widely accepted; however,

both techniques have their own disadvantages. These methods require well equipped

laboratories, trained personnel, harmful solvents and time consuming. Moreover,

instrumentations used are expensive (Badea et al., 2004). The main disadvantage

associated with TLC is the lack of precision where a possible measurement error of ±

30 – 50 % is indicated when standard and unknown aflatoxins spot are matched, and

± 15 -25 % when the unknown is interpolated between two standards (Takahashi,

1977b). In this technique, the greater effect was caused by sample matrix which is

usually very complicated (Lin et al., 1998). Poor repeatability is associated with the

sample application, development and plate interpretation steps. HPLC technique is

often viewed as laborious and time intensive, needs complex gradient mobile phase,

large quantity of organic solvent, requiring a significant investment in equipments,

materials and maintenance (Pena et al., 2002).

Pre-column derivatisation technique could improve the sensitivity of the

measurement however, it requires chemical manipulations which are time consuming,

involves aggressive reagents such as bromine, TFA and iodine and also it is difficult

to automate. Other disadvantages of this procedure include the requirement to

prepare iodine solution daily, the necessity for two pumps, dilution of the eluent

stream, the need to thermostat the reactor coil and insufficient day-to-day

reproducibility (Kok et al., 1986). The method using TFA as derivatising agent has

poor reproducibility and is difficult to automate (Reif and Metzger, 1995).

18

Other methods such as enzyme linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) (Chu et

al., 1987; Lee et al., 1990; Pesavento et al., 1997 and Aycicek et al., 2005),

radioimmunoassay (RIA) (Stroka et al., 2000) and immunoaffinity clean up (Garner,

1993 and Niedwetzki et al., 1994) have also been developed for the detection of these

compounds. The simplicity, sensitivity and rapid detection of aflatoxin by ELISA

has made it possible to monitor several samples simultaneously but ELISA and other

immunochemical methods require highly specific polyclonal or monoclonal sera for

specific and sensitive detection of antigen. The production of specific antibodies for

aflatoxins has allowed the development of this technique based on direct or indirect

competition. This method, however, presents some drawbacks such as long

incubation time, washing and mixing steps (Badea et al., 2004) and is labor intensive

(Carlson et al., 2000). It also requires highly specific polyclonal or monoclonal sera

which is expensive (Rastogi et al., 2001). Blesa et al. (2003) reported that the ELISA

method is a good screening method for investigation of aflatoxins. RIA is very

sensitive but has several disadvantages. The radioisotopes are health hazards,

disposable difficulties and may have short half life (Trucksess et al., 1991).

Cole et al., (1992) have used micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography

(MECC) technique for rapid separation of aflatoxins. Pena et al., (2002) proposed

capillary electrophoresis (CE) for determination of aflatoxins. They found that the

limit of detection (LOD) of this technique was 0.02 to 0.06 ppb with analysis time of

50 minutes. Due to long duration time and involving use of many reagents such as

benzene and acetonitrile for preparation of aflatoxin stock solution and sodium

dodecyl sulphate (SDS), sodium dihydrogenphosphate, sodium borate and γ-

cyclodextrin for preparing the buffer solution in performing the analysis, this

technique may not be suitable for routine analysis of aflatoxins. A summary of

techniques used for the determination of aflatoxins compounds in various samples

together with its detection limit is shown in Table 1.2.

19

Table 1.2 Summary of analysis methods used for the determination of aflatoxins in

various samples

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection

limit (ppb)

Reference

1

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in spices

0.06

Garner et al. 1993)

2

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in spices

0.5

Akiyama et al. (2001)

3

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in peanut butter

5.0

Beebe (1978)

4

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in peanut butter

0.5

Duhart et al. (1988)

5

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in peanut butter

Not stated

Patey et al. (1991)

6

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in airborne dust

B1, G1, G2 = 3.1 B2 = 1.8

Kussak et al. (1995a)

7

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in corn, peanuts and peanut butter

Not stated

Trucksess et al. (1991)

8

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in medicinal herbs and plant extract

0.05

Reif and Metzger (1995)

9

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in airborne dust and human sera

0.08

Brera et al. (2002)

20

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection

limit (ppb)

Reference

10

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in groundnut, peanut and peanut butter

2.0

Chemistry Department, MOSTI (1993)

11

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in standard samples

Not stated

Holcomb et al. (2001)

12

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in wine

0.02

Takahashi (1977a)

13

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in corn, almonds, peanuts, milo,rice, pistachio, walnuts, corn and cottonseed

Not stated

Wilson and Romer (1991)

14

HPLC-FD

M1 in milk and non fat dry milk

0.014

Chang and Lawrence (1997)

15

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in beer

B1, G1=

0.019, B2, G2 =

0.015

Scot and Lawrence (1997)

16

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in poultry and pig feeds and feedstuffs

1.0

Cespedes and Diaz (1997)

17

HPLC-FD

M1 in milk

0.05

Yousef and Marth (1985)

18

HPLC-FD

M1 in whole milk

0.014

Fremy and Chang (2002)

21

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection

limit (ppb)

Reference

19

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in pistachio kernels and shells

B1 = 0.8, B2 = 0.29 G1 = 0.9 G2 = 1.1

Chemistry Department, MOSTI (1993)

20

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in urine

0.0068

Kussak et al. (1995b)

21

HPLC-FD

M1 in milk

10

Gurbey et al. (2004)

22

HPLC-FD

M1 in urine and milk

0.0025

Simon et al. (1998)

23

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in sesame butter and tahini

Not stated

Nilufer and Boyacio (2002)

24

HPLC-FD

B1 and ochratoxin A in bee pollen

B1= 0.2

Garcia-Villanove et al. (2004)

25

HPLC-FD and UVD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in contaminated cocoa beans

1.0

Jefferey et al. (1982)

26

HPLC-FD and UVD

B1 and B2 in wine and fruit juices

0.02

Takahashi (1997b)

27

HPLC-UVD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in corn

B1, G1 =

1.0, B2, G2 =

0.25

Fremy and Chang (2002)

22

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection limit (ppb)

Reference

28

HPLC-UVD

B1in standard sample

Not stated

Rastogi et al. (2001)

29

HPLC-UVD

B1and B2 in cottonseed

5.0

Pons and Franz (1977)

30

HPLC-UVD

B1 in egg

1.0

Trucksess et al. (1977)

31

HPLC-UVD

B1 and M1 in corn

B1 = 3.0 -5.0

M1 = not stated

Stubblefield and Shotwell (1977)

32

HPLC-UVD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in soy sauces and soybean paste

1.0

Wet et al. (1980)

33

HPLC-AD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in standard sample

7.0

Gonzalez et al. (1998)

34

HPTLC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in corn, buckwheat, peanuts and cheese

B1 = 0.2

B2, G1, G2 = 0.1

Kamimura et al. (1985)

35

HPTLC-SPE

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in palm kernel

B1 = 3.7, B2 = 2.5, G1 =

3.0, G2 = 1.3

Nawaz et al. (1992)

36

TLC

B1and M1in artificial contaminated beef livers

B1= 0.03, M1 = 0.1

Stabblefield et al. (1982)

23

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection limit (ppb)

Reference

37

TLC

B1in milk and milk powder

0.05

Bijl and Peteghem (1985)

38

TLC

Total aflatoxin in wheat and soybean

Not stated

Shotwell et al. (1977b)

39

TLC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in apples, pears, apple juice and pear jams

B1, G1 = 2.0-

2.8, B2, G2 = 2.0

Gimeno and Martins (1983)

40

TLC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in corn and peanut meal

Corn = 2.0

Peanut meal = 3.0

Bicking et al. (1983)

41

TLC

M1 in milk and condensed, evaporated and non-fat powdered milk

Milk = 0.1

Others = 0.2

Fukayama et al. (1980)

42

TLC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in ginger root and oleoresin

Not stated

Trucksess and Stoloff (1980)

43

TLC

B1in black olives

3000-7000

Tutour et al. (1984)

44

TLC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in cereal and nuts

Not stated

Saleemullah et al. (1980)

45

TLC-FDs

M1in milk

0.005

Gauch et al. (1982)

24

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection limit (ppb)

Reference

46

OPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in maize, fish, wheat, peanuts, rice and sunflower seeds

Not stated

Papp et al. (2002)

47

LC-MS

B1, B2, G1 anf G2 in figs and peanuts

1.0

Vahl and Jargensen (1998)

48

ELISA

M1 in milk, yogurt, cheddar and Brie

0.01 – 0.05

Fremy and Chu. (1984)

49

ELISA

M1 in infant milk products and liquid milk

Not stated

Rastogi et al. (1977)

50

ELISA

M1in curd and cheese

Not stated

Grigoriadou et al. (2005)

51

ELISA

M1 in cheese

Not stated

Sarimehtoglu et al. (1980)

52

ELISA

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in sesame butter and tahini

Not stated

Nilufar and Boyacio (2000)

53

ELISA ST

B1in corn

5.0

Beaver et al. (1991)

54

MECC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in standard samples

0.05 – 0.09

Cole et al. (1992)

25

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection limit (ppb)

Reference

55

MECC FS

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in feed samples

0.02 – 0.06

Pena et al. (2002)

56

IAC

Total aflatoxins and B1 in nuts

Total = 1.0 B1 = 0.2

Leszezynska et al. (1998)

57

IAC

B1 in mixed feeds

2.0

Shannon et al. (1984)

58

FI-IA-AD

M1 in raw milk

0.011

Badea et al. (1977)

59

GC-FID

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in culture medium

Not stated

Goto et al. (2005)

60

ECS with

BLMs

M1 in skimmed milk

761

Androu et al. (1997)

61

DPP

B1 in rice, milk, corn and peeletised rabbit feed

25

Smyth et al. (1979)

62

SIIA

M1in an artificial contaminated food

0.2

Garden and Strachen (2001)

63

MS

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in contaminated corns

10

Plattner et al. (1984)

26

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection limit (ppb)

Reference

64

IAFB

B1in standard sample

0.1

Carlson et al. (2002)

65

IACLC

B1 and total aflatoxin in peanut butter, pistachio paste, fig paste and paprika powder

Not stated

Stroka et al. (2000)

66

IACLC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in maize and peanut butter

B1, B2, G1,

G2 = 2.0

Chan et al. (1984)

67

ICA

B1 in rice, corn and wheat

2.5

Xiulan et al. (2006)

68

TLC

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in peppers

Not stated

Erdogan (2004)

69

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in traditional herbal medicines

Not stated

Ali et al. (2005)

70

LC-MS

M1 in bovine milk

0.02 – 0.15

Sorensen and Elbaek (2005)

71

LC-MS

M1in sidestream cigarette smoke

3.75

Edinboro and Karnes (2005)

72

TLC

M1in milk and milk products

0.0125

Bakirci (2001)

27

Table 1.2 Continued

No

Method

Aflatoxin / samples

Detection limit (ppb)

Reference

73

ELISA

B1and M1 in food and dairy products

Not stated

Aycicek et al. (2005)

74

TLC

M1 in Iranian feta cheese

0.015

Kamkar et al. (2005)

75

Ridascreen

Test

M1 in pasteurised milk

Not stated

Alborzi et al. (2005)

76

Ridascreen

Test

M1 in raw milk

0.245

Sassahara et al. (2005)

77

TLC

B1in melon seeds

2.0

Bankole et al. (2005b)

78

ECS-ELISA

B1in barley

0.02 – 0.03

Ammida et al. (2004)

79

HPLC-FD

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in bee pollen

Not stated

Gonzalez et al. (2005)

80

HPLC-FD

M1in milk and cheese

Milk = 0.001,

Cheese = 0.005

Manetta et al. (2005)

81

LC-MS

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in peanuts

B1, B2, G1, G2 = 0.125 –

2.50

Blesa et al. (2001)

82

ELISA-SPE

M1 in milk

0.025

Micheli et al. (2005)

28

Table 1.2 Continued Notes: AD: Amperometric detector IAC: Immunoaffinity chromatography IACLC: Immunoaffinity column liquid chromatogtaphy IAFB: Immunoaffinity fluorometer biosensor BLMs: Bilayer lipid membranes DPP: Differential pulse polarography ECS: Electrochemical sensing ECS-ELISA: Electrochemical sensing based on indirect ELISA ELISA: Enzyme linked immunosorbant assay ELISA ST: Enzyme linked immunosorbant assay for screening ELISA-SPE: Enzyme linked immuno sorbant assay combined with screen

printed electrode FD: Fluorescence detector FI-IA-AD: Flow-injection immunoassay with amperometric detector GC-FID: Gas chromatography with flame ionization detecter HPLC: High pressure liquid chromatography HPTLC: High pressure thin liquid chromatography HPTLC-SPE: High pressure thin liquid chromatography with solid phase

extraction ICA: Immnuochromatographic assay MECC: Micellar electrokinetic’s capillary chromatography MS: Mass spectrometry OPLC: Over pressured liquid chromatography SIIA: Sequential injection immunoassay test TLC: Thin layer chromatography TLC-FDs: Thin layer chromatography with fluorescence densitometer UVD: Ultraviolet detector

1.2.5 Electrochemical Properties of Aflatoxins

Polarographic determination of aflatoxin has been studied by Smyth et al.

(1979) using DPP technique to determine AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 in food

samples using Britton-Robinson buffer solution as the supporting electrolyte. They

found that all aflatoxins exhibited similar polarographic behaviour over a pH range 4 –

29

11. They also obtained that the best-defined waves for analytical purposes were in

Britton-Robinson buffer at pH 9. Slight differences in the potential of reduction of

aflatoxins have been observed owing to their slight differences in structure. They found

that the half wave potentials of reduction of the various aflatoxins were AFB1 = -1.26

V, AFB2 = -1.27 V, AFG1 = -1.21 V and AFG2 = -1.23 V (all versus SCE). The limit

of detection for AFB1 in pure solutions was about 2 x 10-8 M (25 ppb).

Gonzalez et al. (1998) have studied the cyclic voltammetry of AFG1 in

methanol: water (1:1, v/v) solution on different electrodes such as glassy carbon,

platinum and gold electrodes. They found that AFG1 gave high peak current at a

potential of about +1.2V using glassy carbon electrode compared to other types of

working electrode. The electro activity of the studied aflatoxins increased in the order

AFG2 < AFB1 < AFB2 < AFG1. This order reflects the ability of the aflatoxins

molecules to undergo electrochemical oxidation on glassy carbon electrode.

Duhart et al. (1988) have determined all types of aflatoxin using HPLC

technique with electrochemical detection. They have used differential-pulse mode at

the dropping mercury electrode (DME) with 1 s drop time for detection system, large

drop size, current scale of 0.5 µA and modulation amplitude of 100 mV. They have

found that using mobile phase which consisted of 62.7% BRB at pH 7, 17.9% methanol

and 19.4% acetonitrile, the peak potentials for all aflatoxins were slightly different

which were AFB1 = -1.37 V, AFB2 = -1.36 V, AFG1 = -1.30 V and at -1.30 V for

AFG2. Due to the fairly close together of peak potentials, a potential of -1.28 V has

been selected for detection purposes of these aflatoxins together with HPLC technique.

They found that using this technique average percentage recoveries for peanut butter

samples (n = 4) which have been spiked with a mixture of the four aflatoxins were

AFB1 (76%), AFB2 (77%), AFG1 (87%) and AFG2 (81%). This results show that a

major advantage of this technique was it did not require a derivatisation step as is

common for fluorescent detection.

30

1.3 Voltammetric Techniques

1.3.1 Voltammetric Techniques in General

Voltammetry is an electrochemical method in which current is measured as a

function of the applied potential. It is a branch of electrochemistry in which the

electrode potential, or the faradaic current or both are changed with time. Normally,

there is an interrelationship between all three of these variables (Bond et al., 1989).

The principle of this technique is a measurement of the diffusion controlled current

flowing in an electrolysis cell in which one electrode is polarisable (Fifield and Kealey,

2000). In this technique a time dependent potential is applied to an electrochemical

cell, and the current flowing through the cell is measured as a function of that potential.

A plot of current which is directly proportional to the concentration of an electroactive

species as a function of applied potential is called a voltammogram. The

voltammogram provides quantitative and qualitative information about the species

involved in the oxidation or reduction reaction or both at the working electrode.

Polarography is the earliest voltammetric technique which was developed by

Jaroslav Heyrovsky (1890-1967) in the early 1920s, for which he was awarded the

Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1959. It was the first major electro analytical technique

(Barek et al., 2001a). Since then many different forms of voltammetry have been

developed such as direct current polarography (DCP), normal polarography (NP),

differential pulse polarography (DPP), square-wave polarography (SWP), alternate

current polarography (ACP), cyclic voltammetry (CV), stripping voltammetry (SV),

adsorptive stripping voltammetry (AdSV) and adsorptive catalytic stripping

voltammetry (AdCSV) techniques. Working electrodes and limit of detection (LOD)

for these modern voltammetric techniques are shown in Table 1.3 (Barek et al., 2001a).

The advantage of this technique include high sensitivity where quantitative and

qualitative determination of metals, inorganic and organic compounds at trace levels,

10-4 – 10-8 M (Fifield and Kealey, 2000), selectivity towards electro active species

31

(Barek et al., 2001b), a wide linear range, portable and low-cost instrumentation,

speciation capability and a wide range of electrode that allow assays of many types of

samples such as environmental samples (Zhang et al., 2002; Ghoneim et al., 2000;

Buffle et al., 2005), pharmaceutical samples (Yaacob, 1993; Yardimer et al., 2001;

Abdine et al., 2002; Hilali et al., 2003 and Carapuca et al., 2005 ), food samples

(Ximenes et al., 2000; Volkoiv et al., 2001); Karadjova et al., 2000; Sabry and Wahbi,

1999 and Sanna et al., 2000), dye samples (Mohd Yusoff et al., 1998 and Gooding et

al., 1997) and forensic samples (Liu et al., 1980; Wasiak et al., 1996; Pourhaghi-Azar

and Dastangoo, 2000; Woolever et al., 2001).

Various advances during the past few years have pushed the detectability of

voltammetric techniques from the submicromolar level for pulse voltammetric

techniques to the subpicomolar level by using an adsorptive catalytic stripping

voltammetry (Czae and Wang, 1999). The comparison of using polarographic and other

analytical techniques in different application fields is depicted in Table 1.4 (Barek et al.,

2001a).

1.3.2 Voltammetric Measurement

1.3.2.1 Instrumentation

Voltammetry technique makes use of a three-electrode system such as working

electrode (WE), reference electrode (RE) and auxiliary electrode (AE). The whole

system consist of a voltammetric cell with a various volume capacity, magnetic stirrer

and gas line for purging and blanketing the electrolyte solution.

32

Table 1.3 Working electrodes and LOD for modern polarographic and

voltametric techniques

Technique

Working

electrode

LOD

TAST

DME

~ 10-6 M

Normal pulse polarography (NPP)

Normal pulse voltammetry (NPV)

DME

HMDE

~ 10-7 M

~ 10-7 M

Stair case voltammetry (SCV)

HMDE

~ 10-7 M

Differential pulse polarography (DPP)

Differential pulse voltammetry (DPV)

DME

HMDE

~ 10-7 M

~ 10-8 M

Square wave polarography (SWP)

Square wave voltammetry (SWV)

DME

HMDE

~ 10-8 M

~ 10-8 M

Alternate current polarography (ACP)

Alternate current voltammetry (ACV)

DME

HMDE

~ 10-7 M

~ 10-8 M

Anodic stripping voltammetry (ASV)

Cathodic stripping voltammetry (CSV)

HMDE

MFE

~ 10-10 M

~ 10-9 M

Potentiometric stripping analysis (PSA)

MFE

~ 10-12 M

33

Table 1.4 The application range of various analytical techniques and their

concentration limits when compared with the requirements in different fields of

chemical analysis.

Field of chemical analysis

Concentration range

Environmental monitoring Toxicology Pharmacological studies Food control Forensic Drug assay

10-12 M to 10-4 M 10-11 M to 10-2 M 10-10 M to 10-4 M 10-8 M to 10-4 M 10-7 M to 10-3 M 10-5 M to 10-2 M

Analytical techniques

Application range

Adsorptive stripping voltammetry Anodic / cathodic stripping voltammetry Differential pulse voltammetry Differential pulse polarography Tast polarography d.c.polarography spectrophotometry HPLC with voltammetric detection HPLC with fluorescence detection

10-12 M to 10-7 M 10-11 M to 10-6 M 10-8 M to 10-3 M 10-7 M to 10-3 M 10-6 M to 10-3 M 10-5 M to 10-3 M 10-6 M to 10-3 M 10-7 M to 10-3 M 10-9 M to 10-3 M

34

Table 1.4 Continued

A typical arrangement for a voltammetric electrochemical cell is shown in Figure 1.7

(Fifield and Haines, 2000).

Figure 1.7 A typical arrangement for a voltammetric electrochemical cell

(RE: reference electrode, WE: working electrode, AE: auxiliary electrode)

Analytical techniques

Application range

Spectrofluorometry Atomic absorption spectrometry Atomic fluorescence spectrometry Radioimmunoanalysis Neutron activation analysis x-ray fluorescence analysis mass spectrometry

10-9 M to 10-3 M 10-8 M to 10-3 M 10-9 M to 10-3 M 10-13 M to 10-3 M 10-9 M to 10-3 M 10-7 M to 10-3 M 10-9 M to 10-3 M

N2 Inlet

AERE WE

Cell cover

Stirrer

Solution Level

35

The arrangement of the electrodes within the cell is important. The RE is

placed close to the WE and the WE is located between the RE and the AE. Using the

three-electrode-cell concept, a potentiostat monitors the voltage over the WE and AE

which is automatically adjusted to give the correct applied potential. This is obtained

by continuously measuring the potential between the WE and the RE, by comparing it

to the set voltage and by adjusting the applied voltage accordingly if necessary. The

cell material depends on application that it is usually a small glass beaker with a close

fitting lid, which includes ports for electrodes and a nitrogen gas purge line for

removing dissolved oxygen and an optional stir bar.

The WE is the electrode where the redox reaction of electroactive species takes

place and where the charge transfer occurs. It is potentiostatically controlled and can

minimise errors from cell resistance. It is made of several different materials including

mercury, platinum, gold, silver, carbon, chemically modified and screen printed

electrode. The performance of voltammetry is strongly influenced by the WE. The

ideal characteristics of this electrode are a wide potential range, low resistance,

reproducible surface and be able to provide a high signal-to-noise response. The WE

must be made of a material that will not react with the solvent or any component of the

solution over as wide a potential range as possible. The potential window of such

electrodes depends on the electrode material and the composition of the electrolyte as

summarised in Table 1.5 below (Wang, 2000). Majority of electrochemical methods

use HMDE and MFE (Economou and Fielden, 1995) for use in the cathodic potential

area, whereas solid electrode such as gold, platinum, glassy carbon, carbon paste are

used for examining anodic processes.

Mercury has been used for the WE in earlier voltammetry techniques,

including polarography. Since mercury is a liquid, the WE often consists of a drop

suspended from the end of a capillary tube. It has several advantages including its high

over potential for the reduction of hydronium ion to hydrogen gas. This allows for the

application of potential as negative as -1.0 V versus SCE in acidic solution, and -2.0V

versus SCE in basic solution.

36

Table 1.5 List of different type of working electrodes and its potential windows.

ELECTRODE

ELECTROLYTE

POTENTIAL WINDOWS

Hg

1 M H2SO4 1 M KCl

1 M NaOH 0.1 M Et4NH4 OH

+0.3 to -0.1V 0 to -1.9V

-0.1 to -2.0V -0.1 to -2.3V

Pt

1 M H2SO4 1 M NaOH

+1.0 to -0.5V +0.5 to -1.0V

C

1 M HClO4 0.1M KCl

+1.5 to -1.0V +1.0 to -1.3V

Other advantages of using mercury as the working electrode include the ability

of metals to dissolve in the mercury, resulting in the formation of an amalgam. The

greatest advantages of this electrode is that new drops or new thin mercury films can be

readily formed, and this cleaning process removes problems that could be caused by

contamination as a result of previous analysis. In contrast, this is not the generally case

for electrodes made from other materials, with the possible exception of carbon

electrodes, where the electrode cleaning is made of cutting off a thin layer of the

previous electrode surface. Another advantage is the possibility to achieve a state of

pseudostationary for linear sweep voltammetry (LSV) using higher scan rate.

Miniaturised and compressible mercury electrode offer new possibilities in

voltammetry especially for determination of biologically active species and surfactant.

One limitation of mercury electrode is that it is easily oxidised at + 0.3 V and cannot be

used at potential more positive than + 0.4 V versus the SCE, depending on the

composition of the solution (Dahmen, 1986 and Fifield and Haines, 2000). At this

potential, mercury dissolves to give an anodic polarographic wave due to formation of

mercury (I) (Skoog et al., 1996).

37

There are three main types of mercury electrode used in voltammetry

techniques including hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE), dropping mercury

drop electrode (DME) and static mercury drop electrode (SMDE). In the HMDE, a

drop of the desired size is formed and hanged at the end of a narrow capillary tube. In

the DME, mercury drops form at the end of the capillary tube as a result of gravity.

The drop continuously grows and has a finite lifetime of several seconds. At the end

of its lifetime the mercury drop is dislodged, either manually or by the gravity, and

replaced by a new drop. In the SMDE, it uses a solenoid-driven plunger to control

the flow of mercury. It can be used as either HMDE or DME. A single activation of

solenoid momentarily lifts the plunger, allowing enough mercury to flow through the

capillary to form a single drop. To obtain a dropping mercury electrode the solenoid

is activated repeatedly. The diagram of HMDE is shown in Figure 1.8 (Metrohm,

2005).

Figure 1.8 A diagram of the HMDE

38

Other type of mercury electrode is the controlled growth mercury drop

electrode (CGME). In this electrode, a fast response valve controls the drop growth.

The cross sectional view of the CGME is shown in Figure 1.9 (BAS, 1993).

Figure 1.9 A diagram of the CGME

The capillary has a stainless stell tube embedded in the top end of the

capillary. Mercury flow through the capillary is controlled by a fast response valve.

The valve is rubber plug at the end of a shaft which when displaced slightly up will

allow mercury to flow. Since the contact between filament of mercury in the capillary

and the reservoir is a stainless steel tube, the electrode has low resistance. The total

resistance from the contact point to the mercury is about 7 ohm. The valve seal is

controlled by the valve seal adjustment knob. The opening of this valve is controlled

by a computer-generated pulse sequence, which leads to a stepped increase in the

drop size. Changing the number of pulse and/or the pulse width, so a wide range of

drop sizes is available can therefore vary the drop size. Varying the time between the

39

pulses can control the rate of growth of the mercury drop. Therefore, a slowly

growing mercury drop suitable for stripping experiments can be generated. An

important advantage of the CGME compared to HMDE is no contamination of the

capillary due to back diffusion (Dean, 1995).

In addition to the mercury drop electrode, mercury may be deposited onto the

surface of a solid electrode to produce mercury film electrode (MFE). The MFE is

based on an electrochemically deposited mercury film on conventional substrate

electrode such as a solid carbon, platinum, or gold electrode. The solid electrode is

placed in solution of mercury ion (Hg2+) and held at a potential at which the reduction

of Hg2+ to Hg is favorable, forming a thin mercury film. It displays the properties of a

mercury electrode, having various electro analytical advantageous such as a high

hydrogen evolution over potential and simple electrochemistry of many metals and

other species of analytical interest. For example, Castro et al. (2004) have used thin-

film coated on a glassy carbon electrode (GCE) for quantitative determination of

polycyclic aromatic hydrogen (PAH). In this experiment, they plated the mercury over

5 min at a cell voltage of -0.9 V. Economou and Fielden (1995) have developed a

square wave adsorptive stripping voltammetric technique on the MFE for study of

riboflavin. In this work, riboflavin was absorbed on the MFE at a potential of 0.0 V

(vs. Ag/AgCl) in pH 12.0 of electrolyte solution.

However, the increased risks associated with the use, manipulation and disposal

of metallic mercury or mercury salt, have led to general trend for more environmental-

friendly analytical methods such as using bismuth film electrode (BFE) instead of

mercury (Kefala et al., 2003; Economou, 2005; Lin et al., 2005a and Lin et al., 2005b ).

The BFE consists of a thin bismuth film deposited on a carbon paste substrate that has

shown to offer comparable performance to the MFE. Morfobos et al. (2004) have

studied square wave adsorptive stripping voltammetry (SWAdSV) on a rotating-disc

BFE for simultaneous determination of nickel (II) and cobalt (II). Hocevar et al. (2005)

have developed a novel bismuth-modified carbon paste (Bi-CPE) for a convenient and

40

reliable electrochemical sensor for trace heavy metals detection in conjunction with

stripping electroanalysis.

In another study, using pencil-lead BFE as the working electrode, Demetriades

et al. (2004) have determined trace metals by anodic stripping voltammetry (ASV).

They revealed that pencil-lead BFE were successfully applied to the determination of

plumbum and zinc in tap water with results in satisfactory agreement with atomic

absorption spectrometry (AAS). Zahir and Abd Ghani (1997) have developed a pencil

2B graphite paste electrode which was fabricated with polymerized 4-vinylpyridine for

glucose monitoring.

Other solid or metal electrode commonly used as WE are carbon, platinum

(Salavagione et al., 2004; Santos and Machado, 2004; Aslanoglu and Ayne, 2004 ),

gold (Hamilton and Ellis,1980; Parham and Zargar, 2001; Parlim and Zarger, 2003;

Moressi et al., 2004; Munoz et al., 2005;), graphite (Orinakova et al., 2004; Pezzatini et

al., 2004; Jin and Lin, 2005), diamond (Sonthalia et al., 2004) and silver (Iwamoto et

al., 1984). Solid electrodes based on carbon are currently in widespread use in

voltammetric technique, primarily because of their broad potential window, low

background current, rich surface chemistry, low cost, chemical inertness, and suitability

for various sensing and detection application (Wang, 2000). It includes glassy carbon

electrode (GCE), carbon paste electrode (CPE), chemically modified electrode (CME)

and screen-printed electrode (SPE).

For the GCE, the usual electrode construction is a rod of glassy carbon, sealed

into an inert electrode body, a disc of electrode material is exposed to the solution. It is

the most commonly used carbon electrode in electro analytical application (Ozkan and

Uslu, 2002; Ibrahim et al., 2003; Erk, 2004). The cleaning of this electrode is

important, to maintain a reactive and reproducible surface. Pre-treated

electrochemically GCE have increased oxygen functionalities that contribute to more

rapid electron transfer. Wang et al. (1997) have used in adsorptive potentiometric

stripping analysis of tamoxifen, a nonsteriodal anti-estrogen used widely for the

41

treatment of hormone-dependent breast cancer. The electrode was anodised at + 1.7 V

for 1 min in the electrolyte containing tomixifen. Using cyclic voltammetric technique,

they found that a large definite anodic peak corresponding to the oxidation of the

adsorbed drug at GCE at + 0.985 V. Other workers using GCE as the WE were Wang

et al. (2004), Shi and Shiu (2004) and Ji et al. (2004).

The CPE, a mixture of carbon powder and a pasting medium at certain ratio,

were the result of an attempt to produce electrode similar to the dropping mercury

electrode (Kizek et al., 2005). They are particularly useful for anodic studies, modified

electrode and also for stripping analysis. CMEs are electrodes which have been

deliberately treated with some reagents, having desirable properties, so as to take on the

properties of the reagents (Arrigan, 1994; Kutner et al., 1998). A few examples of

these applications were reported by Abbaspour and Moosavi, (2002), Abbas and

Mostafa (2003); Ciucu et al. (2003); Ferancova et al. (2000) and Padano and Rivas

(2000).

SPE are increasingly being used for inexpensive, reproducible and sensitive

disposable electrochemical sensors for determination of trace levels of pollutant and

toxic compounds in environmental and biological fluids sample (Wring et al., 1991).

A disposable sensor has several advantages, such as preventing contamination between

samples, constant sensitivity and high reproducibility of different printed sensors (Kim

et al., 2002). The most useful materials for printing electrochemical sensors could be

carbon-based inks because they have a very low firing temperature (20-120° C) and can

be printed on plastic substrate. Carbon can also be directly mixed with different

compounds, such as mediator and enzymes. A few examples of the experiments which

used SPE as the WE were reported by Kim et al. (2002), for detection of phenols using

α-cyclodextrin modified screen printed graphite electrodes. Ohfuji et al. (2004) have

constructed a glucose sensor based on a SPE and a novel mediator pyocyanin from

Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Carpini et al. (2004) have studied oligonucleotide-modified

screen printed gold electrodes for enzyme-amplified sensing of nucleic acid. Lupu et

al. (2004) have developed SPE for the detection of marker analytes during wine

42

making. In this work they have developed biosensors for malic acid and glucose with a

limit of detection of 10-5 M and 10-6 M for malic acid and glucose respectively. The

sensors were applied in the analysis of different samples of wine.

Besides using macro-electrode, voltammetric technique also utilizes

microelectrode (Lafleur et al. 1990) with the size of electrode radius much smaller than

the diffusion-layer thickness, typically between 7 to 10 µM (Hutton et al., 2005 and

Buffle and Tercier-Waeber, 2005) as the WE. It is constructed from the same materials

as the macro-electrode but with a smaller diameter to enhance mass transport of analyte

to the electrode surface due to smaller electrode than the diffusion layer. Hence,

increasing signal-to noise ratio and measurement can be made in highly resistive media

due to decrease of the ohmic drop that results when the electrode size reduced

(Andrieux et al., 1990). The microelectrode with diameter as small as 2 µm, allow

voltammetric measurements to be made on even smaller sample (Harvey, 2002). Aoki

(1990) reported that ultra microelectrodes influence electrode kinetics more specifically

than conventional electrode because of lateral diffusion promotes mass transport. Since

it minimise uncompensated resistance, they are useful for determination of kinetic

parameters. Almeida et al. (1998) have done voltammetric studies of the oxidation of

the anti-oxidant drug dipyridamole (DIP) in acetonitrile and ethanol using ultra

microelectrode (UME). In this work they studied cyclic voltammetric technique of the

drug with the UME which was 12.7 µm diameters. They found that with that electrode,

the diffusion current of DIP is proportional to the electrode radii for low scan rates in

cyclic voltammetry.

The second electrode used in the voltammetric system is auxiliary electrode

(AE). The AE is made of an inert conducting material typically a platinum electrode

wire (Wang, 2000). It provides a surface for a redox reaction to balance the process that

occured at the surface of the WE. It does not need special care, such as polishing. In

order to support the current generated at the WE, the surface area of the AE must be

equal to or larger than of the WE. The function of the AE is to complete the circuit,

allowing charge flow through the cell (Fifield and Haines, 2000). In an electro

43

analytical experiment, there is no need to place the AE in a separate compartment since

the diffusion of product that was produced by a redox reaction at the surface of the AE

does not significantly interfere the redox reaction at the WE.

The third electrode used in the voltammetric technique is reference electrode

(RE). This RE provides a stable potential so that any change in cell potential is

attributed to the working electrode. The major requirement for the RE is that the

potential does not change during the recording voltammetric curve at different applied

voltage (Heyrovsky and Zuman, 1968). The common RE are standard hydrogen

electrode (SHE), calomel electrode (SCE) and silver/silver electrode (Ag/AgCl). The

SHE is the reference electrode used to establish standard-state potential for other half

reaction. It consists of a platinum electrode immersed in a solution in which the

hydrogen ion activity is 1.00 and in which hydrogen gas is bubbled at a pressure of 1

atm. The standard-state potential for the reaction;

2H+ (aq) + 2e- → H2 (g) (1.0)

is 0.00 V for all temperatures. It is rarely used because it is difficult to prepare and

inconvenient to use.

The second reference electrode is the Standard Calomel Electrode (SCE)

which is based on the redox couple between mercury chloride (Hg2Cl2) and Hg as

below;

Hg2Cl2(s) + 2e 2Hg(l) + 2Cl-(aq) (1.1)

The potential of this electrode is determined by the concentration of chloride ion. It is

constructed using an aqueous solution saturated with potassium chloride (KCl) which

has a potential of + 0.2444 V at 250 C. It consists of an inner tube packed with a paste

of Hg, Hg2Cl2 and saturated KCl. A small hole connects the two tubes, an asbestos fiber

serves as a salt bridge to the solution in which the SCE is immersed.

44

Other type of reference electrode is the Ag/AgCl electrode which is the most

common RE since it can be used at higher temperature. This electrode is based on the

redox couple between silver chloride ( AgCl ) and silver ( Ag ) as illustrated below;

AgCl(s) + 2e Ag(s) + Cl- (1.2)

The potential of this electrode is determined by the concentration of Cl-. For saturated

KCl the potential is + 0.197 V whereas for 3.5 M KCl the potential electrode is + 0.205

V at 25° C (Harvey, 2000).

1.3.2.2 Solvent and Supporting Electrolyte

Electrochemical measurements are commonly carried out in a medium which

consists of solvent containing a supporting electrolyte. Sometimes in most cases,

supporting electrolyte has to be added to the dissolved sample in an attempt to achieve

the following (Heyrovsky and Zuman 1968);

a) To make solution conductive

b) To control the pH value so that organic substances are reduced in a

given potential range and inorganic substances are not hydrolysed

c) To ensure the formation of such complexes that give well

developed and well separated waves

d) To shift the hydrogen evaluation towards more negative potentials

and to eliminate catalytic effects on hydrogen evolution

e) To suppress unwanted maxima by addition of surface-active

substances to the supporting electrolyte.

The choice of the solvent is primarily by the solubility of the analyte, its redox

activity and also by solvent properties such as electrical conductivity, electrochemical

activity and chemical reactivity. The solvent should not react with the analyte and

45

should not undergo electrochemical reaction over a wide potential range. In aqueous

solution the cathodic potential is limited by the reduction of hydrogen ions:

2 H+ (aq) + 2 e- → H2 (g) (1.3)

resulting hydrogen evolution current. The more acidic the solution the more positive

is the potential of this current due to the reaction expressed by;

E = E0H2/H+ - 0.059 pH (1.4)

The composition of the electrolyte may affect the selectivity of voltammetric

measurements. The ideal electrolyte should give well-separated and well-shaped peaks

for all the analytes sought, so that they can be determined simultaneously. For example

Kontoyannis et al. (1999) used tris buffered saline (TBS) at pH 7.4 as the supporting

electrolyte for simultaneous determination of diazepam and liposome using DPP

technique. Inam and Somer (1998) have determined selenium (Se) and lead (Pb)

simultaneously in whole blood sample by the same technique using 0.1 M HCl as the

supporting electrolyte. They observed that there were three peaks at -0.33 V, -0.54 V

and -0.41 V which belonged to an intermetallic compound (PbSe), Se and Pb

respectively. Barbiera et al. (1997) have developed anodic stripping voltammetric

technique for simultaneous determination of trace amounts of zinc, lead and copper in

rum without pre-treatment and in the absence of supporting electrolyte. They observed

that there were three peaks at -0.92 V, -0.42 V and 0.05 V which belong to Zn, Pb and

Cu respectively.

Because of the sensitivity of the voltammetric method, certain impurities in

supporting electrolyte can affect the accuracy of the procedures. It is thus necessary to

prepare the supporting electrolyte from highly purified reagents and should not easily

oxidised and reduced. To obtain acceptable ionic strength of supporting electrolyte,

certain concentration should be prepared which is usually about 0.1 M. This level is a

compromise between high conductivity and minimum contamination (Wang, 2000).

46

The low ionic strength which is 0.01 M of supporting electrolyte (HClO4 – NaClO4)

was very effective for the adsorptive accumulation of analyte on the electrode as found

by Berzas et al. (2000) when they developed adsorptive stripping square wave

technique for determination of sildenafil citrate (Viagra) in pharmaceutical tablet.

Dissolved oxygen must be removed from supporting electrolyte first since the

reduction of dissolved oxygen will cause two cathodic peaks at -0.05 V and -0.9 V

(versus SCE) as reported by Fraga et al. (1998) and Reinke and Simon (2002). With

increasing pH, the waves due to reduction of oxygen are shifted to more negative

potential. The oxygen reduction generates a large background current, greater than that

of the trace analyte, and dissolved oxygen therefore tends to interfere with

voltammetric analysis (Colombo and van den Berg, 1998). The common method for the

removal of dissolved oxygen is by purging with an inert gas such as nitrogen or argon

where longer time may be required for large sample volume or for trace measurements.

To prevent oxygen from reentering, the cell should be blanketed with the gas while the

voltammogram is being recorded. However, this conventional procedure is time

consuming and not suitable for flow analysis. Due to this reason, Colombo and van den

Berg (1998) have introduced in-line deoxygenating for flow analysis with voltammetric

detection. They have used an apparatus which is based on the permeation of oxygen

through semi-permeable silicone tubing into an oxygen free chamber and enables the

determination of trace metals by flow analysis with voltammetric determination.

1.3.2.3 Current in Voltammetry

When an analyte is oxidised at the working electrode, a current passes electrons

through the external electric circuitry to the auxiliary electrode, where reduction of the

solvent or other components of the solution matrix occurs. Reducing an analyte at the

working electrode requires a source of electrons, generating a current that flows from

the auxiliary electrode to the cathode. In either case, a current resulting from redox

reaction at the working electrode and auxiliary electrode is called a faradaic current. A

current due to the analyte’s reduction is called a cathodic current. Anodic currents are

47

due to oxidation reaction. The magnitude of the faradaic current is determined by the

rate ofthe resulting oxidation or reduction reaction at the electrode surface. Two factors

contribute to the rate of the electrochemical reaction which are the rate at which the

reactants and products are transported to and from the electrode, and the rate at which

electron pass between the electrode and the reactants and products in solution.

There are three modes of mass transport that influence the rate at which reactant

and products are transported to and from the electrode surface which are diffusion,

migration and convection. Difussion from a region of high concentration to region of

low concentration occurs whenever the concentration of an ion or molecule at the

surface of electrode is different from that in bulk solution. When the potential applied

to the WE is sufficient to reduce or oxidise the analyte at the electrode surface, a

concentration gradient is established. The volume of solution in which the

concentration gradient exists is called the diffusion layer. Without other modes of mass

transport, the width of the diffusion layer increases with time as the concentration of

reactants near electrode surface decreases. The contribution of diffusion to the rate of

mass transport is time-dependent.

Convection occurs when a mechanical means is used to carry reactants toward

the electrode and to remove products from the electrode. Ther most common means of

convection is to stirr the solution using a stir bar. Other methods include rotating the

electrode and incorporating the electrode into a flow cell.

Migration occurs when charged particles in solution are attracted or repelled

from an electrode that has a positive or negative surface charge. When the electrode is

positively charged, negatively charged particles move toward the electrode, while the

positive charged particles move toward the bulk solution. Unlike diffusion and

convection, migration only affects the mass transport of charged particles.

The rate of mass transport is one factor influencing the current in voltammetry

experiment. When electron transfer kinetics are fast, the redox reaction is equilibrium,

48

and the concentrations of reactants and products at the electrode are those psecified by

Nersnt Equation. Such systems are considered electrochemically reversible. In other

system, when electron transfer kinetics are sufficiently slow, the concentration of

reactants and products at the electrode surface, and thus the current, differ from that

predicted by the Nersnt euqation. In this case the system is electrochemically

irreversible.

Other currents that may exist in an electrochemical cell those are unrelated to

any redox reaction are nonfaradaic and residual currents. The nonfaradaic current must

be accounted for if the faradaic component of the measured current is to be determined.

This current occurs whenever the electrode’s potential is changed. Another type of non-

faradaic current is charging current which occur in electrochemical cell due to the

electrical double layer’s formation. Residual current is a small current that inevitably

flows through electrochemical cell even in the absence of analyte (Harvey, 2000).

1.3.2.4 Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of Voltammetry

Quantitative information is obtained by relating current to the concentration of

analyte in the bulk solution and qualitative information is obtained from the

voltammogram by extracting the standard-state potential for redox reaction. The

concentration of the electroactive species can be quantitatively determined by the

measurement of limiting current which is linear function of the concentration of electro

active species in bulk solution.

Half- potential serves as a characteristic of a particular species which undergoes

reduction or oxidation process at the electrode surface in a given supporting electrolyte,

and it is independent of the concentration of that species. Its function in the qualitative

determination is the same as retention time in chromatographic technique.

49

1.3.3 Type of Voltammetric Techniques

1.3.3.1 Polarography

Polarography is a subclass of voltammetry in which the WE is the DME. This

technique has been widely used for the determination of many important reducible

species since the DME has special properties particularly its renewable surface and

wide cathodic potential range. In this technique, it takes place in an unstirred solution

where a limiting current is diffusion limiting current (Harvey, 2000). Each new

mercury drop grows in a solution whose composition is identical to that of the initial

bulk solution. The relationship between the concentration of analyte, CA, and limiting

current ( Id ) is given by Ilikovic equation ( Ewing, 1997; Heyrosky, 1968; Ilkovic,

1934 and Dahmen,1986).

Ad CtmnDI 61

32

21

708= (1.5)

where:

n = number of electrons transferred in the redox reaction

D = analyte’s diffusion coefficient ( cm2 sec-1)

m = flow rate of mercury drop (g sec-1)

t = drop time (sec)

CA = concentration of depolariser (mol l-1)

The above equation represents the current at the end of the drop life. The average

current (Iave) over the drop life is obtained by integrating the current over this time

period:

nDIave 607= 21

m 32

t 61

C A (1.6)

From the above equation, there is a linear relationship between diffusion current and

concentration of electroactive species. It also indicates that the limiting diffusion

50

current is a function of the diffusion coefficient which depends on the size and shape

of the diffusion particle. As compared to another technique such as cyclic

voltammetry technique, in this technique, the peak current is directly proportional to

concentration and increases with the square root of the scan rate as given by the

Randles-Sevcik equation (Equation 1.7) for a reversible system (Wang, 2000).

Ip = (2.69 x 105) n3/2 ACD1/2υ1/2 (1.7)

where;

n = number of electron

A = electrode area (cm2)

C = concentration (mol cm-3)

D = diffusion coefficient (cm2 s-1)

υ = scan rate (V s-1)

There are several types of polarographic techniques as was mentioned earlier.

Polarography is used extensively in the analysis of metal ion, inorganic anions and

organic compounds containing easily reducible or oxidisable functional group. A list

of electroreducible and electrooxidisable organic functional groups is shown in Table

1.6 (Dean, 1995).

Table 1.6 Electroreducible and electrooxidisable organic functional groups

Electroreducible organic functional groups

Aromatic carboxylic acid, azomethines, azoxy compounds conjugated alkene, conjugated aromatic, conjugated carboxylic acid conjugated halide, conjugated ketone, diazo compounds, dienes, conjugated double bond, nitroso compounds, organometallics, disulfide, heterocycles, hydroquinones, acetylene, acyl sulfide aldehyde, hydroxylamines, imines, ketones, nitrates, nitriles nitro compounds, oximes, peroxides, quinones, sulfones, sulfonium salts and thiocyanates.

Electrooxidisable organic functional groups

Alcohols, aliphatic halides, amines, aromatic amines, aromatic ides, carboxylic acids, ethers, heterocyclic amines, heterocyclic aromatics, olefins, organometallic and phenols.

51

1.3.3.2 Cyclic Voltammetry

Cyclic voltammetry (CV) is a potential-controlled reversal electrochemical

experiment. A cyclic potential sweep is imposed on an electrode and the current

response is observed (Gosser, 1993). CV is an extension of linear sweep

voltammetry (LSV) in that the direction of the potential scan is reversed at the end of

the first scan (the first switching potential) and the potential range is scanned again in

the reverse direction. The experiment can be stopped at the final potential, or the

potential can be scanned past this potential to the second switching potential, where

the direction of the potential scan is again reversed. The potential can be cycled

between the two switching potentials for several cycles before the experiment is

ended at the final potential. CV is the most widely used technique for acquiring

qualitative information about electrochemical reactions.

Analysis of the current response can give considerable information about the

thermodynamics of redox processes, the kinetics of heterogeneous electron-transfer

reaction and the coupled chemical reactions or adsorption processes. It is often the first

electrochemical experiment performed in an electrochemical study especially for any

new analyte since it offers a rapid location of redox potentials of the electro active

species and convenient evaluation of the effect of media upon the redox process. In the

CV technique, the applied potential sweep backwards and forwards between two limits,

the starting potential and the switching potentials. In this technique, the potential of the

WE is increased linearly in an unstirred solution. The resulting plot of current versus

potential is called a cyclic voltammogram. Figure 1.10a to 1.10c show the cyclic

voltammograms for reversible, irreversible and quasireversible reactions. For a typical

reduction and oxidation process in reversible reaction (as in Figure 1.10a), during the

forward sweep the oxidised form is reduced, while on the reverse sweep the reduced

form near the electrode is reoxidised. Chemical reaction coupled to the electrode

reaction can drastically affect the shape of the CV response. In the case of irreversible

reaction, no reverse peak is observed (Figure 1.10b).

52

(a)

(b)

(c)

Figure 1.10 Cyclic voltammograms of (a) reversible, (b) irriverisble and (c)

quasireversible reactions at mercury electrode (O = oxidised form and R = reduced

form)

53

The cyclic voltammogram shows characteristics of an analyte by several

important parameters such as peak currents and peak potentials that can be used in the

analysis of the cyclic voltammetric response either the reaction is reversible,

irreversible or quasi-reversible as listed in Table 1.7. Cyclic voltammogram will

guide the analyst to decide the potential range for the oxidation or reduction of the

analyte and that it can be a very useful diagnostic tool.

Table 1.7 The characteristics of different type of electrochemical reaction

Type of reaction

Characteristics

Reversible

Cathodic and anodic peak potential are separated by 59/n mV. The position of peak voltage do not alter as a function of voltage scan rate The ratio of the peak current is equal to one The peak currents are proportional to square root of the scan rate The anodic and cathodic peaks are independent of the scan rate

Irreversible

Disappearance of a reverse peak The shift of the peak potential with scan rate ( 20 – 100 mV/s) Peak current is lower than that obtained by reversible reaction.

Quasi-reversible

Larger separation of cathodic and anodic peak potential (> 57/ n mV) compared to those of reversible system.

54

1.3.3.3 Stripping Voltammetry

Stripping technique is one of the most important and sensitive electrochemical

technique for measuring trace metals and organic samples. The term stripping is

applied to a group of procedures involving preconcentration of the determinant onto

the working electrode, prior to its direct or indirect determination by means of a

potential sweep (Wang, 1985). The preconcentration (or accumulation) step can be

adsorptive, cathodic or anodic. Its remarkable sensitivity is attributed to the addition

of an effective preconcentration step with advanced measurement procedures that

generate an extremely favorable signal-to-noise ratio as reported by Blanc et al.

(2000). Brainina et al. (2000) list advantages of this technique such as high

sensitivity, low detection limit, wide spectrum of test materials and analytes, both of

organic and inorganic origin, insignificant effect of matrix in certain instances,

compatibility with other methods, relative simplicity and low cost of equipment and

finally, it can be automatic on-line and portable options. This technique is able to

measure many analytes simultaneously such as reported by Ghoneim et al. (2000).

They have determined up to eleven metals in water sample simultaneously using this

technique. Stripping voltammetry technique utilises a few steps as follows;

a) Deposition step:

In this step, analyte will be preconcentrated on the WE within a certain time

while solution is stirred. The deposition potential imposed on the WE is chosen

according to the species to be determined and is maintained for a deposition period

depending on their concentration. The choice of deposition potential can provide some

selectivity in the measurement (Sun et al., 2005). Deposition time must be controlled

since the longer the deposition time, the larger the amount of analye available at the

electrode during stripping. During deposition step, the solution is stirred to facilitate

transportation of ions of interest to the surface of WE.

55

b) Rest step:

In this step, it allows formation of a uniform concentration of the ions of interest

on the mercury. As the forced convection is stopped at the end of the deposition period,

the deposition current drops almost to zero and a uniform concentration is established

very rapidly. It also insures that the subsequent stripping step is performed in a

quiescent solution.

c) Stripping step:

This step consists of scanning the potential anodically for anodic stripping and

cathodically for cathodic stripping. When the potential reaches the standard potential

of a certain ion of interest–metal ion complex, the particular ion of interest is reoxidised

or reduced back into solution and a current is flowing. The resultant voltammogram

recorded during this step provide the analytical information of the ions of interest. The

stripping step after preconcentration gives the possibility for selective determination of

different substances assuming that they also have different peak potential as reported by

Kubiak et al. (2001). The potential-time sequence in stripping analysis is shown in

Figure 1.11 which shows all three steps that were mentioned earlier.

Figure 1.11 The potential-time sequence in stripping analysis

Applied Potential

Deposition

Stirred

Stripping

Quiescent

Final potential

Deposition potential

Time

56

Most stripping measurements require the addition of appropriate supporting

electrolyte and removal of dissolved oxygen. The former is needed to decrease the

resistance of the solution and to ensure that the metal ions of interest are transported

toward the electrode by diffusion and not by electrical migration. Contamination of the

sample by impurities in the reagents used for preparing the supporting electrolyte is a

serious problem. Dissolved oxygen severely hampers the quantitation and must be

removed.

The main types of interference in stripping analysis are overlapping stripping

signals, the adsorption of organic surfactants on the electrode surface, the presence of

dissolved oxygen and the formation of intermetallic compounds by metals such as

copper and zinc co-deposited in the mercury electrode. Overlapping signals cause

problems in the simultaneous determination of analytes with similar redox potential

such as lead and tin. Intermetallic-compounds formation and surfactant cause a

depression of the stripping response and also shifting the signal location. Stripping

voltammetry is composed of three related techniques that are anodic, cathodic and

adsorptive stripping voltammetry.

1.3.3.3a Anodic Stripping Voltammetry (ASV)

ASV is mainly used in the determination of metal ions that can be reduced and

then re-oxidised at a mercury electrode. Voltammetric measurements of numerous

metal ions in various types of samples have been reported (Arancibia et al., (2004) and

Shams et al., (2004)). The term ASV is applied to the technique in which metal ions

are accumulated by reduction at an HMDE held at a suitable negative potential. The

deposition potential is usually 0.3 to 0.5 V more negative than a standard potential for

reduced metal ion to be determined. ASV consists of two steps. The first step is a

controlled potential electrolysis in which the working electrode is held at a cathodic

potential sufficient to deposit the metal ion (Mn+) on the electrode to form an amalgam,

M(Hg). This step is called accumulation step which is represented by an equation;

57

Mn+ + ne- + Hg → M(Hg) (1.8)

The solution is stirred during this process to increase the rate of deposition. Near the

end of the deposition time, stirring is stopped to eliminate convection as a mode of

mass transport. The duration of the deposition step is selected according to the

concentration level of the metals ion.

In the second step, the potential is scanned anodically toward more positive

potential. When the potential of the WE is sufficiently positive the analyte is stripped

from the electrode, returning to solution as its oxidised form. This step is called

stripping which is represented by an equation

M(Hg) → Mn+ + ne- (1.9)

The current during the stripping step is monitored as a function of potential giving rise

to a peak-shaped voltammogram. The peak current is proportional to the analyte’s

concentration.

1.3.3.3b Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry (CSV)

CSV is used to determine a wide range of organic compounds, and also

inorganic compounds that form insoluble salts with the electrode material. It has been

found to be widely applicable to many problems of clinical and pharmaceutical interest

(Wang, 1988). Voltammetric measurements of numerous electro active species of

biological significance such as drugs (Ghoneim et al., 2003; Arranz et al., 1999;

Rodriguez et al., 2004; Ghoneim and Beltagi, 2003 and Cabanillas et al., 2003 ) and

toxic substances ( Hourch et al., 2003; Safavi et al., 2004 ) have been reported.

The term CSV was used originally for the indirect trace determination of

organic compounds as mercury salt, involving anodic oxidation of mercury and

subsequently cathodic reduction of mercury. This technique is similar to the previous

58

technique with two exceptions. First, the deposition step involves the oxidation of the

mercury electrode from Hg to Hg2+, which then reacts with the analyte to form an

insoluble salt at the surface of the electrode. For example, when chloride ion (Cl-) is the

analyte, the deposition step is

2Hg(l) + 2Cl- (aq) → Hg2Cl2 (s) + 2e- (1.10)

Secondly, stripping is accomplished by scanning cathodically toward a more negative

potential, reducing Hg2+ back to Hg and returning the analyte to the solution.

Hg2Cl2(s) + 2e- → 2Hg(l) + 2Cl-(aq) (1.11)

1.3.3.3c Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry (AdSV)

The term AdSV seems to have been first used by Lam et al. in 1983. It is a

powerful analytical technique for the determination of nmol levels of a wide range of

organic compounds (Smyth and Smyth, 1978; Smyth and Vos, 1992). In technical

report for International Union Of Pure And Applied Chemistry under Analytical

Chemistry Division Commission On Electro analytical Chemistry (Fogg and Wang

1999), suggested that AdSV technique is applied to stripping voltammetric technique in

which accumulation is effected by adsorption of mainly organic determinants and that

can be justified less in case of the adsorption of metal complexes in determining metal

ions. The AdSV term should not be applied when there is a change of oxidation state

of the metal ion during the accumulation for example in the accumulation of copper (I)

complexes or salts or in other cases where an organic compounds is being accumulated,

and determined indirectly, as a metal salts or complex such as mercury salts or nickel

complexes.

In this technique the deposition step occurs without electrolysis process.

Instead, the analyte adsorbs on to the electrode’s surface. During deposition, the

electrode is maintained at a potential that enhances adsorption. When deposition is

59

sufficient the potential is scanned in an anodic or cathodic direction depending on

whether we wish to oxidise or reduce the analyte. In recent years, AdSV which

improves sensitivity and selectivity, have promoted the development of many

electrochemical methods for ultra-trace measurement of a variety of organic (Ghoneim

et al., 2003; Ghoniem and Taufik, 2004; Farias et al., 2003 and Hourch et al., 2003)

and inorganic species (Ensafi et al., 2004; Zimmerman et al., 2001) and Jurado-

Gonzalez et al. (2003). Barek et al. (2001a) reported that AdSV on HMDE is much

more sensitive with a typical LOD between 10-9 and 10-10 M.

1.3.3.4 Pulse voltammetry

This technique uses pulse waveform in recording its voltammogram which

offers enhanced sensitivity and resolution. The advantage of pulse techniques is that the

waveform is designed so as to discriminate against non-faradic current hence, increase

sensitivity. The enhanced resolution is particularly useful when several electroactive

species are being analysed simultaneously (Fifield and Haines, 2000). In this

technique, current sampling takes place at the end of the pulse and utilise the different

time dependence of faradic (if) and charging current (ic), as shown in Figure 1.12.

Figure 1.12 Schematic drawing showing the if and ic versus pulse time course

Sampling time

0

Changing Current, i c

Current

+

Pulse time Time

Faradaic Current, i f

60

This technique, is aimed at lowering the detection limits of voltammetric measurement

down to 10-8 M in its differential pulse mode. Increasing the ratio between the faradic

and non-faradic current permit convenient quantitation down to the 10-8 M

concentration level (Wang, 2000). Differential pulse and square wave techniques are

the most commonly used pulse technique. Differential pulse polarograms or

voltammograms are peak shaped because current difference is measured. The

following section gives an overview of three important waveforms in pulse technique.

1.3.3.4a Differential Pulse Voltammetry (DPV)

In DPV, fixed magnitude pulse (10 to 100 mV) superimposed on a linear

potential ramp are applied to the working electrode at a time just before the end of the

drop as shown in Figure 1.13. The current is sampled twice, just before the pulse

application and again late in the pulse life normally after 40 ms, when the charging

current has decayed. Subtraction of the first current sampled from the second provides

a stepped peak-shape derivative voltammogram. The resulting differential pulse

voltammogram consists of current peaks, the height of which is directly proportional to

the concentration of corresponding analyte. The differential-pulse operation results in a

very effective correction of the charging background current.

Figure 1.13 The schematic diagram of steps in DPV by superimposing a periodic

pulse on a linear scan

t

E

Outlet Time

Pulse Amplitude

Step E

Pulse Period

Pulse Width

Sample Period

Sample Period

61

1.3.3.4b Square Wave Voltammetry (SWV)

SWV is a large-amplitude differential technique in which a waveform

composed of a symmetrical square wave, superimposed on a base staircase potential, is

applied to the working electrode. The current is sampled twice during each square-

wave cycle, once at the end of forward pulse and another at the end of the reverse pulse.

Since the square-wave modulation amplitude is very large, the reverse pulses cause the

reverse reaction of the product of the forward pulse. The difference between the two

measurements is plotted versus the base staircase potential as shown in Figure 1.14.

The resulting peak current is proportional to the concentration of the analyte. Excellent

sensitivity accrues from the fact that the net current is larger than either the forward or

reverse components. Coupled with the effective discrimination against the charging

current, very low detection limits can be attained.

Figure 1.14 Waveform for square-wave voltammetry

The advantage of SWV is that a response can be found at a high effective scan

rate, thus reducing the scan time. Because of its high scan rate, it provides a great

economy of time (Arranz et al., 1999 and Ghoneim and Tawfik., 2004). There are

Accumulation Time

Applied Potential

Time

τ

ESW ∆E

2

1

62

several reports on application of the SWV technique for determination of several

samples as listed in Table 1.8 which involves deoxygenation step prior analysis.

However, in certain case beside it offers the additional advantage of high speed; it can

increase analytical sensitivity and relative insensitivity to the presence of dissolved

oxygen as reported by Economou et al. (2002).

Table 1.8 Application of SWV technique

No

Sample

Supporting electrolyte

Reference

1

Ketorolac in human serum

Acetate buffer, pH 5.0

Radi et al. (2001)

2

Imidacloprid in river water

BRB, pH 7.2

Guiberteau et al. (2001)

3

Cocaine and its metabolite

Phosphate buffer, pH 8.5

Pavlova et al. (2004)

4

Amlodipine besylate in tablets and biological fluids

BRB, pH 11.0

Gazy (2004)

5

EDTA species in water

Diluted HCl, pH 2.8 and 0.05 M NaCl

Zhao et al. (2003)

6

RDX in soil

0.1 M acetate buffer, pH 4.5

Ly et al. (2002)

7

Levofloxacin in human urine

0.05 M acetate buffer, pH 5.0

Radi and El-Sherif (2002)

8

Sertraline in commercial products

0.1 M borate, pH 8.2

Nouws et al. (2005a)

63

Table 1.8 continued

No

Sample

Supporting electrolyte

Reference

9

Cadmium in human hair

0.01 M TEA, pH 11.0

Arancibia et al. (2004)

10

Copper, stannous, antimony, thallium, and plumbum in food and environmental matrices

0.1 M dibasic ammonium citrate, pH 6.3

Locatelli (2005)

11

Imatinib (Gleevec) and its metabolite in urine

0.012 M HClO4, pH 2.0

Rodriguez et al. (2005)

12

Famotidine in urine

0.02 M MOPS buffer, pH 6.7

Skrzypek et al. (2005)

13

Haloperidol in bulk form, pharmaceutical formulation and biological fluids

BRB, pH 9.0

El-Desoky et al. (2005)

14

Copper, cadmium and zinc complexes with cephalosporin antibiotic

Acetic acid, pH 7.34

El-Maali et al. (2004)

15

Triprolidine in pharmaceutical tablets

0.04 M BRB, pH 11.0

Zayed and Habib (2005)

16

Metoclopramide in tablet and urine

0.4 M HCl-sodium acetate, pH 6.2 and 0.2 M KCl

Farghaly et al. (2005)

17

Cefoperazone in bacterial culture, milk and urine

BRB, pH 4.4

Billova et al. (2005)

64

Table 1.8 continued

Notes: BRB: Britton-Robinson buffer EDTA: Ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid HClO4: Perchloric acid MOPS: 3-(N-morpholino)propanesulphonic RDX: Hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine TEA: Triethylammonium

1.4 Objective and Scope of Study

1.4.1 Objective of Study

The development of methods for the determination of aflatoxins has been

constantly in demand due to the fact that aflatoxins are a major concern as the toxic

contaminants of foodstuffs and animal feed, and have been recognised as a potential

threat to human health since the early 1960s resulting in frequent economic losses.

The widespread occurrence of aflatoxins producing fungi in our environment and the

reported natural occurrence of toxin in a number of agricultural commodities has led

the investigator to develop a new method for aflatoxins analysis.

In order to maintain an effective control of aflatoxins in food and foodstuffs

proper analytical procedures must be applied. Different analytical methods such as

thin layer, liquid chromatography or enzyme immunoassay test which were

mentioned in Chapter I, have been developed for aflatoxins determination. However

all these proposed techniques have their disadvantages. For HPLC technique, the

method requires well equipped laboratories, trained personnel, harmful solvents as

well as time consuming, and costly in buying and maintenance.

65

For immunological methods such as ELISA technique, it has a few

disadvantages such as long incubation time, washing and mixing steps and also labour

intensive. This method requires highly specific polyclonal or monoclonal sera which

is costly. For radioimmunoassay (RIA) technique, it uses radioisotope which raises

concerns in radiation safety in dealing with and also in disposing radioactive waste. For

micellar electrokinetic capillary chromatography (MECC) technique, it needs preparing

a lot of reagents for the buffering system and takes considerable time to complete the

analysis.

With regards to voltammetric analysis, no stripping voltammetric study of

aflatoxins is reported until now. This study has been proposed in order to develop a

new alternative technique for determination of aflatoxins. This technique is the most

promising method for determination of aflatoxins due to its main advantages compared

to competing analytical techniques such as excellent sensitivity, reasonable speed,

minimal sample pre-treatment, satisfactory selectivity, wide applicability, ability to

undertake speciation analysis and low cost of instrumentation and maintenance as

reported by Economou et al. (2002) and Radi (2003). Stripping analysis has been

proven to be a powerful technique for the determination of both organic and inorganic

electroactive species (Bond, 1980). Differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry

satisfies the requirement of an efficient and senstitive technique for the determination

of aflatoxin compounds because it has been shown to be a powerful technique in

determination of other organic compounds in various sample origins down to ppb level

as reported by Zima et al. (2001), Sun and Jiao (2002), Yardimer and Ozaltin (2004)

and Nouws et al. (2005b).

In this research, the voltammetric behaviour of these compounds would be

studied in great detail and the stripping voltammetry especially differential pulse

stripping voltammetry (DPSV) and square wave stripping voltammetry (SWSV)

techniques could provide accurate and sensitive methods for aflatoxins determination

especially in food sample such as groundnuts, would be investigated.

66

The groundnut is selected for the sample to be analysed in this study since

among foods and foodstuff, peanut and peanuts products are widely utilized as health

food (www.copdockmill.co.uk/aflatoxin). It seem to be significantly contaminated with

aflatoxins. It contains high content of carbohydrate which provides a substrate that is

particularly suitable for toxin production (Neal, 1987). This will affect the quality and

safety of humans life. Futhermore, Aspergillus moulds which produces aflatoxins grow

easy on groundnut.

AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 were selected as the subjects in this study due

to the regulatory requirement for their determination in imported raw grounnuts as

imposed by the Malaysian government to assure that this commodity is free from any

toxin contamination before being supplied for the domestic market. AFM1 and AFM2

are not involved in this study since currently no such regulation imposed by the

Malaysian government even though a regulatory standard has already been set which is

not more 0.05 ppb AFM1 and AFM2 should be present in milk and milk products. For

the time being, the analysis on AFM1 and AFM2 are not being carried out in Malaysia.

The other reason, globally, AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 are more concerned with

their contamination in many food samples compared to AFM1 and AFM2 which

contaminate milk and milk products only.

The objectives of this study are:

a) To investigate the electrochemical behaviour of aflatoxins B1 (AFB1), AFB2,

AFG1 and AFG2 on the mercury electrode in appropriate supporting electrolyte.

b) To establish optimum conditions for the determination of those aflatoxins by

the method of differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) and

square wave stripping voltammetry (SWV) techniques with a HMDE as the

working electrode using Britton-Robinson buffer (BRB) solution as the

supporting electrolyte.

67

c) To develop an accurate, sensitive, fast and simple method for the determination

of all studied aflatoxins in food samples such as ground nut and comparing the

results with the established method such as HPLC.

1.4.2 Scope of Study

The studies are as follows:

a) Studies on the voltammetric behaviour of aflatoxin compounds using cyclic

voltammetry (CV) technique as an introductory step. Using this technique, the

effect of increasing concentration of aflatoxins, scan rate and repetitive scanning

on the peak height (Ip) and peak potential (Ep) of each aflatoxin will be

investigated.

b) Studies on the differential pulse cathodic and anodic stripping voltammetriy

(DPCSV) of all aflatoxins. Parameters optimisation include pH of supporting

electrolyte, accumulation potential (Eacc), accumulation time (tacc), scan rate (υ),

initial potential (Ei), final potential (Ef) and pulse amplitude.

c) Using optimised analytical parameters and experimental conditions, the effect of

increasing concentration of aflatoxins to the Ip of the compounds will be studied.

Regression equation, R2 value, linearity range, limit of detection (LOD), limit of

quantification (LOQ), accuracy and reliability of the method will be obtained.

Ruggedness and robustness tests also will be studied for the proposed technique.

d) The proposed technique will be further investigated in terms of interference

where each aflatoxin will be reacted with increasing amounts of metals ion such

as zinc, aluminum, nickel, lead and copper, and with organic compounds such as

ascorbic acid, L-cysteine and β-cyclodextrin.

68

e) The optimised parameters for DPCSV technique will be applied for square wave

stripping voltammetry (SWSV) including optimisation steps such as the Eacc,

tacc, pulse amplitude, scan rate, voltage step and frequency. The last 3

parameters are interrelated to each other in the SWSV technique.

f) Both DPCSV and SWSV techniques that were successfully developed will be

applied in the determination of aflatoxins content in real samples such as

groundnut. The recovery studies also will be carried out for the accuracy test of

the developed method. The results will be compared with that obtained by

accepted technique such HPLC. For the HPLC analysis, the final solutions from

the extraction and clean-up procedures of groundnut in chloroform were sent to

the Chemistry Department, Penang Branch, Ministry of Science, Technology

and Innovation (MOSTI).

g) The stability of aflatoxins will be determined for aflatoxin stock and standard

solutions according to the following procedures

i) Aflatoxin stock solutions prepared in benzene: acetonitrile (98:2)

will be studied using ultra-violet-visible spectrophotometer. In

this analysis, each aflatoxin stock solution will be monitored

every month (from 0 to 12 months) and the concentrations of

aflatoxins will be calculated from the measured absorbance.

ii) Aflatoxin standard solutions in BRB which was kept in the

freezer at -4.00 C will be measured using voltammetric technique

monthly up to 6 months

iii) Aflatoxin standard solutions in BRB which have been added into

the voltammetric cell and exposed to ambient temperature will be

onitored every hour (from 0 to 8 hours) by measuring their peak

height and peak potential

69

iv) Aflatoxin standard solution in BRB which was added into the

voltammetric cell containing BRB at different pH (6.0, 7.0, 9.0

and 11.0) and exposed to ambient temperature will be monitored

every hour (from 0 to 3 hours) by measuring their peak height

and peak potential.

70

CHAPTER II

RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

2.1 Apparatus, Materials and Reagents

2.1.1 Apparatus

A BAS CV-50W voltammetric analyser in connection with a Control Growth

Mercury Electrode (CGME) stand equipped with a three-electrode system and a 20 ml

capacity BAS MR-1208 cell as shown in Figure 2.0 were used for all the voltammetric

determinations. The working electrode was a Hanging Mercury Drop Electrode

(HMDE). As a reference and counter-electrode, a silver-silver chloride (Ag / AgCl)

and a platinum wire were used, respectively. All potentials are quoted relative to this

reference electrode. BAS CV-50W was connected to a computer for data processing.

For robustness test which is required in validating procedure for developed technique,

VA 757 Computrace Metrohm Voltammetric analyzer as shown in Figure 2.1 was used.

A pH meter Cyber-scan model equipped with a glass electrode combined with an

Ag/AgCl reference electrode, was employed for all pH measurements. UV-VIS

spectrophotometer (UV-2501/PC Shimadzu) was used for measurement of absorbance

of all 10 ppm aflatoxin stock solutions and 1 ppm aflatoxin standard in BRB solution.

71

(a) (b)

Figure 2.0 BAS CGME stand (a) which is connected to CV-50W voltammetric analyser and interface with computer (b) for data processing

Figure 2.1 VA757 Computrace Metrohm voltammetric analyzer with 663 VA Stand (consists of Multi Mode Electrode (MME))

72

2.1.2 Materials

2.1.2.1 Aflatoxin Stock and Standard Solutions

Aflatoxin B1 (AFB1), aflatoxin B2 (AFB2), aflatoxin G1 (AFG1) and aflatoxin

G2 ( AFG2) (SIGMA) are supplied by Chemopharm with a quantity of 1 mg per bottle

each. The batch numbers of these aflatoxins are listed in Table 2.0.

Table 2.0 List of aflatoxins and their batch numbers used in this experiment.

Stock solutions of these aflatoxins with concentrations of 10 ppm each were

prepared by dissolving the total amount of aflatoxin with 2.0 ml acetonitrile. The

solution was transfered into 100 ml volumetric flask. Benzene was added into the flask

until 100 ml mark. The flasks were covered with aluminium foil and kept in

refrigerator with a temperature of 16° C. The absorbances of these stock solutions were

measured using ultraviolet-visible (UV) spectrometer and the concentrations of

aflatoxins were calculated. This measurement of these aflatoxins stock solutions were

carried out monthly per a year while kept under cool condition for stability study.

Aflatoxins

Batch Number

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

112K4049

120K4014

11K4003

082K4091

73

For preparation of aflatoxins standard solution with concentration of 1 ppm, 1

ml of the stock solution was pipetted and placed into an amber bottle. Nitrogen was

bubbled into the solution to remove all the organic solvent until dryness followed with

an addition of 10 ml BRB at pH of 9.0. The solution was well mixed and kept in

freezer at temperature of -4 0 C. This standard solution was analysed by voltammetric

technique very month for 6 months to observe the stability of the aflatoxins in buffered

solution. To obtain the concentration of 0.1 µM of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2

each in 10 ml supporting electrolyte, an amount of 312, 315, 328 and 330 µl was

injected into the cell respectively.

2.1.2.2 Real Samples

Real samples such as groundnut were purchased from a few domestic shops

which are located in Taman Universiti, Skudai, Johor. These samples were labeled as

S01 to S15.

2.1.3 Reagents

The chemicals used were all of analytical reagent quality grade and the

solutions were prepared with de-ionised water obtained from a Barnstead Ultra

Nanopure water system. 1% of sodium hypochlorite was used to clean all glasswares

used.

2.1.3.1 Britton-Robinson Buffer (BRB), 0.04 M

BRB with a buffering range from 2.0 to 12 was prepared by dissolving 2.47 g of

boric acid (Fluka) in a 1liter flask containing 2.3 ml of glacial acetic acid (MERCK)

and 2.70 ml orthophosphoric acid (Ashland Chemical) and then further diluting to the 1

liter mark with deionised water. The pH of the buffer solution was adjusted to the

74

required value by addition of 1.0 M sodium hydroxide (MERCK) or 1.0 M

hydrochloric acid solutions (MERCK).

2.1.3.2 Carbonate Buffer, 0.04 M

Carbonate buffer with a buffering range from pH 9.0 to 12 was prepared by

mixing two different solutions which were firstly prepared. The first solution, 0.04 M

sodium bicarbonate was prepared by dissolving 3.36 g sodium bicarbonate (MERCK) in

a 1 liter of de-ionised water. Similarly, for the second solution, 0.04 M sodium

carbonate was prepared by dissolving 4.24 g sodium carbonate (MERCK) in 1 liter of

deionised water. The pH of the buffer was adjusted to the required value by mixing the

two solutions.

2.1.3.3 Phosphate Buffer, 0.04 M

Phosphate buffer was prepared by mixing two different solutions which were

firstly prepared. The first solution, 0.04 M potassium hydrogen phosphate was prepared

by dissolving 5.44 g potassium hydrogen phosphate (BDH) in a 1 liter of deionised

water. Similarly, for the second solution, 0.04 M sodium hydrogen phosphate was

prepared by dissolving 5.68 g sodium hydrogen phosphate (BDH) in 1 liter of deionised

water. The pH of the buffer was adjusted to the required value by mixing the two

solutions.

2.1.3.4 Ascorbic Acid Solution, 1.0 mM

This solution was prepared by dissolving 0.0176 g of ascorbic acid (GCE) in

100 ml of de-ionised water.

75

2.1.3.5 β-cyclodextrin (β-CD) Solution, 1.0 mM

This solution was prepared by dissolving 0.1135 g of C42H70O35 (Fluka) in 100

ml of de-ionised water.

2.1.3.6 L-cysteine, 1.0 x 10-5 M

This solution was prepared by dissolving 0.012 g of cysteine (SIGMA) in 100

ml of de-ionised water. 1.0 ml of this solution was diluted to 100 ml with de-ionised

water.

2.1.3.7 2,4-dihydrofuran, 0.15 M

This solution was prepared by diluting 1.105 ml of 13.57 M of 2,4 dihydrofuran

(SIGMA) into 100 ml with de-ionised water.

2.1.3.8 Coumarin, 3.0 x 10-2 M

This solution was prepared by dissolving 0.21 g of coumarin (SIGMA) in 50 ml

methanol.

2.1.3.9 Poly-L-lysine (PLL), 10 ppm

This solution was prepared by dissolving 0.001 g of poly-l-lysine (SIGMA) in

100 ml de-ionised water.

2.1.3.10 Standard Aluminium (III) Solution, 1.0 mM

The standard aluminium (III) solution was prepared by dissolving 0.5212 g of

Al(NO3)3.9H2O (MERCK) in 100 ml de-ionised water.

76

2.1.3.11 Standard Plumbum (II) Solution, 1.0 mM

The standard plumbum (II) solution was prepared by dissolving 0.0530 g

Pb(NO3)2 (EMORY) in 100 ml deionised water.

2.1.3.12 Standard Zinc (II) Solution, 1.0 mM

The standard zinc (II) solution was prepared by dissolving 0.121g ZnSO4.5H2O

(BDH) in 100 ml de-ionised water.

2.1.3.13 Standard Copper (II) Solution, 1.0 mM

The standard copper (II) solution was prepared by dissolving 0.0980 g.

CuSO4.7H2O (GCE) in 100 ml de-ionised water.

2.1.3.14 Standard Nickel (II) Solution, 1.0 mM

The standard nickel (II) solution was prepared by dissolving 0.0963 g

NiCl2.6H2O (MERCK) in 100 ml deionised water.

2.1.3.15 Methanol: 0.1 N HCl Solution, 98 %

This solution was prepared by mixing 98 ml of methanol and 2 ml 0.1 N HCl.

2.1.3.16 Zinc Sulphate Solution, 15%

This solution was prepared by dissolving 15 g of zinc sulphate (MERCK) in 100

ml de-ionised water.

77

2.2 Analytical Technique

2.2.1 General Procedure for Voltammetry Analysis

The general procedure used to obtain stripping voltammograms was according

to the following procedures. A 10 ml aliquot of buffer solution was placed in a

voltammographic cell and the required aflatoxin standard solution was added using a

micropipette. The stirrer was switched on at 300 rpm and the solution was purged with

nitrogen gas for 10 minute. After forming a new HMDE, accumulation was effected for

the required time at the appropriate potential while stirring the solution. A medium

mercury drop size was used. At the end of the accumulation time the stirring was

switched off and after 10 s had elapsed to allow the solution to become quiescent, the

negative going potential was initiated. When further volume of aflatoxin were added to

the cell, the solution was redeoxygenated with nitrogen gas for another 2 minute before

carrying out further voltammetric determination following the mentioned general

procedures.

2.2.2 Cyclic Voltammetry (Anodic and Cathodic Directions)

Cyclic voltammetry of all aflatoxins were carried out by anodic and cathodic

cyclic techniques. The initial parameters for cathodic cyclic voltammetry are as

follows; initial potential (Ei) = 0 V, high potential, (EH) = 0 V, low potential (EL) = -

1.50 V, scan rate (υ)= 200 mV/s, quiet time = 10 s and sensitivity = 1 µA/V. For anodic

cyclic voltammetry, all previous parameters were maintained except for Ei = -1.50 V.

The concentration of aflatoxins used for these experiments were fixed at 1.3 µM.

2.2.2.1 Standard Addition of Sample

5 ppm (1.59 x 10-5 M) AFB2 standard solution was prepared by taking 5.0 ml

aflatoxin stock solution, degassed until dryness and redissolved in BRB pH 9.0. For

cyclic voltammetry experiment, general procedure as previouly mentioned was

78

followed. A 818 µl of 1.59 x 10-5 M AFB2 standard solution was then added into

voltammetric cell containing 10 ml of supporting electrolyte which resulted in

concentration of aflatoxin of 1.3 µM in the cell. The solution was purged with nitrogen

for 120 s before being scanned. Further series of scans were carried out with increasing

concentration of the aflatoxins from 2.0 to 3.4 µM. Subsequently a purge of 120 s was

employed between the cyclic voltammetry. A graph of peak current against aflatoxin

concentration was plotted and linearity of the curve was calculated. This method was

repeated for other aflatoxins.

2.2.2.2 Repetitive Cyclic Voltammetry

Using the aflatoxins with concentration of 1.3 µM, repetitive cyclic voltammetry

for anodic and cathodic direction were run using the same parameters as mentioned

before with the υ of 200 mV/s and 10 cyclic number. Any change in the Ip and Ep

height of all aflatoxins due to the increasing number of the cycle were observed.

2.2.2.3 Effect of Scan Rate (υ)

The whole procedure for cyclic voltammetry was repeated for all aflatoxins with

different υ from 20 mV/s to 500 mV/s while other parameters kept constant. The

applied υ were 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 mV/s. Any change in the Ip

and Ep of all aflatoxins due to the changing of the υ were observed. Graphs of log Ip

against log υ, Ep versus log υ and Ip versus υ were plotted.

2.2.3 Differential Pulse Cathodic Stripping Voltammetric Determination of

AFB2

A 315 µl of 1 ppm (0.318 x 1-0-5 M) AFB2 sample solution in BRB at pH 9.0

was added by means of micropipette into the cell which contained 10 ml of the BRB

with the same pH. The resulting concentration of sample in the voltammetric cell is 0.1

µM (31.4 ppb). The solution was deoxygenated with nitrogen free oxygen for 120 s

79

before carrying out further voltammetry. Three further series of sample additions were

employed with a purge of 120 s were performed between each cathodic stripping cycle.

2.2.3.1 Effect of pH

The following general procedure was carried out. A 1.26 ml of 5 ppm (1.59 x

10-5 M) AFB2 standard solution was added by means of micropipette into the cell which

contained 8.74 ml of BRB at pH 9.0. The resulting concentration of sample in

voltammetric cell is 2.0 µM (628 ppb). The solution was deoxygenated with nitrogen

for 120 s before carrying out further voltammetry. The whole procedure was repeated

for series of buffer from pH 4.0 to 13.0 and a graph of Ip vs. pH was then plotted.

2.2.3.2 Method Optimisation for the Determination of AFB2

The optimisation steps for determination of AFB2 were carried out using two

different concentrations of AFB2 which were 2.0 uM and 0.02 µM for high and low

concentrations respectively. The initial parameters used for this optimisation steps are;

Ei = 0 mV, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc = 0 mV, tacc = 0, υ = 20 mV/s, pulse implitude = 100

mV and quite time = 10 s. General procedure for voltammetric analysis was employed.

The Ip and Ep values were observed. The same procedure was repeated with the same

parameters except for tacc was 30 s. For the optimisation steps, the influence of each

parameter on the Ip and Ep of AFB2 was studied. In each experiment, one of the

parameters was varied while others were kept constant.

2.2.3.2a Effect of Scan Rate (υ)

After the best condition of pH was chosen, the effect of υ was carried out. The υ

were varied from 20 to 100 mV/s while maintaining other parameters constant.

Subsequently a purge of nitrogen gas for 120 s was employed between cathodic

stripping cycles. A graph of Ip against υ was then plotted and the best υ was then

selected.

80

2.2.3.2b Effect of Accumulation Potential (Eacc)

The general procedure was followed with the best condition of pH and υ set to

the required value. Effect of Eacc was carried out with other parameters kept unchanged

as previously mentioned. A graph of Ip against Eacc was then plotted.

2.2.3.2c Effect of Accumulation Time (tacc)

Using the best condition for Eacc, tacc and pH of BRB solution, general procedure

was followed where a series of scans with increasing tacc were carried out. A graph of Ip

against tacc was then plotted.

2.2.3.2d Effect of Initial Potential (Ei)

The effect of Ei to the Ip using the chosen previous optimised parameters was

carried out where a series of scans with different Ei while Ef kept constant were

performed. The effect of Ei was carried out with variation of 0 V to -1.10 V and

increasing towards more negative potential until it reached the required maximum Ip. A

graph of Ip against Ei was then plotted.

2.2.3.2e Effect of Pulse Amplitude

The best conditions of other parameter were chosen and the pulse amplitude was

optimised as the final step in this optimisation procedure. The effect of pulse amplitude

was carried out with variation of 30 to 100 mV. A graph of Ip against pulse amplitude

was then plotted.

2.2.3.3 Method Validation

Validation of the method was examined via evaluation of linearity, limit of

detection (LOD), limit of quantification (LOQ), accuracy, repeatability, reproducibility,

81

recovery, robustness and ruggedness. Multiple scanning of blank before addition of

AFB2 standard solution was performed. LOD was calculated by standard addition of

low concentration of aflatoxins until a response was obtained that is significantly

different from the blank sample (Barek et al., 2001a). The intra-assay and inter-assay

precision for AFB2 was calculated from repeated analysis of certain concentration of

AFB2 during one working day and on different days respectively. Recovery study for

the accuracy of the method were performed by adding an amount of AFB2 into the

eluate of real samples and after extraction and clean-up procedures before being

analysed for AFB2 and percentage recovery of AFB2 was calculated. The robustness,

as a measure of procedure’s capability to remain unaffected by small variations of some

important procedure conditions, was examined by analysis of 0.1 µM AFB2 (31.4 ppb)

under the successive variation of pH of the supporting electrolyte (pH 8.5 – 9.5), Eacc

(from - 0.59 to - 0.61 V) and tacc (75 – 85 s). The ruggedness of the measurement was

examined by applying the proposed procedure to assay of aflatoxin using two different

models of voltammetry instruments that were BAS and Metrohm voltammetry

analysers.

For other aflatoxins (AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2) the same procedures were

followed as mentioned for AFB2 including method validation as well. For all cases,

each calibration curve was constructed and the same statistical parameters were

evaluated.

2.2.3.4 Interference Studies

2.2.3.4a Effect of Cu (II), Ni (II), Al (III), Pb (II) and Zn (II)

The effect of all the above metals on the measurement of 0.1 µM of aflatoxin in

BRB pH 9 was carried out by adding a series of concentration of all metal standard

solutions into the aflatoxin solution in the voltammetric cell started from 0.1 to 1.0 µM

concentration. The graphs of Ip of respective aflatoxin against the concentration of all

standard solutions were plotted.

82

2.2.3.4b Effect of Ascorbic Acid, β-CD and L-cysteine

The effect of ascorbic acid, β-CD and L-cysteine on the measurement of 0.1µM

of aflatoxin in BRB pH 9 were carried by adding a series of concentration of ascorbic

acid, β-CD and L-cysteine solutions into the aflatoxin solution in the voltammetric cell

from 0.1 to 1.0 µM concentration of each compound. The graphs of Ip of respective

aflatoxin against the concentration of added acorbic acid, β-CD and L-cysteine were

plotted.

2.2.3.5 Modified Mercury Electrode with Poly-L-Lysine (PLL)

10 ml of BRB solution at pH 9.0 was pipetted into voltammetric cell followed

with 10 µl of PLL and 0.1 µM aflatoxins. The solution was purged for 10 minutes

before general procedure for voltammetric determination was applied. Ip of 0.1µM

AFB2 was measured. The procedure was repeated by using different pH of BRB.

2.2.4 Square Wave Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry (SWSV)

All optimised parameters which were obtained using DPCSV were applied using

SWSV for determination of 0.1 µM of each aflatoxin.

2.2.4.1 SWSV Parameters Optimisation

All SWSV parameters such as pulse amplitude, voltage step and frequency were

optimised to obtain maximum Ip and defined peak for AFB2. For this optimisation

procedure, 0.1 µM AFB2 was used.

2.2.4.2 SWSV Determination of All Aflatoxins

Other aflatoxins with concentration of 0.1 µM have been measured using SWSV

technique with optimised parameters. The results of Ip and Ep of all aflatoxins were

83

compared with those obtained by DPCSV technique. The effect of concentration on Ip

and Ep of aflatoxins has been observed. The plot of Ip versus concentration of

respective aflatoxin was constructed and all statistical parameters were evaluated.

2.2.5 Stability Studies of Aflatoxins

These studies were carried out by a series of experiments according to the

procedures elaborated below;

2.2.5.1 Stability of 10 ppm Aflatoxins

Stability of 10 ppm aflatoxin stock solutions prepared in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%) was monitored using UV-VIS spectrophotometer using 98% of benzene:

acetonitrile as a blank. 1 ml of sample was scanned three times starting from λ of 500

nm to 280 nm. This measurement was done every month from first day of preparation

for 12 months period time. The concentration of each aflatoxin were calculated using

the formula as stated in Appendix D.

2.2.5.2 Stability of 1 ppm Aflatoxins

Stability of 1ppm aflatoxin standard solutions prepared in BRB pH 9.0 was

performed using DPCSV method. In this experiment, 0.1 µM of each aflatoxin was

scanned every month from first to 6th month. The graph of Ip current against months of

keeping period was plotted.

2.2.5.3 Stability of 0.1 µM Aflatoxins Exposed to Ambient Temperature

Stability study of 0.1 µM aflatoxins in BRB pH 9.0 which was exposed to the

ambient temperature in voltammetric cell was performed using DPCSV method. In this

experiment, 0.1 µM of each aflatoxin was scanned every hour from 0 to 8th hour

84

exposure time. The graph of Ip against exposure time was plotted. Nitrogen gas was

purged for 10 min before performing each scan.

2.2.5.4 Stability of 0.1µM Aflatoxins in Different pH of BRB

Stability of 0.1µM aflatoxins in different pH of BRB (6 to 11.0) were observed.

For each pH value, the Ip of aflatoxin was measured for 3 hours. The graph of Ip against

exposure time for each pH of BRB was plotted.

2.2.6 Application to Food Sample

Fifteen batches of real samples (groundnut) were purchased and labeled with

S01 to S15 were used in this study. The samples were subjected to the extraction and

clean-up procedure prior voltammetric analysis using DPCSV and SWSV techniques.

A few techniques which were named as Technique 1, 2 and 3 were studied for

extraction and clean-up of real samples.

2.2.6.1 Technique 1

50 g of groundnut samples were weighed into 250 ml blender, then 100 ml of

acetonitrile-water (9:1) solution were added and shaken for 1 hour. The extraction

solution was filtered through a pre-pleated filter paper to remove solid material and

extract was collected and kept for analysis (Pena et al., 2002).

2.2.6.2 Technique 2

Groundnut samples were first ground in a household blender at high speed for

3 minutes. For extraction, 10 ml of methanol-water (80:20) was added to 5g of sample,

followed by 5 ml hexane. The suspension was hand shaken for 3 minutes and then

passed through Whatman No. 4 filter paper. The aqueous layer was diluted 1 in 10 for

the assays to avoid any interference from methanol, hence the consequence aflatoxin’s

85

concentration in the extracted solution was 1/20th that in groundnut samples. The

extraction took approximately 15 minutes to perform (Garden et al., 2001)

2.2.6.3 Technique 3

This technique is adapted by The Chemistry Department, Penang Branch,

Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MOSTI), Pulau Pinang (2003) as

shown in Appendix E. 1.0 ml of final solution in chloroform was taken and put into an

amber bottle followed with degassing and re-dissolved in 1.0 ml BRB at pH 9.0 before

spiking into voltammetric cell for analysis.

2.2.6.4 Blank Measurement

For blank measurement, the procedure of extraction and clean-up steps were

followed as previously mentioned in Appendix E without addition of real sample. The

blank consisted of methanol, 0.1 N HCl, 15% ZnSO4 and chloroform. 1.0 ml of final

solution was collected from extraction procedure in chloroform, degassed and re-

dissolved in 1.0 ml of BRB at pH 9.0.

2.2.6.5 Recovery Studies

Recovery studies for aflatoxins in groundnut samples were performed using

DPCSV and SWSV techniques. For this study, a certain volume of 1.0 ppm of

aflatoxins as listed in Table 3.3 were injected into 20.0 ml of eluate from blended real

sample (Ammida et al., 2004). The sample with injected aflatoxins was then mixed

with 20.0 ml zinc sulphate, 15%. The total amount of added aflatoxins in the cell

obtained by respective injected volume is shown in Table 2.1. The solution was well

mixed for 30 s and subjected to extraction procedure as previously mentioned. Sample

solution was prepared by degassed of 1 ml of chloroform until dryness followed with

dissolution in BRB at pH 9.0.

86

Table 2.1 Injected volume of aflatoxins into eluate of groundnut and the final

concentrations obtained in voltammetric cell

Injected volume of 1 ppm aflatoxins (ml)

Final concentration in voltammetric cell (ppb)

1.6

5.1

9.3

3.0

9.0

15.0

2.2.6.6 Voltammetric Analysis

Voltammetric analysis of blank, recovery and real samples were carried out

using DPCSV and SWSV techniques. For each sample, 200 µl of the solution was

spiked into 10 ml supporting electrolyte followed with general voltammetric

determination procedure. Voltammograms of each samples were recorded and any peak

appeared was observed. For determination of aflatoxin in real sample, standard addition

method was applied by spiking 10 ppb of aflatoxin standard followed with general

procedure for voltammetric analysis. The amount of aflatoxin in groundnut sample was

calculated according to the formula as stated below;

Aflatoxin (ppb) = P’ / P x C x 12.5 (2.0)

where;

P’ = Ip of sample (nA)

P = Ip of aflatoxin standard (after substract from P’) (nA)

C = Concentration of aflatoxin spiked in the cell (ppb)

12.5 = Factor value after the sample weight, volume of chloroform used

in the extraction and preparation of injection sample have been

considered

87

The detailed information on how this formula was formulated are shown in Appendix F

The results were compared with that obtained by HPLC technique. The HPLC

system used was a Waters model comprising WATERS 600 controller, WATERS 717

auto sampler, WATERS temperature control module and MILLENIUM

chromatography manager, equipped with a model WATERS 420-AC fluorescence

detector filled with standard optical filters with 338 nm bandpass excitation filter and

425 nm longpass emission filter, gain; 16 and maximum span. For chromatographic

separation, a Nova-Pak C-18 steel column (150 x 3.9 mm, 4um particle size) was

employed. The separation was carried out at room temperature using, as the mobile

phase of 70% water, 20 % methanol and 10 % acetonitrile with a flow rate of 1.6 ml /

min at column temperature of 30° C. The injection volume was 30 µl with 12 min for

running time.

88

CHAPTER III

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

3.1 Cyclic Voltammetric Studies of Aflatoxins

Cyclic voltammetric (CV) experiment is normally carried out for the initial

electroanalytical studies of any compound to obtain information on electroanalytical

properties of the compounds before being investigated in depth using other

electroanalytical techniques is carried out (Wang, 2000). In this work, all aflatoxins

(AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2) have been initially analysed by this technique. The

main objective of this experiment was to obtain the electroanalytical properties of

aflatoxin at different scan rates in various pH of BRB solution. Any current peak that

appeared from the voltammogram was evaluated to confirm the type of reaction of

aflatoxin on the mercury electrode. The repetitive cyclic voltammetry were also

performed at certain CV parameters such as scan rate of 200 mV/s in BRB solution with

pH of 9.0. This experiment was carried out to observe the process of accumulation of

aflatoxins on mercury electrode with longer accumulation time. Various pH medium of

BRB have been used in these experiments to observe any involvement of hydronium

ion in the electrode processs of aflatoxins on the mercury electrode (Kamal et al.,

1996). The peak potentials of these compounds which were measured throughout this

work were against an Ag/AgCl as the reference electrode.

89

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

pH of BRB

I p (n

A)

3.1.1 Cathodic and Anodic Cyclic Voltammetric of Aflatoxins

The parameters set up for cathodic cyclic voltammetric measurement were

initial potential (Ei ) = 0 mV, high potential (EH ) = 0 mV, low potential (EL) = -1500

mV, scan rate (ν) = 200 mV/s and sensititvity = 1 µA/V. A BRB solution with pH 9.0

was initially used as the supporting electrolyte following the previous experiment

carried out by Smyth et al. (1979) using DPP technique. The result that were obtained

showed that the BRB solution with pH 9.0 was the best medium for reduction of

aflatoxins on the mercury electrode. CV experiments results also revealed that the BRB

pH 9.0 is the optimum pH for this reduction to take place. Figure 3.0 shows the Ip of

0.6 µM AFB1 obtained by cathodic cyclic voltammetry in different pH of BRB. The Ep

of AFB1 was shifted to the more negative direction with increasing pH as shown in

Figure 3.1 indicating that proton was involved in the reduction of AFB1 (Sun et al.,

2005).

Figure 3.0 Cathodic peak current of 0.6 µM AFB1 in various pH of BRB obtained

by cathodic cyclic voltammetry. Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0 and scan rate = 200

mV/s.

90

O

OO

OCH3

2H+

O

OO

OCH3

H H2e-

1.271.281.29

1.31.311.321.331.34

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

pH of BRB

E p (-

mV)

From the Figure 3.0, the curve rises from pH 6.0 to 9.0 then goes down from pH

9.0 to 12.0. According to Smyth et al. (1979), for pH 6.0 to 8.0, the reduction peak of

AFB1 was caused by the reduction of double bond in benzene ring which conjugates to

the keto group and followed by the protonation of molecule that preceded the reduction

until it achieved maximum reduction at pH 9.0. The possible mechanism for this

reaction is shown in Figure 3.2.

Figure 3.1 Shifting of Ep of AFB1 with incresing pH of BRB. Parameter conditions

are the same as in Figure 3.0.

Figure 3.2 Mechanism of reduction of AFB1 in BRB at pH 6.0 to 8.0

91

O

OO

O CH 3

O

OO

OCH3

2 H 2O

D imer + 2 O H-

2e -

2 2

For pH 10 to 12.0, due to decreasing number of hydrogen ions in the supporting

electrolyte that is involved in the reduction process, anion radical was dimerised and

produced a reduction peak. Their mechanism is shown in Figure 3.3.

Figure 3.3 Mechanism of reduction of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0 to 11.0

Using BRB at pH 9.0 as the optimum medium for the supporting electrolyte,

cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 µM of all aflatoxins were obtained where all

aflatoxins produced a sharp and well defined cathodic wave around -1.315 V for both

AFB1 and AFB2, -1.245 V for AFG1 and -1.250 V for AFG2 with a peak current of 42

nA, 30 nA, 47 nA and 39 nA for AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 respectively. The peak

was located not far from the peak of hydrogen over potential which was at -1.450 V.

For all aflatoxins, no oxidation wave appeared in the anodic branch, which indicates

that the aflatoxins reductions are irreversible. Cyclic voltammograms of all aflatoxins

are shown in Figures 3.4 to 3.7.

The effect of initial potential (Ei)) on cathodic peak of AFB1 was investigated.

Varying Ei caused no extra peak to appear for both cathodic and anodic waves which

92

show that the Ei did not produce any significant change on the cathodic peak of AFB1.

The Ip were almost the same for Ei at 0 to -0.8 V which was around 22 nA.

Figure 3.4 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFB1, obtained at

scan rate of 200 mV/s, Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB solution at pH

9.0.

Figure 3.5 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB solution at pH

9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

93

Figure 3.6 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFG1 in BRB solution at pH

9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

Figure 3.7 Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 µM AFG2 in BRB solution at pH

9.0. All parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

For Ei of more than -0.80 V, the Ip decreased to 17 nA as shown in Figure 3.8.

This is because the presence of Zn+2 in BRB solution facilitates the migration and

adsorption of aflatoxin towards the working electrode. This is proven by the study of

94

0

5

10

15

20

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2

Ei (-V)

I p (n

A)

0

5

1015

20

25

30

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4

Ei (-V)

I p (n

A)

Zn+2 using CV technique with various Ei and the results are shown in Figure 3.9. There

is no significant change on Ep of AFB1 (-1.30 V) with changing Ei .

Figure 3.8 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.6 µM AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained by

cathodic cyclic voltammetry. Parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 4.4.

Figure 3.9 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.1 µM Zn2+ in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained by

cathodic cyclic voltammetry. Parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

Anodic cyclic voltammetry measurement was carried out using the same

parameters with the exception of Ei = -1500 mV (versus Ag/AgCl). The anodic cyclic

voltammograms confirmed that the reduction reaction of all aflatoxins are irreversible

95

whereby only cathodic peak appeared but with a slightly higher current of 46.76 nA at -

1.318 V for AFB1, 35 nA at -1.311 V for AFB2, 52 nA at 1.243 V for AFG1 and 50 nA

at -1.259 V for AFG2. This may be due to longer time of anodic scanning itself, which

gave a longer time for accumulation of aflatoxins on the mercury electrode surface

compared to the cathodic measurement. For example, anodic cyclic voltammogram of

AFB2 is shown in Figure 3.10.

Figure 3.10 Anodic cyclic voltammogram of 1.3 µM AFB2 obtained at scan rate of

200 mV/s, Ei = -1.5 V, Elow = -1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB solution at pH 9.0.

Standard additions of each aflatoxin shows that the peak current at their

respective potential increases with increasing concentrations. The voltammograms of

AFB2 (Figure 3.11) shows that the peak current at -1.315 V increases with increasing

AFB2 concentration. This dependence is represented in Figure 3.12. The

corresponding equation for this dependence is given below;

Ip (nA) = 21.65 x (µM) + 6.605 (R2 = 0.9857, n = 4) (3.0)

No extra peak was observed with this standard addition either at the anodic

direction or cathodic direction. This result reveals that the appeared peak was due to the

respective aflatoxin and does not from other electroactive compounds.

96

y = 21.65x + 6.605R2 = 0.9857

0

20

40

60

80

100

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

[AFB2] / uM

Ip (n

A)

Figure 3.11 Effect of increasing AFB2 concentration on the peak height of cathodic

cyclic voltammetric curve in BRB at pH 9.0; (a) 1.30 µM, (b) 2.0 µ M (c) 2.70 µM and

(d) 3.40 µM. Parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4

Figure 3.12 Peak height of reduction peak of AFB2 with increasing concentration of

AFB2. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

97

For other aflatoxins, the dependence of current peak to their concentrations in

BRB at pH 9.0 is listed in Table 3.0. The regression equations of this relationship show

that the peak heights of aflatoxins are correlate well with the concentration of

aflatoxins. Cathodic cyclic voltammograms of other aflatoxins for increasing

concentrations are shown in Appendix G. The plots of Ip versus concentrations for

other aflatoxins are shown in Appendix H.

Table 3.0 The dependence of current peaks of aflatoxins to their concentrations

obtained by cathodic cyclic measurement in BRB at pH 9.0

Aflatoxin

Regression equation for increasing

concentration from 1.30 to 3.40 µM (n=4)

R2

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

y = 22.451x + 10.989

y = 21.650x + 6.605

y = 24.756x + 13.072

y = 33.55x + 1.435

0.9899

0.9807

0.9812

0.9914

Repetitive cathodic stripping voltammetry studies for all aflatoxins were also

carried out in order to observe whether any adsorption phenomenon took place at the

surface of mercury electrode as reported by Ghoneim et al. (2003a). The results show

that the reduction peak of all aflatoxins increases with the number of cycles, which may

be attributed to adsorption of aflatoxins at the mercury electrode surface (Farias et al.,

2003). No other cathodic peak was observed for all cases which show that no other

species was produced by the reduction of aflatoxins. The peak potentials of all

98

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

1 2 3 4 5

No of cycle

I p (nA

)

aflatoxins were shifted to less negative direction with increasing number of cycles. For

example, repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of AFB2 is shown in Figure 3.13.

Figures 3.14 and 3.15 show the increasing of peak current of AFB2 cathodic peak and

shifting of its peak potential to less negative direction with increasing number of cycle

respectively. For other aflatoxins, their repetitive cyclic voltammogram are shown in

Appendix I.

Figure 3.13 Repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB

solution at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

Figure 3.14 Increasing Ip of 1.3 µM AFB2 cathodic peaks obtained from repetitive

cyclic voltammetry. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

99

1300

1304

1308

1312

1316

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

No of cycle

E p (-m

V)

Figure 3.15 Peak potential of 1.3 µM AFB2 with increasing number of cycle

obtained by repetitive cyclic voltammetry.

The adsorption of aflatoxins on the electrode surface is expected to be due to the

aflatoxins chemical structures that consist of many functional groups such as ketones,

ester and ether. The presence of these functional groups increases the polarity and

adsorption (Volke and Liska, 1994) of the compound and may be attributed to the

adsorption process taking place on the electrode surface. Furthermore, due to the

presence of the phenyl ring, aflatoxins have surface activity and are readily adsorbed

onto mercury surface (El-Hefnawey et al., 2004). However, a further increase in the

repeatitive cycle tends to slow down the increment of the Ip due to the formation of a

double layer at the mercury electrode (Fifield and Kealey, 2000).

The effect of increasing scan rate, υ (from 20 to 500 mV/s) to the Ep and Ip of

aflatoxins cathodic peaks were observed under the same experimental conditions.

Linear relationship was observed between the log Ip versus log υ for all aflatoxins with

slope values of 0.5346, 0.5097, 0.5623 and 0.5439 for AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2

respectively. The slope value of more than 0.5 indicates that the diffusion current

100

y = 0.5097x + 0.4115R2 = 0.995

0.50.7

0.91.1

1.31.5

1.71.9

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log scan rate

Log

Ip

produced by the reduction of all aflatoxins on the mercury electrode are influenced by

adsorption in the electrochemical process at the electrode surface (Gosser, 1994 and

Yaridimer and Ozaltin, 2001). For example, a plot of log Ip versus log υ for AFB2 is

shown in Figure 3.16.

Figure 3.16 Plot of log Ip versus log υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0.

Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

Plotting Ep versus log υ for scan rates in the range of 20 to 500 mV/s for all

aflatoxins, linear graphs were obtained according to the equation:

a) Ep (-mV) = 61.415 log υ + 1171.6 (R2 = 0.9987, n = 9) for AFB1 (3.1)

b) Ep (-mV) = 40.065 log υ + 1223.2 (R2 = 0.9936, n = 9) for AFB2 (3.2)

c) Ep (-mV) = 48.484 log υ + 1134.8 (R2 = 0.9978, n = 9) for AFG1 (3.3)

d) Ep (-mV) = 49.297 log υ + 1146.0 (R2 = 0.9984), n= 9) for AFG2 (3.4)

The Ep linearly shifted to the more negative direction which confirms the

irreversibility of the reduction processes on the mercury electrode (de Betono et al,

1996 and Arranz et al. 1999). Figure 3.17 shows a plot of Ep of AFB2 versus log υ in

the range of 20 to 500 mV/s. For other aflatoxins, these plots are shown in Appendix J.

101

y = 40.065x + 1223.3R2 = 0.9936

1270128012901300

1310132013301340

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log scan rate

Ep (-

mV)

Figure 3.17 Plot of Ep versus log scan rate for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB solution at pH

9.0

A linear plot was obtained for the effect of scan rate on Ip of aflatoxins with 2

linear regions. Taking AFB2 for an example, in the first region which is for the faster

scan rate (100 to 500 mV/s) the equation was linear according to the equation Ip =

0.0759x + 24.566 (R2 = 0.9917, n = 5) as shown in Figure 3.18. At the second region

where the scan rate was slow (20 to 80 mV/s), the linear equation is Ip = 0.2639x + 6.16

(R = 0.9979, n = 5) which was also linear. Due to the slope of slow scan rate region

that is higher than the fast scan rate region, it can be concluded that the reduction of

aflatoxins on the mercury electrode prefers a slow reaction. The plots for other

aflatoxins are illustrated in Appendix K.

As far as the chemical structures of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 are

concerned, the main difference of AFB1 and AFG1 with AFB2 and AFG2 is the

absence of double bond in the terminal furan ring of AFB2 and AFG2 compared to

AFB1 and AFG1. From the result, it suggests that this double bond does not play a

major role in the reduction process at the mercury electrode since all of them gave

single cathodic peak at very close potentials. However, the double bond in the benzene

102

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550

Scan rate (mv/s)

Ip (n

A)

ring which conjugates with the keto group has the potential to be reduced on the

mercury electrode and produce cathodic peak.

Figure 3.18 Plot of Ip versus υ for 1.3 µM AFB2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0.

Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.4.

From overall results of CV studies, all aflatoxins reduced at mercury electrode

gave a single cathodic peak with Ip at about 40 ± 5.0 nA for the concentration of 1.3 µM

with Ep between -1.250 V and -1.315 V. All the aflatoxins were adsorbed onto the

mercury electrode. Due to these properties, an adsorptive cathodic stripping

voltammetric technique was developed to obtain more sensitive method for the

determination of trace levels of aflatoxins.

3.2 Differential Pulse Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry (DPCSV) of AFB2

In this experiment, AFB2 was used to represent the aflatoxins since all of them

have the same electrochemical behaviour as those found in previous experiments.

Since the results from CV studies showed that all aflatoxins underwent reduction

103

process only, AFB2 was analysed by DPCSV technique using these parameters; Ei = 0,

Ef = –1.50 V, Eacc = 0 mV, no tacc at υ of 50 mV/s.

In this study, AFB2 standard solution was redissolved in BRB at pH 9.0 after the

organic solvent had been completely removed to avoid any effect on the diffusion rate

of electroactive species and the electrical double layer thickness which may increase the

current resistance and further increase the noise level (Kotoucek et al. 1997). BRB

solution at pH 9.0 was used as the supporting electrolyte because from the previous

experiment by CV technique, the BRB solution at pH 9.0 was the best solution for the

determination of aflatoxin. The initial result in Figure 3.19 shows that a single peak

with a peak height (Ip) about 5.0 nA was observed at a peak potential (Ep) of -1.256 V

for 1.0 uM AFB2. The other peak which appears at Ep of -0.92 V is the Zn peak from

the contamination of BRB solution. The single peak at -1.256 V was due to the AFB2

reduction peak since no extra peak was observed as previously confirmed by the CV

technique.

Figure 3.19 DPCS voltammograms of 1.0 µM AFB2 (Peak I) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) at

tacc = 0 (b) and 30 s (c). Other parameter conditions; Ei = 0, Ef = -1.50 V, Eacc = 0 V, υ =

50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

104

The effect of tacc on the Ip of AFB2 peak was also examined. When tacc was set

to 30 s, the Ip of AFB2 increased to 22 nA and at the same time, no increase for the Ip of

the Zn peak (Figure 3.19). This result suggests that AFB2 has been actively adsorbed on

the mercury electrode surface. This phenomenon is similar to the previous result found

by the CV study.

3.2.1 Optimisation of Conditions for the Stripping Analysis

3.2.1.1 Effect of pH and Type of Supporting Electrolyte

The adsorptive cathodic stripping voltammetric response for 2.0 µM AFB2 was

examined in BRB solution over the pH range from 3.0 to 13.0 using cathodic stripping

voltammetry, under the operational conditions: Ei = 0 V, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0 V, tacc =

30 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. The results are presented in Figure

3.20.

Figure 3.20 DPCS voltammograms for 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB (Peak I) at different

pH values: (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0 (c) 8.0 (d) 9.0 (e) 11.0 and (f) 13.0. Eacc = 0 V, tacc = 30 s,

υ= 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak.

105

0102030405060

4 6 8 10 12

pH

Ip (n

A)Since only a single cathodic peak for AFB2 was obtained, it can be concluded

that the AFB2 molecule exhibits one reduction peak over the studied pH. It was found

that for pH less than 4.0, no peak was observed. At pH 4.0 and less, the peak of AFB2

was probably overlapped by hydrogen over potential which appeared at less negative

potential (Abu Zuhri et al, 2000). In acidic conditions, the concentration of hydrogen

ion is higher and more readily reduced at the mercury electrode producing a peak at

potential value around -1.20 V.

The single and characteristic AFB2 peak was initially observed at pH 5.0 with Ip

of 11.0 nA and Ep located at -1.119 V. The increase in the pH gradually increased the Ip

until it reached its maximum value at pH 9.0 (45 nA at Ep of -1.192 V). When there is

further increase of pH beyond pH 9.0, the Ip decreased until it disappeared at pH 13.0 as

shown in Figure 3.21. This result is not contradictory with that obtained by Smyth et al.

(1979) when they studied the effect of pH of BRB on the peak height of AFB1 using the

differential pulse polarographic (DPP) technique. They also found that BRB at pH 9.0

gave the highest Ip of AFB1.

.

Figure 3.21 Dependence of the Ip for AFB2 on the pH of 0.04 M BRB solution.

AFB2 concentration: 2.0 µM, Ei = 0, Ef = -1.5V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 30 sec, υ = 50 mV/s and

pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

106

0

1020

3040

5060

70

9 10 11 12 13 12 10 9

pH of BRB

Ip (n

A)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

9 6 4 6 9

pH of BRB

Ip (n

A)The sharp decrease in Ip at pH 10.0 to 12.0 and no current peak obtained for pH

13.0 indicates that there is deficiency in the amount of hydrogen for reduction process

to take place, hence the peak height decreased. At pH 13.0 no peak was observed

which indicates that at this pH, the chemical structure of AFB2 may be totally damaged

or another reaction has taken place under alkaline medium. This finding was confirmed

by measuring AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0 and followed with the lower pH such as 4.0 and

subsequently increased to pH 9.0. The measurements were then carried out in the

higher pH such as 10.0, 11.0, 12.0 and 13.0 and then back to 9.0 without changing the

solution. The result of this experiment is shown in Figure 3.22.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.22 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 obtained in BRB (a) pH from 9.0 decreases to 4.0

and reincrease to 9.0 (b) pH from 9.0 increase to 13.0 and redecrease to 9.0.

Results show that at pH 4.0, no peak was observed but while the pH was

increased to 6.0 and pH 9.0, the peak appeared which indicated that the structure of

AFB2 was not damaged by the strong acidic condition. When pH was adjusted to pH

13.0, the peak dissapeared and no peak was observed even when the pH was re-adjusted

to 9.0 which showed that at pH 13.0, the structure of AFB2 was totally damaged or

transformed to nonelectroactive compound in the strong basic media.

107

The above finding was further confirmed by measuring the absorbance of the

AFB2 using UV-VIS spectrophotometer. The results from UV-VIS technique are

shown in Figures 3.23a, 3.23b and 3.23c for AFB2 in BRb pH 6.0, 9.0 and 13.0

respectively. The results show that no absorbance was obtained at wavelength (λ) of

365 nm for AFB2 in BRB at pH 13.0 while for AFB2 in BRB at pH 6.0 and 9.0 the

absorbance were 0.104 and 0.102 respectively. This was due to the fact that in BRB pH

13.0 the functional group (ketone), one of the UV chromophore which conjugates to

double bond in benzene ring is damaged due to the opening of this ring by the high

basic condition as reported by Janssen et al. (1997).

(a) (b)

(c)

Figure 3.23 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB2 in BRB at pH (a) 6.0, (b) 9.0 and (c)

13.0.

108

O

O

O

OO

OCH3

HO

O

O

O

OCH3

Figure 3.24 shows the opening of the lactone ring when AFB2 reacts with high

alkaline solution. When no keto group conjugated with the double bond, it is difficult

for the carbon-carbon double bond in the benzene to be reduced (Smyth and Smyth,

1978) which produce no reduction peak.

Figure 3.24 Opening of lactone ring by strong alkali caused no peak to be observed

for AFB2 in BRB at pH 13.0.

This results shows that the reduction of AFB2 is totally dependent on the

supporting electrolyte which suggests that the reduction of AFB2 involves the reaction

of AFB2 with hydrogen ions originating from the supporting electrolyte (Abu Zuhri,

2000, Herdenandez et al., 1977 and Rodriguez et al. 2005).

The peak response was also examined in the presence of different buffers such

as phosphate and acetate buffers at the pH 9.0. BRB was selected as the most suitable

supporting electrolyte since it gave the highest Ip and good repeteability, as shown in

Table 3.1. It was found that the presence of peak of AFB2 reduction is strongly

influenced by pH and the buffer constituent.

The supporting electrolyte has two roles to play. The concentration of the

supporting electrolyte regulates the electrical resistance of the cell and it also controls

the migration of ions between the working and secondary electrode (Riley and

Tomlinson, 1987).

109

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0.02 M 0.04 M 0.08 M

[BRB]

I p (n

A)

Table 3.1 Effect of buffer constituents on the Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 at pH 9.0.

Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.21

Buffer solution

Ip (nA)

Ep (V)

% RSD (n =5)

Britton Robinson

Carbonate

Phosphate

50.08

27.82

43.74

-1.192

-1.130

-1.140

0.51

1.19

1.35

The effect of different concentrations of BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting

electrolyte has been carried out and the results are shown in Figure 3.25 which shows

that BRB with 0.04 M concentration gave the highest Ip of AFB2 compared with other

studied concentrations. In 0.08 M, the Ip decreases due to the excess of supporting

electrolyte concentration causing the ionic migration of the aflatoxin to be reduced

(Riley and Tomlinson, 1987).

Figure 3.25 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 in different concentration of BRB at pH 9.0.

Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure 3.20.

110

0102030405060

0.02 M 0.04 M 0.08 M

[BRB]

Ip (n

A) pH = 6.0

pH = 7.0pH = 9.0

The effect of different pH and concentrations of BRB has been studied and the

results are shown in Figure 3.26. The figure shows that BRB with concentration of 0.04

M at pH 9.0 is the most suitable solution for the voltammetric determination of AFB2.

This can be explained that for 0.04 M at pH 9.0, the migration and adsorption of AFB2

at the working electrode was maximum as compared to other conditions.

Voltammograms of AFB2 in different concentrations of BRB at pH 9.0 are shown in

Figure 3.27

Figure 3.26 Ip of 2.0 µM AFB2 in different pH and concentrations of BRB

Figure 3.27 DPCS voltammograms of 2.0 µM AFB2 (peak I) in (a) 0.04 M, (b) 0.08

M and (c) 0.02 M BRB at pH 9.0 as the blank. Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0 v, tacc = 30 s, υ = 50

mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Peak II is the Zn peak

111

O O

O O

As determined in previous CV and DPCSV experiments, AFB2 were reduced at the

mercury electrode. Based on the chemical structure of aflatoxin, there are a few sites

that may undergo this process. There are double bonds in the terminal furan rings for

AFB1 and AFG1 and a double bond in the benzene ring which is conjugated with the

ketone group for all aflatoxins. Further investigations have been carried out to confirm

which site is actually involved in this reduction reaction at the mercury electrode by

voltammetric study of separate basic compounds that form aflatoxins which are 2,3

dihydrofuran and coumarin.

Another compound is tetrahydrofuran but it does not have any double bond in

their chemical structure which may not be reducable at the electrode, hence no detailed

investigation has been carried out. Their chemical structures are shown in Figures 3.28a

to 3.28c. Other possibility of the chemical structure that form aflatoxin compound was

not studied due to the unavailability of the compound.

(a) (b) (c)

Figure 3.28 Chemical structures of (a) 2,3 dihydrofuran (b) tetrahydrofuran and (c)

coumarin

Voltammograms of 0.02 to 0.2 µM of 2,3 dihyrofuran in BRB pH 9.0 are shown

in Figure 3.29. There is a small peak observed at -1.21 V which has not significantly

increased when the concentration was increased. The result indicates that 2,3

dihydrofuran is not reduced at the mercury electrode which indicates that the reduction

of AFB1 and AFG1 is not due to the reduction of double bond in their terminal furan

rings.

112

y = 25.877x - 35.5R2 = 0.9953

0

100

200

300

400

500

0 5 10 15 20

[Coumarin] x10-5M

I p (n

A)

Figure 3.29 Voltammograms of 2,3 dihydrofuran (peak I) for concentrations from (b)

0.02 to 0.2 µM in (a) BRB at pH 9.0. Peak II; Zn peak.

The second compound that may undergo reduction at the mercury electrode is

coumarin (Figure 3.27c). Increasing the concentration of coumarin yields a linear

relationship of Ip corresponding to an equation of y = 25.877x – 35.5 (R2 = 0.9953).

A plot of Ip versus concentration of coumarin is shown in Figure 3.30.

Figure 3.30 Dependence of Ip of coumarin to its concentrations

113

The voltammograms of coumarin with increasing concentration are represented

in Figure 3.31which shows that it was reduced at the mercury electrode producing sharp

and characteristic peak at Ep of -1.49 V. The result of voltammetric study of coumarin

shows that it is solely involved in the reduction of all studied aflatoxins.

As electrochemical behaviour of the aflatoxins closely parallels that of

coumarin, it is likely that the electroactivity of these compounds is associated with

coumarin moiety in their molecules structure. The main difference in behaviour lies in

the fact that the reduction of the aflatoxins occurs at a potential of about 300 – 400 mV

more positive than that for coumarin. This can be explained by the increased

conjugation caused by ketone group in the neighbouring cyclopentanone (AFB1 and

AFB2) or δ-lactone (AFG1 and AFG2) rings. Based on this reason, aflatoxins are

easier to reduce compared to coumarin and their Ep are located at more positive than

that for coumarin.

Figure 3.31 Voltammograms of coumarin at concentration of (b) 34 µM, (c) 68 µM,

(d) 102 µM, (e) 136 µM and (f) 170 µM in (a) BRB at pH 9.0

114

O

O

HO

HO

O

C H 3

C H 3

O

O H

Based on all previous results, it can be concluded that a double bond in the

benzene ring which conjugates with the ketone group undergoes a reduction reaction

that produces a single cathodic peak for all studied aflatoxins. This finding is also in

agreement with a few reports that have been previously published for compounds that

have a double bond in the benzene ring which has conjugated with the ketone group

reduced at the mercury electrode. For example, cortisone and testosterone were reduced

and peaks were obtained for the reduction of the C = C double bond at -1.77 V and -

1.84 V (versus SCE) respectively in 0.1 M tri-ethyl ammonium per chlorate (TEAP)–

50 % methanol as reported by Smyth and Smyth (1978). Both compounds are 3-keto

steroids with un-saturation between C4 and C5 as shown in Figure 3.32a and 3.32b.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.32 Chemical structures of (a) cortisone and (b) testosterone.

Smyth and Smyth (1978) also reported that cardiovascular drugs such as digoxin

and digitoxin (Figure 3.33) also undergo reduction reaction which occurs at C=C bond

in the five membered ring structure containing the conjugated carbonyl group. Using

DPP technique, digoxin and digitoxin gave peak at -2.285 V and -2.325 V (versus SCE)

respectively in propan-2-ol – 0.01 M tetrabutylammonium bromide (TBAB).

115

CH3

H

CH3

OH

O

(C18H31O9)O

OHO

CH3

H

CH3

OH

O

(C18H31O9)O

O

(a) (b)

Figure 3.33 Chemical structures of (a) digoxin and (b) digitoxin.

Other examples for the compounds that undergo reduction reaction which occurs

at C=C bond in their chemical structures are listed in Table 3.2. Other compounds that

have the same chemical structure and reduced at the mercury electrode produce

cathodic peak are enoxacin (Zhang et al. 1996), ofloxacin (Rizk et al. 1998) and

Alizarin Red S (ARS) (Sun and Jiao, 2002). Based on the previous reports, taking into

account that the molecular structure of AFB2 is similar in case where the carbonyl

group conjugates to the double bond in the benzene ring, it is assumed that AFB2

undergoes reduction reaction at the mercury electrode whereby C=C bond in its

chemical structure is reduced at the mercury electrode.

The Ep of AFB2 is also pH dependent and shifted towards a more negative

direction in increasing pH of the BRB solution which indicates the involvement of

protons in the AFB2 electrode reaction (Ghoneim et al., 2003a and Rodriguez et al.,

2004). A plot of Ep versus pH of supporting electrolyte is illustrated in Figure 4.34.

Two ranges were observed in the Ep – pH plot (Range I for pH from 5 to 8 and Range II

for pH from 9 to 12 as in Figure 4.33) with an intersection point at pH 8.7 which was

thought to correspond to the pKa value of the adsorbed AFB2 (Navalion et al. 2002).

This result again suggests that the deprotonated form of the AFB2 is the electroactive

species adsorbed in the HMDE.

116

N

O

N

NHCH2N(CH2CH3)2

O O

ONa CH2COCH3

H

O

H OC C H

N N

O

C2H5

COOH

H3C

Table 3.2 Compounds reduced at the mercury electrode

Compound

Chemical structure

Ep (V)

Supporting

electrolyte

Reference

Imidazoacridinone

-1.41

Phosphate

buffer at

pH 7.4

Cakala et

al., (1999)

Warfarin

-1.40

BRB at

pH 5.0

Ghoneim

and Tawfik,

(2004)

Lavonogestrel

-1.44

BRB at

pH 3.0

Ghoneim et

al., (2004a)

Nalidixic acid

-1.30

BRB at

pH 5.0

Ibrahim et

al., (2002)

117

1100

1150

1200

1250

4 6 8 10 12 14

pH

Ep

(-mV

)Range I

Range II

Figure 3.34 Effect of pH of BRB solution on the Ep for AFB2. AFB2 concentration:

2.0 µM, Ei = 0, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 30s, υ = 50 mV/s.

The relation between Ep and pH of the medium over the range, 5.0 to 8.0 is expressed

by the following equation:

Ep (-mV) = 21.4 pH + 1015.9 (R2 = 0.9777, n = 4) (3.5)

The Ep remains constant for pH 10.0 to pH 12.0 which suggests that within this range of

pH, the reaction is independent of the number of protons involved in the reduction

process.

3.2.1.2 Optimisation of Instrumental Conditions

The voltammetric determination of analyte at trace level normally involves very

small current responses. For that reason it is important to optimise all the parameters

which may have an influence on the measured current. From the previous experiment,

BRB solution at pH 9.0 was chosen as the best supporting electrolyte, thus this solution

has been used throughout this optimisation procedure using differential pulse cathodic

118

01020304050

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ip (n

A)

1230

1260

1290

1320

0 30 60 90 120

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ep (-

mV)

stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) technique. The effect of Ei, Ef, Eacc, tacc, υ and pulse

amplitude to the Ip and Ep and of AFB2 peak have been studied. This optimisation

procedure used two different concentrations of AFB2 which are 2.0 µM and 0.06 µM

for high and low concentrations respectively. The former has been initially used

followed with the latter as the final optimisation step. The initial parameters used for

this optimisation were; Ei = 0 mV, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc= 0 mV, tacc = 15 s, υ = 20 mV/s,

pulse amplitude = 100 mV and quiescent time = 10 sec. Using all the stated parameters,

the Ip obtained for 2.0 µM of AFB2 was 29 nA and the Ep was -1.240 V.

3.2.1.2a Effect of Scan Rate (υ)

The dependence of Ip and Ep of AFB2 on υ has been studied. The υ was varied from 20

to 100 mV/s while other parameters were unchanged. Figure 3.35a shows a maximun

response (36 nA) obtained at scan rate of 40 mV/s.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.35 Effect of various υ to the (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 peak in

BRB pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = -1.50 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 15 s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

Ip decreases slowly for the increasing υ from 50 to 80 mV/s and sharply drops for 100

mV/s. The increasing υ has shifted the Ep of AFB2 towards a more negative direction

according to the equation;

119

0

20

40

60

0 20 40 60

Accumulation time (s)

Ip (n

A)

123012401250126012701280

0 20 40 60

Accumulation time (s)

Ep

(-mV)

E (-mV) = 0.6x (mV/s) + 1230.4 (R2 = 0.9896, n = 5) (3.6)

as shown in Figure 3.35b. From this study, the υ of 40 mV/s was used for further

optimisation step.

3.2.1.2b Effect of Accumulation time (tacc)

The effect of tacc to the Ip and Ep of AFB2 peak have been studied over the range

of 15 to 60 s as shown in Figure 3.36. It was found that, for the first 40 s, the Ip

increases with tacc. This is due to the larger amount of AFB2 which has accumulated at

the electrode surface with longer tacc. Since the amount of AFB2 is proportional to the

tacc, the resulting peak currents yield a straight line when plotted against the tacc within

the stated accumulation range as shown in Figure 3.36a. This relationship follows the

equation;

Ip (nA) = 0.4895x (x 10-6 M) + 26.132 (R2 = 0.9727, n = 5) (3.7)

(a) (b)

Figure 3.36 Effect of tacc on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei =

0, Ef = - 1.50 V, Eacc = 0 mV, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mv.

However, when the tacc is longer than 40s, the Ip slowly decreases which is due to the

complete coverage of the electrode surface (Wang, 1985). This complete coverage

120

0102030405060

0 400 800 1200

Eacc (-mV)

I p (n

A)

1246124812501252125412561258

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Eacc (-mV)

Ep (-

mV

)

phenomenon can be confirmed by increasing drop size of HMDE which resulting

increased of the peak height.

3.2.1.2c Effect of Accumulation Potential (Eacc)

The influence of Eacc to the Ip and Ep of AFB2 reduction peak has been

observed. An Eacc means the potential at which the AFB2 is deposited at the mercury

electrode surface. The optimised Eacc refers to the potential that is the most effective for

the deposition of the AFB2 at the mercury electrode surface while AFB2 solution

remains unstirred which produces the largest Ip and minimum side reaction. (Wang,

1985). The result shown in Figure 3.37 shows that over a range of 0 to -1200 mV, a

highest Ip was found at Eacc of -800 mV which indicates that at this potential, strong

adsorption of AFB2 takes place on the electrode surface. The Ip and Ep of AFB2 at this

optimum Eacc are 50 nA and -1.248 V respectively.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.37 The relationship between (a) Ip and (b) Ep with Eacc for 2.0 µM AFB2

in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = 0, Ef = -1.50 V, tacc = 15 s, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude =

100 mV.

A linear response was obtained for the Eacc over a range of 0 to -0.80 V ( R2 = 0.9769, n

= 5). From Figure 3.37b, for Eacc at more negative than -0.80 V with the same Ei (Ei =

0), Ep of AFB2 were constant which indicates that after the maximum Eacc was achieved

and the accumulation process of AFB2 at electrode surface was not effective, there are

121

010203040506070

0 300 600 900 1200

Ei (-mV)

Ip (n

A)

124012441248125212561260

0 300 600 900 1200

Ei (-mV)

Ep (-

mV)

no more changes in Ep. At the same time, Ip decreased until it totally disappeared at Eacc

of -1.5 V. The result does not contradict with the suggestion made by Harvey (2000)

that the Eacc was usually several tenths of a volt (0.3 to 0.5 V) before the Ep of

electroactive species being investigated. Since the highest Ip with no extra peak was

obtained at an Eacc of -0.80 V, this potential was chosen as the optimum Eacc.

3.2.1.2d Effect of Initial Potential (Ei)

Further optimisation was performed by observing the effects of Ei to the Ip and

Ep of AFB2. The Ei used in this study were 0, 200, 400, 600, 800 and 1000 mV while Ef

was kept constant at -1500 mV. The result is shown in Figure 3.38a. The result indicates

that when the Ei was changed to more negative values, the Ip slowly decreased until the

Ei was -800mv. However at -1000 mV the Ip sharply increased and gave a maximum

response (53 nA). In other words, when the Ei was changed through this manner, the

window of scanning potential was smaller and hence, the time for analysis became

shorter. For Ei which was more negative than -1000 mV, the scan was not performed

due to the very short range of scanning potential. Also because of the instrumental

limitations, this experiment cannot be continued unless other instrumental parameters

such as pulse amplitude and υ are changed.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.38 Effect of Ei on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ef = -

1.50 V, Eacc = -0.80 V, tacc = 40 s, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV

122

0

20

40

60

80

0 30 60 90 120 150

Pulse amplitude (mV)

Ip (n

A)

1140

1180

1220

1260

1300

0 30 60 90 120

Pulse amplitude (mV)

Ep (-

mV)

From Figure 3.38b, Ep remains constant for Ei of 0 to -400 mV. It started to shift

towards a more negative direction when the Ei was -600 mV and remained constant

after this value. This experiment reveals that the best potential window was from -1.0

V to -1.50 V which can save the analysis time and at the same time gave maximum Ip.

3.2.1.2e Effect of Pulse Amplitude

The effect of the pulse amplitude on the Ip shows that the Ip increased and Ep

displaced towards less negative direction when the pulse amplitude increased from the

range of 30 to 100mV as shown in Figure 4.39. The result shows that a maximum value

of Ip (53 nA) was obtained at pulse amplitude of 100 mV. At the higher value of pulse

amplitude, the Ip is slightly increased but peak broadening was observed, so 100 mV is

chosen for optimum pulse amplitude.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.39 Effect of pulse amplitude on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at

pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.50 V, Eacc = -0.80 V, t acc = 40 s and υ = 40 mV/s.

From this study, the optimum conditions for electroanalytical determination of

2.0 µM AFB2 by DPCSV technique were as follows; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = - 1.5 V,

Eacc = -0.80 V, tacc = 40 s, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV. Using this

optimised parameters, the Ip and Ep of 2.0 uM AFB2 were found to be 53 nA and -1.208

V respectively which was able to enhance the peak current to about 83% as compared to

that obtained by unoptimised parameters.

123

0

5

10

15

20

0 400 800 1200 1600

Accumulation potential (-mV)

ip (n

A)

From the previous optimisation procedures, the Ip of AFB2 was enhanced by

83% and an attempt was made to get higher Ip by further optimisation steps using the

lower concentration of AFB2. The reason is using high concentration of AFB2 may lead

to the formation of mercury electrode saturation due to the adsorption of AFB2. This

optimisation was carried out using 0.06 µM AFB2 and all previous optimised

parameters were applied.

The optimisation steps followed the same procedure as for 2.0 µM AFB2. The Ip

and Ep initially obtained for 0.06 µM AFB2 were 13.90 nA and -1.232 V respectively.

The effect of Eacc on the Ip and Ep of AFB2 as shown in Figure 3.40 revealed that the Ip

obtained for Eacc of -200 mV, -400 mV, -600 mV, -800 mV and -1000mV are not

similar which were about 14 nA compared to 11.37 nA and 12.42 nA for 0 and -1100

mV respectively. No peak was observed for Eacc more negative than -1100 mV.

Figure 3.40 Effect of Eacc on Ip of 0.06 µM AFB2. Ei = - 1.0 V, Ef = -1.50 V, tacc = 40

s, scan rate = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

Using the potential window of Ei = -1.0 V and Ef = -1.4 V, the optimum Eacc

was -0.60 V which gave the Ip of 16.84 nA compared to another potential range (Ei = -

1.0 V and Ef = -1.50 V) which produced only 13.78 nA. The Ep of AFB2 remained

constant for all studied Eacc. The results suggested that using lower concentration, the

optimum Eacc is less negative compared to the higher concentration because for the

lower concentration, the electroactive species could easily completely reduce at the

mercury electrode. The Ep of AFB2 was independent of the Eacc at the low

124

01020304050

0 30 60 90 120 150

Accumulation time (s)

Ip (n

A)

120012101220123012401250

0 30 60 90 120 150

tacc (s)

E p (-

mV)

concentrations. From this experiment, Eacc = -0.6 V, Ei = -1.0 V and Ef = -1.40 V were

chosen as the optimum condition for Eacc and potential window respectively.

The effect of the tacc to the Ip of AFB2 was also investigated and the result is

shown in Figure 3.41a which shows that by increasing tacc, for the range of 20 to 80 s,

the Ip linearly increased following the equation:

Ip (nA) = 0.4038x (x s) - 0.2847 (R2 = 0.999, n = 5) (3.8)

The maximum Ip of 31.86 nA was obtained at an Eacc of 80 s. When AFB2 was

deposited at the mercury electrode for more than 80 s, the Ip was not significantly

increased (Figure 3.41a) which may be due to the saturation of the mercury electrode

surface and adsorptive equilibrium was achieved (Shams et al. 2004). Due to this

reason, the tacc at 80 s was chosen as the optimum tacc . The Ep of AFB2 was shifted

toward less negative direction with increasing tacc as shown in Figure 3.41b.

(a) (b) Figure 3.41 Effect of tacc on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 0.06 µM in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = - 1.0

V, Ef = -1.40 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV.

The relationship between the υ and Ip of AFB2 cathodic peak was also

investigated, which revealed that when the υ is increased, the Ip also increased as shown

125

01020304050

0 20 40 60 80 100

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ip (n

A)

120012051210121512201225

0 20 40 60 80 100

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ep (-

mV)

in Figure 3.42a. For the υ between 20 to 50 mV/s, the Ip is linearly proportional to the υ

according to the following equation:

Ip (nA) = 0.6481x (x mV/ s) + 5. 8407 (R2 = 0.9999 n = 3) (3.9)

The Ip was not significantly different when the υ was faster than 60 mV/s. Therefore,

50 mV/s was selected as the optimum υ which gave the maximum Ip of AFB2. The Ep

of AFB2 has linearly shifted towards a more negative direction for this range and a

small change for the υ of 60 and 80 mV/s as shown in Figure 3.42b. Due to

instrumentation limitations, for the υ of 50 mV/s, the pulse amplitude was changed to

80 mV instead of 100 mV. Without that, the Ip of AFB2 could not be automatically

calculated by the computer software. The maximum Ip that was obtained from this

optimisation was 38.18 nA at Ep of -1.23 V which was about 200% higher than before

being optimised (13.90 nA at -1.232 V). Figure 3.44 illustrates the voltammograms of

0.06 uM AFB2 obtained under optimised and unoptimised conditions.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.42 Effect of υ on (a) Ip and (b) Ep of 0.06 µM AFB2. Ei = - 1.0 V, Ef = -1.40

V, Eacc = -0.60 V and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

126

Figure 3.43 Voltammogramms of 0.06 µM AFB2 obtained under (a) unoptimised and

(b) optimised parameters in BRB at pH 9.0.

From this optimisation steps, the final optimum parameters of DPCSV for

determination of 0.06 µM AFB2 compound are; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.40 V, Eacc =

-0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. Table 3.3 represents all

optimised parameters for both low and high concentrations of AFB2.

Table 3.3 Optimum parameters for 0.06 µM and 2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0

Parameters

0.06 µM AFB2

2.0 µM AFB2

Ei (V)

Ef (V)

Eacc (V)

tacc (s)

υ (mV/s)

Pulse amplitude

-1.0

-1.4

-0.6

80

50

80

-1.0

-1.5

-0.8

40

40

100

127

For voltammetric study of other aflatoxin except AFG1, the optimum

parameters for lower concentration of AFB2 was used throughout the experiments since

it give more sensitive and shorter analysis time compared to other optimum parameters.

For AFG1, only Ei was changed to -0.95 V to obtain the peak that is located at the

middle of the potential range.

3.2.2 Analysis of Aflatoxins

The optimum parameters determined were then used for determination of 0.1

µM AFB2, AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2. The values of Ip and Ep obtained from these

analysis are listed in Table 3.4. The relative standard deviation (RSD) for five

measurements of each aflatoxins are less than 5% which means that the precision of the

method is good and the obtained analytical information has good reliability as reported

by Aboul-Eneim et al. (2001). Voltammograms of each aflatoxin are shown in Figure

3.44a to 3.44d. Voltammograms of four aflatoxins which were mixed together are

shown in Figure 3.45 which shows that the combination of peak from AFB1 and AFB2

and also from AFG1 and AFG2 produced two shoulders.

Table 3.4 The Ip and Ep of aflatoxins obtained by optimised parameters in BRB at

pH 9.0 using DPCSV technique

Aflatoxin, 0.1 µM

Ip (nA), (n=5)

RSD (%)

Ep (V)

AFB1

57.38 ± 0.43

0.75

-1.22

AFB2

57.49 ± 1.02

1.77

-1.23

AFG1

56.85 ± 1.28

2.25

-1.15

AFG2

56.20 ± 1.16

2.06

-1.17

128

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Figure 3.44 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM (a) AFB1, (b) AFG1, (c) AFB2 and (d)

AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V (except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V,

Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

129

Figure 3.45 Voltammograms of (b) mixed aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 as the blank

(a). Parameters condition; Ei = -0.95 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50

mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

A study was carried out to observe a relationship between Ip and concentration

of aflatoxins. For each aflatoxin, the calibration curve was prepared by a series of

standard addition of aflatoxins. Statistical parameters such as linearity range, R2 value,

limit of detection (LOD), limit of quantification (LOQ), accuracy and precision were

evaluated. For ruggedness and robustness tests of the proposed technique, only AFB2

was used.

3.2.2.1 Calibration Curves of Aflatoxins and Validation of the Proposed Method

3.2.2.1a Calibration curve of AFB2

The calibration curve for AFB2 determination was established by applying the

developed procedure. The Ip of AFB2 with increasing concentration is shown in Figure

3.46 which shows that after Ip achieved its maximum value it tends to level off with

further addition of AFB2 standard solution as expected for a process that was limited by

adsorption of analyte. This phenomenon was similarly observed in the previous study

130

0

50

100

150

200

250

0 10 20 30 40 50

[AFB2] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

y = 5.5385x + 3.2224R2 = 0.9980

0

40

80

120

160

200

0 10 20 30 40

[AFB2] X10-8M

I p (n

A)

carried out by the CV technique. The linear plot of Ip versus the concentration of AFB2

is shown in Figure 3.47. Their voltammograms are shown in Appendix L

Figure 3.46 Increasing concentration of AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. The parameter

conditions are Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and

pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

Figure 3.47 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0. The

parameter conditions are the same as in Figure 4.46

It shows that the range of linearity was found to be from 2.0 to 32.0 x 10-8 M

(6.29 to 100.63 ppb) with a LOD of 0.796 x 10-8 M (2.50 ppb) and LOQ was 2.65 x

10-8 M (8.33 ppb). The R2 value was 0.9980. The LOD was determined by standard

131

addition of lower concentration of analyte until a sample peak is obtained that was

significantly different from the blank signal (Barek et al., 1999).

For the determination of precision of the developed method, the reproducibility

was calculated from 8 independent measurements of 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM of AFB2

solution on the same day, obtaining relative standard deviations (RSD) of 2.83 % and

0.72% respectively. The precision is good since the mean values do not exceeds 15%

of the variance coefficient (CV) (Torreiro et al. 2004). Voltammograms of these

measurements are shown in Appendix M. For the inter-days (within 3 days) accuracy

determinations, the RSD for day 1, day 2 and day 3 obtained for measurement of 0.10

µM are 2.83%, 2.39% and 1.31% respectively and for 0.20 µM were 0.72 %, 1.03 %

and 0.98 %. Voltammograms of these measurements for 0.10 µM AFB2 are shown in

Appendix N. The results of these precision studies for intra-day and inter-day are

shown in Table 3.5.

Table 3.5 Ip (in nA) obtained for intra-day and inter-day precision studies of 0.10

µM and 0.20 µM by the proposed voltammetric procedure (n=8)

Inter-day measurement

Ip ± SD (RSD)

[AFB2]

Intra-day

measurement Ip ± SD (RSD)

Day 1

Day 2

Day 3

0.1 µM

57.68 ± 1.63

(2.83%)

57.68 ± 1.63

(2.83%)

56.52 ± 1.35

(2.39%)

56.59 ± 0.74

(1.31%)

0.2 µM

114.87 ± 0.83

(0.72%)

114.87 ± 0.83

(0.72%)

113.85 ± 1.17

(1.03 %)

112.78 ± 1.11

(0.98%)

132

The accuracy of the method is defined as the closeness of agreement between

the experiment result and the true value (Chan et al., 2004). It is determined by

calculating the percentage of relative error between the measured mean concentrations

and the added concentrations (Torriero, 2004). In order to determine the accuracy of

the proposed method, a recovery study was carried out by the addition of an amount of

three different concentrations of AFB2 (0.10 µM, 0.15 µM and 0.20 µM) into the

voltammetric cell and measuring the peak currents of respective concentrations. The

actual amount of AFB2 found in the cell were calculated using the obtained regression

equation (y = 5.5385x + 3.2224). The recoveries obtained were 97.29 ± 1.29 %, 97.15 ±

0.79 % and 99.39 ± 0.50 % respectively as shown in Table 3.6. The result shows that

the recovery of AFB2 standard is considered good.

Table 3.6 Mean values for recovery of AFB2 standard solution (n = 3)

No of

experiment

Amount added

(x 10-8 M)

Ip (nA)

Amount

found (x 10-8 M)

Recovery

(%)

%Recovery ± SD

(RSD)

1

10

56.32

55.45

58.04

9.59

9.44

9.88

95.90

94.40

98.80

96.37 ± 2.24 (2.39 %)

2

15

85.21

84.78

85.10

14.80

14.73

14.78

98.67

98.25

98.53

98.47 ± 0.24 (0.24 %)

3

20

113.85

114.20

113.75

19.97

20.03

19.94

99.85

100.15

99.70

99.90 ± 0.23

(0.23 %)

133

The robustness of the proposed technique was evaluated by examining the

influence of small variation in some of the most important procedural conditions,

including pH (8.5 to 9.5), Eacc (-0.59 V and -0.61 V) and tacc (75 s and 85 s) to the Ip of

AFB2 (Ghoneim et al., 2004b). The results of these studies are shown in Table 3.7.

Using F test with 95 % degree of freedom, the results showed that none of these

variables significantly affected the obtained Ip of AFB2. Thus, the proposed technique

could be considered robust.

Table 3.7 Influence of small variation in some of the assay conditions of the

proposed procedure on its suitability and sensitivity using 0.10 µM AFB2

Moreover, the ruggedness of the proposed technique was examined by applying

the procedure to the analysis of 0.1 µM AFB2 using two potentiostat models, BAS CV

Variable

Condition

Ip of AFB2 (nA)

± SD, n=5

Recovery ±SD (%)

n = 5

pH 9.0

8.5

9.5

Eacc = -0.60 V

tacc = 80 s

60.62 ± 0.88

58.82 ± 0.79

59.30 ± 0.44

103.01 ±1.50

100.33 ± 1.35

101.15 ± 0.75

Eacc -0.60 V

-0.59 V

-0.61 V

pH = 9.0

tacc = 80 s

60.62 ± 0.88

58.78 ± 1.02

59.82 ± 0.91

103.01 ± 0.48

100.26 ± 1.75

102.04 ± 1.56

tacc 80 s

75 s

85 s

pH = 9.0

Eacc = -0.60 V

60.62 ± 0.88

58.78 ± 0.48

60.90 ± 0.76

103.01 ± 0.48

100.26 ± 0.82

103.49 ± 1.30

134

450 W and VA 757 Metrohm Analysers, under the same optimised experimental

parameters. The results of these studies are listed in Table 3.8. Using the same

statistical test, the results show no significant difference in the Ip of AFB2 obtained by

using both analysers which indicates that the proposed procedure could be considered

rugged. Detailed information on F test for robustness and ruggedness evaluations are

elaborated in Appendix O.

Table 3.8 Results of ruggedness test for proposed method using 0.10 µM AFB2

Voltammetric analyser

Ip of AFB2 ± SD

(nA) , n = 5

Recovery ± SD (%)

n = 5

BAS CV50W

VA 757 Metrohm

58.08 ± 1.63

57.98 ± 0.83

99.11 ± 2.79

98.94 ± 1.42

3.2.2.1b Calibration Curve of AFB1

Using the same approach as carried out for AFB2, the calibration curve for

AFB1 was constructed by plot of Ip of AFB1 versus their concentrations. DPCSV

measurements of increasing concentrations were applied and the result is shown in

Figure 3.48. Figure 3.49 shows the linear curve for AFB1 which has a linear range

between 2.0 to 32.0 x 10-8 M (6.29 to 100.63 ppb) with a R2 value of 0.9989. LOD of

the measurement of AFB1 was 0.5 x 10-8 M (1.56 ppb). LOQ was 1.67 x 10-8 M (5.2

ppb). Voltammograms of AFB1 with successive standard addition for AFB1 are shown

in Appendix P.

135

0

50

100

150

200

250

0 10 20 30 40 50

[AFB1] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

y = 5.4363x + 3.7245R2 = 0.9989

0

50

100

150

200

0 10 20 30 40

[AFB1] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

Figure 3.48 Standard addition of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V,

Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

Figure 3.49 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0. All

parameter conditions used are the same as stated in Figure 3.48.

136

Repeatability was examined by performing five replicate measurements for 0.10

and 0.20 µM AFB1 both intra-day and inter-day measurements for it precision and the

result is shown in Table 3.9. Relative standard deviation (RSD) of 0.10 µM and 0.20

µM for intra-day measurement were 1.83% and 0.74% respectively have been achieved.

For inter-day measurements, RSD of 0.10 µM of AFB1 for day 1, day 2 and day 3 were

1.83%, 4.37% and 2.86% respectively and for 0.20 µM RSD of Ip were 0.74%, 1.93%

and 0.56%. The results indicate the high precision of the proposed procedure.

The accuracy of the proposed method was evaluated by applying the same

procedure as for AFB2. The results are shown in Table 3.10 which shows that the

accuracy of the proposed method is considered high.

Table 3.9 Ip (in nA) obtained for intra-day and inter-day precision studies of 0.10

µM and 0.20 µM AFB1 by proposed voltammetric procedure (n=5)

Inter-day measurement

Ip ± SD (RSD)

[AFB1]

Intra-day

measurement Ip ± SD (RSD)

Day 1

Day 2

Day 3

0.10 µM

58.64 ± 1.11

(1.89%)

58.64 ± 1.11

(1.89%)

58.53 ± 1.01

(1.72%)

57.49 ± 0.67

(1.13%)

0.20 µM

112.84 ± 0.82

(0.73%)

112.84 ± 0.82

(0.73%)

112.68 ± 0.81

(0.72%)

113.26 ± 0.63

(0.56%)

137

Table 3.10 Mean values for recovery of AFB1 standard solution (n = 3)

No of

experiment

Amount added

(x 10-8 M)

Ip (nA)

Amount found

(x 10-8 M)

Recovery

(%)

Recovery ± SD (%)

(RSD)

1

10

58.49 57.11 57.80

10.07

9.83 9.95

100.70 98.30 99.50

99.50 ± 1.20

(0.21 %)

2

15

84.70 85.24 85.85

14.89 14.97 15.08

99.27 99.80 100.53

99.87 ± 0.63

(0.63 %)

3

20

112.26 113.32 112.58

19.99 20.06 19.96

99.97 100.31 99.80

100.15 ± 0.49

(0.26 %)

3.2.2.1c Calibration Curve of AFG1

The validation of this proposed method for quantitative assay of AFG1 was

examined via the evaluation of the same parameters as for AFB1. The effect of

increasing concentration of AFG1 to their Ip up to 45 x 10-8 M (147.6 ppb) is shown in

Figure 3.50. The calibration curve with a linear range of 2.0 to 32.0 x 10-8 M (6.56 to

105 ppb) with a R2 value of 0.9992 was obtained as shown in Figure 3.51. LOD value

for this measurement was 1.0 x 10-8 M (3.28 ppb) and LOQ was 3.33 x 10-8 M (10.93

ppb) Voltammograms of AFG1 with increasing concentration are shown in Appendix

Q. The results for the precision and accuracy tests are listed Table 3.11 and 3.12

respectively.

138

y = 5.5899x + 3.708R2 = 0.9992

0

50

100

150

200

0 10 20 30 40

[AFG1] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

0

50

100

150

200

250

0 10 20 30 40 50

[AFG1] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

Figure 3.50 Effect of concentration to Ip of AFG1 in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -0.95 V,

Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

Figure 3.51 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFG1 in BRB at pH 9.0.

The parameter conditions are same as in Figure 3.50.

139

Table 3.11 Ip (in nA) obtained for intra-day and inter-day precision studies of 0.10

µM and 0.20 µM of AFG1 by proposed voltammetric procedure (n=5)

Inter-day measurement

Ip ± SD (RSD)

[AFG1]

Intra-day

measurement Ip ± SD (RSD)

Day 1

Day 2

Day 3

0.10 µM

58.11 ± 0.93

(1.60%)

58.11 ± 0.93

(1.60%)

59.34 ± 0.81

(1.37%)

57.56 ± 1.09

(1.89%)

0.20 µM

117.60 ± 1.24

(1.05%)

117.60 ± 1.24

(1.05%)

118.85 ± 1.12

(0.94 %)

117.65 ± 1.21

(1.02%)

Table 3.12 Mean values for recovery of AFG1 standard solution (n = 3)

No of

experiment

Amount added

(x 10-8 M)

Ip (nA)

Amount found

(x 10-8 M)

Recovery

(%)

Recovery ± SD (%)

(RSD)

1

10

58.83 58.16 57.16

9.97

9.98 9.81

99.70 99.80 98.10

99.20 ± 0.95

(0.95 %)

2

15

88.20 89.62 88.78

14.78 15.02 14.88

98.53 100.13 99.20

99.28 ± 0.80

(0.81 %)

3

20

118.16 117.52 118.10

19.80 19.69 19.79

99.00 98.45 98.95

98.80 ± 0.30

(0.30 %)

140

0

50

100

150

200

250

0 10 20 30 40 50

[AFG2] / X10-8M

I p (n

A)

3.2.2.1d Calibration Curve of AFG2

The applicability of the proposed DPCSV technique as an analytical method for

the last type of aflatoxin which is AFG2 was examined by measuring the peak current

of AFG2 as a function of its concentration under optimised operational parameters.

Figure 3.52 shows the effect of increasing concentration of AFG2 to the Ip. A

calibration graph for AFG2 was constructed by standard addition method.

Figure 3.52 Effect of concentration of AFG2 to Ip of AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0.

Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude =

80 mV.

The correlation between Ip and concentration of AFG2 was linear within the

range 2.0 to 32.0 x 10-8 M (6.60 to 105.61 ppb) as shown in Figure 3.53. The

calibration graph was represented by the equation: ip (µA) = 5.7132x (x 10-8 M) +

1.1682; R2 = 0.9989 and n = 10. The LOD was found to be 0.758 x 10-8 M (2.50 ppb)

and LOQ was 2.53 x 10-8 M (8.33 ppb). The voltammograms of AFG2 with successive

addition of its concentration are shown in Appendix R. The results of precision studies

for 0.10 µM and 0.20 µM of AFG2 which were obtained by proposed method are

represented in Table 3.13.

141

y = 5.7132x + 1.1682R2 = 0.9989

0

50

100

150

200

0 10 20 30 40

[AFG2] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

Figure 3.53 Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0. All

parameters used are the same as stated in Figure 3.52.

Table 3.13 Ip (in nA) obtained for intra-day and inter-day precision studies of 0.10

µM and 0.20 µM of AFG2 by proposed voltammetric procedure (n=5).

Inter-day measurement

Ip ± SD (RSD)

[AFG1]

Intra-day

measurement Ip ± SD (RSD)

Day 1

Day 2

Day 3

0.10 µM

58.53 ± 1.05

(1.79%)

58.53 ± 1.05

(1.79%)

59.11 ± 1.19

(2.01%)

58.72 ± 1.14

(1.94%)

0.20 µM

115.40 ± 1.69

(1.46%)

115.40 ± 1.69

(1.46%)

115.20 ± 1.82

(1.58 %)

115.40 ±1.14

(0.99%)

For accuracy, it was examined by performing three replicate measurements for

0.1 µM, 0.15 µM and 0.2 µM AFG2 solutions under the same operational parameters.

Percentage recoveries (R%) of 100.12 +/- 0.25 %, 99.66 +/- 0.90 % and 100.03 +/- 0.26

142

% were achieved respectively with a mean value of % RSD of 0.47%, which indicates

the high accuracy of the proposed technique. Table 3.14 shows the results of accuracy

study for AFG2.

Table 3.14 Mean values for recovery of AFG2 standard solution (n = 3)

The Ip and Ep of the aflatoxins with concentration of 0.10 µM which were

obtained by BAS C50W were not significantly different compared to those obtained by

VA 757 Metrohm Analyser as shown in Table 3.15, indicating that the proposed

technique can be applied using different types of voltammetry analysers. Figures 3.54a

to 3.54d show the voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 which were

obtained using Metrohm voltammetry analyser. From the validation of the proposed

technique, Table 3.16 shows all statistical parameters for the aflatoxins.

No of

experiment

Amount added

(x 10-8 M)

Ip (nA)

Amount found

(x 10-8 M)

Recovery

(%)

Recovery ± SD

(%) (RSD)

1

10

58.14 58.20 59.10

9.97

9.98 10.04

99.97 99.80 100.40

100.12 ± 0.25

(0.25 %)

2

15

86.20 87.50 86.10

14.88 15.10 14.86

99.22 100.70 99.06

99.66 ± 0.90

(0.90 %)

3

20

115.40 115.80 115.20

19.99 20.06 19.96

99.97 100.31 99.80

100.03 ± 0.26

(0.26 %)

143

Table 3.15 Ip and Ep of 0.10 uM aflatoxins obtained by BAS and Metrohm

voltammetry analysers under optimised operational parameters for DPCSV method.

Voltammetry analysers

BAS CV 50W

757 VA Metrohm

Aflatoxins

Ip (nA) ± SD

(RSD)

Ep (V)

Ip (nA) ± SD

(RSD)

Ep (V)

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

58.28 ± 2.79 (4.78%)

58.08 ± 1.63

(2.81%)

56.85 ± 1.87 (3.29%)

56.20 ± 1.34

(2.38%)

-1.22

-1.23

-1.15

-1.17

59.88 ± 0.94 (1.57%)

57.98 ± 0.83

(1.43%)

59.26 ± 0.84 (1.42%)

57.56 ± 0.63

(1.10%)

-1.23

-1.24

-1.15

-1.18

3.2.2.2 Determination of Limit of Detection (LOD)

The limit of detection (LOD) is an important quantity in chemical analysis. The

LOD is the smallest concentration or amount that can be detected with reasonable

certainty for a given analytical procedure (Ahmad, 1993; Miller and Miller, 1993). It is

the lowest concentrations that can be distinguished from the noise level as described by

Bressole et al. (1996). Thompson (1998) reported that the detection limit caused

problems for analytical chemists because they are difficult to interpret and the arbitrary

dichotomising of the concentration domain provides misleading viewpoint of the

behaviour of analytical systems.

144

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Figure 3.54 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, (c) AFG1 and (d)

AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained by 757 VA Metrohm voltammetry analyser. Ei = -1.0

V (except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and

pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

In order to estimate the LOD, some alternative methods have been used to

overcome the difficulties such as:

145

Table 3.16 Analytical parameters for calibration curves for AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and

AFG2 obtained by DPCSV technique using BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte

Aflatoxin

Ep (V)

Regression equations

Sensitivity (µA/µM)

Linearity range (x 10-8 M / ppb)

LOD

(x10-8 M / ppb)

R2

B1

-1.22

y = 5.4363x + 3.7245

0.5436

2 – 32 / 6.24 – 99.84

0.5 / 1.56

0.9989

B2

-1.23

y = 5.5385x + 3.2224

0.5539

2 – 32 / 6.29 – 100.63

0.796 / 2.50

0.9980

G1

-1.15

y = 5.5899x + 3.7080

0.5900

2 – 32 / 6.56 – 104.92

1.0 / 3.28

0.9992

G2

-1.17

y = 5.7132x + 1.1682

0.5713

2 – 32 / 6.60 – 105.61

0.758 / 2.50

0.9989

Notes:

Ep = Peak potential for aflatoxins at concentration of 0.1 µM

y = mx + c; y = nA, x = x 10-8 M, c = nA

LOD = limit of detection

146

a) The concentration giving a signal three times the standard error plus the

y-intercept divided by the slope of calibration curve (Miller and Miller,

1993; Sturm et al., 1997; Yilmaz et al., 2001: Arranz et al., 2003;

Skrzypek et al., 2005 and Nouws et al., 2005). This calculation is used

by International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC)

(IUPAC, 1978).

b) The analyte concentration giving a signal equal to a blank signal plus

two or three (Conesa et al., 1996) standard deviations of the blank.

c) The concentration giving a signal equal to three times (Zhang et al.,

1996) or 3.3 times (Perez-Ruiz et al., 2004) the standard deviation of the

blank signal divided by the slope from the calibration curve. The latter

used 12 blank determinations to calculate standard deviation of the

blank.

d) The concentration giving a signal to noise ratio of 3:1 (3 S/N) (Yardimer

and Ozaltin, 2001; Khodari et al., 1997; Wang et al., 1997; Liu et al.,

2000; Ibrahim et al., 2002; Al-ghamdie et al., 2004 and Farghaly et al.,

2005).

e) The value of three fold standard deviation from seven determinations of

the analyte at the concentration corresponding to the lowest point on the

appropriate straight line of the calibration curve which was evaluated by

R2 value as reported by Barek et al. (1999).

f) The concentration giving 3 times standard deviation of intercept of the

calibration divided by a slope of the calibration curve as reported by Gao

et al. (2004) and El-Desoky and Ghoneim (2005).

147

g) The lowest concentration of sample that give the significantly different

signal from the blank after standard addition of lower concentration

(Barek et al., 2001a).

h) Use of the robust regression method where the detection limit is dealt as

a hypothesis test in relation to the presence of analyte in an unknown

sample by using the experimental information provided by the

calibration set (Ortiz et al., 1993).

The results of the determinations of aflatoxins using several methods according

to Barek et al. (2001a), Barek et al. (1999), Zhang et al. (1996) and Miller and Miller

(1993) are shown in Table 3.17. These methods were chosen due to its simplicity and

are widely used by many researchers. Examples of these calculations for AFB1 are

represented in Appendix S, T, U and V for each method respectively.

From the results, the LOD values obtained according to Barek et al. (1999),

Barek et al. (2001a) and Zhang et al. (1996) are not significantly different as was

proven by ANOVA test which is reported in Appendix W (Youmen, 1973). The

Method 1 (according to Barek et al., 2001a) was selected for the determination of the

LOD of all aflatoxins throughout this study since it gives the lowest LOD value as

compared to that obtained by other methods.

3.2.2.3 Determination of Limit of Quantification (LOQ)

The limit of quantification (LOQ) is the lower limit for precise quantitative

measurements (Miller and Miller, 1993; Chan et al., 2004). It is determined by the

formula of (LOD / 3) x 10 as reported by Ozkan et al. (2003) and Ghoneim et al.

(2004). A value of YB + 10SB has been suggested for this limit (Miller and Miller,

1993; Rodriguez et al., 2005) where YB is a blank signal and SB is the standard deviation

of blank. The LOQ vaules for all aflatoxins obtained by the proposed methods are listed

in Table 3.18.

148

Table 3.17 LOD values for determination of aflatoxins obtained by various methods

Notes:

Method 1: According to Barek et al. (2001a) Method 2: According to Barek et al. (1999) Method 3: According to Zhang et . (1996) Method 4: According to Miller and Miller (1993)

Method

1 2

3

4

Aflatoxin

x 10-8 M

ppb

x 10-8 M

ppb

x 10-8 M

ppb

x 10-8 M

ppb

B1

0.50

1.56

0.64

2.00

0.75

2.35

1.14

3.56

B2

0.78

2.50

0.89

2.80

0.91

2.86

1.47

4.62

G1

1.00

3.28

1.06

3.50

1.10

3.60

2.09

6.84

G2

0.76

2.50

0.92

3.02

0.86

2.84

2.48

8.18

149

Table 3.18 LOQ values for determination of aflatoxins obtained by various methods

Notes: Method 1: According to Barek et al. (2001a) Method 2: According to Barek et al. (1999) Method 3: According to Zhang et al. (1996) Method 4: According to Miller and Miller (1993)

Method

1

2

3

4

Aflatoxin

x 10-8 M

ppb

x 10-8 M

ppb

x 10-8 M

ppb

x 10-8 M

ppb

B1

1.67

5.20

2.13

6.67

2.50

7.83

3.80

11.87

B2

2.60

8.33

2.97

9.33

2.03

9.53

4.90

15.40

G1

3.33

10.93

3.53

11.67

3.67

7.87

12.00

22.80

G2

2.53

8.33

3.07

10.07

2.87

9.47

8.27

27.27

150

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2

[Zn(II)] / uM

I p (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

[Aflatoxin] = 0.1 uM

3.2.2.4 Interference studies

Possible interference from various metal ions and organic substances were

investigated by spiking with excess amount of these interfering substances to the BRB

at pH 9.0 containing 0.10 µM of each aflatoxin under optimum experimental conditions.

The experiments showed that the presence of up to 10-fold of Al3+, Cu2+, Ni2+, Pb2+,

Zn2+, ascorbic acid, β-cyclodextrin and cysteine did not affect much the signal measured

which indicates that there was no serious interference to the voltammetric determination

of all studied aflatoxins. For example, the effect of Zn ion to the Ip of all aflatoxins is

shown in Figure 3.55. Voltammogram of AFB2 with addition of this ion is shown in

Figure 3.56(i). The interference study by Zn2+ was further carried out by initially

reacted all aflatoxins with Zn2+ in BRB at pH 3.0 before being added into the

voltammetric cell containing BRB at pH 9.0. Voltammograms of complex AFB2-Zn

with increasing concentration of Zn2+ are shown in Figure 3.56(ii). Figure 3.57 shows

the Ip of all aflatoxins which were complexed with Zn2+ decreased drastically with the

addition of 1.0 µM Zn2+. This effect indicates that Zn2+ interferes with the

measurement of aflatoxins in acid condition.

Figure 3.55 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration of Zn2+ up to 1.0 µM

151

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3 4

[Zn] / uM

I p (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

(i) (ii)

Figure 3.56 Voltammograms of (i) 0.10 µM AFB2 and (ii) 0.1 µM AFB2-Zn

complex with increasing concentration of Zn2+ ( a = 0, b = 0.75 µM, c = 1.50 µM, d =

2.25 µM and e = 3.0 µM). Blank = BRB at pH 9.0. Experimental conditions; Ei = -1.0

V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

.

Figure 3.57 Ip of all aflatoxins-Zn complex after reacting with increasing

concentration of Zn2+ in BRB at pH 3.0. Measurements were made in BRB at pH 9.0

within 15 minutes of reaction time. Ei = -1.0 (except AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc

= -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

152

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.1

0.12

0 0.15 0.3 0.45 0.6

[Zn(II)] / ppm

Abs

AFB1AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

[aflatoxins] = 1.0 ppm

Similarly, studies carried out using UV-VIS spectrometric technique also

showed that absorbance of 1.0 ppm AFB2 decreases with increasing concentration of

Zn2+ (from 0.15 to 0.60 ppm) in acidic condition as shown in Figure 3.58. The same

patterns were also found for other aflatoxins. Their absorbances decreased linearly with

increasing concentration of Zn2. From this study, it can be concluded that Zn2+ reacted

with all aflatoxins in acidic medium but does not in BRB at pH 9.0.

Figure 3.58 Absorbance of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration of Zn2+ in

BRB at pH 3.0 within 15 minutes of reaction time.

For Zn2+, studies using initial potential (Ei) at - 0.25 V instead -1.0 V was

conducted. The aim was to investigate the response of Zn peak which appeared at -0.98

V with increasing Zn2+ concentration and the result is shown in Figure 3.59. The figure

illustrates that the Zn 2+ peak increases while no significant change was observed on Ip

and Ep of AFB2 which show that the peak appeared at the Ep of -0.98 was from the

Zn2+.

153

OH

OH

HO

OO

HO

Figure 3.59 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 with increasing concentrations of

Zn2+ (from 0.10 to 0.50 µM) in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -0.25 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V,

tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

For interference study by organic substance, ascorbic acid (Figure 3.60) was

selected due to its high content in food as a natural micronutrient and plays many

physiological roles as reported by Perez-Ruiz et al. (2004).

Figure 3.60 Chemical structure of ascorbic acid

Ascorbic acid may interfere with the measurement of aflatoxins because of its

reducing property due to the presence of the ene-1, 2- diol system (Verma et al., 1991).

Its structure has a double bond which conjugates to the ketone group, similar to the

154

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2

[ascorbic acid] / uM

I p (n

A) AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

aflatoxins chemical structures which may reduce at HMDE in BRB at pH 9.0 and

interfere the measurement of aflatoxins. The result of this study is shown in Figures

3.61 and 3.62 indicate that no significant change was observed by increasing the

concentration of ascorbic acid up to ten-fold of the aflatoxins concentration.

Figure 3.61 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration of ascorbic acid up to

1.0 µM. Concentrations of all aflatoxins are 0.1 µM.

Figure 3.62 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB2 with increasing concentration of

ascorbic acid.

155

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1[B-CD] / uM

I p (n

A) AFB1

AFB2AFG1AFG2

[Aflatoxins] = 0.1 uM

Interference studies were also carried out with β-cyclodextrin. Cyclodextrins

(CDs) are cyclic oligosaccharides with a hydrophilic outer surface and lipophilic central

cavity. CDs are formed with a various numbers of glucose units such as α-, β- and γ-

CD, formed by 6, 7 and 8 glucose units, respectively, are present in the greatest amount.

The pKa values of α-, β- and γ-CD are 12.33, 12.20 and 12.08, respectively and the

species are charged in strong alkaline solution (Fang et al., 1998). In aqueous solutions,

CDs are able to solubilise lipophilic moiety of the compound molecule into the central

cavity without any covalent bond. Such complexes are called inclusion complexes

(Loftson and Brewster, 1996).

Due to its inherent interesting inclusion properties which are exhibited both in

solid state and in aqueous solution as reported by Fang et al. (1998) and its capability of

forming complexes with aflatoxins, β-CD was selected in this study. In optimum pH of

supporting electrolyte for the determination of aflatoxins (pH 9.0), the charged β-CD

may react with aflatoxins. The result of this study is as in Figure 3.63 and the

voltammograms of AFB2 with increasing concentration of β-CD in Figure 3.64 shows

that not much interference was observed with increasing concentration of β-CD up to

ten-fold of concentration of aflatoxins.

Figure 3.63 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration of β- cyclodextrin up to 1.0 µM.

156

H 2 N

S H

O

O H

Figure 3.64 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 with increasing concentration of β-

cyclodextrin.

Another organic compound which was used in this interference study was L-

cysteine (Figure 3.65).

Figure 3.65 Chemical structure of L-cysteine

The result of this study is given in Figure 3.66 which shows that Ip of all

aflatoxins decreased slightly when cysteine was added. Cysteine is one of the organic

compound that show a high activity for electrocatalytic adsorption on mercury and the

most modified electrode as reported by Shahrokhian and Karimi (2004). The result

obtained may be due to the accumulation of L-cysteine on the surface electrode as the

concentration of cysteine was increased, which made the electrode surface saturated,

hence, limiting the adsorption of aflatoxins.

157

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1[L-cyste ine] / uM

I p (n

A) AFB1

AFB2AFG1AFG2

[Aflatoxins] = 0.1 uM

Figure 3.66 Ip of all aflatoxins with increasing concentration of cysteine up to 1.0 µM

From this interference study, all studied metal ions and organic compounds

neither significantly decreased nor enhanced the Ip of all aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0.

Attempts have been made to enhance the Ip of aflatoxins by performing mercury

electrode modification using poly-L-lysine (PLL) as described by Ferreira et al. (1999).

However the aflatoxin peak does not increase and this may be due to unsuitable medium

for reaction between aflatoxins and PLL to take place. For example, Ip of AFB2 was

enhanced about 15% in BRB at pH 5.0 however at pH 9.0 the Ip was decreased to

almost 35% from its original value as shown in Appendix X.

3.3 Square-Wave Stripping Voltammetry (SWSV) of Aflatoxins

Since aflatoxins can be adsorbed on the mercury surface as has been proven by

CV and DPCSV studies, another technique of adsorptive stripping method for

quantitative measurement of aflatoxins such as SWSV was developed. By using strong

adsorptive phenomenon and by accumulation of aflatoxins at a HMDE prior to SWSV

measurement, higher sensitivities can be readily achieved in order to obtain a much

lower level of detection for aflatoxins. Compared with other pulse techniques, SWSV is

faster and the entire potential scan can be completed in approximately 2 s on a single

drop of mercury electrode (Jelen et al., 1997). In this study, SWSV was used in

combination with an HMDE to study the Ip of aflatoxins in various BRB pH medium

using optimum parameters that have been obtained using DPCSV technique. The

158

influences of SWSV instrumental variables such as frequency and voltage step on the

SWSV responses have been evaluated. Overall results show that, compared with

DPCSV technique, SWSV produces much higher Ip for all aflatoxins at the same

concentration. Finally the proposed method was applied to the determination of

aflatoxin in groundnut samples.

3.3.1 SWSV Determination of AFB2

Previous optimised parameters that were obtained by DPCSV have been applied

to the determination of 0.10 µM AFB2 using SWSV technique which produces a single

and well developed peak at Ep of -1.30 V with Ip of 230 nA. The Ip was about 380 %

(3.8 times) higher as compared with that obtained by DPCSV which was only 60 nA as

shown in Figure 3.67.

Figure 3.67 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained by (a) DPCSV and (b)

SWSV techniques in BRB at pH 9.0. Parameters for DPCSV: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V,

Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV and for SWSV: Ei =

-1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, frequency = 50 Hz, voltage step = 0.02 V,

amplitude = 50 mV and υ = 1000 mV/s.

159

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

pH of BRB

I p (n

A)

3.3.1.1 Optimisation of Experimental and Instrumental SWSV Parameters

3.3.1.1a Influence of pH of BRB

Using optimised parameters as stated in Figure 3.67 for SWSV, the pH of BRB

was varied between 6.0 and 13.0. Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 showed maximum value at pH

9.0 as shown in Figure 3.68. This result was the same as found using CV and DPCSV

techniques where BRB at pH 9.0 is the best supporting electrolyte for the determination

of aflatoxins. Voltammogram of AFB2 in differenct pH is shown in Figure 3.69.

Figure 3.68 Influence of pH of BRB on the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 using SWSV

technique. The instrumental parameters are the same as in Figure 3.67.

160

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4

- Ei (V)

I p In

A)

Figure 3.69 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in different pH of BRB. Parameter

conditions; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, voltage step = 0.02 V,

amplitude = 50 mV, frequency = 50 Hz and scan rate = 1000 mV/s

3.3.1.1b Effect of Instrumental Variables

With regard to the instrumental variables, the relationship between Ip and Ei was

studied for 0.10 µM AFB2, and Ei was varied from 0 to -1.2 V. It was found that a

maximum amount of 250 nA was obtained for Ei = -1.0 as shown in Figure 3.70. The Ip

was slowly decreased when the value of Ei was more negative than -1.0 V.

.

Figure 3.70 Effect of Ei to the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0

161

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6

- Eacc (V)

I p (n

A)

The influence of Eacc to Ip of AFB2 was investigated where the Eacc was varied between

0 to -1.4 V. The maximum value of Ip was obtained at -0.8 V (265 nA) as shown in

Figure 3.71. This value was selected for subsequent experiments

Figure 3.71 Effect of Eacc to the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0

The effect of tacc on the Ip was studied where tacc was varied from 0 to 200 s.

The result is shown in Figure 3.72 which reveals that there is linearity up to 100 s

according to equation; y = 3.020x + 20.143 (n=6) with R2 = 0.9950, after which it

increased slower and levelled off at about 140 s. After 160 s, Ip decreased which may be

due to the desorption of the aflatoxins back to the bulk solution. Thus, the tacc of 100 s

appeared to be the optimum tacc for the pre-concentration prior to stripping.

A linear increase in Ip of AFB2 was observed when frequency was varied from

25 to 125 Hz as shown in Figure 3.73. The frequency value of 125 Hz was adopted as

the optimum value.

162

0

50100

150200

250

300350

400

0 40 80 120 160 200 240

t acc (s)

I p (n

A)

0

200

400

600

800

1000

0 50 100 150

Frequency (Hz)

I p (n

A)

Figure 3.72 Relationship between Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 while increasing tacc

Figure 3.73 Effect of frequency to the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0

The Ip of AFB2 depends linearly on the square root of frequency as shown in

Figure 3.74 which indicates that AFB2 adsorbed on the mercury electrode as reported

by Komorsky-Lovric et al. (1992). This result is in agreement with that obtained by

previous CV and DPCSV experiments.

163

y = 107.91x - 424.7R2 = 0.9919

0

200

400

600

800

1000

3 5 7 9 11

(Frequency)1/2

I p (n

A)

0

200

400

600

800

1000

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05

Voltage step (V)

I p (n

A)

Figure 3.74 Linear relationships between Ip of AFB2 and square root of frequency

The Ip of the AFB2 increases linearly with variation voltage step from 10 mV to

30 mV but after this value the Ip decreases (Figure 3.75). Hence, 30 mV was selected as

the optimum voltage step for further experiments.

Figure 3.75 Influence of square-wave voltage step to Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2.

164

0

250

500

750

1000

0 0.025 0.05 0.075 0.1 0.125

Amplitude (V)

Ip (n

A)

y = -1.2x + 1.36R2 = 1

1.22

1.24

1.26

1.28

1.3

1.32

1.34

0 0.025 0.05 0.075 0.1 0.125

Amplitude (V)

E p (-

V)

Regarding the influence of the square wave amplitude, the maximum value for

Ip was observed at 0.05 V when the amplitude increases from 0.025 to 0.10V as shown

in Figure 3.76. The Ep of AFB2 was ideally linear and shifted to a more negative

direction with increasing amplitude according to the equation; y = 1.2x -1.36 (n=4, R2 =

1.0) as shown in Figure 3.77. Since the square wave frequency, voltage step and scan

rate are interrelated, for frequency of 125 Hz and voltage step of 0.03 V, the scan rate is

3750 mV/ s.

Figure 3.76 Influence of square-wave amplitude to Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2.

Figure 3.77 Relationship of SWSV Ep of AFB2 with increasing amplitude

165

0

150

300

450

600

750

900

1050

a b c

I p (n

A)

Accordingly, the optimum experimental and instrumental parameters of the

proposed SWSV procedure for the determination of AFB2 are Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V,

Eacc = -0.80 V, tacc = 100 s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V, amplitude = 75

V, scan rate = 3750 mV/s in BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. Using these

parameters, the Ip for 0.10 µM AFB2 was 913 nA with Ep at -1.28 V an increase of

220% before being optimised. Figure 3.78 shows the Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained

under optimised and non-optimised SWSV parameters compared with that obtained

under optimised DPCSV parameters.

Figure 3.78 The Ip of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained under (a) non-optimised and (b)

optimised SWSV parameters compared with that obtained under (c) optimised DPCSV

parameters.

The voltammograms of AFB2 are shown in Figure 3.79. As compared to the

DPCSV, the Ip value for the optimised parameters for SWSV was 15 times higher. This

high sensitivity is one of the SWSV characteristics that was also found by other

researchers such as reported by Radi et al. (2001), Guiberteau et al. (2001), El-Hady et

al. (2004), Gazy et al. (2004), Farghaly and Ghandour (2005) and Pacheco et al. (2005).

166

Figure 3.79 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 obtained under (a) non-optimised

and (b) optimised SWSV parameters compared with that obtained under (c) optimised

DPCSV parameters.

3.3.2 SWSV Determination of Other Aflatoxins

Using the optimum SWSV parameters, the Ip of AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 at

concentration of 0.10 µM have been measured in BRB at pH 9.0. The results are shown

in Table 3.19. When compared with the Ip that were obtained by DPCSV, overall

results show that it increases about 15 times for AFB1 and AFB2 while for AFG1 and

AFG2 about 11 times as shown in Figure 3.80. Their voltammograms are shown in

Figure 3.81 which also includes DPCSV voltammograms for comparison.

167

0

200

400

600

800

1000

Ip (nA)

AFB1 AFB2 AFG1 AFG2

DPCSVSWSV

Table 3.19 Ip and Ep for all aflatoxins obtained by SWSV in BRB at pH 9.0 (n=5)

Aflatoxin

Ip (nA) / (RSD)

Ep (V)

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

838.8 ± 5.72 (0.68%)

825.4 ± 11.51 (1.39%)

633.0 ± 3.16 (0.50%)

674.2 ± 11.86 (1.76%)

-1.30

-1.30

-1.24

-1.24

Figure 3.80 Ip of 0.10 µM aflatoxins obtained using two different stripping

voltammetric techniques under their optimum parameter conditions in BRB at pH 9.0.

168

(i) (ii)

(iii) (iv)

Figure 3.81 Voltammograms of (i) AFB1, (ii) AFB2, (iii) AFG1 and (iv) AFG2

obtained by (b) DPCSV compared with that obtained by (c) SWSV in (a) BRB at pH

9.0.

3.3.3 Calibration Curves and Method Validation

After optimisation of the experimental condition, calibration curves were

prepared by measuring the Ip of each aflatoxin with different concentration. For

example, voltammograms of AFB1 with varying concentrations are shown in Figure

3.82.

169

Figure 3.82 SWSV voltammograms for different concentrations of AFB1 in BRB at

pH 9.0. The broken line represents the blank; (a) 0.01 µM, (b) 0.025 µM, (c) 0.05 µM,

(d) 0.075 µM, (e) 0.10 µM, (f) 0.125 µM and (g) 0.150 µM. Parameter conditions; Ei =

-1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03

V, pulse amplitude = 75 mV and scan rate = 3750 mV/s.

The calibration curves for all aflatoxins are shown in Figures 3.83 to 3.86. The

LOD were determined by standard addition of low concentration of analyte (AFB1,

AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2) until a response was obtained that is significantly different

from the blank sample (Barek et al., 2001a). LOQ were calculated using the formula

LOD/3 x 10. Figure 3.87 shows the comparison of the LOD values obtained by SWSV

compared with those obtained by DPCSV. The obtained LOD and LOQ for all

aflatoxins are lower than those obtained by DPCSV technique which suggests that the

SWSV is much better than DPCSV in terms of sensitivity.

170

y = 70.97x + 76.588R2 = 0.9984

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

0 5 10 15 20

[AFB1] x 10-8 M

I p (n

A)

y = 61.97x + 243.36R2 = 0.9938

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

0 2.5 5 7.5 10 12.5 15

[AFB2] x 10-8 M

I p (n

A)

y = 51.046x + 164.79R2 = 0.9912

0

200

400

600

800

1000

0 5 10 15

[AFG1] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

Figure 3.83 Calibration curve for AFB1 obtained by SWSV method.

Figure 3.84 Calibration curve for AFB2 obtained by SWSV method

Figure 3.85 Calibration curve for AFG1 obtained by SWSV method.

171

y = 49.816x + 157.18R2 = 0.9906

0

200

400

600

800

1000

0 5 10 15

[AFG2] x 10-8M

I p (n

A)

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

AFB1 AFB2 AFG1 AFG2

LOD

(ppb

)

DPCSVSqWSV

Figure 3.86 Calibration curve for AFG2 obtained by SWSV method.

Figure 3.87 LOD for determination of aflatoxins obtained by two different stripping

methods.

Furthermore, this technique provides a shorter time analysis due to the fast scan

rate (3750 mV/s). Table 3.20 summarises the characteristics of the calibration plots

established using optimum SWSV parameters for all aflatoxins.

172

Table 3.20 Analytical parameters for calibration curves for AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 obtained by SWSV technique in BRB at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte.

Notes;

Ep = Peak potential for aflatoxins at concentration of 0.1 µM

y = mx + c; y = nA, x = x 10-8 M, c = nA LOD = limit of detection LOQ = limit of quantification

Aflatoxin

Ep (V)

Regression Equations

Sensitivity (µA/µM)

Linearity range (x 10-8 M / ppb)

LOD

(x 10-8 M / ppt)

LOQ (x 10-8

M/ ppb)

R2

B1

-1.30

y = 70.97x + 76.59

7.097

1 – 15 / 3.12 – 46.73

0.125 /

393

0.42 / 1.31

0.9984

B2

-1.30

y = 61.97x + 243.36

6.197

1– 12.5 / 3.14 – 39.31

0.15 / 468

0.50 / 1.56

0.9938

G1

-1.24

y = 51.046x + 64.79

5.105

1– 12.5 / 3.28 – 40.98

0.15 / 492

0.50 / 1.64

0.9912

G2

-1.24

y = 49.816x + 57.18

4.982

1– 12.5 / 3.30 – 41.25

0.15 / 500

0.50 / 1.67

0.9906

173

Reproducibility was evaluated by performing ten measurements of aflatoxins

with concentration of 0.10 µM on the same day and within 3 days for intra and inter-

days measurements respectively. The results are shown in Table 3.21. For all

measurements of all aflatoxins, the RSD were between 0.30% to 1.92% which indicates

that the proposed method is reproducible and gives high precision. Voltammograms of

0.1 µM AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 for intra-day precision (n=10) are shown in

Appendix Y.

Table 3.21 Result of reproducibility study for 0.1 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0

Ip (nA) for inter-day (± SD, n = 10) (RSD)

Aflatoxins

Ip (nA) for intra-day ( ± SD, n = 10) (RSD)

Day 1

Day 2

Day 3

833 ± 10.02

(1.20%)

816 ± 14.88 (1.82%)

630 ± 4.38

(0.70%)

669 ± 9.92 (1.48%)

832 ± 8.77

(1.05%)

817 ± 14.24 (1.74%)

634 ± 2.07

(0.33%)

674 ± 11.86 (1.76%)

833 ± 10.87

(1.30)

812 ± 15.62 (1.92%)

628 ± 2.55

(0.41%)

665 ± 4.83 (0.73%)

833 ± 9.07

(1.09)

816 ± 13.92 (1.71%)

631 ± 4.32

(0.68%)

674 ± 8.41 (1.25)

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

For assessing accuracy of the proposed method, an amount of 5 x 10-8 M and 10

x 10-8 M of each aflatoxin were spiked into voltammetric cell and their respective Ip

were measured. From the obtained Ip, the actual concentration found was calculated

according to the respective calibration plot. The results are summarised in Table 3.22

which show that the recoveries for 5 x 10-8 M and 10 x 10-8 M of all aflatoxins are

between 93 to 106% which indicate that the proposed method is of a very high

accuracy. Voltammograms of 10 x 10-8 M of all aflatoxins (n= 3) are shown in

174

Appendix Z. From the method validation, the results show that the proposed SWSV

method is satisfactorily precise and accurate, gives very low detection limit and

provides very short time analysis. This method was applied for analysis of aflatoxin

content in groundnut samples together with the DPCSV method.

Table 3.22 Application of the proposed method in evaluation of accuracy of the

SWSV method by spiking the aflatoxin standard solutions.

Aflatoxin

Amount added

( x 10-8 M)

Obtained Ip

(nA) (± SD, n =3)

Amount found

( x 10-8 M) (± SD)

Recovery ±

SD (%)

RSD of

recovery (%)

AFB1

5.0

10.0

442.33 ± 2.56

839.00 ± 5.29

5.15 ± 0.03

10.60 ± 0.07

103.00 ± 0.60 106.00 ± 0.70

0.58

0.66

AFB2

5.0

10.0

566.30 ± 3.79

820.67 ± 6.81

5.19 ± 0.03

9.39 ± 0.07

103.64 ± 0.58

93.90 ± 0.70

0.56

0.75

AFG1

5.0

10.0

424.33 ± 5.03

639.07 ± 5.51

5.04 ± 0.06

9.57 ± 0.80

100.87 ± 1.20

95.70 ± 0.80

1.19

0.84

AFG2

5.0

10.0

417.33 ± 2.08

664.00 ± 1.00

5.24 ± 0.03

10.17 ± 0.02

104.80 ± 0.53

101.70 ± 0.20

0.51

0.20

175

3.4 Stability Studies of Aflatoxins

3.4.1 10 ppm Aflatoxin Stock Solutions

10 ppm aflatoxin stock solutions which were prepared in benzene: acetonitrile

(98:2) and stored in the dark under refrigeration at temperature of 14 0 C were

monitored for their stability by measuring the absorbance using UV-VIS

spectrophotometer every month for twelve months. This study was carried out to

determine the shelf life of aflatoxins stock solution in benzene: acetonitrile kept under

the dark and cool conditions. The obtained concentrations of all aflatoxins monitored

for the period of twelve months at their respective wavelengths are shown in Table 3.23.

UV-VIS spectrums for each freshly prepared AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 are shown

in Appendix AA.

Table 3.23 Average concentration of all aflatoxins within a year stability studies

Aflatoxin

λ range (nm)

Average concentration

within a year ± SD (ppm) (RSD)

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

346 – 348

349 – 351

355 – 357

355 – 357

10.63 ± 0.32 (3.01%)

10.73 ± 0.42 (3.91%)

10.68 ± 0.44 (4.12%)

10.58 ± 0.40 (3.78%)

The results show that within a year, all aflatoxins which were stored in the cool and

dark conditions are stable and their concentrations are maintained at 10 ppm with RSD

of less than 5.0 %.

176

Figures 3.88 to 3.90 show the UV-VIS spectrums for all aflatoxins at 0, 6 and 12

months storage time respectively. There are no significant changes in wavelengths for

maximum absorbance of all aflatoxin within the stipulated period of time.

Figure 3.88 UV-VIS spectrum of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%) at preparation date.

Figure 3.89 UV-VIS spectrum of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%) after 6 months of storage time.

177

Figure 3.90 UV-VIS spectrum of 10 ppm of all aflatoxins in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%) after 12 months of storage time.

The maximum absorbance obtained for all aflatoxins are due to the presence of

UV chromophore which is a carbonyl group (C=O) in the aflatoxin molecules. This

group has a transition electronic level between non-bonding (n) and Π* antibonding

which generally occurs at 250 to 300 nm. Due to the conjugation of carbonyl group

with a double bond in benzene ring in the aflatoxin structure, this transition takes place

at longer wavelength which is more than 300 nm as stated in Table 3.23 (Fifield and

Haines, 2000). The result of this study shows that all aflatoxin stock solutions which

were stored in the cool and dark conditions have a shelf life of at least one year and can

be used for further voltammetric study

The same aflatoxin stock solution was exposed to ambient condition, for

example, AFB1, the obtained UV-VIS spectrum is different where the wavelength for

the maximum absorbance was shifted from 348 nm to 335 nm as shown in Figure 3.91

indicating that the chemical structure of AFB1 may be damaged and cannot be used for

voltammetric study.

178

Figure 3.91 UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm AFB1 (a) kept in the cool and dark

conditions and (b) exposed to ambient conditions for 3 days.

This can be clearly seen when a lower concentration (1 ppm) of the same

solution was studied and compared with a new fresh stock solution of the same

concentration (Figure 3.92). The result indicates that aflatoxin stock solutions must be

protected from light and kept in cool condition for longer shelf life. The spectrum of

AFB1 prepared from damaged stock solution shows extra peak at λ of 330 nm while for

AFB1 which was prepared from freshly prepared stock solution has only a single peak

at the same λ as obtained for the stock solution.

Figure 3.92 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB1 in BRB solution prepared from (a)

freshly prepared and (b) damaged 10 ppm AFB1 stock solution

179

The diluted solutions were kept in the dark and cool conditions for 2 weeks and

their absorbance were re-measured. The result is shown in Figure 3.93 which shows

that AFB1 from damaged stock produced lower absorbance and at the same time, λ was

shifted to lower value from 335 nm to 320 nm compared to the result that was obtained

at the preparation date while the AFB1 from freshly prepared stock shows no significant

change in its absorbance and λ values. These results indicate that AFB1 solution in

BRB prepared from damaged stock is less stable compared to that one prepared from

the fresh stock solution.

Figure 3.93 UV-VIS spectrums of 1 ppm AFB1 in BRB solution prepared from (a)

freshly prepared and (b) damaged 10 ppm AFB1 stock solution after 2 weeks of storage

in the dark and cool conditions.

3.4.2 1 ppm Aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0

4.4.2.1 Month to Month Stability Studies

1.0 ppm aflatoxins prepared in BRB at pH 9.0 which were stored in the freezer

at temperature of -4.0 0 C were monitored for their stability within 6 months from the

preparation date using the DPCSV technique. The aim of this study was to determine

the shelf life of 1.0 ppm aflatoxin in BRB at pH 9.0 kept under the cool and dark

conditions. 0.1 µM of each aflatoxin was spiked in 10 ml BRB at pH 9.0 as the

180

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Storage time in freezer (months)

Per

cent

age

(%)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

supporting electrolyte and the Ip and Ep of respective aflatoxin were observed from 0 to

6 month storage time. The result is shown in Figure 3.94. Voltammograms of all

aflatoxins obtained after 0 to 6 month storage time are shown in Appendix AB. The

result shows that after three months storage time, the Ip of AFG1 and AFG2 decreased

to about 60 % from original Ip measured at first day of preparation while the Ip of AFB1

and AFB2 still maintained about 75% of their respective Ip. Based of this result, the

stability order of these aflatoxins is suggested as in the order of AFB2 > AFB1 > AFG2

> AFG1. Based on their chemical structures, aflatoxin with a double bond in the

terminal furan ring is less stable in BRB at pH 9.0 as compared to aflatoxin that has a

single bond in their furan ring.

The finding also reveals that AFG1 and AFG2 can be used up to 2 months while

AFB1 and AFB2 up to 3 months. After these periods of time, the respective aflatoxin

should be disposed and the new standard solution should be freshly prepared for the rest

of experiment.

Figure 3.94 Percentage of Ip of 0.1 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 at different

storage time in the cool and dark conditions.

181

0

20

40

60

80

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Exposure time (hrs)

Per

cent

age

(%)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

4.4.2.2 Hour to Hour Stability Studies

Each aflatoxin (0.1 µM) was spiked in BRB at pH 9.0 and monitored by the

DPCSV technique from 0 to 8 hours exposure to ambient conditions. The purpose of

this study was to evaluate the stability of aflatoxins in BRB under ambient conditions

up to 8 hours. The period of 8 hours was selected due to the normal working hours. A

plot of percentage of all aflatoxins versus exposure time is illustrated in Figure 3.95.

Voltammograms of all aflatoxins which were exposed from 0 to 8 hours in BRB at pH

9.0 are shown in Appendix AC.

Figure 3.95 Percentage of Ip of all aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 exposed to ambient

condition up to 8 hours of exposure time.

The result shows that AFB1 and AFB2 measured in BRB at pH 9.0 were stable

within 8 hours of exposure time where the Ip for both aflatoxins were reduced only 15%

from initial Ip. In contrast, AFG1 and AFG2 gave significant reduction in the Ip within

the same period of exposure time where the Ip of AFG1 and AFG2 were reduced to 38%

and 48% respectively. The Ep of all aflatoxins were shifted to more negative direction

with increasing exposure time as shown in Appendix AC. The experiment reveals that

AFG1 and AFG1 were less stable in BRB at pH 9.0 as compared to AFB1 and AFB2.

182

O

OO

OO

O CH3

T FA

H O

I2

O

OO

OO

O CH 3

Br2

I

I O

OO

OO

OCH 3

B r

Br O

OO

OO

O CH 3

30 m in, 50 0

40 s, 600

4 s , 200

C

C

C

Based on their chemical structures, the most reactive functional groups susceptible for

ease of attack by chemical reagents are the two lactones rings of AFG1 and AFG2 and

cyclopentanone rings of AFB1 and AFB2. AFG1 and AFG2 were less stable due to the

easier opening of the lactone rings in strong alkali as compared to the cyclopentanone

ring as reported by Jaimez et al. (2000). The other functional group of this aflatoxin is

less readily attacked by any chemical reagents except for the double bond of terminal

furan ring in AFB1 and AFG1 which are susceptible to attacks by certain reagents such

as TFA (Beebe, 1978; Cespedes and Diaz, 1997; Dhavan and Choudry, 1995; Akiyama

et al., 2001; Erdogan, 2004), iodine (Davis and Diener, 1980; Tuinstra and Haasnoot,

1983; Beaver and Wilson, 1990) or bromine in special conditions as shown in Figure

3.96 (Kok et al., 1986).

Figure 3.96 Reactions of 8, 9 double bond furan rings in AFB1 with TFA, iodine

and bromine under special conditions (Kok et al., 1986).

183

As mentioned earlier, 1 ppm AFB1 standard solution from the “damaged” AFB1

stock solution was prepared in BRB at pH 9.0. Beside UV-VIS spectrophotometric

determination, it was measured by the DPCSV technique and found that the Ip was only

4.0 nA as compared to the freshly prepared from fresh stock solution which gave a peak

current of 60 nA as shown in Figure 3.97. The result indicates that almost all the AFB1

molecules present in BRB solution were already damaged.

Figure 3.97 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB1 obtained in (a) BRB at pH 9.0 which

were prepared from (b) damaged and (c) fresh stock solutions.

Another possible reason why aflatoxins were damaged when exposed to ambient

condition is due to the fact that aflatoxins are not stable to light. Experiments were

performed to verify this statement by running the same experiment as previously

mentioned except by wrapping the voltammetric cell with aluminum foil. The results

are shown in Figure 3.98 to 3.101 which indicate that in the absence of a lighting

system, Ip decreased much faster due to unexplained reason. The result of this

experiment shows that the light was not a main factor that caused instability of

aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0.

184

010203040506070

0 2 4 6 8 10

Exposure time (hrs)

I p (n

A)

(a)

(b)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 2 4 6 8 10

Exposure time (hrs)

I p (n

A)

(a)

(b)

Figure 3.98 Ip of 0.1 µM AFB1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 from 0 to 8 hours in (a)

light exposed and (b) light protected.

Figure 3.99 Ip of 0.1 µM AFB2 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 from 0 to 8 hours in (a)

light exposed and (b) light protected.

185

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 2 4 6 8 10

Exposure time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

(a)(b)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 2 4 6 8 10

Exposure time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

(a)(b)

Figure 3.100 Ip of 0.1 µM AFG1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 from 0 to 8 hours in (a)

light exposed and (b) light protected.

Figure 3.101 Ip of 0.1 µM AFG2 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 from 0 to 8 hours in (a)

light exposed and (b) light protected.

186

3.4.2.3 Stability Studies In Different pH of BRB

0.1 µM of each aflatoxin was measured in four different pH of BRB (6.0, 7.0,

9.0 and 11.0) and the measurements was made in ambient conditions from 0 to 3 hours

of exposure time. The purpose of this experiment was to study the stability of all

aflatoxins when exposed to ambient condition in slightly acidic, neutral and basic

medium in a period of three hours. The results of these studies are shown in Figures

4.103. At 0 hr exposure time, the Ip of all aflatoxins in BRB at pH 6.0 (Figure 3.102a),

7.0 (Figure 3.102b), and 11.0 (Figure 3.102d) were lower as compared in BRB at pH

9.0 (Figure 3.102c) as these pH were not the optimum pH for the voltammetric analysis

of aflatoxins. In acidic medium, all aflatoxins were stable within 3 hours exposure time

which shows that no reaction has occurred between acid and aflatoxins that can damage

the chemical structures of the aflatoxins. This may be due to the formation of the

phenolate ions which existed in the resonance state as shown in Figure 3.103

(Heathcote, 1984). However, in strong basic medium (pH 11), Ip for all aflatoxins

decreased with longer exposure time and the peak current of AFG1 and AFG2 totally

disappeared after 2 and 3 hours respectively. In strong basic medium, hydroxyl ion can

slowly react with cyclopentanone and lactone groups of the aflatoxins. AFG1 and

AFG2 show faster decreasing value in the Ip compared to AFB1 and AFB2 due to the

readiness of the lactone group being attacked in strong basic condition. Figures 3.104,

3.105, 3.106 and 3.107 show the voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB2 and AFG2 in BRB

at pH 6.0 and 11.0 for 0 to 3 hours of exposure time respectively.

187

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 6.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

I p (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 7.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

I p (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 9.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 11.0

O

OO

OCH3

O

O

OCH3

O

O

OCH3

O_ O_

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Figure 3.102 Peak heights of 0.1 µM aflatoxins in BRB at pH (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0, (c) 9.0

and (d) 11.0 exposed to ambient conditions up to three hours of exposure time.

Figure 3.103 Resonance forms of the phenolate ion (Heathcote, 1984)

188

Figure 3.104 Voltammograms of 0.1 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 6.0 from 0 to 3.0 hrs of

exposure time.

Figure 3.105 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 11.0 (b) from 0 to 3.0

hrs exposure time.

189

Figure 3.106 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 6.0 from 0 to 3.0 hrs

of exposure time.

Figure 3.107 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 11.0 from 0 to 3.0 hrs

of exposure time.

190

00.020.040.060.08

0.10.120.140.16

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Abs

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 6.0

0

0.02

0.04

0.06

0.08

0.1

0.12

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Abs

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 7.0

00.020.040.060.08

0.10.120.14

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Abs

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 9.0

00.010.020.030.040.050.060.07

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Abs

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH 11.0

The same studies were carried out using UV-VIS spectrophotometer for the

same period of exposure time which showed that the absorbance of all aflatoxins in

BRB at pH 11.0 decreased with increasing exposure time as shown in Figure 3.108.

Overall results are in agreement with that found by voltammetric techniques. UV-VIS

spectrums for AFB2 and AFG2 in BRB pH at 6.0 and 11.0 are shown in Appendix AD.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Figure 3.108 Absorbance of 1.0 ppm aflatoxins in BRB at pH of (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0, (c)

9.0 and (d) 11.0 from 0 to 3 hrs of exposure time.

191

01020304050607080

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Reaction time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

3.4.2.4 Stability Studies in 1.0 M HCl and 1.0 M NaOH

The objective of this study was to investigate the stability of all aflatoxins in

acid and basic medium within certain period of time where the stability of aflatoxins in

1.0 M HCl and 1.0 M NaOH respectively were carried out. In each case, 0.1 µM of

aflatoxin was dissolved in 1.0 M HCl and NaOH respectively before being spiked into

the voltammetric cell for voltammetric measurement. The measurement was taken

every hour in a period of 6 hours as shown in Figures 3.109 and 3.110. Ip for all the

aflatoxins show no significant difference when placed in 1.0 M HCl up to 6 hours as

compared to that obtained with 1.0 M NaOH. For aflatoxins left in 1.0 M NaOH, the Ip

of AFG1 and AFG2 were significantly reduced as compared to AFB1 and AFB2. The

voltammograms of AFB1 and AFG1 in 1.0 M HCl and 1.0 M NaOH for a period of 6

hrs are shown in Appendix AE. No peak was observed after 5 hours of reaction for

AFG1 and AFG2. It can be concluded that up to 6 hrs of reaction time, aflatoxins are

stable in 1.0 M HCl medium compared with 1.0 M NaOH. This outcome confirmed the

results obtained by previous stability studies where all aflatoxins in acidic media are

more stable than those in basic media.

Figure 3.109 The peak heights of 0.10µM aflatoxins in 1.0 M HCl from 0 to 6 hrs of

reaction time.

192

010203040506070

0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Reaction time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

Figure 3.110 The peak heights of 0.10 µM aflatoxins in 1.0 M NaOH from 0 to 6 hrs

of reaction time.

3.5 Voltammetric Analysis of Aflatoxins in Real Samples

Both the proposed DPCSV and SWSV techniques with their optimum

parameters were applied to the determination of aflatoxins in 15 groundnut real

samples. The extraction and clean-up methods for aflatoxin in real samples which have

been previously applied by other researchers (Garden et al., 2001; Pena et al., 2002;

Chemistry Department, 2002) were tried in order to obtain the highest yield of

aflatoxins with the minimum matrix effect. From this study the most reliable technique

was chosen for the analysis of the real samples. In addition, a standard addition method

was applied for the determination of aflatoxin content in order to overcome any matrix

effect (Sanna et al., 2000; Guiberteau et al.,2001; Ghoneim et al., 2003; Rodriguez et

al., 2004). This method also provides the highest precision because the uncertainties

introduced by the sample injection are avoided (Chan, 2004). The results which were

obtained by these proposed techniques were compared with those obtained by the

HPLC which is currently an accepted technique for the routine analysis of aflatoxin

compounds in Malaysia (Chemistry Dept., 2000).

193

3.5.1 Study on the Extraction Techniques

Three different extraction techniques, labelled as Technique 1, 2 and 3 were

applied in the extraction of groundnut. The results in Figures 3.111a to 3.111c showed

the Technique 3 gives a well defined peak current for the aflatoxin as compared to other

techniques.

(a) (b)

(c)

Figure 3.111 Voltammograms of real samples after extraction by Technique (a) 1, (b)

2 and (c) 3 with addition of 10 ppb AFB1 standard solution in BRB at pH 9.0 as a

blank.

194

For Technique 3, a standard addition of 10 ppb AFB1 into the sample solution

produced a higher Ip of 20.5 nA with the Ep at -1.24 V. However, for the Technique 1,

Ip of 10 ppb AFB1 standard solution was only 5 nA and no peak was observed for

AFB1 which was spiked in real sample solution obtained by the Technique 2 even

though the concentration of standard solution was increased 5 times. This may be due

to high matrix effect that eliminates the analyte response. Based on this result, the

Technique 3 was selected for extraction and clean-up processes of aflatoxin from

groundnut samples throughout this analysis of real samples.

4.5.1 Analysis of Blank

The results of these analyses are shown in Figures 3.112a and 3.112b which

show no peak was observed for the blank samples which indicate that the reagents used

in extraction and clean-up steps did not produce any peak within the scanned potential

range.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.112 Voltammograms of blank in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained by (a) DPCSV and

(b) SWSV methods.

195

Baseline for the blank however, is higher as compared to the BRB at pH 9.0.

This may be due to the effect of organic compounds which were used in the extraction

process such as methanol and chloroform present in the blank solution which could not

be removed completely during nitrogen purging. The voltammetric measurement was

repeated after two weeks for the same solution and no significant changes in their

voltammograms were observed.

Further investigation which involved the addition of 10 ppb AFB2 in the blank

sample to observe any effect on Ip of AFB2 was carried out with the DPCSV and SWSV

methods. Voltammograms of the blank sample with AFB2 are shown in Figure 3.113

and Table 3.24 shows the Ip of AFB2 for both cases. Since the Ip of 10 ppb AFB2

measured in the presence and absence of the blank sample is not significantly different,

it may be concluded that the blank sample does not interfere with the determination of

aflatoxin in the real sample.

(a) (b)

Figure 3.113 DPCSV (a) and SWSV (b) voltammograms of 10 ppb AFB2 (i) in

presence of a blank sample (ii) obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (iii) as the supporting

electrolyte.

196

Table 3.24 The Ip and Ep of 10 ppb AFB2 in the presence and absence of a blank

sample

DPCSV (n=3)

SWSV (n=3)

Sample

Ip (nA)

Ep (V)

Ip (nA)

Ep (V)

10 ppb AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0

10 ppb AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0 +

blank sample

21.23 ± 0.21 (0.98%)

20.40 ± 0.20 (0.99%)

-1.25

-1.25

454 ± 2.65 (0.58%)

443 ± 3.21 (0.72%)

-1.34

-1.34

3.5.3 Recovery Studies of Aflatoxins in Real Samples

This study was carried out by spiking three different concentration levels (3 ppb,

9 ppb and 15 ppb) into the eluate of ground nut sample followed by the extraction and

cleaning-up processes. 15 ppb was the highest concentration used in this study since

this is the highest permissible level for total aflatoxin that should be present in

groundnut sample as imposed by the Malaysian Government. The voltammetric

measurements have been made continuously for three days to observe the recovery of

aflatoxins in real samples which was kept in the freezer at 4° C. Figure 3.114 shows the

DPCSV voltammograms of real samples added with 3 ppb, 9 ppb and 15 ppb AFB1 in

BRB at pH 9.0 for day one. For other aflatoxin such as AFG1 their voltammograms are

shown in Appendix AF. The same study was carried out by the SWSV method and for

example, the SWSV voltammograms of AFB1 are shown in Appendix AG.

197

(i) (ii)

(iii) Figure 3.114 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample (b) added with 3 ppb (i), 9 ppb

(ii) and 15 ppb AFB1 (iii) obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank on the first day of

measurement.

198

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3

% re

cove

ry AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3

% re

cove

ry AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3

% re

cove

ry AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

Figure 3.115 shows the percentage of recovery for all aflatoxins within 3 days

obtained by the DPCSV techniques. For those obtained by the SWSV technique, their

figures are shown in Appendix AH.

(a) (b)

(c)

Figure 3.115 Percentage of recoveries of (a) 3 ppb, (b) 9 ppb and (c) 15 ppb of all

aflatoxins in real samples obtained by the DPSV method for one to three days

measurements.

The results show that at first day of measurement using both techniques, the

recoveries of 3 ppb, 9 ppb and 15 ppb of all aflatoxins were from 85 % to 102 % which

indicate that the recovery is good. An example on how the recovery is calculated is

represented in Appendix AI. The European Committee for Standardisation (CEN

Report, 1999) stated that the percentage recovery for aflatoxins in real samples should

199

be 50 to 120%. Based on these criteria, the recoveries of total aflatoxins are acceptable

using this developed method. These recovery values slightly decreased with longer

keeping time which may be due to the matrix effect. Based on this finding, it is

suggested that the recovery study should be performed on the same day of the sample

preparation.

3.5.4 Analysis of Aflatoxins in Real Samples

In this study, all real samples were analysed using the developed DPCSV and

SWSV methods. For all samples, only the AFB1 was found in this analysis. The

DPCSV and SWSV voltammograms of the real samples and with added 10 ppb AFB1

standard solution are shown in Figures 3.116 to 3.121. Examples of real samples with

no aflatoxin, small and large traces of aflatoxin are shown in samples S11, S07 and S10

respectively. The DPCSV voltammograms of these samples are shown in Figure 3.116,

3.118 and 3.120 respectively. The sample S11 shows no traces of aflatoxin, S07

contains 5.90 ppb and S10 contains 31.93 ppb aflatoxin. As comparison, the HPLC

chromatograms for real samples (S07 and S10) are shown in Appendix AJ.

Figure 3.116 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample, S11 (b) with the addition of 10

ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions; Eacc = -0.6 V,

tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

200

Figure 3.117 SWSV voltammograms of real sample S11 (b) with the addition of 10

ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions; Eacc = -0.8 V,

tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and

pulse amplitude = 75 mV.

Figure 3.118 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample S07 (b) with the addition of 10

ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions; Eacc = -0.6 V,

tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

201

Figure 3.119 SWSV voltammograms of real sample S07 (b) with the addition of 10

ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions; Eacc = -0.8 V,

tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and

pulse amplitude = 75 mV.

Figure 3.120 DPCSV voltammograms of real sample S10 (b) with the addition of 10

ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. Parameter conditions; Eacc = -0.6 V,

tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV

202

Figure 3.121 SWSV voltammograms of real sample S10 (b) with the addition of 10

ppb AFB1 (c) in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank. . Parameter conditions; Eacc = -0.8 V,

tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750 mV/s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and

pulse amplitude = 75 mV.

The total aflatoxin contents in all 15 samples are shown in Table 3.25. The

results that were obtained by the HPLC technique are also listed which are not

significantly different. In our study using the both proposed techniques, out of 15

analysed samples, 2 samples (13%) were contaminated with more than 15 ppb of total

aflatoxins, 8 samples (53%) were not contaminated and 34% were contaminated with

less than 15 ppb of aflatoxin. Higher levels of aflatoxins were observed in groundnuts

which have been kept for two weeks in the laboratory (S04 and S10) before being

analysed compared to the same samples that were analysed immediately (S01 and S02).

This indicates that the storage time also can affect the level of aflatoxins in groundnut

samples. Due to that reason other samples were analysed immediately. Appendix AK

shows an example on how the aflatoxin content in the S13 was calculated.

203

Table 3.25 Total aflatoxin contents in real samples which were obtained by the

DPCSV, SWSV and HPLC techniques (average of duplicate analysis)

Total aflatoxin (ppb)

Samples

DPCSV

SWSV

HPLC

S01

S02

S03

S04

S05

S06

S07

S08

S09

S10

S11

S12

S13

S14

S15

12.73

7.12

n.d

21.46

9.90

n.d

5.90

n.d

n.d

31.93

n.d

n.d

10.76

n.d

n.d

13.92

8.36

n.d

29.72

8.95

n.d

8.17

n.d

n.d

35.65

n.d

n.d

9.21

n.d

n.d

14.34

8.83

0.50

19.08

5.34

n.d

3.67

n.d

1.84

36.00

0.42

1.75

8.25

n.d

n.d

n.d: not detected

204

CHAPTER IV

CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

4.1 Conclusions

The voltammetry technique which is one of the electrochemical methods was

successfully studied through various methods such as cyclic voltammetry (CV),

differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) and square-wave stripping

voltammetry (SWSV) for determination of aflatoxin compounds. The objectives of this

research were to study the electroanalytical properties of aflatoxins and developing

voltammetric methods for the determination of these compounds in food samples such

as groundnuts. This study met these objectives in terms of the determination of

electroanalytical properties of aflatoxins and has also proven the hypothesis regarding

these properties for the studied compounds such as the compounds that are actively

adsorbed on mercury electrode and undergone totally irreversible reduction reaction.

This study was also successful in developing the DPCSV and SWSV methods for

qualitative and quantitive determinations of aflatoxins in standard solution and real

groundnut samples. The study also proved that aflatoxins which are organic compounds

can be determined by voltammetric techniques with convenient quantitation down to

10-9 M (or ppt) concentration level

The voltammetric studies of aflatoxins reveals that the proposed DPCSV and

SWSV methods are free from inteference effect by studied metal ions and organic

compounds. Both techniques are successful in the determination of aflatoxin as

205

individual rather than in mixed condition. An attempt to analyse them simultaneously

was not possible due to the fact that the location of the peak potentials of all aflatoxins

are very close each other. Harvey (2000) suggested that to get separate peaks for mixed

analytes, the difference of their respective peak potential should be more than 0.08 V.

All studied aflatoxins (AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2) undergo reduction

reactions at the mercury electrode with totally irreversible reaction in BRB at pH 9.0.

The respective DPCSV and SWSV peak currents increase linearly with increasing

concentration for all aflatoxins in the range of 0.02 to 0.32 µM and from 0.01 to 0.125

µM. The peak potentials for all aflatoxins in this solution are located within -1.20 V

and they are shifted towards the less negative direction with increasing concentration of

aflatoxins. The aflatoxins that are adsorbed on the mercury electrode produce higher

peak current with longer accumulation time until a limit is reached due to the saturation

of the electrode surface.

The DPCSV technique that was successfully developed for the determination of

aflatoxins was one which gives a detection limit of around 2.0 ppb for all aflatoxins.

This is an acceptable LOD for the determination of aflatoxin in groundnut samples.

The optimum parameter conditions for the DPCSV method of the aflatoxins are Ei = -

1.0 V (except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50

mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV/s. A SWSV technique was also successfully

developed for the analysis of aflatoxins which gives a lower LOD of around 0.5 ppb.

The optimum parameter conditions for the SWSV for all aflatoxins are Ei = -1.0 V

(except for AFG1 = -0.95 V), Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, scan rate = 3750

mV/s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 50 mV/s. From

the statistical analysis of the both proposed techniques, the methods are considered

sensitive, accurate, precise, rugged, robust and provide shorter analysis time.

From the stability studies of aflatoxins, it can be concluded that aflatoxins stock

solution in acetonitrile: benzene (98%) should be kept in the dark and cool conditions

for longer shelf life. For aflatoxin standard solutions prepared in BRB at pH 9.0 and

206

stored in the same conditions as for the stock solutions, AFG1 and AFG2 could be used

up to 2 months while AFB1 and AFB2 up to 3 months. All afaltoxins are stable in 1.0

M HCl within 6 hours compared to that in 1.0 M NaOH.

Both proposed technique are successfully developed and applied in the

determination of aflatoxins in groundnuts. The results that were obtained by both

techniques are not significantly different than those obtained by the HPLC. As

compared to the latter technique, the proposed techniques gave an advantage in terms of

analysis time where the voltammetric analysis need less than 2 minutes or even less

than 30 s for SWSV technique to complete the analysis of one sample while the HPLC

takes approximate 15 min. However, the HPLC is able to separate and analyse all

aflatoxins simultaneously compared to the proposed techniques.

Finally, it can be concluded that the proposed DPCSV and SWSV methods

which are sensitive, accurate, precise, fast, rugged, robust and low cost methods were

successfully developed for the determination of aflatoxins in groundnuts samples. Both

methods have a great potential as an alternative method for this application in the

future.

4.2 Recommendations

In this study, the mercury electrode was applied throughout the experiment. Due

to the oxidation of mercury taking place at the oxidation potential of more than 0 V to

form mercury (I), the study of aflatoxins were restricted in the range of 0 to -1.5 V.

Further study is suggested by using alternative electrodes such as carbon paste, carbon

paste with chemical modified electrode, gold, platinum or glassy carbon electrode

which has a larger potential window compared to the mercury electrode. Another

working electrode such as bismuth film electrode (BFE) can be further investigated for

this analysis due to its performance that has been proven to compare favorably to or

even surpass to that of mercury electrode (Hutton et al., 2005; Economou, 2005).

207

A study on reagents that can complex with aflatoxins is suggested in order to

make the simultaneous determination of aflatoxins in real sample possible. The use of

surface active reagents such as alginic acid, Triton X-100 or alkaline phosphatase that

can be adsorbed on mercury electrode (Wang, 2000) and inhibit one of the aflatoxins

can be studied so as to observe their effect on the peak current of aflatoxins either as in

standard solution or simulation samples.

A study of the effect of storage condition and the storing time duration of

groundnut samples to the level of aflatoxins using the DPCSV and SWSV techniques is

suggested. The results from this study can provide valuable information on good

practice in storing groundnuts at home and for obtaining a data base regarding the

storing time of groundnuts to avoid any contamination by aflatoxins. The stability of

aflatoxins which are treated at various temperatures and exposure time to ultra violet

(UV) light is suggested. The reason for this study is to determine the degree of

temperature and exposure time to UV light that can totally diminish the aflatoxins.

Finally, in this study, the DPCSV and SWSV techniques were applied in

analysed of groundnut samples but for the future works, both techniques can be

explored for analysis of aflatoxins in other types of samples such as rice, cooking oil,

cigarettes tobacco, local and imported meats, bread, fish and vegetables due to higher

consumption by the Malaysian population. Some reports have been published regarding

these analyses (Aycicek et al., 2005; Edinboro and Karnes, 2005; Shenasi and Candlish,

2002; Arrus et al., 2004; AbdulKadar et al., 2004; Erdogan, 2004; Gowda, 2004) but

unfortunately none of them are related to the local environment in Malaysia except a

paper by Ali et al. (2005) which focused on the analysis of aflatoxins in commercial

traditional herbal medicines used in Malaysia and Indonesia.

208

REFERENCES

Abbas, A.N. and Mostafa, G.A.E. (2003). New Triiodomercurate-Modified Carbon

Paste Electrode for the Potentiometric Determination of Mercury. Anal. Chim.

Acta. 478:329-335.

Abbaspour, A. and Moosavi, S.M.M.(2002). Chemically Modified Carbon Paste

Electrode for Determination of Copper (II) by Potentiometric Method. Talanta.

52: 91-96.

Abdine, H. and Belal, F. (2002). Polarographic Behaviour and Determination of

Acrivastine Capsules and Human Urine. Talanta. 56: 97-104

Abdulkadar, A.H.W., Abdulla, A. A. A., Afrah M. A. and Jassim, H.A. (2004).

Mycotoxins in Food Products Available in Qatar. Food Control. 15: 543-548.

Aboul-Eneim, H. Y., Stefan, R-I. and Baiulescu, G-E. (2000). Quality and Realibility in

Analytical Chemistry. New York: CRC Press.

Abu Zuhri, A. Z., Zatar, N. A., Shubeitah, R.M. and Arafat, H.H. (2000). Voltammetric

and Spectrophotometric Determination of Nizatidine in Pharmaceutical

Formulations. Mikrochim. Acta.134:153-160.

Ahmad, M. (1993). Pengenalan Statistik Dalam Kimia Analisis. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan

Bahasa Dan Pustaka.

Akiyama, H., Goda, Y. Tanaka. T, and Toyoda, M. (2001). Determination of Aflatoxins

B1, B2, G1 and G2 in Spices Using a Multifunctional Column Clean-up, J. of

Chromatography A. 932: 153-157.

209

Alborzi, S., Pourabbas, B., Rashidi, M. and Astaneh, B. (2005). Aflatoxin M1

Contaminated in Pasteurised Milk in Shiraz (south of Iran). Food Control. Article

in press.

Al-Ghamdi, A.H., Al-shadokhy, M.A. and Al-watan, A.A. (2004). Electrochemical

Determination of Cephalothin Antibiotic by Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric

Technique. J.Pharm. Bioanal. Anal. 35(5):1001-1009.

Ali, N., Hashim, N.H., Saad, B., Safan, K., Nakajima, M. and Yoshizawa, T. (2005).

Evaluation of a Method to Determine the Natural Occurence of Aflatoxins in

Commercial Traditional Herbal Medicines From Malaysia and Indonesia. Food

and Chemical Toxicology. 43(12): 1763-1772.

Almeida, l.E., Castilho, M., Maza, L.H. and Tabak, M.(1998). Voltammetric and

Spectroscopic Studies of the Oxidation of the Anti-oxidant Drug Dipyridamole in

Acetonitrile and Ethanol. Anal. Chim. Acta. 375: 223-231.

Ammida, N.H.S., Micheli, L. and Palleschi, G. (2004). Electrochemical Immunosensor

for Determination of Aflatoxin B1 inBarley. Anal. Chim. Acta. 520: 159-164.

Andrieux, C.P., Hapiot, P. and Saveant, J.M.(1990). Ultramicroelectroded for Fast

Electrochemical Kinetics. Electroanalysis. 2:183-193.

Androu, V.G., Nikolelis, D. and Tarus, B. (1997). Electrochemistry Investigation of

Transduction of Interactions of Alfatoixin M1 With Bilayer Lipid Membranes

(BLMs), Anal. Chim. Acta. 350:121-127.

Aoki, K. (1990). Theory of Stationary Current Potential Curves at Interdigitated

Microarray Electrodes for Quasi-reversible and Totally Irreversible Electrode

Reactions. Electroanalysis. 2: 229-233.

210

Arancibia, V., Alarcon, L. and Sefura, R. (2004). Supercritical Fluid Extraction of

Cadmium as Cd-Oxime Complex From Human Hair; Determination of Square-

Wave Anodic or Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta. 502:

189-194.

Arranz, A., Dolara, I., de Betono, S.F., Moreda, J. M., Cid, A. and Arranz, J.F.

(1999). Electroanalytical Study and Square Wave Voltammetric Techniques for

the Determination of β-blocker Timolol at the Mercury Electrode. Anal. Chim

.Acta. 389: 225-232.

Arranz, P., Arranz, A., Moreda, J. M., Cid, A. and Arranz, J.F. (2003). Stripping

Voltammetric and Polarographic Techniques for Determination of Anti-fungal

Ketoconazole on the Mercury Electrode. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 33: 589-596.

Arrigan, D. W. M. (1994). Voltammetric Determination of Trace Metals and

Organics After Accumulation at Modified Electrodes. Analyst. 119: 1953-1966.

Arrus, K., Blank, G., Abramson, D. Clear, R. and Holley, R. A. (2004). Aflatoxins

Production by Aspergillus flavous in Brazil Nuts. J of Stored Products

Research. 41(5): 513-527.

Aslanoglu, M. and Ayne, G. (2004). Voltammetric Studies of the Interaction of

Quinacrine With DNA. Anal. Bioanal.Chem. 380: 658-663.

Aycicek, H., Aksoy, A. and Saygi, S.(2005). Determination of Aflatoxin Levels in

Some Dairy and Food Products Which Consumed in Ankara, Turkey. Food

Control. 16: 263-266.

Aziz, N.H. and Moussa, L.A., (2002). Influence of Gamma-radiation on Mycotoxin

Producing Moulds and Mycotoxins in Fruits. Food Control. 13: 281-288.

211

Aziz, N.H., Youssef, Y.A., El-Fouly, M.Z. and Moussa, L.A., (1998).

Contamination of Some Common Medicinal plant Samples and Spices by Fungi

and Their Mycotoxins. Bot. Bull. Acad. Sin. 39: 279-285.

Badea, M., Micheli, L., Messia, M. C., Candigliota, T., Marconi, E., Mottram, T.,

Velasco-Garcia, M., Moscone, E. and Palleschi, G. (2004). Aflatoxin M1

Determination in Raw Milk Using a Flow-injection Immunoassay System. Anal

Chim Acta. 520: 141-148.

Bakirci, I. (2001). A Study On the Occurence of Aflatoxin M1 in Milk and Milk

Products Produced in Van Province of Turkey. Food Control. 12: 47-51.

Bankole, S.A., Ogunsanwo, B.M. and Eseigbe, D.A. (2005a). Aflatoxins in Nigerian

Dry-roasted Groundnuts. Food Chemistry. 89: 503-506.

Bankole, S.A., Ogunsanwo, B.M. and Mabekoje, O.O.(2004) Natural Occurrence of

Moulds and Aflatoxin B1 in Melon Seed From Markets in Nigeria. Food and

Chemical Toxicology. 42: 1309-1314.

Bankole, S.A., Ogunsanwo, B.M., Osho, A. and Adewuyi, G.O. (2005b). Fungal

Contamination and Aflatoxin B1 of ‘Egusi’ Melon Seeds in Nigeria. Food

Control. Article in press.

Barbeira, P.J.S. and Stradiotto, W.R., (1997). Simultaneous Determination of Trace

Amounts of Zinc, Lead and Copper in Rum by Anodic Stripping Voltammetry.

Talanta. 44: 185-188.

Barker, G.C. and Jenkins, I.L. (1952). Square-wave Polarography. Analyst. 77: 685-

695.

212

Barek, J., Fogg, A. G., Muck, A. and Zima, J. (2001a). Polarography and

Voltammetry at Mercury Electrodes. Critical Reviews In Analytical Chemistry.

31: 291-309.

Barek, J., Cvacka, J., Muck, A. and Quaiserova, A. (2001b). Electrochemical

Methods for Monitoring of Environmental Carcinogens. Fresenius J Anal Chem.

369: 556-562.

Barek, J., Pumera, M., Muck. A., Kaderabkova, M. and Zima, J. (1999).

Polarographic and Voltammetric Determination of Selected Nitrated Polycyclic

Aromatic Hydrocarbons. Anal Chim Acta. 393: 141-146.

BAS (1993) Controlled Growth Mercury Electrode Instruction Manual,

Bioanalytical System, Inc. Indiana.

Batista, L.B., Chalfoun, S.M., Prado, G., Schwan, R.F. and Wheals, A.E. (2003).

Toxigenic Fungi Associated With Processed (green) Coffee Beans (Coffea

arabica-L). Int J Of Food Microbiolog. 85: 293 – 300.

Beaver, R.W. and Wilson, D.M. (1990). Comparison of Postcolumn Derivatisation-

Liquid Chromatography With Thin-layer Chromatography for Determination of

Aflatoxins in Naturally Contaminated Corn. J. Assoc.Off. Anal. Chem. 73(4):

379 – 381.

Beaver, R.W., James, M.A. and Lin, T.Y. (1991). ELISA-based Screening Test

With Liquid Chromatography for the Determination of Aflatoxin in Corn. J.

Assoc.Off. Anal. Chem. 74: 827 – 829.

Beebe, B.M. (1978). Reverse Phase High Pressure Liquid Chromatographic

Determination of Aflatoxins in Foods. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 81: 1347-

1352.

213

Begum, F. and Samajpati, N. (2000). Mycotoxin Production on Rice, Pulses and

Oilseeds. Naturwissenschaften. 87: 275-277.

Berzas, J.J., Rodriguez, J., Castaneda, G. and Villasenor, M.J. (2000).

Voltammetric Behavior of Sildenafil Citrate (Viagra) Using Square-wave and

Adsorptive Stripping Square-wave Techniques. Determination in

Pharmaceutical Products. Anal. Chim. Acta. 417: 143-148.

Betina, V. (1984). Mycotoxin – Production, Isolation, Separation and Purification.

Netherland: Elsevier Science.

Bicking, M.K.L., Kniseley, R.N and Svec, H.J. (1983). Coupled-Column for

Quantitating Low Levels of Aflatoxins. J . Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 66: 905-908.

Bijl, J. and Peteghen, C.V.(1985). Rapid Extraction and Sample Clean-up for the

Fluorescence DensitometricDetermination of Aflatoxin M1in Milk and Milk

Powder. Anal. Chim. Act. 170: 149-152.

Billova, S., Kizek, R., Jelen, F. and Novotna, P. (2003). Square-wave Voltammetric

Determination of Cefoperazone in a Bacterial Culture, Pharmaceutical Drug,

Milk and Urine. Anal Bioanal Chem. 377: 362-369.

Bingham, A.K., Huebner, H.J., Phillips, T.D. and Baver, J.E. (2004). Identification

and Reduction of Urinary Aflatoxin Metabolites in Dog. Food and Chemical

Toxicology. 42(11): 1851-1858.

Blanc, R., Gonzalez-Casado, A., Navabu, A. and Vilchez, J.L. (2000). The Estimate

of Blanks in Differential Pulse Voltammetric Technique: Application to

Detection Limits Evaluation as Recommended by IUPAC. Anal. Chim. Acta.

403: 117-123.

214

Blesa, J., Soriano, J.M., Molto, J.C., Marin, R. and Manes, J. (2003). Determination

of Aflatoxins in Peanuts by Matrix Solid-phase Dispersion and Liquid

Chromatography, J of Chromatography A. 1011: 49-54.

Bond, A.M., Oldham, K.B. and Zoski, C.G. (1989). Steady State Voltammetry.

Anal. Chim. Acta. 216: 177-230.

Brainina, Kh. (1974). Stripping Voltammetry in Chemical Analysis. New York:

Wiley and Sons.

Brainina, Kh., Malakhova, N.A. and Stojko, Y. (2000). Stripping Voltammetry in

Environmental and Food Analysis. Fresenius J Anal Chem. 368: 307-325.

Brera, C., Caputi, R., Miraglia, M., Iavicoli, I., Salerno, A. and Carelli, G. (2002).

Exposure Assessment to Mycotoxins in Workplace: Aflatoxins and Ochratoxin

A Occurence in Airborne Dust and Human Sera. Microchemical J. 73(1-2): 167-

173.

Bressolle, F., Bromet-Petit, M. and Audron, M. (1996). Validation of Liquid

Chromatography and Gas Chromatography Methods: Application to

Pharmacokinetic. J. Chromatogr, B. 686: 3-10.

Buffle, J. and Tercier-Waeber, M-L. (2005). Voltammetric Environmental Trace-

Metal Analysis and Speciation: From Laboratory to in situ Measurements. Trend

In Anal. Chem. 24(3): 172-191.

Cakala, M., Mazerska, Z., Donten, M. and Stojek, Z. (1999). Electroanalytical and

Acid-base Properties of Imidazoacridinanone, an Antitumor Drug (C-1311).

Anal. Chim. Acta. 379: 209-215.

215

Canabillas, A.G., Burguillos, J.M.O., Canas, M.A.M, Caceres, M.I.R. and Lopez,

F.S. (2003). Square Wave Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric Determination of

Piromidic acid. Application in Urine. J Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 33: 553-562.

Carapuca, H.M., Cabral, D.J. and Rocha, L.S. (2005). Adsorptive Stripping

Voltammetry of Trimethoprim: Mechanistic Studies and Application to the Fast

Determination in Pharmaceutical Suspensions. J Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 38: 364-

369.

Carlson, M.A. , Bargeron, C.B. , Benson, R.C., Fraser, A.B., Phillips, T.E., Velky, J.

T., Groopman, J.D., Strickland, P.T. and Ko, H.W. (2000). An Automated,

Handheld Biosensor for Aflatoxin. Biosensors and Bioelectronic. 14: 841-848.

Carpini, G., Lucavelli, F., Marrazza, G. and Mascini, M., (2004). Oligonucleotide-

Modified Screen-printed Gold Electrodes for Enzyme Amplified Sensing of

Nucleic Acids. Biosensors and Bioelectronic. 20: 167-175.

Castro, A.A., Wagener, A.L.R., Farias, P.A.M. and Bastos, M. B. (2004).

Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry of 1-hydroxypyrene at the Thin-film

Mercury Electrode-basis for Quantitative Determination of PAH Metabolite in

Biological Materials. Anal. Chim. Acta. 521: 201-207.

CEN Report. (1999). Food analysis – Biotoxins – Criteria of Analytical Methods of

Mycotoxins. European Committee for Standardisation CR 13505:99 E. 1-7.

Cepeda, A., Franco, C.M., Fente, C.A., Vazquez, B.I., Rodriguez, J.L., Prognon, P.

and Mahuzier, G. (1996). Post-collumn Excitation of Aflatoxins Using

Cyclodextrins in Lliquid Chromatography for Food Analysis. J of Chromatogr.

A. 721: 69-74.

216

Cespedez, A.E and Diaz, G.J. (1997). Analysis of Aflatoxins in Poultry and Pig

Feeds and Feedstuffs used in Colombia. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 80: 1215-

1219.

Chan, C.C. (2004). Potency method validation. In: Chan, C.C., Lam, H., Lee, Y.C.

and Zhang, X-M. Analytical Method Validation and Instrument Performance

Verification. USA: John Wiley and Sons.

Chan, D., MacDonald, S.J., Boughtflower, V. and Brereton, P. (2004). Simultaneous

Determination of Aflatoxins and Ochratoxin A in Food Using a Fully

Automated Immunoaffinity Column Clean-up and Liquid Chromatography-

Fluorescence Detection. J of Chromatoraphy A. 1059: 13-16.

Chang, H.L. and De Vries, J.W. (1983). Rapid High Performance Liquid

Chromatography Determination of AFM1 in Milk and Nonfat Dry Milk. J.

Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 66: 913-917.

Chemistry Department, Ministry of Science Technology and Innovation. (2000).

Standard Procedure for Determination of Aflatoxins (unpublished paper),

Malaysia.

Chiavaro, E., Asta, D., Galaverna, G., Biancardi, A., Gambarelli, E., Dossena, A.

and Marchelli, R. (2001). New Reversed-phase Liquid Chromatography Method

to Detect Aflatoxins in Food and Feed with Cyclodextrins as Fluorescence

Enhancers Added to the Eluent. J of Chromatogr. A. 937: 31-40.

Chu, F.S., Fan, T.S.L., Zhang, G.S., Xu, Y.S. Faust, S. and Mac Mohan, P.L.

(1987). Improved Enzyme-linked Immunosorbent Assay for Aflatoxin B1 in

Agricultural Commodities. J. Assoc. Anal. Chem. 70: 854-857.

217

Ciucu, A.A., Neguleseus, C. and Beldwin, R. P. (2003). Detection of Pesticides

Using an Amperometric Biosensor Based on Ferophthalocyanine Chemically

Modified Carbon Paste Electrode and Immobilised Enzymetic System.

Biosensors and Bioelectronic.18: 303-310.

Cole, R.O., Holland, R.D. and Sepaniak, M.J. (1992). Factors Influencing

Performance in the Rapid Separation of Aflatoxins by Micellar Electrokinetics

Capillary Chromatography. Talanta.39: 1139-1147.

Colombo, C. and van den Berg, C.M.G. (1998). In-line Deoxygenated for Flow

Analysis With Voltammetric Detection. Anal. Chim. Acta. 377: 229-240.

Conesa, A. J., Pinilla, J. M. and Hernandez, L. (1996). Determination of

Metbendazole in Urine by Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta.

331: 111-116.

Creepy, E.E. (2002). Update of Survey, Regulation and Toxic Effect of Mycotoxins

in Europe. Toxicology Letter. 127: 19-28.

Czae, M. Z. and Wang, J. (1999). Pushing the Detectibility of Voltammetry: How

Low Can Go ?. Talanta. 50: 921-928.

Dahmen, E.A.M.F. (1986). Electroanalysis: Theory and Application in Aqueous and

Non-aqeuous Media and in Automated Chemical Control. New York: Elsevier.

Davies, N.D. and Diener, U.L. (1980). Confirmatory Test for the High Pressure

Liquid Chromatographic Determination of Aflatoxin B1. J. Assoc. Off. Anal.

Chem. 63 (1): 107- 109.

218

De Botono, S.F., Moreda, J.M., Arranz, A. and Arranz, J.F. (1996). Study of the

Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric Behaviour of the Antihypertensive Drug

Doxazosin. Anal. Chim. Acta. 329: 25-31.

De Vries, J. (1996). Food Safety and Toxicity. New York: CRC.

Dean, J.A. (1995). Analytical Chemistry Handbook. USA: Mc Graw Hill.

Demetriades, D., Economou, A. and Voulgaropoulos, A. (2004). A Study of Pencil-

Lead Bismuth-film Electrodes for the Determination of Trace Metals by Anodic

Stripping Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta. 519: 167-172.

Dhavan, A.S. and Choudry, M.R. (1995). Incidence of Aflatoxins in Animal

Feedstuffs: A decade’s Scenario in India. J. AOAC Int. 78 (3): 693 – 698.

Dragacci, S., Gleizes, E., Fremy, J.M. and Candlish A.A.G. (1995). Use of

Immunoaffinity Chromatography as a Purification Step for the Determination of

AFM1 in Cheese. Food Additives and Contaminants. 12(1): 59-65.

Duhart, B.T., Shaw, S., Wooley, M., Allen, T. and Grimes, C. ( 1988a).

Determination of Aflatoxins B1, B2, G1 and G2 by High Performance Liquid

Chromatography With Electrochemical Detector. Anal. Chim. Acta. 208: 343-

346.

Eaton, D.L and Groopman, J.D. (1994).The Toxicity of Aflatoxin. United Kingdom:

Academic Press.

Economou, A. (2005). Bismuth-film Electrode: Recent Development and

Potentialities for Electroanalysis. Trends Anal. Chem. 24(4): 334-340.

219

Economou, A. and Fielden, P.R. (1995). A Study of Riboflavin Determination by

Squarw-Wave Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry on Mercury Film Electrode,

Electroanalysis. 7: 447 – 453.

Economou, A., Bolis, S.D., Efstathiou, C.E. and Volikakis, G.J. (2002). A Virtual

Electroanalytical Instrument for Square-wave Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta.

467: 179-188.

Edinboro, L.E. and Karnes, H.T. (2005). Determination of Aflatoxin B1 in

Sidestream Cigarette Smoke by Immunoaffinity Column Extraction Coupled

With Liquid Chromatography/mass Spectrometry. J of Chrom. A. 1083: 127-

132.

Egner, P.A., Munoz, A and Kensler, T.W. (2003). Chemoprevention With

Chlorophylin in Individuals Exposed to Dietary Aflatoxins. Mutation Research.

523: 209-216.

El-Desoky, H.S. and Ghoneim, M.M. (2005). Assay of the Anti-psychotic Drug

Haloperidol in Bulk Form, Pharmaceutical Formulation and Biological Fluids

Using Square-wave Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry at a Mercury Electrode.

J Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 38: 543-550.

El-Hady, D.A., Abdel-Hamid, M.I., Seliem, M.M., Andrisano, V. and El-Maali,

N.A. (2004). Osteryoung Square Wave Stripping Voltammetry at Mercury Film

Electrode for Monitoring Ultra Levels of Tarabine PFS and its Interaction With

SsDNA. J Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 34: 879-890.

El-Hafnawey, G.B., El-Hallag, I.S., Ghoneim, E.M. and Ghoniem, M.M. (2004),

Voltammetric Behavior and Quantification of the Sedative-hypnotic Drug

Chlordiazepoxide in Bulk Form, Pharmaceutical Formulation and Human Serum

at a Mercury Electrode. J of Pharm. And Biomed Anal. 34: 75-86.

220

El-Maali, N.A., Osman, A.H., Aly, A.A.A., Al-Hazmi, G.A.A. (2005).

Voltammetric Analysis of Cu(II), Cd(II) and Zn(II) Complexes and Their Cyclic

Voltammetry with Several Cephalosporin Antibiotics. Bioelectrochemistry. 65:

95-104.

Enker, C.G. (2003). The Art and Science of Chemical Analysis. New York: John

Wiley and Sons.

Ensafi, A.A., Khayamian, T. and Khaloo, S.S. (2004). Application of Adsorptive

Cathodic Differential Pulse Stripping Method for Simultaneous Determination

of Copper and Molybdenum Using Pyrogallol Red. Anal. Chim. Acta. 505: 201-

207.

Erdogan, A. (2004). The Aflatoxin Contamination of Some Pepper Types Sold in

Turkey. Chemosphere. 56: 321-325.

Erk, N. (2004). Voltammetric Behaviour and Determination of Moxifloxacin in

Pharmaceutical Products and Human Plasma. Anal. Bioanal.Chem. 378: 1351-

1356.

Etzel, R.A. (2002). Mycotoxin. J of Am.Med.Assoc. 287: 425-427.

EU Commision, Commision Regulation (EC) No 466/2001 of 8 March 2001 Setting

Maximum Levels for Certain Contamination Foodstuffs. (2001). J European

Community. L7.1

Ewing, G.W (Ed). (1997). Analytical Instrumentation Handbook: Revised and

Expanded, 2nd Ed. New York: Marcel Dekker.

221

Fang, Y., Gong, F., Fang, X. and Fu, C. (1998). Separation and Determination of

Cyclodextrins by Capillary Electrophoresis With Aperometric Detection. Anal.

Chim. Acta. 369: 39-45.

Faraj, M.K., Smith, J.E. and Harren, G. (1991). Introduction of Water Activity and

Temperature on Aflatoxin Production by Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus

parasiticus in Irradiated Maize Seeds. Food Additives Contaminants. 6(6): 731-

736.

Farghaly, O.A. and Ghandour, M.A. (2005). Square Wave Stripping Voltammetry

for Direct Determination of Eight Heavy Metals in Soil and Indoor-airborne

Particulate Matter. Environ. Research. 97: 229-235.

Farghaly, O.A., Taher, M.A., Naggar, A.H. and El-Sayed,A.Y., (2005). Square

Wave Anodic Stripping Voltammetric Determination of Metoclopramide in

Tablets and Urine at Carbon Paste Electrode. J Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 38: 14-20.

Farias, P.A.M., Wargener, A.L.R., Bastos, M.B.R., de Silva, A.T. and Castro,

A.G.(2004). Cathodic Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric Behavior of Guanine

in the Presence of Copper at the Static Mercury Drop Electrode. Talanta. 61:

829-835.

Feroncova, A., Korgova, E., Miko, R. and Labuda, J., (2001). Determination of

Tricyclic Antidepressent Using a Carbon Paste Electrode Modified with β-

Cyclodextrin. J. of Electroanalytical Chem. 492: 74-77.

Ferreira, V.S., Zanoni, M.V.B. and Fogg, A.G. (1999). Cathodic Stripping

Voltammetric Determination of Ceftazidine With Reactive Accumulation at a

Poly-L-lysine Modified Hanging Mercury Drop Electrode. Anal. Chim. Acta.

384: 159-166.

222

Fifield, F.W. and Kealey, D. (2000). Principle and Practice of Analytical

Chemistry 3rd Edition. UK: Blackwell science.

Fifield, F.W. and Haines, P.J. (2000).Environmental Analytical Chemistry 2nd Ed,

UK: Blackwell Science.

Foog, A.G. and Wang, J. (1999).Terminology and Convention for Electrochemical

Stripping Analysis. Pure Appl. Chemistry. 71: 891-897.

Fraga, J.M.G., Abizanda, A.I.J., Moreno, F.J. and Leon, J.J.A. (1998). Application

of Principal Component Regression to the Determination of Captopril by

Differential Pulse Polarography With no Prior Removal of Dissolved Oxygen.

Talanta. 46: 73-82

Franco, C.M., Fente, C.A., Vazquez, B.T., Cepede, A., Mahuzier, G. and Prognon,

P. (1998). Interaction Between Cyclodextrin and Alatoxins Q1, M1 and P1

Flourescence and Chromatographic Studies. J of Chromatogr. A. 815: 21-29.

Fremy, J.M. and Chang, B. (1983). Rapid Determination of AFM1 in Whole Milk

by Reversed-phase High Performance Liquid Chromatography. J of

Chromatogr. A. 219: 156-161.

Fremy, J.M. and Chu, F.S. (1984). Direct Enzyme-linked Immunosorbent Assay for

Determining Aflatoxin M1 at Picogram Levels in Dairy Products. J. Assoc.

Anal. Chem. 67: 1098 – 1101.

Fukayama, M. Winterli, W. and Hsieh, D.P.H (1980). Rapid Method for Analysis of

Aflatoxin M1 in Dairy Products. J. Assoc. Anal. Chem. 63: 927 – 930.

223

Gao, W., Song, J. and Wu, N. (2004). Voltammetric Behavior and Square-wave

Voltammetric Determination of Trepibutone at a Pencil Graphite Electrode. J.

Electroanalytical Chem. 576(1): 1-7.

Garcia-Villanova, R.J., Cordon, C., Parama,s A.M.G., Aparicio, P. and Rosales,

M.E.G. (2004). Simultaneous Immunoaffinity Column Clean up and HPLC

Analysis of Aflatoxins and Ochratoxin A in Spanish Bee Pollen. J Agric. Food

Chem.52: 7235-7239.

Garden, S.R. and Strachan, N.J.C. (2001). Novel Colorimetric Immunoassay for the

Detection of Aflatoxin B1, Anal. Chim. Acta. 444: 187-191.

Gauch, R., Leuenberger, U. and Baumgartne, E. (1979). Rapid and Simple

Determination of Aflatoxin M1 in Milk in the Low Parts per 1012 range. J of

Chromatogr. A. 178: 543-549.

Garner, R.C., Whattam, M.M. , Taylor, P.J.L. and Stow, M.W. ( 1993). Analysis of

United Kingdom Purchased Spices for Aflatoxins Using Immunoaffinity

Column Clean up Procedure Followed up by High-performance Liquid

Chromatographic Analysis and Post-column Derivatization with Pyridium

Bromide Perbromide. J. Chromatography. 648: 485-490.

Gazy, A.A.K. (2004). Determination of Amlodipine Besylate by Adsorptive Square-

Wave Anodic Stripping Voltammetry on Glassy Carbon Electrode in Tablets

and Biological Fluids. Talanta. 62: 575-582.

Ghoneim, M.M. Hassanein, A.M., Hamman, E. and Beltagi, A.M. (2000).

Simultanoues Determination of Cd, Pb, Cu, Sb, Bi, Se, Zn, Mn, Ni, Cr and Fe in

Water Sample by Differential Pulse Stripping Voltammetry at a Hanging

Mercury Drop Electrode. Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 367: 378-383.

224

Ghoneim, M. M., Tawfik, A. and Khashaba, P.Y. (2003a). Cathodic Adsorptive

Stripping Square-wave Voltammetric Determination of Nifedipine Drug in

Bulk, Pharmaceutical Formulation and Human Serum. Anal. Bioanal. Chem.

375: 369-375.

Ghoneim, M.M., and Tawfik, H.(2004). Assay of Anti-coagulant Drug Warfarin

Sodium in Pharmaceutical Formulation and Human Biological Fluids by

Square-wave Adsorptive Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta.

511: 63-69.

Ghoneim, M.M., El Reis, M.A., Hamman, E. and Beltagi, A.M. (2004). A Validated

Stripping Voltammetric Procedure for Quantification of the Anti-hypertensive

and Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia Drug Terazosine in Tablets and Human

Serum. Talanta. 64(3): 703-710.

Ghoneim, M.M., El-Baradie, K.Y. and Tawfik, H. (2003b). Electrochemical

Behavior of the Antituberculosis Drug Isonianid and its Square-wave

Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric Estimation in Bulk Form, Tablets and

Biological Fluids at a Mercury Electrode. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 33: 673-685.

Ghoniem, M.M. and Beltagi, A.M. (2003). Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric

Determination of the Anti-inflammatory Drug Celecoxib in Pharmaceutical

Formulation and Human Serum. Talanta, 60: 911-921.

Ghoniem, M.M. and Tawfik A. (2004). Assay of Anti-coagulant Drug Warfarin

Sodium in Pharmaceutical Formulation and Human Biological Fluids by

Square-wave Adsorptive Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta.

511: 63-69.

225

Gimeno, A. and Martins, M. L (1983). Rapid Thin Layer Chromatographic

Determination of Patulin, Citrinin and Aflatoxin in Apples and Pears and Their

Juices and Jams. J. Assoc. Anal. Chem., 66: 85-91.

Goldblatt L.A (1969) Aflatoxin. New York: Academic Press.

Gonzalez, M.P.E., Mattusch, J. and Wennrich, R. ( 1998). Stability and

Determination of Aflatoxins by High-performance Liquid Chromatography

With Amperometric Detection. J.Chromatography A. 828: 439-444.

Gonzalez, G., Hinojo, M.J., Mateo, R., Medina, A. and Jimenez, M. (2005).

Occurrence of Mycotoxin Producing Fungi in Bee Pollen. Int. J. Food

Microbiology. Article in press.

Gooding, J.J., Compton, R.G., Brennan, C.M. and Atherton, J.H. (1997). A New

Electrochemical Method for the Investigation of the Aggregation of Dyes in

Solution. Electroanalysis. 9(10): 759-764.

Gosser, D.K (1993). Cyclic Voltammetry. New York: Wiley-VCH.

Goto, T., Matsui, M. and Kitsuwa, T. (1988). Determination of Aflatoxins by

Capillary Column gas Chromatography. J of Chromatography. 447: 410-414.

Gourama, H. and Bullerman, L. (1995). Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus

parasiticus: Aflatoxigenic Fungi of Concern in Foods and Feeds: a Review. J of

Food Protection. 58: 1395-1404.

Gowda, N.K.S., Malathi, V. and Suganthi, R.U. (2004). Effect of Some Chemical

and Herbal Compounds on Growth of Aspergillus parasiticus and Aflatoxin

Production. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 116(3-4): 281- 291.

226

Grigoriadou, I.K., Eleftheriadou, A., Mouratidou, T. and Katikou, P. (2005).

Determination of Aflatoxin M1 in Ewe’s Milk Samples and the Produced Curd

and Feta Cheese. Food Control. 16: 257-261.

Guiberteau, A., Galcano, T., More, N., Parilla, P. and Salinas, F., (2001). Study and

Determination of the Pesticide Imidacloprid by Square-wave Adsorptive

Stripping Voltammetry. Talanta. 53: 943-949.

Gurbay, A., Aydin, S., Girgin, G., Engin, A.B. and Sahin, G. (2004). Assessment of

Aflatoxin M1 Levels in Milk in Ankara, Turkey. Food Control. Article in press.

Haghighi, B., Thorpe, C., Pohland, A.E. and Barnette, R. (1981). Development of a

Sensitive High performance Liquid Chromatographic Method for Detection of

Aflatoxins in Pistachio Nuts. J. of Chromatography. 206: 101-108.

Hall, A.J. and Wild, C.P. (1994). The toxicity of aflatoxin: Human, Health,

Veterinary and Agriculture Significance. New York: Academic.

Hamilton, F.W. and Ellis, J. (1980). Determination of Arsenic and Antimony in

Electrolytic Copper by Anodic Stripping Voltammetry at a Gold Film Electrode.

Anal. Chim. Acta. 119: 225-233.

Harvey, D. (2000). Modern Analytical Chemistry. USA: McGraw Hill.

Heathcote, J.G. (1984). Aflatoxins and Related Toxins. In: Betina, V. (Ed).

Mycotoxins – Production, Isolation, Separation and Purification. Netherland:

Elsevier Science.

Heathcote, J.G. and Hibbert, J.R (1984) Aflatoxin: Chemical and Biological Aspect.

New York: Elsevier.

227

Heberneh, G.G. (2004). Highlight on Plant Toxin in Toxicon. Toxicon. 44: 341-344.

Hernandez, P., Dabrio-Ramos, M., Paton, F., Ballesteros, Y. and Hernandez, L.

(1997). Determination of Abscisic Acid by Cathodic Stripping Square Wave

Voltammetry. Talanta. 44: 1783-1792.

Herrman, T. (2004). Mycotoxin in feed grains and ingredient in www.

oznet.ksu.edu. Quote dated: 18th April 2004

Heyrovsky, J. and Zuman, P. ( 1968). Practical Polarography; An Intoduction for

Chemistry Students. New York: Academic Press.

Hilali, A., Jimenez, J.C., Callejon, M., Bello, M.A. and Guirem, A. (2003).

.Electrochemical Reduction of Cefminox at the Mercury Electrode and its

Voltammetric Determination in Urine. Talanta. 59(1): 137-146.

Hocevar, S.B., Svancara, I., Vytras, K. and Ogorevc, B. (2005). Novel Electrode for

Electrochemical Stripping Analysis Based on Carbon Paste Modified With

Bismuth Powder. Electrochim. Acta. Article in press.

Holcomb, M. , Wilson, D.M., Truckess, M. W. and Thompson, H. C. (1992).

Determination of Aflatoxins in Food Products by Chromatography. J. of

Chromatography A. 624: 341-352.

Hourch, M.E., Dudoit, A. and Amiard, J-C. (2003). Optimization of New

Voltammetric Method for the Determination of Metallothionein.

Electrochim.Acta, 48: 4083-4088.

Hussien, H.S. and Brasel, J.M. (2001). Mycotoxin, Metabolism and Impact on

Humans and Animals. J Toxicology. 167(2): 101-134.

228

Hutton, E.A., Hocevar, S.B. and Ogorevc, B. (2005). Ex situ Preparation of Bismuth

Film Microelectrode for Use in Electrochemical Stripping Microanalysis. Anal.

Chim. Acta. 537: 285-292.

Ibrahim, M.S., Kamal, M.M. and Temerk. Y.M. (2003). Comparison of the

Voltammetric Studies at Mercury Electrode and Glassy Carbon Electrodes for

the Interaction of Lumichrome with DNA and Analytical Application. Anal.

Bioanal.Chem. 375: 1024-1030.

Ibrahim, M.S., Shehatta I.S. and Sultan, M.R. (2002). Cathodic Adsorptive

Stripping Voltammetric Determination of Nalidixic Acid in Pharmaceuticals,

HumanUrine and Serum. Talanta. 56: 471-579.

Illkovic, D. (1934). Polarography Study With the Dropping Mercury Cathode. Part

XLIV- The Dependence of Limiting Currents on the Diffusion Constant, on the

Rate of Dropping on the Size Electrode. Collection of Czechoslovak chemical

communication. 6: 498-513.

Inam, R. and Somer, G. (1998). Simultaneous Determination of Selenium and Lead

in Whole Blood Samples by Differential Pulse Polarography. Talanta. 46: 1347-

1355.

International Agency for Research on Cancer (1993). IARC Monographs on the

Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk to Humans, vol. 56. World Health

Organisation, Lyon.

IUPAC. (1978). Nomenclature: Symbols, Units and Their Usage in Spectrochemical

Analysis-II. Spectrochim. Acta, Part B. 32: 242.

229

Iwamoto, M., Webber, A. and Osteryoung, A. (1984). Cathodic Reduction of

Thyroxine and Related Compounds on Silver Electrode. Anal. Chem. 56: 1203-

1206.

Jaimez, J., Fente, C.A., Vazquez, B.I., Franco, C.M., Cepeda, A., Mahuzier, G. and

Prognon, P. (2000). Application of the Assay of Aflatoxins by Liquid

Chromatography with Fluorescence Detection in Food Analysis. J.

Chromatography A.. 882: 1-10.

Janssens, M. M. T., Put, H. M. C. and Nout, M. J. R. (1996). In Vries, Food Safety

and Toxicity. New York: CRC Press.

Jeffrey, A.M. and Williams, G.M. (2005). Risk Assessment of DNA-reactive

Carcinogens in Food. Toxicology and Appl. Pharmacology. 207(2): 628-635.

Jeffery, H.W., Lenorich, L.M and Martin, R. Jr. (1982). Liquid Chromatography

Determination of Aflatoxins in Artificially Contaminated Cocoa Beans. J.

Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 80: 1215-1219.

Jelen, F., Tomschik, M. and Palecek, E. (1997). Adsorptive Striping Square-wave

Voltammetry of DNA. J. Electroanal. Chem. 423: 141-148.

Ji, Z., Yuan, G., Cai, S., Liu, J. and Liu, G. (2004). Electrochemical Studies of the

Oxidation Mechanism of Polyamide on Glassy Carbon Electrode, J. of

Electroanalytical Chem. 570: 265-273.

Jin, G-P. and Lin, X-Q. (2005). Voltammetric Behavior and Determination of

Estrogens at Carbamylcholine Modified Paraffin-impregnated Graphite

Electrode. Electrochim. Acta. 50: 3556-3562.

230

Johnson, W.W., Harris, T.M. and Guyerich V.P. (1996). Kinetics and Mechanism of

Hydrolysis of AFB1 exo-8-9-epoxide and Rearrangement of the Dihydrodiol. J.

Am. Chem. Soc. 118: 672-676.

Joshua, H. (1993). Determination ofAflatoxin by Reversed-phase High Performance

Liquid Chromatography with Post-column in-line Photochemical Derivatization

and Fluorescence Detection. J. Chromatography A. 654: 247-254.

Jurado-Gonzalez, A. J., Galindo-Riano, M. D. and Garcia-Vargas, M. (2003).

Experimental Designs in the Development of a New Method for the Sensitive

Determination of Cadmium in Sea Water by Adsorptive Cathodic Stripping

Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta. 487: 229-241.

Kamal, M.M., Abu Zuhri, A.Z. and Nasser, A.A. O. (1996). Adsorptive Stripping

Voltammetric Analysis of 2,4,6-tri(2’-pyridyl)-1,3,5-triazine at a Mercury

Electrode. Fresenius J Anal Chem. 356: 500-503.

Kamimura, H., Nishijima, M., Yasuda, K., Ushiyama, H., Tabata, S., Matsumoto, S.

and Nishima, T. (1985). Simple, Rapid Clean-up Method for Analysis of

Aflatoxins and Comparison with Various Methods. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem.

68: 458-461.

Kamkar A. (2004) A Study on the Occurence of Aflatoxin M1 in Raw Milk

Produced in Sarab City of Iran. Food Control. 16(7): 593-599.

Kamkar, A. (2005). A Study of the Occurrence of Aflatoxin M1 in Iranian Feta

Cheese. Food Control. Article in press.

Karadjova, I., Girousi, S. , Illadou, E. and Stratis, I. (2000). Determination of Cd,

Co, Cr, Cu, Fe, Ni and Pb in Milk, Cheese and Chocolate. Mikrochim. Acta.

134: 185-191.

231

Kefala, G., Economou, A., Voulgaropoulos, A. and Sofoniou, M.(2003). A Study of

Bismuth-film Electrode for the Detection of Trace Metals by Anodic Stripping

Voltammetry and Their Application to the Determination of Pb and Zn in

Tapwater and Human Hair. Talanta. 61: 603-610.

Khodari, M., Ghandour, M. and Taha, A.M. (1997). Cathodic Stripping

Voltammetric of the Anticancer Agent 5-fluorouracil and Determination in

Urine. Talanta. 44: 305-310.

Kim, H. J., Chang, S-C. and Shim, Y-B., (2002). α-cyclodextrin Modified Screen

Printed Graphite Electrodes for Detection of Phenols. Bull, Korean Chem. Soc.

23: 427-431.

Kizek, R., Masarik, M., Kramer, K.J., Potesil, D., Bailey, M., Howard, J.A.,

Klejdus, B., Mikelova, R., Adam, V., Trimkova, L. and Jelan, F. (2005). An

Analysis of Avidin, Biotin and Their Interaction at Attomole Levels by

Voltammetric and Chromatographic Techniques. Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 381:

1167-1178.

Koehler, P.E., Benchat, L.R. and Chhinnan, M.S. (1985). Influence of Temparature

and Water Activity on Aflatoxin Production by Aspergillus flavus in Cowpea

(Vigna Ungiculata) Seeds and Meal. J of Food Protection. 48: 1040-1043.

Kok, W. T., Van Neer, T.C.H., Traag, W.A. and Tuinstra, L.G.M.T. (1986).

Determination of Aflatoxins in Cattle Feed by Liquid Chromtography and Post-

column Derivatization with Electrochemically Generated Bromine. J.

Chromatogr. 367: 231 – 236.

Kok, W.Th. (1994). Derivatization Reactions for the Determination of Aflatoxins by

Liquid Chromatography With Fluorescence Detection. J Chromatography B

659: 127 – 137.

232

Komorsky-Lovric, S., Lovric, M. and Branica, M. (1992). Peak Current–frequency

Relationship in Adsorptive Stripping Square-wave Voltammetry. J. Electroanal.

Chem. 335(1-2): 297-308.

Kontoyannis, C. G., Antimisianis, S.G. and Douromis, D. (1999). Simultaneous

Quantitative Determination of Diazepan and Liposomes using Differential Pulse

Polarography. Anal. Chim. Acta. 391: 83-88.

Kotoucek, M. Skopilova, J. and Michalkova, D. (1997). Electroanalytical Study of

Salozosulfapyridine and Biseptol Components at the Mercury Electrode. Anal.

Chim.Acta. 353: 61-69.

Kubiak, W.W., Latonen, R.M., and Ivaska, A. (2001). The Sequential Injection

System With Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry Detection. Talanta. 53: 1211-

1219.

Kussak, A., Anderson, B. and Anderson, K. (1995a). Determination of Aflatoxins in

Airborne Dust From Feed Factories by Automated Immunoaffinity Column

Clean-up and Liquid Chromatography. J Of Chromatogr. A. 708: 55-60.

Kussak, A., Anderson, B. and Anderson, K. (1995b). Immunity Column Clean-up

for the High Performance Liquid Chromatographic Determination of Aflatoxins

B1, B2, G1, G2, M1 and Q1 in Urine. J Of Chromatogr. B. 672: 253-259

Kutner, W., Wang, J., L’Her, M. and Buck, R. (1998). Analytical Aspects of

Chemically Modified Electrode: Classification, CriticalEvaluation and

Recommendation. (IUPAC Recommendation 1998). Pure and Appl. Chem. 70:

1301-1318.

Lafleur, R.D., Myland, J.C. and Oldham, K.B. (1990). Analytical Microelectrode

Voltammetry with Minimal Instrumentation. Electroanalysis. 2: 223-238.

233

Lafont, P. and Siriwardana, M. C. (1981). Assay Method for Aflatoxin in Milk. J of

Chromatogr. 219: 162-166.

Lam, G.K., Kalvoda, R. and Kaponica, M. (1983). Determination of Uranium by

Adsorption Stripping Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta. 154: 79-83.

Lau, P.H. and Chu, F.S. (1983). Preparation and Characterisation of Acid

Dehydration Product of Aflatoxicol. J. Assoc. Off. Anal Chem. 66(1): 98-101..

Lee, L.S., Wall, J.H., Cotty, P.J. and Bayman, P. (1990). Interpretation of Enzyme-

linked Immunosorbent Assay with Conventional Chromatography Procedures

for Quantitation of Aflatoxin in Individual Cotton Bolls, Seeds and Seeds

Sections. J. Assoc. Anal. Chem. 73(4): 581-584.

Leontopoulos, D., Siafaka, A. and Markaki, P. (2003). Black Olives as Substrate for

Aspergillus parasiticus Growth and Aflatoxin B1 Production. Food

Microbiology. 20: 119-126.

Leszezynska, J. Kucharska, U. and Zegota, H. (2000). Aflatoxin in Nuts Assayed by

Immunological Methods. Eur Food Res Technol. 210: 213-215.

Levi, C. (1980). Mycotoxins in Coffee. J Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 63(6): 1282-

1285.

Lin, L., Lawrence, N.S., Thongngamdee, S., Wang, J. and Lin, Y. (2005). Catalytic

Adsorptive Stripping Determination of Trace Chromium (VI) at the Bismuth

Film Electrode. Talanta. 65: 144-148.

Lin, L., Thongngamdee S., Wang, J., Lin, Y., Sadik, O.A. and Ly, S-Y. (2005).

Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric Measurements of Trace Uranium at the

Bismuth Film Electrode. Anal. Chim. Acta. 535: 9-13.

234

Lin, L., Zhang, J., Wang, P., Wang, Y. and Chen, J. (1998). Thin-layer

Chromatography of Mycotoxins and Comparison with Other Chromatographic

Methods. J of Chromatogr. A. 815: 3-20.

Liu, J.H., Lin, W.F. and Nicol, J.D. (1980). The application of Anodic Stripping

Voltammetry to Forensic Science. II. Anodic Stripping Voltammetric Analysis

of Gunshot Residues. Forensic Sci Int. 16: 53-62.

Liu, Y., Jiang, Y., Song, W., Lu, N., Zou, M., Xu, H. and Yu, Z. (2000).

Voltammetric Determination of 5-hydroxydole-3-acetic Acid in Human Gastric

Juice. Talanta. 50: 1261-1266.

Locatelli, C. (2005). Overlapping Voltammetric Peaks – an Analytical Procedure for

Simultaneous Determination of Trace Metals. Application to Food and

Environmental Matrices. Anal Bioanal Chem. 381: 1073-1081.

Loftsson, T. and Brewster, M.E. (1996) Pharmaceutical Applications of

Cyclodextrins. 1. Drug Solubilisation and Stabilisation. J. Pharm. Sci. 85: 1017-

1025.

Lopez, C.E, Ramos, L.L., Ramadan, S.S. and Bulacio, L.C. (2002). Presence of

Aflatoxin M1 in Milk for Human Consumption in Argentina. Food Control.

14(1): 31-34.

Lupu, A., Compagnone, D. and Palleschi, A. (2004). Screen-printed Enzyme

Electrodes for the Detection of Marker Analytes During Wine Making. Anal.

Chim. Acta. 513: 67-72.

Ly, S-Y, Kim,D-H. and Kim, M-H. (2002). Square-wave Cathodic Stripping

Voltammetry Analysis of RDX Using Mercury-film Plated Glassy Carbon

Electrode. Talanta. 58: 919-926.

235

Malaysian Food Act (1983) Act No 281, Reviewed 2002, Food Quality Control

Dept, Ministry of Health, Malaysia.

Mackson, J., Wright, G., Rachaputi, N.C., Krosch, S. and Tatnell, J. (1999).

Aflatoxin Research Update Workshop Proceeding. Kingaroy, Queensland.

August 1999.

Martins, M.L. and Martin, H.M.,(2004). Aflatoxins M1 in Yoghurts in Portugal. Int.

J of Food Microbiology. 91: 315-317.

Manetta, A.C., Giuseppe, L.D., Giammarco, M.,Fusaro, I., Simonella, A.,

Gramenzi, A. and Formigoni, A. (2005). High-performance Liquid

Chromatography With Post-column Derivatisation and Fluorescence Detection

for Sensitive Determination of Aflatoxin M1 in Milk and Cheese. J Chrom. A.

1083: 219-222.

Mendez-Albores J.A., Arambula-Villa G., Preciado-Ortiz R.E. and Moreno-

Martinez E., (2004). Aflatoxins in Pozol, a Nixtamalized Maize-based Food. Int

J of Food Microbiology. 94: 211-215.

Metrohm (2005). Introduction to Polarography and Voltammetry Monograph,

Metrohm Ltd, Switzerland.

Micheli, L. Grecco, R., Moscone, D. and Palleschi, G. (2005). An Electrochemical

Immunosensor for Aflatoxin M1 Determination in Milk Using Screen-printed

Electrodes. Biosensors and Bioelectronic. 21(4): 588-596.

Miller, N. (1987). Toxicology Aspects of Food. New York: Elsevier Science.

Miller, J.C. and Miller, J.N. (1993). Statistic for Analytical Chemistry. London: Ellis

Horwood.

236

Miller, N., Pretorius,H.E. and Trinder, D.W. (1985). Determination of Aflatoxins in

Vegetable Oils. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 68: 136-137.

Mohd. Yusoff, A.R., Ahamad, R. and Azman, S. (1998). Kaedah Voltammetri

Dalam Penentuan Pewarna reaktif dan Hasil Hidrolisisnya. Malays. J. Anal. Sci.

4(1): 139-146.

Molina, M. and Gianuzzi, L. (2002). Modelling of Aflatoxin Production by

Aspergillus parasticus in a Solid Medium at Different Temperature, pH and

Propionic Acid Concentration. Food Res. Int. 35: 585-594.

Moressi, M.B., Andreu, R., Calvente, J.J, Fernandez, H. and Zon, M. A. (2004).

Improvement of Alterneriol Monomethyl Ether Detection at Gold Electrode

Modified With a Dedocanethiol Self-assembled Monolayer. J. of

Electroanalytical Chem. 570: 209-217.

Morfobos, M., Economou, A. and Voulgaropoulos, A. (2004). Simultaneous

Determination of Nickel(II) and cobalt(II) by Square Wave Adsorptive Stripping

Voltammetry on a Rotating-disc Bismuth-film Electrode. Anal Chim Acta. 519:

57-64.

Mouley, Y. (1984). Biochemical Effects of Mycotoxin. In Betina, V (Ed.).

Mycotoxin – Producton, Isolation, Separation and Purification. Netherland:

Elsevier Science.

Nawaz, S., Coker, R.D and Haswell, S.J. (1992). Development and Evaluation of

Analytical Methodology for Determination of Aflatoxins in Palm Kernel.

Analyst. 117: 67 – 71.

237

Navalion, A., Blanc, R., Reyes, L., Navas, N. and Vikches, J.K. (2002).

Determination of the Antibacterial Enrofloxacin by Differential Pulse

Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry. Anal. Chim. Acta. 454: 83-91.

Neal, G.E. (1987). Influence of Metabolism: AflatoxinMetabolism and its Possible

Relationships With Disease. In: Watson D.H. Natural Toxicants in Foods:

Progress and prospects. London: VCH.

Niedwetzki, G. Lach, G. and Ceschwill, K. (1994). Determination of Aflatoxin in

Food by Use of an Automatic Work Statio. .J.Of Chromatography A. 661: 175-

180.

Nilufer, D. and Boyacio, D. (2002). Comparative Study of Three Different Methods

for the Determination of Aflatoxins in Tahini. J. Agric. Food. Chem. 50: 3375-

3379.

Nouws, H.P.A., Delerue-Matos, C., Barros, A.A. and Rodrigues, J.A., (2005a).

Electroanalytical Study of the Antidepressant Sertraline. J. Pharm. Biomed.

Anal. 39(1-2): 290-293.

Nouws, H.P.A., Delerue-Matos, C., Barros, A.A., Rodrigues, J.A. and Silva, A.S.

(2005b). Electroanalytical Study of Fluvoxamine. Anal and Bioanal. Chem.

382(7): 1662-1668.

Official Methods of Analysis 14th Ed. (1984) AOAC, Washington D.C.

Ohfuji, K., Sato, N., Hamadansoto, N., Kabayashi, T., Imada, N., Okura, H. and

Watanabe, E., (2004). Construction of a Glucose Based on a Screen-printed

Electrode and a Novel Mediator Pyocyanin From Pseudomonos Aeruginosa.

Biosensors and Bioelectronic. 19: 1237-1244.

238

Orinakova, R., Tankova, L., Galova, M. and Supicova, A. (2004). Application of

Elimination Voltammetry in the Study of Electroplating Processes on the

Graphite Electrode. Electrochimica Acta. 49: 3587-3594.

Ortiz, M.Z., Arcos, J., Juarros, J.V., Lopez-Palacios, J. and Sarabia, L.A. (1993).

Robust Procedure for Calibration and Calculation of the Detection Limit of

Trimipramine by Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry at a Carbon Paste

Electrode. Anal. Chem. 65: 678-682.

Ozkan, S.A. and Uslu, B. (2002). Electrochemical Study of Fluvastatin Sodium –

Analytical Application to Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Human Serum and

Simulated Gastric Juice. Anal. Bioanal.Chem. 372: 582-586.

Ozkan, S.A., Uslu, B., Aboul-Enein, H.Y. (2003). Voltammetric Investigation of

Tamsulosin. Talanta. 61: 147-156.

Pacheco, W.F., Farias, P.A.M. and Aucelio, R.Q. (2005). Square-wave Adsorptive

Stripping Voltammetry for the Determination of Cyclofenil After Photochemical

Derivatisation. Anal. Chim. Acta. 549(1-2): 67-73.

Padano, M. L. and Rivas, G. A., (2000). Amperometric Biosensor for the

Quantification of Gentisic Acid using Poliphenol Oxidase Modified Carbon

Paste Electrode. Talanta. 53: 489-495.

Papp E., Otta K.H., Zaray G. and Mincsvics (2002). Liquid Chromatographic

Determination of Aflatoxins. Microchemical J . 73(1-2): 39-46.

Pare, J.R.J and Belanger, J.M.R. (1997). Instrumental Methods in Food Analysis.

N.York : Elsevier.

239

Parham, H and Zargar, B. (2001). Determination of Isosorbic Dinitrate in Arterial

Plasma, Synthetic Serum and Pharmaceutical Formulations by Linear Sweep

Voltammetry on a Gold Electrode. Talanta. 55: 255-262.

Park, K.Y. and Bullerman. L.B. (1983). Effects of Cycling Temperature on

Aflatoxins Production by Aspergillus parasiticus and Aspergillus flavous in Rice

and Cheese. J of Food Science. 48: 889-896.

Park, D.L. and Rua, S.M. (1991). Sample Collection and Preparation Techniques

for Aflatoxin Determination in Whole Cottonseed. J Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 74:

73-75.

Parlim, A. and Zerger, S. (2003). Determination of Isosorbide Synthetic Serum and

Pharmaceutical Formulation by Linear Sweep Voltammetry on a Gold

Electrode. Talanta. 55: 255-262.

Patey A.L., Sharman M. and Gilbert J (1990). Determination of Aflatoxin B1 Levels

in Peanut Butter Using an Immunoaffinity Column Cleanup Procedure:

Interlaboratory Study. Food Addit. Contam. 7; 515-520.

Patey, A.L., Sharman, M. and Gilbert, J. (1991). Liquid Chromatographic

Determination of Aflatoxin Levels in Peanut Butters Using an Immunoaffinity

Column Clean up Method: International Collaborative Trial. J. Assoc. Off. Anal.

Chem. 74: 76-81.

Pavlova V., Mirceski V., Lovric S.K, Javanovic S.P. and Mitrevski B. (2004).

Studying Electrode Mechanism and Analytical Determination of Cocaine and its

Metabolites at the Mercury Electrode Using Square-wave Voltammetry. Anal

Chim.Acta. 512: 49-56.

240

Pena, R. Alcaraz, M.C., Arce, L., Rios, A. and Valcarcel, M. (2002). Screening of

Aflatoxins in Feed Samples Using a Flow System Coupled to Capillary

Electrophoresis. J Of Chromatography A. 967: 303-314.

Perez-Ruiz, T., Martinez-Lozano, C., Sanz, A. and Guillen, A. (2004). Successive

Determination of Thiamine and Ascorbic Acid in Pharmaceuticals by Flow

Injection Analysis. J.Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 34: 551-557.

Pesavento, M., Domagala, S., Baldini, E. and Cucca, L. (1997). Characterisation of

Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay for Aflatoxin B1 Based on Commercial

Reagents. Talanta. 45: 91-104.

Pestka, J. and Bundy, G. (1990). Alteration of Immune Function Following Dietary

Mycotoxin Exposures. Canadian J. of Physilogy and Pharmacology. 68: 1009-

1016.

Pezzatini, G., Midili, I., Toti, G., Loglio, F. and Innoceti, M. (2004). Determination

of Chlorite in Drinking Water by Differential Pulse Voltammetry on Graphite.

Anal. Bioanal.Chem. 380: 650 - 657.

Pildain, M.B., Vaamonde, G. and Cabral, D. (2004). Analysis of Population

Structure of Aspergillus flavus From Peanut Based Vegetative Compatibility,

Geographic Origin, Mycotoxin and Sclerotia Production. Int. J. Food Microb.

93: 31- 40.

Plattner, R.D., Bennett, G.A. and Stubblefield, R.D. (1984). Identification of

Aflatoxins by Quadrupole Mass Spectrometry/Mass Spectrometry. J. Assoc.

Anal. Chem. 67(4): 734 -738.

241

Pons, W.A. Jr. and Franz, A.O. Jr. (1977). High Performance Liquid

Chromatography of Aflatoxins in Cottonseed Products. J Assoc off Anal Chem.

60: 89 - 95.

Pournaghi-Azar, M.H. and Dastango, H. (2002). Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping

Voltammetry of Copper in Dichloromethane: Application to the Analysis of

Human Hair. Anal. Chim. Acta. 405:135 - 144.

Rachaputi, N.C., Wright, G.C., Krosch, S. and Tatnell,J. (2001). Management

Practice to Reduce Aflatoxin Contamination in Peanut. Proceedings of the 10th

Australian Agronomy Conference, Hobart. 2001.

Radi, A. (2003). Square-wave Adsorptive Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry of

Pantoprazole. J of Pharmaceutical and biomedical analysis. 33: 687 – 692.

Radi, A. and El-Sherif, Z. (2002). Determination of Levofloxacin in Human Urine

by Adsorptive Square-wave Anodic Stripping Voltammetry on a Glassy Carbon

Electrode. Talanta. 58: 319 - 324.

Radi, A., Beltagi, A.M. and Ghoniem, M.M. (2001). Determination of Ketorolac in

Human Serum by Square-wave Adsorption Stripping Voltammetry. Talanta. 54:

283 - 289.

Rasooli, I. and Abnayeh, M.R.(2004). Inhibitory Effect of Thyme Oils on Growth

and Aflatoxin Production by Aspergillus parasiticus. Food Control. 15: 479 -

483.

Rastogi, S., Das, M. and Khanna, S.K. (2001). Quantitative Determination of

Aflatoxin B1-oxime by Column Liquid Chromatography With Utraviolet

Detection. J Of Chromatography A. 933: 91 - 97.

242

Rastogi, S., Dwivedi, P.D., Khanna, S.K. and Das, M. (2004). Detection of

Aflatoxin M1 Contamination in Milk and Infant milk Products From Indian

Market by ELISA. Food Control. 15: 287 - 290.

Reif, K. and Metzger, W. (1995). Determination of Aflatoxins in Medicinal Herbs

and Plant Extracts. J Of Chromatography A. 692: 131 - 136.

Reinke, R. and Simon, J. (2002). The Online Removal of Dissolved Oxygen From

Aqueous Solutions Used in Voltammetric Technique by Chromatomembrane

Method. Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 374: 1256 - 1260.

Riley, T. and Tomlinson, C. (1984). Principles of Electroanalytical Methods

(Analytical Chemistry by Open Learning). London: John Wiley.

Risk assesment studies report No. 5 (1991). Chemical Hazrad – Evaluation

Aflatoxin in Food. Food and Environmental Hygeine Department, Hong Kong.

Rizk, M., Belal, F., Aly, F.A. and El-Enany, N.M. (1998). Differential Pulse

Polarographic Determination of Ofloxacin Pharmaceuticals and Biological

Fluids. Talanta. 46: 83 - 89.

Rizzo I., Vedoya G., Maurutto S., Haidukowski M. and Varsavsky E., (2004).

Assessment of Toxigenic Fungi on Argentinean Medicinal herbs.

Microbiological Research. 159: 113 - 120.

Rodriguez, J., Berzas, J.J., Castanada, G. and Rodrigues, N., (2005). Voltammetric

Determination of Imanitib (Gleevec) and its Main Metabolite Using Square-

wave and Adsorptive Stripping Square-wave Technique in Urine Samples.

Talanta. 66: 202 - 209.

243

Rodriguez, J., Berzas, J.J., Castanada, G. and Rodrigues, R. (2004). Determination

of Seldenafil Citrate (Viagra) and its Metabolite (UK-103,320) by Square-wave

and Adsorption Stripping Square-wave Voltammetry. Total Determination in

Biological samples. Talanta. 62: 427 - 432.

Sabry, S.M. and Wahbi, A.A.M. (1999). Application of Orthogonal Functions to

Differential Pulse Voltammetric Analysis: Simultanuoes Determination of tin

and Lead on Soft Drinks. Anal. Chim. Acta, 401: 173 - 183.

Safavi, A., Maleki, N. and Shahbaazi, H.R.(2004). Indirect Determination of

Cyanide Ion and Hydrogen Cyanide by Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry at a

Mercury Electrode. Anal.Chim.Acta. 503: 213 - 221.

Salavagione. H.J., Arias. J., Garces. P., Marallon. E., Barbero. C. and Vazguez. J.L,

(2004). Spectroelectrochemical Study of the Oxidation of Aminophenols on

Platinum Electrode in Acid Medium. J. Of Electroanalytical Chem. 565: 375 -

383.

Saleemullah, Iqbal, A., Khalil, I.A. and Shah H. (2005). Aflatoxin Contents of

Stored andArtificially Inoculated Cereals and Nuts. Food Chemistry. Article in

press.

Salleh, B. (1998). Mikotoksin- Implikasi Terhadap Kesihatan Manusia dan Haiwan.

Pulau Pinang: Universiti Sains Malaysia.

Samajpathi, N. (1979) .Aflatoxin Produced by Five Species of Aspergillus on Rice.

Naturwissenschaften. 66: 365 - 366.

Sandulescu, R., Mirel, S. and Oprean, R. (2000). The Development of

Spectrophotometric and Electroanalytical Methods for Ascorbic Acid and

244

Acetaminophen and Their Application in the Analysis of Effervescent Dosage

Form. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 23: 77 - 87.

Sanna, G., Pilo, M.I., Pin, P.C. Tapparo, A. and Seeber, R. (2000). Determination of

Heavy Metals in Honey by Anodic Stripping Voltammetry at Microelectrode.

Anal. Chim. Acta. 415: 165 - 173.

Santos, M.C. and Machado, S.A.S. (2004). Microgravimetric, Rotating Ring-disc

and Voltammetric Studies of the Underpotential Deposition of Selenium on

Polycrystalline Platinum Electrode. J. of Electroanalytical Chem. 567: 203 -

210.

Sarimehmetoglu, B., Kuplulu, O. and Celik, T.H. (2004). Detection of Aflatoxin M1

in CheeseSamples by ELISA. Food Control. 15: 45 - 49.

Sassahara, M., Netto, D.P. and Yanaka, E.K. (2005). Aflatoxin Occurence in

Foodstuff Supplied to Dairy Cattle and Aflatoxin M1 in Raw Milk in the North

of Parana State. Food and Chemical Technology. 43: 981 - 984.

Scholten, J.M and Spanjer, M.C. (1996). Determination of Aflatoxin B1 in

Pastachio Kernels and Shells. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 79: 1360 - 1364.

Scott, P.M. and Lawrence, G.A. (1997). Determination of Aflatoxins in Beer. J.

Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 80: 1229 - 1233.

Setamou, M.K., Gardwell, F., Schulthess, S. and Hell, K. (1997). Aspergillus flavus

Infection and Aflatoxin Contaminants of Preharvest Maize in Benin. Plant

Disease. 81: 1327 - 1327.

Shahrokhian, S. and Karimi, M. (2004). Voltammetric Studies of a cobalt(II)-4-

Methylsalophen Modified Carbon-paste Electrode and its Application for the

245

Simultaneous Determination of Cysteine and Ascorbic Acid. Electrochim. Acta.

50: 77 - 84.

Shams, E., Barbei, A. and Soltaninezhad,M. (2004). Simultaneous Determination of

Copper, Zinc and Lead by Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetry in the Presence of

Morin. Anal. Chim. Acta. 501: 119 - 124.

Shannon, G.M., Shotwell, O.L and Kwole, W.F. (1983). Extraction and Thin Layer

Chromatography of Aflatoxin B1 in Mixed Feeds. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 66:

582 - 586

Shenasi, M., Aidoo, K.E. and Candlish, A.A.G. (2002). Microflora of Date Fruits

and Production of Aflatoxins at Various Stages of Maturation. Int.J Food

Microbiology. 79(1-2): 113 - 119.

Shi K. and Shiu K.K. (2004). Adsorption of Some Quinone Derivatives at

Chemically Activated Glassy Carbon Electrode. J. of Electroanalytical Chem.

574(1): 63 - 70.

Shotwell, O.L and Goulden, M.L (1977). Aflatoxins: Comparison of Analysis of

Corn by Various Methods. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 60: 83 - 88.

Shotwell, O.L, Goulden, M.L., Benntt, G.A., Plattner, R.D. and Hesseltine, C.W

(1977). Survey of 1975 Wheat and Soybeans for Aflatoxins, Zeralenone and

Ochratonin, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 60: 778 - 783.

Shotwell, O.L., Hesseltin,e C. and Stubblefield, R.D. (1966). Production of aflatoxin

on rice. Appl. Microbiol. 14: 425 - 428.

246

Simon, P., Delsaut, P., Lafontaine, M. Morele, Y. and Nicol, T. (1998). Automated

Column-switching High-performance liquid chromatography for the

determination of aflatoxin M1. J of Chromatogr. B. (1998). 712: 95 - 104.

Skoog, D.A., West, D.M. and James, F. (1996) Fundamentals of Analytical

Chemistry. 7th Ed. New York; Saunders College Publishing,

Skrzypek S., Ciesielski W., Sokolowski A., Yilmaz S. and Kazmierczak A. (2005).

Square Wave Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric Determination of Famotidine

in Urine. Talanta. 66:1146 - 1151.

Smith, J.E. and Moss M.O. (1985). Mycotoxins – Formation, Analysis and

Significance. Chichester: John Wiley.

Smyth, M. R., Lawellin, D. W. and Osteryoung, J.G (1979) Polarographic Study of

Aflatoxin B1, B2, G1 and G2: Application of Differential-pulse polarography to

the determination of Aflatoxin B1 in Various Foodstuff. Analyst. 104: 73 - 78.

Smyth, M.R. and Vos, J.G., (1992). In Shevla, G. (Ed). Analytical Voltammetry in

Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science.

Smyth, M.R. and Smyth, W.F. (1978). Voltammetric Methods for the Determination

of Foreign Organic Compounds of Biological Significance. A review. Analyst.

103(1227): 103 - 122.

Sonthalia, P., McGaw, E., Show, Y. and Swain, G.M. (2004). Metal Ion Analysis in

Contaminated Water Samples Using Anodic Stripping Voltammetry and a

Nanocrystalline Diamond Thin-film Electrode. Anal Chim Acta. 522: 35 - 44.

247

Sorensen, L.K. and Elbaek, T. (2005). Determination of Mycotoxins Bovine Milk

by Liquid Chromatography Tandem Mass Spectrometry. J Chrom. B. 820:183-

196.

Stack, M. E. and Pohland, A.E. (1975). Collabration Study of a Method for

Chemical Confirmation of the Identify of Aflatoxin. J. Assoc.Off. Anal.Chem.

58: 110 - 113.

Stroka, J. and Anklem, E (2002). New Strategies for the Screening and

Determination of Aflatoxins and Detection of Aflatoxin-producing Moulds in

Food and Feed. Trend In Anal. Chem. 21: 90 - 95.

Stroka, J., Elke, A., Urban, J., John, G., Anna, B., Carlo, B., Per-Erik, C., Fiona, G.,

John, G., and Loius, S. (2000). Immunoaffinity Column Cleanup With Liquid

Chromatograhpy Using Post-column Bromination for Determination of

Aflatoxins in Peanut Butter, Pistachio Paste, Fig Paste and Paprika Powder.

Collaborative Study. J. of AOAC International. 83: 320 - 340.

Stubblefield, R.D and Showell, O.L (1977). Reverse Phase Analytical and

Preparative High Performance Liquid Chromatography of Aflatoxins. J. Assoc.

Off. Anal. Chem. 60: 784 - 790.

Stubblefield, R.D., Kwolek, W.F. and Stoloff, L (1982). Determination and Thin

Layer Chromatographic Confirmation of Identity of AFB1 and AFM1 in

Artificially Contaminated Beef Livers: Collaborative Study. J. Assoc. Off. Anal.

Chem. 65: 1435 - 14.

Sturm, J.C., Canelo, H., Nunez-Vergara, L.J. and Squella, J.A. (1997).

Voltammetric Study of Ketorolac and its Differential Pulse Polarographic

Determination in Pharmaceuticals. Talanta. 44: 931 - 937.

248

Sun, N., Mo, W-M. Shen, Z-L and Hu, B-X. (2005). Adsorptive Stripping

Voltammetric Technique for the Rapid Determination of Tobramycin on the

Hanging Mercury Electrode. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 38(2): 256 - 262.

Sun, W. and Jiao, K. (2002). Linear Sweep Voltammetric Determination of Protein

Based on its Interaction With Alizarin Red S. Talant. 56: 1073 - 1080.

Taguchi, S., Fukushima, S., Summoto, T., Yoshida, S. and Nishimune, T. (1995).

Aflatoxins in Foods Collected in Osaka, Japan. J AOAC Int. 78: 325 – 327.

Takahashi, D.M. (1977a). Reverse Phase High Pressure Liquid Chromatographic

Analytical System for Aflatoxins in Wine With Fluorescence Detection. J

Chromatograph. 131: 147 - 156.

Takahashi, D.M. (1977b). Reverse Phase High Pressure Liquid Chromatographic

Analytical System for Aflatoxins in Wine and Fruit Juices. J. Assoc. Off. Anal.

Chem. 60: 799 – 804.

Tarin, A, Russell, M.G. and Guardino, X. (2004). Use of High Performance Liquid

Chromatography in Assess Airborne Mycotoxins. J of Chromatogr. A. 1047(2):

235 - 240.

Thompson, M. (1998). Do We Really Need Detection Limit?. Analyst. 123: 405 -

407.

Torriero, A.A.J., Luco, J.M., Sereno, L. and Raba, J. (2004). Voltammetric

Determination of Salicylic Acid in Pharmaceuticals Formulations of

Acetylsalicylic Acid. Talanta. 62: 247- 254.

249

Tozzi, C., Anfossi, L. Baggiani, C., Giavanalli, C. and Girandi, G. (2003). A

Combinatorial Approach to Obtain Affinity Media With Binding Properties

Towards the Aflatoxins. Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 375: 994 - 999.

Trucksess, M. W. and Stollof, L. (1980). Thin Layer Chromatographic

Determination of Alatoxins in Dry Ginger Root and Ginger Oleoresin. J. Assoc.

Off. Anal. Chem.63: 1052 - 1054.

Trucksess, M. W., Stack, M. E., Nesheim, S., Page, S.W. , Albert, R.H., Hansen,

T.J. and Donahue, K.F. (1991). Immunoaffinity Column Coupled with Solution

Fluometry or Liquid Chromatography Postcolumn Derivatization for

Determination of Aflatoxins in Corn, Peanuts and Peanut butter: Collaborative

Study. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 74: 81 - 88.

Trucksess, M. W., Stollof, L., Pons, W.A., Cucullu, A.F. Lee, L.S. and Franz, A.O.

(1977). Thin Layer Chromatography of AFB1 in Egg. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem.

60: 795 - 798.

Tuinstra L.G.M. and Hassnott, W. (1983). Rapid Determination of Aflatoxin B1 in

Dutch Feedingstuffs by High Performance Liquid Chromatography and Post-

column Derivatisation. J of Chromatogr. 282: 457 - 462.

Tuinstra, L.G.M., Kienhuis, P.G.M. and Dols, P. (1990). Automated Liquid

Chromatographic Determination of Aflatoxin M1 in Milk Using on-line Dialysis

for Sample Preparation. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 73: 969 - 973.

Turner, P.C., Sylla, A., Gong, Y.Y., Diallo, M.S., Surcliffer, A.E., Hall, A. J. and

Wild, C.P. (2005). Reduction in Exposure to Carcinogenic Aflatoxins by

Postharvest Intervention Measures in West Africa: Community Based

Intervention Study. Lancet. 365: 1950 - 1956.

250

Tutour, L.B., Elaraki, A. T. and Aboussalim, A.(1984). Simultaneous Thin Layer

Chromatographic Determination of Aflatoxin B1 and Ochratoxin A in Black

Olives, J Assoc Off Anal Chem. 67: 611 - 620.

Urano, T., Trucksess ,M.W. and Page, S.W., (1993). Automated Affinity Liquid

Chromatography Sstem for On-line Isolation, Separation and Quantitation of

Aflatoxins in Methanol-water Extracts of Corn or Peanuts. J.Agric. Food Chem.

41: 1982 - 1985.

Vahl, M. and Jorgensen, F. (1998). Determination of Aflatoxins in Food Using

LC/MS/MS. Z Lebensm Unters Forsch A.. 206: 243 - 245.

Van Egmond, H.P. (1989). Introduction of Mycotoxins in Dairy Products. London:

Elsevier Applied Science.

Verma, K.K., Jain, A., Verma, a. and Chaurasia, A. (1991). Spectrophotometric

Determination of Ascorbic Acid in Pharmaceuticals by Background Correction

and Flow Injection. Analyst. 116: 641 - 645.

Versantroort, C.H.M., Oomen, A.G., and Sips, A.J.A.M. (2005). Applicability of an

in Vitro Digestion Model in Assessing the Bioaccessibility of Mycotoxins From

Food. Food and Chemical Toxicology. 43: 31- 40.

Volke, J. and Liska, F. (1994). Electrochemistry in Organic Synthesis. New York:

Springer-Verlag.

Volkov, A.G. and Mwesigwa, S. (2001). Electrochemistry of Soyabean: Effect of

Uncouplers, Pollutant and Pesticides. J. Of Electroanalytical Chemistry. 496:

153 - 157.

251

Wang, H. S., Huang, D. H. and Liu, R.M. (2004). Study on the Electrochemical

Behavior of Epinephrine at a Poly(3-methylthiophene) Modified Glassy Carbon

Electrode. J. of Electroanalytical Chem. 570: 83 - 90.

Wang, J. (1985): Stripping analysis: Principles, Instrumentation and Application.

USA: VCH Publishers.

Wang, J., Cai, X., Fernandes, J. R., Ozsoz, M. and Grant, D. H., (1997). Adsorptive

Potentiometric Stripping Analysis of Trace Tomoxifen at a Glassy Carbon

Electrode, Talanta. 45: 273 - 278.

Wang, J. (1988). Electroanalytical Technique in Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory

Medicine. USA: VCH publisher.

Wang, J. (2000). Analytical Electrochemistry. USA: WILEY-VCH.

Weast, R.C and Astle, M.J. (1981). Handbook of Chemistry and Physics. 61th Ed.

Flourida: CRC Press.

Wasiak, W, Cissewska, W. and Ciszewski, A. (1996). Hair Analysis Part I:

Differentrial Pulse Anodic Stripping Voltammetry Determination of Lead,

Cadmium, Zinc and Copper in Human Hair Samples of Persons in Permanent

Contact With a Polluted Workplace Environment. Anal. Chim. Acta. 335: 201 -

207.

Weast, R.C and Astle, M.J. (1987). CRC Handbook of Data On Organic

Compounds, Vol II. Flourida: CRC Press.

Wei, R.D., Chang, S.Ch. and Lee, S.S. (1980). High Pressure Liquid

Chromatography Determination of Aflatoxins in Soy Sauces anf Fermented

Soybean Paste. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 63:1269- 1274.

252

White, C.E. and Argauer, R.J. (1970). Fluorescence Analysis- A Practical

Approach. New York: Marcell Dekker.

Wilson, T.J. and Romer, T.R (1991). Use of the Mycosep Multifunctional Clean-up

Column for Liquid Chromatography Determination of Aflatoxins in Agriculture

Products. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem.74 : 951 - 956.

Wogan, G.N., Hecht, S. S., Felton, J. S., Conney, A.H. and Loeb, L.A. (2004).

Environmental and Chemical Carcinogenesis. Seminars In Cancer Biology. 14:

473 - 486.

Woolever, C.A. and Dewald,H.D. (2001). Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping

Voltammetry of Barium and Lead in Gunshot Residues. Forensic Sci Int. 117:

185-190.

World Health Organisation (1987) in: IARC Monograph on the Evaluation of

Carcinogenic Risk to Human, WHO, Lyon, pp 82 Supl. I.

Wring S. A., Hart J.P. and Birck B.J. (1991). Voltammetric Behaviour of Screen-

printed Carbon Electrode, Chemically Modified With Selected Mediatiors and

Their Applications as Sensor for Detection of Reduced Gluthathione. Analyst.

116 : 123-129.

www.ansci.cornell.edu/toxicagents/aflatoxin. Quoted date - 30th. July 2002.

www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/chemicals. Quoted date – 5th February 2006

www.copdockmill.co.uk/aflatoxin Quoted date – 26th August 2001

Ximenes, M.I.N., Rath, S. and Reyes, F.G.R. (2000). Polarographic Determination

of Nitrate in Vegetable. Talanta. 51: 49 - 56.

253

Xiulan S., Xiaolian, Z., Jian, T., Xiaohong, G., jun, Z. and Chu, F.S. (2006).

Development of an Immunochromatographic Assay for Detection of Aflatoxin

B1 in Foods. Food Control. 17: 256 - 262.

Yardimer, C. and Ozaltin, N. (2001). Electrochemical Studies and Differential Pulse

Polarographic Analysis of Lansoprazole in Pharmaceuticals. Analyst. 126: 361-

366.

Yardimer, C. and Ozaltin, N. (2004). Electrochemical Studies and Square-wave

Voltammetric Determination of Fenofibrate in Pharmacetical Formulations.

Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 378: 495 - 498.

Yaacob, M.H. (1993). Polarographic Determination of Sn(II) in

Radiopharmaceutical Samples. University of Manchester, Institute of Science

and Technology (UMIST), United Kingdom. MSc Thesis.

Yilmaz, S., Uslu, B. and Ozkan, S.A. (2001). Anodic Oxidation of Etodolac and its

Square Wave and Differential Pulse Voltammetric Determination in

Pharmaceuticals and Human Serum. Talanta. 54: 351 - 360.

Youmens, H.L. (1973). Statistics for Chemistry. USA: Bells and Howell Publishers.

Yousef, A.E and Marth, E.H. (1985). Rapid Reverse Phase Liquid Chromatography

Determination of AFM1 in Milk. J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 68: 462 - 465.

Zahir, M.H. and Abd. Ghani, S. (1997). Fabrication of Directly Polymerized 4-

vinylpyridine onto a Pencil 2B Graphite Paste Electrode for Glucose

Monitoring, Anal Chim Acta, 354: 351 - 358.

254

Zayed, S.I.M. and Habib, I.H.I. (2005). Adsorptive Stripping Voltammetric

Determination of Triprolidine Hydrochloride in Pharmaceutical Tablets. I1

Farmaco. 60(6-7): 621 - 625.

Zhang, Z.Q., Zhang, H. and H,e G. F. (2002). Preconcentration with Membrane Cell

and Adsorptive Polarographic Determination of Formaldehyde in Air. Talanta.

57: 317 - 322.

Zhang, Z.Q, Li, Y.F., He, X.M. and Zhang, H. (1996). Electroanalytical

Characteristics of Enoxican and Their Analytical Application. Talanta.43: 635 -

641.

Zhao, C., Pan, Y., Su, Y., Zhang, Z., Guo, Z. and Sun, L. (2003). Determination of

EDTA Species in Water by Square-wave Voltammetry using a Chitosan-coated

Glassy Carbon Electrode. Water Research. 37: 4270 - 4274.

Zima, J., Barek, J., Moriera, J.C., Mejstrik, V. and Fogg, A.G. (2001).

Electrochemical Determination of Trace Amounts of Environmentally Important

Dyes. Fresenius. J. Anal. Chem. 369: 567 - 570.

Zimmermann, S., Menzel A., Bernaz Z., Eckhardt J-D., Stubens D., Alt F.,

Messerschmidt H., Taraschewski H. and Sures B.(2001). Trace Analysis of

Platinum in Biological Samples: A Comparison Between Sector field ICP-MS

and Adsorptive Cathodic Stripping Voltammetry Following Different Digestion

Procedures. Anal. Chim. Acta. 439: 203 - 209.

255

APPENDIX A

Relative fluorescence of aflatoxins in different solvents

Aflatoxin

Methanol

Ethanol

Chloroform

B1

B2

G1

G2

0.6 (430 nm)

5.3 (430 nm)

1.0 (450 nm)

8.7 (450 nm)

1.0 (430 nm)

2.7 (430 nm)

1.4 (450 nm)

4.7 (450 nm)

0.20 (413 nm)

0.25 (413 nm)

6.2 (430 nm)

6.8 (430 nm)

256

APPENDIX B

257

APPENDIX C

258

APPENDIX D

Calculation of concentration of aflatoxin stock solution

Formula used for calculation of concentration of aflatoxin stock solution by UV-VIS spectrometric technique

[Aflatoxin] / µg/ml = Abs x MW x 1000 ε Where Abs = absorbance value MW = molecular weight ε = molar absorbtivity (cm-1 M-1) Parameters used in this calculation;

Aflatoxin

MW

Solvent

ε

Λ (nm)

AFB1

312

19,800

353

AFB2

314

20,900

355

AFG1

328

17,100

355

AFG2

330

Benzene:acetonitrile (98:2)

18,200

357

Example: AFB1 Abs = 0.640 MW = 312 ε = 19,800 [AFB1] = 0.640 x 312 x 1000 = 10.08 µg / ml = 10.08 ppm 19,800

259

APPENDIX E

Extraction procedure for aflatoxins in real samples

Extraction procedure for aflatoxins in real samples: Chemistry Dept. Penang Branch, Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation;

1. Groundnut with shell: remove shell of entire sample. Coarse grind. Remove 50 g and regrind this portion to finer size for drawing analytical sample.

2. Transfer 25 gm analytical sample into a waring blender and add 125 ml of MeOH-0.1N HCl (100:25) and blend for 2 min (timing). Stand for 5 min (timing).

3. Filter through whatman No. 1 paper or equivalent. Complete filtration as soon as possible

4. Collect 50 ml of filtrate in a stoppered container. (Equivalent weight: 125 ml / 25 g sample)

5. Pipette 20 ml of filtrate into a stoppered or screw cap bottle (Equivalent weight: 20 ml / 4 g sample)

6. Add exactly 20 ml of 15% ZnSO4 solution. Stopper or cap tightly and shake vigorously for 30 sec. Filter through diatomaceous earth into another container. (Equivalent weight: 40 ml / 4 g sample)

7. Pipette 20 ml of this filtrate into a small separating funnel and add exactly 5 ml of chloroform. Stopper or cap tightly and shake vigorously for 30 sec. (Equivalent weight: 20 ml / 2 g sample).Equivalent weight: 5 ml chloroform / 2 g sample)

8. Stand for a few minute to let layers separate. After separated, draw chloroform layer into a suitable container and pipette 1 ml extract accurately into amber bottle for preparation of final sample before injecting into voltammetric cell.

260

APPENDIX F

Calculation of individual aflatoxin in groundnut sample

Aflatoxin, ng/g (ppb) =

P x C x 1000 µl x 125 ml x 1 P’ 100 µl V W

where; P = peak height of sample (nA) P’= peak height of standard (after substract with peak height of sample) (nA) C = amount of aflatoxin injected into voltammetric cell (ng) V = effective volume; = 20 x volume of chloroform used for sample preparation = 20 x 1 = 2 ml 2 total volume of chloroform added 2 5 W = weight of sample (25 g)

===> P x C x 1000 µl x 125 ml x 1 P’ 100 µl 2 ml 25 g ===> P x C x 25 ( for injected volume = 100 µl) P’

261

For other injection volume; Volume (µl) Formula 200 P x C x 12.5

P’

300 P x C x 8.33 P’

400 P x C x 6.25

P’

Notes; From first equation; 1000 µl = Volume of final solution prepared in BRB at pH 9.0 100 µl = Injection volume of sample 125 ml = Volume of solvent for mixing and blending groundnut

262

APPENDIX G

Cyclic voltammograms of AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 with increasing of their

concentrations

Figure G-1 Effect of increasing AFB1 concentrations on the Ip of cathodic cyclic voltammetric curves in BRB at pH 9.0. (a) 1.30 µM, (b) 2.0 µM (c) 2.70 µM and (d) 3.40 µM. Parameters conditions are Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0, scan rate = 200 mV/s.

263

Figure G-2 Effect of increasing AFG1 concentrations on the Ip of cathodic cyclic voltammetric curves in BRB at pH 9.0. (a) 1.30 µM, (b) 2.0 µM (c) 2.70 µM and (d) 3.40 µM. Parameters conditions are Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0, scan rate = 200 mV/s. Figure G-3 Effect of increasing AFG2 concentrations on the Ip of cathodic cyclic voltammetric curves in BRB at pH 9.0. (a) 1.30 µM, (b) 2.0 µM (c) 2.70 µM and (d) 3.40 µM. Parameters conditions are Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0, scan rate = 200 mV/s.

264

y = 22.451x + 10.989R2 = 0.9899

0

30

60

90

120

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

[AFB1] / uM

Ip (n

A)

APPENDIX H

Dependence of the peak heights of AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 on their concentrations Figure H-1 Dependence of the Ip of AFB1 on concentration of AFB1 in BRB solution at pH 9.0.

265

y = 28.757x + 1.4407R2 = 0.9914

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

[AFG2] / uM

I p (n

A)

y = 24.756x + 13.072R2 = 0.9812

0

30

60

90

120

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

[AFG1] / uM

I p (n

A)

Figure H-2 Dependence of the Ip of AFG1 on concentration of AFG1 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. Figure H-3 Dependence of the Ip of AFG2 on concentration of AFG2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0.

266

APPENDIX I

Repetitive cyclic voltammograms and their peak height of AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 Figure I-1 Repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 µM AFB1 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. Parameter conditions are Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0 and scan rate = 200 mV/s

267

010203040506070

Ip (nA)

1 2 3 4 5

No of cycle

Figure I-2 Increasing Ip of AFB1 cathodic peak obtained from repetitive cyclic voltammetry Figure I-3 Repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 µM AFG1 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. Parameter conditions are Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0 and scan rate = 200 mV/s

268

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

1 2 3 4 5

No of cycle

I p (n

A)

Figure I-4 Increasing Ip of AFG1 cathodic peak obtained from repetitive cyclic voltammetry Figure I-5 Repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 µM AFG2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0. Parameter conditions are Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0 and scan rate = 200 mV/s

269

010203040506070

Ip (nA)

1 2 3 4 5

No of cycle

Figure I-6 Increasing Ip of AFG2 cathodic peak obtained from repetitive cyclic voltammetry

270

y = 61.415x + 1171.6R2 = 0.9987

124012501260127012801290130013101320133013401350

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log v

Ep

(-mV)

APPENDIX J

Voltammetric plot Ep-log υ for the reduction of AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 Figure J-1 The voltammetric plot Ep – log υ for the reduction of 1.3 µM AFB1 in BRB solution at pH 9.0

271

y = 49.297x + 1146R2 = 0.9984

1200

1210

1220

1230

1240

1250

1260

1270

1280

1290

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log v

Ep

(-mV)

y = 48.484x + 1134.8R2 = 0.9978

1190120012101220123012401250126012701280

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log v

E p (-

mV

)

Figure J-2 The voltammetric plot Ep – log υ for the reduction of 1.3 µM AFG1 in BRB solution at pH 9.0 Figure J-3 The voltammetric plot Ep – log υ for the reduction of 1.3 µM AFG2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0

272

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

v ( mV/sec)

I p (n

A)

APPENDIX K

Plot of peak height versus scan rate for AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 Figure K-1 Plot of Ip versus scan rate (υ) for 1.3 µM AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0

273

0102030405060708090

100110

0 100 200 300 400 500 600v ( mV/s )

Ip (n

A)

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

v ( mv/sec)

I p (n

A)

Figure K-2 Plot of Ip versus scan rate (υ) for 1.3 µM AFG1 in BRB at pH 9.0 Figure K-3 Plot of Ip versus scan rate (υ) for 1.3 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0

274

APPENDIX L

Voltammograms of AFB2 with increasing concentrations

Figure L-1 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of increasing concentration of AFB2

in (a) BRB at pH 9.0, (b) 0.02 µM (c) 0.06 µM (d) 0.10 µM (e) 0.14 µM, (f) 0.18 µM

(g) .22 µM (h) 0.26 µM and (i) 0.32 µM. Parameter conditions; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4

V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

275

APPENDIX M

Voltammograms of 0.1 µM and 0.2 µM AFB2 obtained on the same day

measurements

Figure M-1 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 obtained in the same day (n= 8) with RSD = 2.83% Eacc = -6.0 V, tacc= 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV

Figure M-2 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of 0.2 µM AFB2 obtained in the same day (n= 8) with RSD = 0.72%. Eacc = -6.0 V, tacc= 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV

276

APPENDIX N

Voltammogramms of AFB2 at inter-day measurements

Figure N-1 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 obtained at day 1 ( n= 8) with RSD = 2.83% .Eacc = -6.0 V, tacc= 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV

277

Figure N-2 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 obtained at day 2 (n= 8) with RSD = 2.39% Eacc = -6.0 V, tacc= 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV

Figure N-3 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of 0.1µM AFB2 obtained at day 3 (n= 8) with RSD = 1.31% Eacc = -6.0 V, tacc= 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV

278

APPENDIX O

F test for robustness and ruggedness tests

a) Two tailed F test was used to observe any significant different of variance by using

small variation of a few important parameters such pH of buffer solution, Eacc and tacc..

Optimum parameters Variation

pH of BRB = 9.0 8.5 and 9.5

Eacc = -0.60 V -0.59 V and -0.61 V

tacc = 80 s 75 and 85 s

0.1 µM AFB2 (n =5):

For optimum and small variation in pH of BRB (as an example)

pH n Ip SD

9.0 5 60.62 0.88

8.5 5 58.82 0.79

F = (0.88)2 / (0.79)2 = 0.7744/ 0.6241 = 1.24 (< F tabulated at 95 % confidential level;

9.60).

No significant different for pH 9.0 and 8.5 at 95% confidential level.

279

pH n Ip SD

9.0 5 60.62 0.88

9.5 5 59.30 0.44

F = (0.88)2 / (0.44)2 = 0.7744 / 0.1936 = 4.00 (< F tabulated at 95 % confidential level;

9.60).

No significant different for pH 9.0 and 9.5 at 95% confidential level.

b) Two tailed F test was used to observe any significant different of variance by

using different voltammetric analyser which are BAS and Metrohm under optimum

parameters (AFB1 as an example).

AFB1

Voltammetric analyser n Ip SD

Metrohm 5 59.88 0.94

BAS 5 58.28 2.79

F(4,4) at 95% confidence level = 9.60

F = (2.79)2 / (0.94)2 = 7.78 / 0.88 = 8.84 (< F tabulated; 9.60)

No significant difference between the results obtained for 0.1 µM AFB1 by two types of

voltammetric analyser.

280

APPENDIX P

Voltammograms of AFB1 with increasing concentration Figure P-1 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of increasing concentration of AFB1

in (a) BRB at pH 9.0, (b) 0.02 µM (c) 0.04 µM (d) 0.14 µM (e) 0.18 µM, (f) 0.22 µM

(g) 0.26 µM (h) 0.30 µM and (i) 0.32 µM. Parameter conditions; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4

V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

281

APPENDIX Q

Voltammograms of AFG1 with increasing concentrations

Figure Q-1 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of increasing concentration of AFG1

in (a) BRB at pH 9.0, (b) 0.02 µM, (c) 0.04 µM, (d) 0.06 µM, (e) 0.08 µM, (f) 0.10

µM, (g) 0.14 µM, (h) 0.18 µM, (i) 0.26 µM (j) 0.30 µM and (k) 0.32 µM. Parameter

conditions; Ei = -0.95 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse

amplitude = 80 mV.

282

APPENDIX R

Voltammograms of AFG2 with increasing concentrations

Figure R-1 Cathodic stripping voltammograms of increasing concentration of AFG2

in (a) BRB at pH 9.0, (b) 0.02 µM, (c) 0.04 µM, (d) 0.06 µM, (e) 0.10 µM, (f) 0.14

µM, (g) 0.18 µM, (h) 0.26 µM, (i) 0.28 µM and (j) 0.30 µM. Parameter conditions; Ei

= -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80

mV.

283

APPENDIX S

LOD determination according to Barek et al. (2001a)

By standard addition of lower concentration of analyte (AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and

AFG2) until obtaining the sample response that is significantly difference from blank

sample

a) AFB1; 0.5 x 10-8 M or 1.56 ppb gave Ip = 4.3 nA at Ep = -1.250 V

Figure S-1 Voltammogram of 0.5 x 10-8 M of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0

284

b) AFB2; 0.78 x 10-8 M or 2.5 ppb gave Ip = 5.7 nA at Ep = -1.260 V

Figure S-2 Voltammogram of 0.78 x 10-8 M of AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0

c) AFG1; 1.0 x 10-8 M or 3.28 ppb gave Ip = 4.34 nA at Ep = -1.160 V

Figure S-3 Voltammogram of 1.0 x 10-8 M of AFG1 in BRB at pH 9.0

285

d) AFG2; 0.76 x 10-8 M or 2.5 ppb gave Ip = 6.19 nA at Ep = -1.190 V

Figure S-4 Voltammogram of 0.76 x 10-8 M of AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0

From the results, LOD for AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 are 0.5 x 10-8 M (1.56 ppb),

0.78 x 10-8 M (2.50 ppb), 1.0 x 10-8 M (3.28 ppb) and 0.76 x 10-8 M (2.50 ppb),

respectively.

286

APPENDIX T

LOD determination according to Barek et al. (1999)

The limit of detection is calculated as threefold standard deviation from seven analyte

determinations at the concentration corresponding to the lowest point on the appropriate

calibation curve.

AFB1 (as an example);

concentration for lowest point on calibration curve is 2.0 x 10-8 M.

Ip values from seven determinations of this concentration;

11.76, 12.00, 12.40, 11.80, 11.85, 11.92, 11.92

Mean = 11.95 Standard deviation = 0.2142

0.2142 x 3 = 0.642 x 10-8 M or 2.00 ppb

LOD for determination of AFB1 = 0.64 x 10-8 M or 2.00 ppb.

287

APPENDIX U

LOD determination according to Zhang et al. (1996)

The LOD is the concentration giving a signal equal to three times the standard deviation

of the blank signal divided by slope from calibration curve.

AFB1 as an example

Regression equation for calibration curve is y = 5.4363x + 3.7245

Slope = 5.4363

Ip for blank from seven measurements;

40.86, 42.24, 40.22, 38.53, 42.52, 41.04, 41.64

standard deviation of blank (SDblk) = 1.3533

3SDblk / m = (3 x 1.3533) / 5.4363 = 0.7468 x 10-8 M or 2.35 ppb

LOD for determination of AFB1 = 0.75 x 10-8 M or 2.35 ppb.

288

APPENDIX V

LOD determination according to Miller and Miller (1993)

LOD is the concentration giving a signal three times the standard error plus the y-

intercept divided by the slope of calibration curve

Regression equation for peak height of analyte with their concentrations is;

yi = mx + b

where; yi = peak height

m = slope

b = y-intercept

y value for calculation of standard error is y’i = mx + b where x is the concentration of

analyte.

Standard error is calculated based on following equation;

Sy/x = √( ∑ (yi – yi’)2 ) / n -2

LOD = (3 x Sy/x ) / m

289

As example, LOD for AFB1 is calculated as below;

Regression equation for AFB1; y = 5.4363x + 3.7245

[AFB1] = x Peak height = y yi’ = mx + b y – yi

’ (y – yi’)2

2 11.86 14.597 -2.737 7.491

4 23.77 25.470 -1.70 2.89

6 36.34 36.342 -0.002 4 x 10-6

10 60.4 58.088 2.312 5.345

14 82.12 79.833 2.287 5.230

18 103 101.578 1.422 2.022

22 125.1 123.323 1.777 3.158

26 145.6 145.068 0.532 0.283

30 165.2 166.814 -1.614 2.605

32 175.4 177.686 -2.286 5.226

∑ (yi – yi’ )2 34.250

(x in 10-8 M and peak height is in nA)

n = 10, m = 5.4363, ∑ (yi – yi’)2 = 34.250

Sy/x = √34.250/ 8 = 2.069

LOD = (3 x 2.069) / 5.4363 = 1.142 x 10-8 M or 3.56 ppb

====> LOD for AFB1 is 1.14 x 10-8 M or 3.56 ppb.

290

APPENDIX W

ANOVA test (Youmens, 1973)

Table W-1 LOD (in ppb) of aflatoxins obtained from three different method

Aflatoxin

B1 B2 G1 G2

Totals

Method 1 2 3

1.56 2.50 3.28 2.50 2.00 2.80 3.50 3.02 2.35 2.86 3.60 2.84

9.84

11.32

11.65

Totals

5.91 8.16 10.38 8.36

32.81

Four sums of squares were calculated in order to make up the ANOVA table. They are

total, sample, method and error sums of squares. The sums of squares were calculated

in five steps as follows;

a) Calculation of C = (∑ Xij)2 / kn = (32.81)2 / 12 = 89.71

b) Calculation of total sum of squares = ∑ (Xij)2 – C = 93.63 – 89.71 = 3.92

c) Calculation of sample or block sum of squares = 1 ∑2j – C = 1 x 279.15 – 89.71

n 3 = 3.34

d) Calculation of method or process sum of squares =1 ∑2i– C

k = 1 x 360.69 – 89.71 = 0.46 4

291

e) Calculation of error sum of squares Error sum of squares = total sum of squares – (block sum of squares + process sum of squares) = 3.92 – (3.34 + 0.46) = 0.12 The ANOVA table was constructed as follows: Table W-2 Analysis of variance

Source

Degrees of freedom (f)

Sum of squares (SS)

Mean squares (SS / f = MS)

Total

Block

Process

Error

kn – 1 = 11

n – 1 = 2

k – 1 = 3

kn – n – k + 1 = 6

3.92

3.34

0.46

0.12

0.153

0.02

f) Calculation of F

F = process mean square / error mean square = 0.153 / 0.02 = 7.65

g) Test of null hypothesis Tabular F from Fisher’s F table is 8.94 for f1 = 6 and f2 = 3. This is larger than

the calculated value of F. The hypothesis was not disproved, hence the

experiment indicates that the methods are not giving significantly different of

LOD of aflatoxins at 95% probability level.

This ANOVA test indicates that all three methods can be selected in

determination of LOD of aflatoxins using proposed technique.

292

010

2030

4050

60

5 6 9 11

pH of BRB

I p (n

A) No PLLWith PLL

APPENDIX X

Peak height of AFB2 obtained from modification of mercury electrode with PLL

Table X-1 Ip of 10 ppb all aflatoxins in BRB at pH 9.0 in presence and absence of poly-L-lysine (PLL)

No PLL

With PLL

Aflatoxin

Ip (nA)

Ep (V)

Ip (nA)

Ep (V)

AFB1

AFB2

AFG1

AFG2

15.70

14.83

18.77

17.60

-1.26

-1.26

-1.19

-1.22

10.22

12.20

16.20

13.90

-1.22

-1.26

-1.19

-1.22

Figure X-1 Ip of 0.1 µM AFB2 (31.4 ppb) in different pH of BRB with and without PLL coated on mercury electrode.

293

APPENDIX Y

SWSV voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0

Figure Y-1 SWS voltammograms of AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0 (n =10). Experimental parameters; Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, υ = 3750 mV/s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 s and amplitude = 50 mV. Blank is represented by broken line.

Figure Y-2 SWS voltammograms of AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0 (n=10). All experimental conditions are the same as in the Figure Z-2.

294

Figure Y-3 SWS voltammograms of AFG1 in BRB at pH 9.0 (n=10). All experimental conditions are the same as in the Figure Z-2 except for Ei = -0.95 V. Figure Y-4 SWSV voltammograms of AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0 (n=10). All experimental conditions are the same as in the Figure Z-2.

295

APPENDIX Z

SWSV voltammograms of 0.1 µM of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB at pH

9.0

Figure Z-1 SWSV voltammograms of 0.10 µM of AFB1 (n =3) in BRB at pH 9.0. Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.8 V, tacc = 100 s, υ = 3750 mV/s, frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and amplitude = 50 mV. Figure Z-2 SWSV voltammograms of 0.10 µM of AFB2 (n = 3) in BRB at pH 9.0. All experimental parameters are the same as in Figure Z-1.

296

Figure Z-3 SWSV voltammograms of 0.10 µM of AFG1 (n=3) in BRB at pH 9.0. All experimental parameters are the same as in Figure Z-1 except for Ei = -0.95 V. Figure Z-4 SWSV voltammograms of 0.10 µM of AFG2 (n =3) in BRB at pH 9.0. All experimental parameters are the same as in Figure Z-1.

297

APPENDIX AA

UV-VIS spectrums of 10 ppm AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 stock solutions

Figure AA-1 UV-VIS spectrums (n=3) of 10 ppm AFB1 in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%)

Figure AA-2 UV-VIS spectrums (n=3) of 10 ppm AFB2 in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%)

298

Figure AA-3 UV-VIS spectrums (n=3) of 10 ppm AFG1 in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%)

Figure AA-4 UV-VIS spectrums (n=3) of 10 ppm AFG2 in benzene: acetonitrile

(98%)

299

APPENDIX AB

Voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 obtained from 0 to 6 months storage time in the cool and dark conditions

Figure AB-1 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained from difference storage time of 0 to 6 months in the dark and cool conditions. DPCSV parameter conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

300

Figure AB-2 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained from difference storage time of 0 to 6 months in the dark and cool conditions. DPCSV parameter conditions are the same as in Figure AB-1. Figure AB-3 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG1 in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained from difference storage time of 0 to 6 months in the dark and cool conditions. DPCSV parameter conditions are the same as in Figure AB-1 except for Ei = -0.95 V.

301

Figure AB-4 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 obtained from difference storage time of 0 to 6 months in the dark and cool conditions. DPCSV parameter conditions are the same as in Figure AB-1.

302

APPENDIX AC

Voltammograms of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 obtained from 0 to 8 hours exposure time

Figure AC-1 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB1 in BRB at pH 9.0 exposed to normal laboratory conditions from 0 to 8 hrs. Experimental conditions: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.60 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

303

Figure AC-2 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0 exposed to normal laboratory conditions from 0 to 8 hrs. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure AC-1.

Figure AC-3 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG1 in BRB at pH 9.0 exposed to normal laboratory conditions from 0 to 8 hrs. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure AC-1 except for Ei = -0.95 V.

304

Figure AC-4 Voltammograms of 0.10 µM AFG2 in BRB at pH 9.0 exposed to normal laboratory conditions from 0 to 8 hrs. Experimental conditions are the same as in Figure AC-1.

305

APPENDIX AD

UV-VIS spectrums of AFB2 and AFG2 in BRB at pH 6.0 and 11.0 Figure AD-1 UV-VIS spectrums of 1.0 ppm AFB2 in BRB at pH 6.0 from 0 to 3 hrs exposure time Figure AD-2 UV-VIS spectrums of 1.0 ppm AFB2 in BRB at pH 11.0 from 0 to 3 hrs exposure time

306

Figure AD-3 UV-VIS spectrums of 1.0 ppm AFG2 in BRB at pH 6.0 from 0 to 3 hrs exposure time Figure AD-4 UV-VIS spectrums of 1.0 ppm AFG2 in BRB at pH 11.0 from 0 to 3 hrs exposure time

307

APPENDIX AE

Voltammograms of AFB1 and AFG1 in 1.0 M HCl and 1.0 M NaOH

Figure AE-1 DPCSV voltammograms of AFB1 in 1.0 M HCl from 0 to 6 hours

Figure AE-2 DPCSV voltammograms of AFB1 in 1.0 M NaOH from 0 to 6 hours.

308

Figure AE-3 DPCSV voltammograms of AFG1 in 1.0 M HCl from 0 to 6 hours.

Figure AE-4 DPCSV voltammograms of AFG1 in 1.0 M NaOH from 0 to 4 hours.

309

APPENDIX AF

DPCS voltammograms of real samples added with various concentrations of AFG1

(i) (ii)

(iii)

Figure AF-1 DPCSV voltammograms of real samples (b) added with 3 ppb (i), 9 ppb

(ii) and 15 ppb (iii) AFG1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank on the first day

measurement.

310

APPENDIX AG

SWSV voltammograms of real samples added with various concentrations of AFB1

(i) (ii)

(iii)

Figure AG-1 SWSV voltammograms of real samples (b) added with 3 ppb (i), 9 ppb

(ii) and 15 ppb (iii) AFB1 obtained in BRB at pH 9.0 (a) as the blank on the first day

measurement.

311

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3

% rec

over

y AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Day 1 Day 2 Day 3

% r

ecov

ery AFB1

AFB2AFG1AFG2

APPENDIX AH

Percentage of recoveries of 3 ppb and 9 ppb of all aflatoxins in real samples obtained by SWSV method.

Figure AH-1 Percentage of recoveries of 3 ppb of all aflatoxins in real samples obtained by SWSV method for one to three days of measurements.

Figure AH-2 Percentage of recoveries of 9 ppb of all aflatoxins in real samples obtained by SWSV method for one to three days of measurements.

312

APPENDIX AI

Calculation of percentage of recovery for 3.0 ppb AFG1 added into real sample.

From voltammograms of real sample added with 3.0 ppb AFG1;

Peak height = 5.85 nA, 6.53 nA, 6.09 nA Average = 6.16 nA

Peak height for 10 ppb AFG1 in BRB pH 9.0 = 20.60 nA*. So for 1 ppb = 2.060 nA

For peak height = 6.16 nA ===> (6.16 / 2.060) x 1.0 ppb = 2.99 ppb

Injected AFG1 = 3.0 ppb

From the above calculation, found AFG1 = 2.99 ppb

Recovery (%) = (2.99 / 3.0) x 100 % = 99.67%.

Summary:

AFG1 added = 3. 0 ppb

AFG1 found = 2.99 ppb

% recovery of AFG1 in real sample = 99.67 %

* Notes; For other aflatoxins, the peak heights for 10 ppb of AFB1, AFB2 and AFG2 in

BRB pH 9.0 is 21.93 nA, 21.33 nA and 20.23 nA respectively.

313

APPENDIX AJ

HPLC chromatograms of real samples: S10 and S07 Figure AJ-1 HPLC chromatogram for S10 which contains 36.00 ppb total aflatoxins.

Figure AJ-2 HPLC chromatogram for S07 which contains 3.67 ppb total aflatoxins.

314

APPENDIX AK

Calculation of aflatoxin in real sample; S13

1st analysis

From voltammograms of real sample ;

Peak height = 1.78 nA, 1.80 nA, 1.79 nA Average = 1.79 nA

From voltammograms of real sample added with 10 ppb AFB1 standard solution.

Peak height = 22.5 nA, 22.6 nA, 22.8 nA Average = 22.63 nA

From equation as stated in Appendix F;

Aflatoxin content = [(1.79) / (22.63 – 1.79)] x 12.5 = 10 .74 ppb

2nd analysis

From voltammograms of real sample ;

Peak height = 1.80 nA, 1.79 nA, 1.82 nA Average = 1.80 nA

From voltammograms of real sample added with 10 ppb AFB1 standard solution.

Peak height = 22.7 nA, 22.5 nA, 22.8 nA Average = 22.67 nA

From equation as stated in Appendix F;

Aflatoxin content = [(1.80) / (22.67 – 1.80)] x 12.5 = 10 .78 ppb

Average for duplicate analysis = (10.74 + 10.78) / 2 = 10.74 ppb

Total aflatoxins content in S13 = 10.76 ppb

315

APPENDIX AL

List of papers presented or published to date resulting from this study

1. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Cylic voltammetry study of

AFB2 at the mercury electrode. Paper presented at SKAM -16, Kucing, Sarawak, 9 –

11th September 2003.

2. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Cylic voltammetry study of

AFB2 at the mercury electrode. Malaysian J. Anal. Sci. In press.

3. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Differential pulse stripping

voltammetric technique for determination of AFB2 at the mercury electrode. J. Collect.

Czech. Chem. Common. In press

4. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Stability studies of

aflatoxin G1 (AFG1) using differential pulse stripping voltammetric technique. Paper

presented at Symposium Life Science II, USM Penang. 31st to 3rd April 2004.

5. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Developement of

differential pulse stripping voltammetric (DPCSV) technique for determination of

AFG1 at the mercury electrode. Chemical Analysis (Warsaw). In press

6. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Cyclic voltammetry study

of AFG1 at the mercury electrode. Paper presented at KUSTEM 3rd Annual Seminar on

Sustainability Science and Management, Kuala Terengganu, Terengganu. 4 – 5th May

2004.

7. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Stability studies of

aflatoxins using differential pulse stripping voltammetric (DPCSV) technique. Paper

presented at SKAM-17, Kuantan, Pahang, 24 – 26th August 2004.

316

8 Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Stability studies of

aflatoxins using differential pulse stripping voltammetric (DPCSV) technique.

Malaysian J. Anal. Sci. In press.

9. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Voltammetric

determination of aflatoxins: Differential pulse voltammetric (PCSV) versus Square-

wave stripping voltammetry (SWSV) techniques. Paper presented at KUSTEM 4th

Annual Seminar on Sustainibility Science and Management, Kuala Terengganu, 2nd –

3rd May 2005.

10. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. , Ahamad, R. and Misni, M. Determination

of the aflatoxin B1 in groundnut samples by differential pulse cathodic stripping

voltammetry (DPCSV) technique. Paper presented at Seminar Nasional Kimia II,

Universiti Sumatera Utara, Medan, Indonesia. 14th April 2005.

11. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. Ahamad, R., and Misni, M. Development of

differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) technique for the

determination of aflatoxin B1 in groundnut samples. J Sains Kimia. 9(3): 31-36.

12. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Application of differential

pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) technique in studying stability of

aflatoxins. J Sains Kimia. 9(3): 64-70.

13. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Square-wave cathodic

stripping voltammetric (SWSV) technique for determination of aflatoxin B1 in

groundnut samples. Paper presented at SKAM-18, JB, Johor. 12 – 14th September

2005.

14. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. Square-wave cathodic

stripping voltammetric (SWSV) technique for determination of aflatoxin B1 in

groundnut samples. Malaysian J. Anal. Sci. In press.

317

APPENDIX AM

ICP-MS results on analysis of BRB at pH 9.0

Figure AM-1 ICP-MS results on analysis of BRB at pH 9.0

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 1

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

PRESENTED AT 1st ASSESMENT

SEMINAR.

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC STUDY FOR DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS

MOHAMAD HADZRI YAACOB (PS023001)

SUPERVISOR:AP DR ABDUL RAHIM HJ MOHD YUSOFF

CO-SUPERVISOR:PROF RAHMALAN AHAMAD

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 3

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

TOPICS FOR DISCUSSION

INTRODUCTIONAFLATOXIN COMPOUNDSRESEARCH BACKGROUND OBJECTIVES SCOPE OF RESEARCH

EXPERIMENTALRESULTS AND DISCUSSIONCONCLUSIONPROBLEMSSUGGESTIONS FOR FUTURE WORKSFLOW CHART OF FUTURE PLANNING

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

AFLATOXINS

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 4

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

INTRODUCTION

AFLATOXINS:Mycotoxin group

Produced by two fungi;

Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus

Types of aflatoxins:

AFB1 AFB2 AFG1AFG2

AFM1AFM2

Raw peanuts, peanuts products, wheat, maize, vegetable oils, dried fruites, barley, pear, cocoa, coffee, herbs, spices, wine, cottonseeds.

Cow milk and its products, eggs and meat product

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 5

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

INTRODUCTION …cont

AFLATOXINS:Occurs naturally in commodities used for animal and human

Carcinogenic, teratogenic and mutagenic

IARC (1988): Class I carcinogenic materials

Dangerous to health: will cause aflatoxicosis disease.

Effect the economy of commodities export countries

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 6

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

INTRODUCTION…cont

AFLATOXINSIts growth depends on temperature and medium (acidity)

Contamination of feed through infection and seed damaged by insects

Enter into human body through consumption of contaminated food and skin absorption.

Regulatory level in Malaysia: Raw peanuts < 15 ppbMilk < 0.5 ppbOthers < 5 ppb

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 7

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

INTRODUCTION… cont

CHEMICAL STRUCTURES

O

O

O

OO

O

AFB1AFB1 AFB2AFB2

AFG1AFG1 AFG2AFG2

O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 8

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESEARCH BACKGROUND

Very dangerous to human health

Its actual amount must be determined by fast, accurate and relatively low cost technique / method.

Analytical level must be at ppb or ppt ( In Malaysia: HPLC with LOD:2.0 ppb and analysis time: 20 mins)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 9

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESEARCH BACKGROUND…cont

Methods that have been used:Methods that have been used:TLC ( 0.03 – 5.0 ppb) HPLC (UVD, AD or FD) ( 0.014 – 7.0 ppb) Enzyme linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA):( 0.01 – 5.0 ppb)Immunoaffinity chromatography (IAC):( 0.2 – 2.0 ppb)Micellar electrokinetic’s capillary chromatography (MECC):( 0.02 – 0.09 ppb)Differential pulse polagoraphy (DPP): ( 25 ppb)

LOD of aflatoxins depends on the type of:aflatoxins, samples and extraction techniques

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 10

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESEARCH BACKGROUND… cont

Problems/disadvantages:

Antibodies are costly, using dangerous radioisotopes, need special precaution for dealing with radioisotopes and its waste. It has certain half life.

RIA

Reagents /kits are costly. Suitable for screen test.

ELISA

Longer analysis time, need a lot of toxic organic solvents, high cost for instruments, and maintenance

HPLC

Longer analysis time, accuracy problem, aflatoxins absorption problem

TLC

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 11

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESEARCH BACKGROUND… cont

Voltammetric technique has been chosen as an alternative method to be studied for determination of aflatoxins

VOLTAMMETRYUntil now, no study has been performed

using voltammetric techniques either cyclic voltammetry, cathodic/anodic stripping

voltammetry or absorption stripping

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 12

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESEARCH BACKGROUND …cont

Voltammetric technique: sensitive, high accuracy, low cost and easy to use

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 13

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

OBJECTIVES OF RESEARCH

(1)

TO STUDY ELECTROCHEMICAL

PROPERTIES OF AFLATOXINS (AFB1, AFB2,

AFG1 AND AFG2) USING VOLTAMMETRIC

TECHNIQUE TOGETHER WITH CONTROL GROWTH

MERCURY ELECTRODE (CGME) AS THE WORKING

ELECTRODE

(2)

TO DEVELOPE A DETECTION METHOD FOR

DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXINS IN FOOD

SAMPLES WHICH IS SENSITIVE, SIMPLE,

ACCURATE AND ECONOMIC TECHNIQUE.

CVCV DPSVDPSV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 14

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

SCOPE OF STUDY

Using cyclic voltammetry (CV):-

Determine the type of aflatoxins reaction at mercury electrode when anodic or cathodicscanning is performed.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 15

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

SCOPE OF STUDY…cont

Identify the peak or peaks obtained either oxidation peak or reduction peak or both for developing a technique for analysis of aflatoxins.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 16

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

SCOPE OF STUDY…cont

Using voltammetric technique:

study the effect of pH of electrolyte solution on reduction/oxidation aflatoxin peaks.

determine the best electrolyte for the process of reduction / oxidation of aflatoxins at mercury electrode.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 17

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

SCOPE OF STUDY…cont

Parameters optimisation to obtain maximum peak height and linear with addition of aflatoxins concentration.Use optimum parameters for determination of AFB2, AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 18

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

PLANNING ACTIVITIES

4b) using low concentration

4a) using high concentration

4) Parameters optimisation:

3) Stripping voltammetric study of AFB2

2) Cyclic voltammetric study of AFB2

1) Literature survey

DNOSOJJM

Activity 2002

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 19

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

PLANNING ACTIVITIES…cont

J OAF

3) Complexing of aflatoxins study

2) Interference study

1b) Determine analytical parameters

1a) Prepare calibration curve

1) Determination of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2

DNOSJJMMActivity 2003

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 20

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

PLANNING ACTIVITIES…cont

5) Study using different working electrodes

6) Thesis writting up

1) Analysis of contaminated food samples

2) Thesis writting up

Activity 2005

J OAF

5) Comparison study

4)Determination by HPLC

3)Determination of aflatoxinsin real samples

2)Determination of aflatoxinsin artificially contaminated samples

1) Determination of mixing aflatoxins

DNOSJJMM

Activity 2004

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 21

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

STUDY FLOW CHART

AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDSAFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS

AFB1AFB1 AFB2AFB2 AFG1AFG1 AFG2AFG2

Cyclic Cyclic voltammetricvoltammetric, anodic/, anodic/cathodiccathodicDifferential pulse stripping Differential pulse stripping VoltammetricVoltammetric, anodic / , anodic / cathodiccathodic

Direct measurementDirect measurement ComplexingComplexing with metalswith metals(Zn, (Zn, PbPb, Cu) or, Cu) or

Organic materialsOrganic materials((CysteinCystein))

Modified electrode / Modified electrode / Screen printed electrodeScreen printed electrode

Method Method optimisationoptimisation

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 22

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

STUDY FLOW CHART…cont

Method validationMethod validation

Limit of detectionLimit of detection Linearity Linearity PrecisionPrecision AccuracyAccuracy

By By experimentexperiment

By By graphgraph InterInter--daydayIntraIntra--dayday

Optimise;E acc, tacc, Ei, Ef, scan rate, pulse amplitude

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 23

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

STUDY FLOW CHART…cont

Method testingMethod testing

Real samplesReal samples Artificially contaminatedArtificially contaminatedsamplessamples

Compare the results with that obtained by HPLCCompare the results with that obtained by HPLC

Method is tested at different laboratory / Method is tested at different laboratory / analyseranalyser

Method is acceptedMethod is accepted

Mixing Mixing aflatoxinsaflatoxins std std (AFB1,AFB2,AFG1,AFG2)(AFB1,AFB2,AFG1,AFG2)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 24

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

EXPERIMENTAL: INSTRUMENTS AND REAGENTS

INSTRUMENTS: BAS CGME (consist of Ag/AgCl as RE, Pt wire as AE and HMDE as WE) interface with BAS C50W Voltammetric Analyser

Electrolyte solutions: BRB 0.04M at various pH (2.0,3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 7.0, 8.0, 9.0,10.0,11.0, 12.0 dan 13.0). 0.1M HCl for pH 1.0

Standard solutions: AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 dan AFG210 ppm (10ml) – SIGMA

Techniques: CV dan DPCSV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 25

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

EXPERIMENTAL FLOW CHART

NITROGEN GAS IS FLOWED IN AFLATOXINS NITROGEN GAS IS FLOWED IN AFLATOXINS SOLUTION, REDISSOLVED IN BRB SOLUTION SOLUTION, REDISSOLVED IN BRB SOLUTION

10 ML BRB SOLUTION 10 ML BRB SOLUTION

SOLUTION IS DEGASSED

SOLUTION IS SOLUTION IS SCANNEDSCANNED

SPIKE INTO 20 ML SPIKE INTO 20 ML VOLTAMMETRIC CELLVOLTAMMETRIC CELL

OBTAINEDOBTAINEDVOLTAMMOGRAMVOLTAMMOGRAM

BLANK SOLUTION BLANK SOLUTION + AFLATOXIN

BLANKBLANKVOLTAMMOGRAM VOLTAMMOGRAM

SAMPELSAMPELVOLTAMMOGRAM VOLTAMMOGRAM

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 26

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

CV STUDY ( [AFB2] = 1.3 x 10-6M in BRB pH 9.0)

IIpp for AFB2 = 30 for AFB2 = 30 nAnA

EEpp = = --1315 mV1315 mV

No anodic peakNo anodic peak

Irreversible reaction Irreversible reaction

1 = 1 = cathodiccathodic directiondirection 2 = anodic direction2 = anodic directionScan rate = 200mV/s

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 27

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

CV : to confirm the cathodic peak[AFB2] = 1.3 x 10-6M in BRB pH = 9.0

IIpp AFB2 = 35 AFB2 = 35 nAnA

EEpp = = --1311 mV1311 mV

No anodic peakNo anodic peak

Irreversible reaction

1. Anodic direction2. Cathodic direction

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 28

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

CV : to confirm the cathodic peak By [AFB2] standard addition and cathodic scanning in BRB pH 9.0

(a) 1.3 (a) 1.3 uMuM 30nA, 30nA, --1315 mV1315 mV

(b) 2.0 (b) 2.0 uMuM 47 47 nAnA, , --1313 mV1313 mV

(c) 2.7 (c) 2.7 uMuM 67 67 nAnA, , --1306 mV1306 mV

(d) 3.4 (d) 3.4 uMuM 79 79 nAnA, , --1303 mV1303 mV

y = 26.541x - 3.035R2 = 0.9895

020406080

100

0 1 2 3 4

[AFB2] X 10-6M

Ip (n

A)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 29

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Repeatitive cathodicscanning using single mercury drop, 1.3 x 10-6MAFB2 in BRB pH = 9.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

1 3 5 7 9

no of cycle

ip c

atho

dic

(nA)

Adsorption process at mercury electrodeAdsorption process at mercury electrode

Diffusion current is influenced Diffusion current is influenced by adsorption process at by adsorption process at mercury electrodemercury electrode

O

O

O

OO

O

AFB2

13141310130913071304

13579

Ep

(-mV)No of cycle

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 30

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of scan rate (V) on Ip and Ep of AFB2

(1) Log Ep vs log V

y = 0.5097x + 0.4115R2 = 0.995

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.7

1.9

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log V

log

Ep

Linear with m >0.5:

Diffusion current produced by reduction process of aflatoxins which is influenced by adsorption process at mercury electrode.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 31

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of scan rate (V) on Ip and Ep of AFB2(2) Ep vs log V

y = 40.065x + 1223.3R2 = 0.9936

12701280129013001310132013301340

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log V

Ep

(-mV

)

Linear :

Ep AFB2 changing with Increasing of V.

Irreversible reaction

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 32

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of scan rate (V) on Ipof AFB2(3) Ip vs V

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550

V (mv/s)

Ip (n

A)

Linear : two different regions due to different scan rate

(1) 100 – 500 mV/s (fast) : m = 0.076 R = 0.9917

(2) 20 – 100 mV/s (slow):m = 0.264 R = 0.9979

Linear for both regions: AFB2 is adsorped at mercury electrode.

Reduction and adsorption processes at electrode are influenced by the rate of reaction which prefers the slow reaction.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 33

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

AFB2 reduction reaction:

: Irreversible

: Diffusion current is influenced by adsorption process with prefer the slow reaction

1. CV produces only cathodic peak.

2. Graph Ep vs log V: linear

1. graph log Ep vs log V: linear, m = >0.5

2. graph Ip vs V: linear with higher m at slow V compare to the m at fast V

3. Ip increases with repeatitivecathodic scanning.

Cathodic Stripping Volltammetric is selected

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 34

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Differential Pulse CathodicStripping Voltammetric(DPCSV) technique

(1)Scan [AFB2] = 1.0 nMEi = 0, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc =0 mVT acc = 0, v = 50 mv/s, pulse amplitude: 100 mV (in BRB pH =9.0)

(2)Scan [AFB2] = 1.0 nMEi = 0, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc =0 mV T acc = 30s, v = 50 mv/s, pulse amplitude: 100 mV (In BRB pH = 9.0)Accumulation time greatly effect on peak height (Ip) of AFB2

(1)

(2)

-1256mV, 5nA

-1244mV, 25nA

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 35

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Study effect of pH of supporting electrolyte ( BRB )Aims:a) To study the pH of BRB that gives maximum Ip of AFB2 without giving any extra peak.

b) To study either hidrogen ion is greatly involved in the reduction reaction of AFB2 or not.

[AFB2] = 2.0 uM, BRB with pH = 2.0 to 13.0, use 0.1M HClfor pH = 1.0

Method: DPCSV

Parameters:Ei = 0, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc = 0, t acc = 15 s, v = 50 mV/s

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 36

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

[AFB2] = 2.0 uM, BRB with pH = 2.0 to 13.0, 0.1 M HCl for pH=1.0Method: DPCSV Parameters:Ei = 0, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc = 0, t acc = 15s, v = 50 mV/s

pH =9.0, optimum pH Ip = 48 nA, Ep = -1192 mV

pH < 5.0, > 12.0 : no AFB2 peakpH: 5.0 – 9.0: Ip increasedpH: 9.0 – 12.0: Ip decreased

The reaction is effected by pH of supporting electrolyte.= proton ion is greatly involve in reduction reaction of AFB2. BRb pH 9.0 is selected

0102030405060

4 6 8 10 12

pH

Ip (n

A)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 37

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Voltammograms of AFB2 with changing pH

pH = 4.0No peak

pH = 7.0( - 1168 mV, 42 nA)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 38

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Voltammograms of AFB2 with changing pH

pH = 9.0 ( -1192 mV, 48 nA) pH = 11.0 (-1193 mV, 32 nA)

Interfered by blank( BRb pH = 9.0 )

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 39

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of pH of BRB on Ep of AFB2

1100

1150

1200

1250

4 6 8 10 12 14

pH

Ep (-

mV)

pH: 5.0 – 8.0: linear: R = 0.9777

pH: 9.0 – 12.0: nearly constant

Ep shifted towards more negative direction

= At or before optimum pH (9.0), reaction is effected by H+ ion

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 40

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Parameters optimisation:Scan rate (v)Accumulation potential ( Eacc)Accumulation time (tacc)Scanning potential window( Ei and Ef)Pulse amplitude

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 41

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Parameters optimisation steps

Using two different concentrations of AFB2

(1) High:

[AFB2] = 2.0 uM

(2) Low:

[AFB2] = 0.06 uM

Optimum parameters for determination of AFB2 using DPCSV technique

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 42

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Initial parameters:Ei = 0,Ef = -1500 mV,Eacc = 0, tacc = 15 s, V = 20 mv/s and P.A = 100 mV. [AFB2] = 2.0 uM

-1240 mV , 29 nA

Interfered by blank( BRb pH 9.0 )

Effect of Hg oxidation

H2 overpotential

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 43

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of scan rate (v)

01020304050

0 20 40 60 80 100 120

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ip (n

A)

Optimum V : 40 mv/sIp = 36 nA, Ep = -1256 mVInitial Ip : 29 nA

reduction reaction of AFB2 at mercury electrode prefered slow reaction

1) At higher v, Ip decreased due to uncomplete reaction.

2) Higher v caused Ep linearly ( R2 = 0.9868) shifted to more negative direction.

V = 40 mV/s

1230

1260

1290

1320

0 30 60 90 120

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ep (-

mV)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 44

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of accumulation time (tacc)

0

20

40

60

0 20 40 60

Accumulation time (s)

Ip (n

A)

Optimum tacc : 40s Ip = 45 nA, Ep = -1256 mVInitial Ip : 36 nA

Tacc > 40s: Ip decreased due to the formation of saturated layer at mercury electrode.2. Amount of analyte (AFB2) in the bulk solution is lower due to the adsorption process at mercury electrode

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 45

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of accumulation potential(Eacc)Optimum Eacc: -800 mvIp = 51nA, Ep = -1248 mVInitial Ip : 45 nA

When:Eacc = Ei ( 0 mV): Ip lowerEacc = Ef ( -1500 mV): no peak

was observed

At Eacc = -800 mV, AFB2 maximum adsorped at mercury electrode

0

20

40

60

0 400 800 1200 1600

Accumulation potential (-mV)

Ip (n

A)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 46

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of initial potential

010203040506070

0 300 600 900 1200

Ei (-mV)

Ip (n

A)

Optimum Ei: -1000 mvIp = 53 nA, Ep = -1256 mVInitial Ip : 51 nA

Scanning from Ei =-1000 mV increasing Ip of AFB2 because it can minimisedthe effect of blank (which give a peak around -950mV)

Ei at -1000 mV will save scanning time

Ei = -1000 mV and Ef = -1500 mV is selected as an opimumpotential window.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 47

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Effect of pulse amplitude (P.A)

0

20

40

60

80

0 30 60 90 120 150

Pulse amplitude (mV)

Ip (n

A)

Optimum P.A: 100 mvIp = 53 nA, Ep = -1256 mVInitial Ip : 53 nA (same P.A)

Not selected eventhough Ipincreased because:

a) Very small increment of Ip, only 1nA ( 54nA)

b) Peak broader and produces higher noise level

P.A =100 mV is selected as the optimum P.A

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 48

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Optimum parametersEi = -1000 mV, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc =-800 mV, tacc = 40 s,Scan rate = 40 mV/s and P.A = 100 mV,

Ip = 53 nA (↑83%) , Ep = -1208 mV

Ei = 0, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc = 0, tacc = 15 s, scan rate = 20 mv/s and P.A = 100 mV

2.0 µM AFB2 in BRB pH 9.0

Initial parameters

Ip = 29 nA, Ep = -1240 mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 49

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Using previous optimum parameters Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc =-800 mV, tacc = 40 s,s.rate = 40 mV/s and P.A = 100 mV

Obtained new optimum parametersEi = -1000 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc =-600 mV, tacc = 80 s,s.rate = 50 mV/s and P.A = 80 mV

13.9nA, -1232 mV

0.06µM AFB2In BRB pH 9.0

38.18 nA, ( ↑200%), -1220mV

Using lower concentration of AFB2

Reoptimisation steps

( Final optimum parameters)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 50

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Before optimised:Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc =-800 mV, tacc = 40 s,s.rate = 40 mV/s and P.A = 100 mV

After optimised:Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc =-600 mV, tacc = 80 s,s.rate = 50 mV/s and P.A = 80 mV

Optimum parameters for determination of AFB2

[AFB2] = 0.06 µM

-1232 mV, 13.90 nA

-1220 mV, 38.18 nA

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 51

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Preparation of calibration curve ( AFB2 in BRB pH 9.0)

y = 5.55x + 3.6435R2 = 0.9978

0

50

100

150

200

0 10 20 30 40

[AFB2] X10-8M

ip (n

A)

Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc =-600 mV, tacc = 80 s,s.rate = 50 mV/s and P.A = 80 mV

Linear range: 0.02 – 0.32 µM

LOD: 0.0159 µM ( 5.0 ppb)

Sensitivity: 0.555 µA / µMEp AFB2 (0.1 uM) = -1230 mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 52

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

From calibration curve:1) Precision :

Determine the AFB2 with concentrations of (1) 0.06 µM and (2) 0.10 µM. Calculate relative standard deviation (RSD) for each determination. ( repeatibility ) ( RSD < 5%)

2) Accuracy:

Determine the recovery by scanning a known amount of AFB2 and calculate the actual amount of AFB2 using regression equation which was obtained from the calibration curve. The obtained value is compared with amount of spiked AFB2. (recovery)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 53

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Precision:

[AFB2] =0.06 µM, n = 8, RSD = 2.80%

(1) (2)

[AFB2] =0.20 µM, n = 8, RSD = 2.53%

RSD = < 5%: Proposed method is high precision

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 54

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Precision: (inter-day)

Day 1

Day 2

Day 3

Day 1: 72.70 +/- 0.521 ( 0.72% ) , n = 8

Day 2: 72.22 +/- 0.533 ( 0.74% ) ,,

Day 3: 72.91 +/- 0.706 ( 0.97% ) ,,

Average: 72.61 +/- 0.587 ( 0.81% ) ,,

[AFB2] = 0.1 uM

High precision for intra and inter day measurements

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 55

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Accuracy (recovery) n = 3

94.26 +/- 0.81(0.86%)

23.5623.3623.77

134.4133.3135.6

25.02

86.83 +/- 1.46( 1.68%)

8.668.848.55

51.7052.7751.03

10.01

Recovery (%) (RSD)

Amount found

(x 10-8M)

Peak current

(nA)

Amount added

(x 10-8M)

No of experiment

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 56

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Application to determine AFG2, AFB1 and AFG1

AFG2, AFB1 and AFG1 :

CV In BRB pH 9.0, all aflatoxins are reduced at mercury electrode produced single cathodic peak and the reactions are irreversible. Diffusion currents are effected by adsorption process at electrode surface

DPCSV used the same optimum parameters as used for AFB2 to determine AFG2, AFB1 dan AFG1

=AFB2

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 57

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Voltammograms of AFB1 (A), AFB2 (B), AFG1 (C) and AFG2 (D) obtained from individual measurement at concentration of 0.1 uMin BRB pH 9.0

Ei =-1000 mV ( except for AFG1 = -950 mV), Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc = -600 mV, t acc = 80 s, v = 50 mV/s and p.amplitude = 80 mV

(A) AFB1 = -1220 mV ( 62.57 nA ), (B) AFB2 = -1230 mV ( 63.79 nA ) (C) AFG1 = -1150 mV ( 62.29 nA ), (D) AFG2 = -1170 mV ( 63.14 nA )

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 58

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

AFG2:

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90

[AFG2] / X10-8M

Ip (n

A)

y = 6.3464x + 9.8329R2 = 0.999

0

50

100

150

200

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35

[AFB2]X10-8M

Ip (n

A)

Saturation effect at electrode surface

y = 6.346x + 9.8329 ( R =0.9990)Linear range: 0.024 uM – 0.288 uMLOD: 0.0160 uM (5.28 ppb)Sensitivity: 0.635 uA/uM

Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc =-600 mV, tacc = 80 s,s.rate = 50 mV/s and P.A = 80 mV

Ep= -1170mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 59

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

AFB1

050

100150

200250300

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100

[AFB1]X10-8M

Ip (n

A) y = 4.4296x + 3.0034

R2 = 0.99720

50100150200250

0 10 20 30 40 50

[AFB1]X10-8M

Ip (n

A)

Y = 4.4296x + 3.0034 ( R =0.9972)Linear range : 0.0321 uM – 0.5778 uMLOD: 0.0161 uM ( 5.00 ppb)Sensitivity: 0.443 uA/uM

Parameters for AFB1 = AFG2 = AFB2

Ep = -1220 mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 60

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

AFG1

0255075

100125150175200

0 10 20 30 40 50 60[AFG1] X 10-8M

Ip (n

A)

y = 5.5958x + 3.7725R2 = 0.998

020406080

100120140160

0 5 10 15 20 25 30[AFG1]X10-8M

Ip (n

A)

y = 5.5958x + 3.7725Linear range: 0.02 uM – 0.260 uMLOD: 0.0150 uM ( 4.92 ppb)Sensitivity: 0.560 uA/uM

Ei = -950 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc =-600 mV, tacc = 80 s,s.rate = 50 mV/s and P.A = 80 mV Ep= -1150mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 61

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Voltammograms of AFG1

y = 5.5958x + 3.7725R2 = 0.998

020406080

100120140160

0 5 10 15 20 25 30[AFG1]X10-8M

Ip (n

A)

y = 5.5958x + 3.7725R = 0.9980

Ei = -950 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc =-600 mV, tacc = 80 s,s.rate = 50 mV/s and P.A = 80 mV

Ep AFG1 (0.1 uM) = -1150 mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 62

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 dan AFG2:

* [aflatoxins] = 0.1 uM

0.99902.00 – 29.00/6 -96

1.600/5.28

0.635Y = 6.3464x + 9.8329-1170AFG2

0.99802.00 – 26.00/6 - 90

1.500/4.92

0.560Y = 5.5958x + 3.7725-1150AFG1

0.99762.00 – 32.00/6 - 100

1.580/5.00

0.555Y =5.5500x + 3.6435-1230AFB2

0.99723.00 – 45.00/10 - 150

1.606/5.00

0.443Y = 4.4296x + 3.0034-1220AFB1

R2Linear range(x 10-8M) /

ppb

LOD( x 10-8M)/

ppb

Sensitivity(uA/uM)

Y = mx + c(y = nA, x = x 10-8M,

c = nA)

Ep(mV)*Aflatoxin

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 63

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

CONCLUSION

From the CV study, AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 have reduced at a mercury electrode which produced diffusion current that controlled by adsorption process at electrode surface. The reduction reaction was totally irreversible and prefered the slow reaction.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 64

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

CONCLUSION…cont

From the DPCSV, in BRB pH 9.0, AFB1, AFB2, AFG1, AFG2 have reduced at peak potentials of -1220 mV, -1230 mV, -1150 mV and -1170 mV ( versus Ag/AgCl) respectively.The proposed method provides high precision and accuracy for determination of AFB2.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 65

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

PROBLEMS

1. Blank BRB pH 9.0 gives a peak ( around -950 mV to -1100 mV) with unconsistent Ip (15 nA – 40 nA)

Ei = 0, Ef = -1500 mvEacc = 0 tacc = 20 s

Ei = 0, Ef = -1500 mvEacc = 0 tacc = 20 s

Ei = -1000 mv, Ef = -1400 mvEacc = -600 mv tacc = 80 s

(a) (b) (c)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 66

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

PROBLEMS…cont

2. Initial analysis of mixing aflatoxins sample:: AFB2 + AFG2 1 overlap peak : AFB1+ AFB2 1 overlap peak

3. Initial analysis of real sample (uncontaminated green nut powder ):The sample supress AFB2 standard peak almost 50%. ( recovery: 50%)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 67

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

FUTURE WORKS

Further study on suitable technique to reduce LOD / enhance sensitivity.Analysis of accuracy ( recovery) at inter-day for AFB2.Analysis of precision and accuracy at intra-day and inter-day for AFG2, AFB1 dan AFG1

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 68

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

FUTURE WORKS…cont

Complexing of aflatoxin for the selectivity of analysis.

Study interference effect;1. Analysis the mixing of aflatoxinssample.

2. Standard aflatoxin solution will be mixed with other ketone compounds.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 69

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

FUTURE WORKS…cont

Study the stability of aflatoxins ( shelf life study) and the effect of exposure time to the aflatoxins peak current ( aflatoxins will be left in voltammetric cell subject to the laboratory conditions for 8 hrs and measurement will be carried out for every hour)

Study other type of working electrodes such as carbon paste and screen printed electrodes.

Robustness test of the proposed method.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 70

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

FUTURE WORKS…cont

Analysis an artificially and real contaminated samples.

Compare the results with that obtained using accepted technique such as HPLC-FD.

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 71

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

FUTURE WORKS…cont

J OAF

3) Complexing of aflatoxins study

2) Interference study

1b) Determine analytical parameters

1a) Prepare calibration curve

1) Determination of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2

DNOSJJMMActivity 2003

finished

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 72

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

FUTURE WORKS…cont

5) Study using different working electrodes

6) Thesis writting up

1) Analysis of contaminated food samples

2) Thesis writting up

Activity 2005

J OAF

5) Comparison study

4)Determination by HPLC

3)Determination of aflatoxinsin real samples

2)Determination of aflatoxinsin artificially contaminated samples

1) Determination of mixing aflatoxins

DNOSJJMM

Activity 2004

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 73

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

WHAT EXPERTS SAID ABOUT VOLTAMMETRY?

Prof Barek (2001):

“Polarographic and voltammetric methods can play a useful role in the analysis as an alternative to chromatographic and

spectrophotometric techniques, however, their relationship to other methods is complimentry rather than competitive”

Prof Wang (1999):“Stripping analysis to the 21th century: faster, smaller,

cheaper, simpler and better”.

Hopefully this will come true!!!

Jaroslav Heyrovsky (1890-1967)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 74

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

SUPERVISOR:AP DR ABDUL RAHIM MOHD YUSOFF

CO-SUPERVISORS:

1. PROF RAHMALAN AHAMAD2. DR ABD. RAHIM YAACOB

STAFF OF CHEMISTRY DEPT, UTMCHEM. DEPT, MOSTE ( EN.RODWAN )ELECTROANALYSIS GROUP, CHEM. DEPT, UTM

USM ( STUDY LEAVE UNDER ASHES)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 75

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

THANK YOU

MohdMohd HadzriHadzri,,PPSainsPPSains KesihatanKesihatan20 20 OgosOgos 2003/2003/22 22 RejabRejab 1424H1424H

Wassalam

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 76

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 77

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 78

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

LOD DETERMINATION

LOD = limit of detectionLOD of an analyte is the concentration which gives an instrumental signal (y) significantly different from the blank or background signal ( Miller J. C. and Miller J. N. 1993)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 79

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

LOD DETERMINATION…cont

By Barek’s and Miller’s methodsBarek’s method: a) experiment

b) graph1a) Experiment:

By standard addition of lower concentration of analyte until obtaining the sample response that is significantly difference from blank signal

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 80

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

LOD DETERMINATION…cont

1b)By graph: The limit of determination was calculated as the tenfold standard deviation from seven analytedeterminations at the concentration corresponding to the lowest point on the appropriate calibration straight lineMiller’s method: By graph; 3SD/b

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 81

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

LOD DETERMINATION…cont

90.6727.474.441.3455.281.600AFG2

78.3323.886.722.0504.921.500AFG1

89.028.595.771.8375.001.580AFB2

141.545.366.702.1605.001.606AFB1

ppbx 10-8 Mppbx 10-8 Mppbx 10-8 M

Graph; 3SD/bGraphExperiment

By Miller’s Method

By Barek’s MethodAflatoxin

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 82

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

BLANK PEAK PROBLEM

Attempt to illiminate;1. Used dionised water from different lab;(Analytical, biological, FKKKSA, Biotechnology) and R.O water from

personal used….failed

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 83

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

BLANK PEAK PROBLEM…cont

2. Add 1.0 M HCl … failed3. Add 1.0 M EDTA…failed4. Used different voltammetry model

(Metrohm) peak still existed

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 84

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

STABILITY STUDY OF AFLATOXINS

AFB1, hour to hour stability study

Stability study of AFB1 in BRb pH=9.0

50

52

54

56

58

60

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Standing time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

Ip = 58.53 +/- 0.62 nA

( 1.06%)[AFB1] = 10 x 10-8M

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 85

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

STABILITY STUDY OF AFLATOXINS…cont

AFB2, hour to hour stability study

Stability study of AFB2 in BRB pH 9.0

7070.5

7171.5

7272.5

7373.5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Standing time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

[AFB2] =12 x 10-8M

Ip = 72.74 +/- 0.94( 1.29 % )

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 86

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

CV OF AFB1

Cyclic voltammogram of AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0, scan rate 200 mV/s

Ip = 50 nA, Ep = -1305 mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 87

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

CV OF AFG1

Cyclic voltammogram of AFG1 in BRB pH 9.0, scan rate 200 mV/s

Ip = 48 nA, Ep = -1245 mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 88

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

CV OF AFG2

Cyclic voltammogram of AFG2 in BRB pH 9.0, scan rate 200 mV/s

Ip = 52 nA, Ep= -1254 mV

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 89

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

VOLTAMMOGRAMS OF AFB2

DPSV voltammograms of AFB2 in BRB pH 9.0 (blank), scan rate 50 mV/s

AFB2 ( 2.0 uM )

Blank, BRB pH 9.0

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 90

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

VOLTAMMOGRAMS OF STD AFB2 AND REAL SAMPLE

AFB2, 0.07 uM( 35.83 nA, -1240 mV

AFB2 + REAL SAMPLE( 16.90 nA, -1245 mV)

BLANK

USED OPTIMISED PARAMETERS FOR AFB2

REAL SAMPLE: EXTRACT FROM GREEN NUT POWDER

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 91

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

VOLTAMMOGRAM OF MIXED AFLATOXINS

AFG2 + AFB2

0.1 uM AFG2 ( before mix)( 64 nA, -1170 mV)

+ 0.1 uM AFB2 ( 61.5 nA, -1170mV)

+ 0.2 uM AFB2 (60.8 nA, -1200 mV)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 92

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

VOLTAMMOGRAM OF MIXED AFLATOXINS…cont

AFG2 + AFB2

+ 0.3 uM AFB2( 76 nA, -1210)

+ 0.4 uM AFB2( 79 nA, -1210 mV)

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 93

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

VOLTAMMOGRAM OF MIXED AFLATOXINS…cont

0.1 uM AFG2 ( before mixed): -1170 mV, 64.0 nA+ 0.05 uM AFB2: -1170 mV, 62.7 nA+ 0.10 uM AFB2: -1170 mV, 61.5 nA+ 0.15 uM AFB2: -1170 mV, 58.2 nA+ 0.20 uM AFB2: -1200 mV, 60.8 nA+ 0.25 uM AFB2: -1210 mV, 69.9 nA+ 0.30 uM AFB2: -1210 mV, 76.0 nA+ 0.35 uM AFB2: -1210 mV, 79.0 nA+ 0.40 uM AFB2: -1210 mV, 79.0 nA

3/1/2007 1st ASSESSMENT REPORT 94

Introduction Experimental Results & Discussion Problem Future Works

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

WILL BE PRESENTED FOR

PhD VIVA PRESENTATION

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC METHOD TO DETERMINE METHOD TO DETERMINE AFLATOXIN COMPOUNDSAFLATOXIN COMPOUNDS

BY BY MOHAMAD HADZRI YAACOBMOHAMAD HADZRI YAACOB

PS 023001PS 023001

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

INTRODUCTIONINTRODUCTION

MycotoxinMycotoxin groupgroup

Produced by two fungi; Produced by two fungi;

AAspergillusspergillus flaflavusvus and and AspergillusAspergillus parasiticusparasiticus

Types of Types of aflatoxinsaflatoxins::

AFB1, AFB2, AFG1, AFG2AFB1, AFB2, AFG1, AFG2AFM1 and AFM2AFM1 and AFM2

AAspergillusspergillus flaflavusvus

Contaminated corn

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

INTRODUCTION…contINTRODUCTION…cont

O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

Chemical structures;

AFB1

AFG1O O

O

O

OO

O

AFB2

AFG2

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

OBJECTIVEOBJECTIVE

•• To study To study electroanalyticalelectroanalytical properties of properties of aflatoxinaflatoxincompounds (AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2) at compounds (AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2) at the working electrode.the working electrode.

•• To develop a new alternative technique for high To develop a new alternative technique for high sensitive determination of sensitive determination of aflatoxinaflatoxin compoundscompounds

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

SCOPE OF STUDYSCOPE OF STUDY

•• Studies on the Studies on the voltammetricvoltammetric behaviourbehaviour of of aflatoxinsaflatoxins using cyclic using cyclic voltammetricvoltammetric (CV) (CV) technique.technique.

•• Studies on the differential pulse Studies on the differential pulse cathodiccathodic and and anodic stripping anodic stripping voltammetryvoltammetry of all of all aflatoxinsaflatoxinsand parameters and parameters optimisationoptimisation

•• Studies on the effect of increasing concentration Studies on the effect of increasing concentration of the of the aflatoxinsaflatoxins to their peak height to their peak height

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

SCOPE OF STUDY…contSCOPE OF STUDY…cont

•• Interference studies by metal ions and organic Interference studies by metal ions and organic compoundscompounds

•• Studies on the square wave stripping Studies on the square wave stripping voltammetryvoltammetrytechnique for the determination of technique for the determination of aflatoxinaflatoxincompoundscompounds

•• Application of the proposed methods for the Application of the proposed methods for the determination of determination of aflatoxinaflatoxin compounds in real samples. compounds in real samples. The results were compared with HPLC resultsThe results were compared with HPLC results

•• Stability studies of Stability studies of aflatoxinaflatoxin solutionssolutions

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONRESULTS AND DISCUSSION

•• By CV technique;By CV technique;

Britton Robinson Britton Robinson Buffer (BRB) at pH 9.0 Buffer (BRB) at pH 9.0 was the best supporting was the best supporting electrolyte electrolyte

For 0.6 µM AFB1; For 0.6 µM AFB1; pH = 9.0, pH = 9.0, IIpp = 24.5 = 24.5 nAnA

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

pH of BRBIp

(nA)

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

•• Suggested mechanism (Smyth Suggested mechanism (Smyth et al.,et al.,1979)1979)

O

OO

OCH3

O

OO

OCH3

2 H2O

Dimer + 2 OH-

2e-

2 2

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

All All aflatoxinaflatoxin compounds are undergo irreversible compounds are undergo irreversible reduction reaction at mercury electrode reduction reaction at mercury electrode

For 1.3 For 1.3 µµM AFB2;M AFB2;IIpp = 30 = 30 nAnAEEpp = = --1.315 V (Ag/1.315 V (Ag/AgClAgCl))

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

All All aflatoxinaflatoxin compounds adsorb on the surface of the mercury compounds adsorb on the surface of the mercury electrode.electrode.

Repetitive CV; Repetitive CV; IIpp increased with the number of cycleincreased with the number of cycle

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

1 2 3 4 5

No of cycle

I p (n

A)

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

•• From DPCSV experimentFrom DPCSV experimentOptimisedOptimised parameters:parameters:

EEii = = --1.0 V (except for AFG1; 1.0 V (except for AFG1; --0.95 V), 0.95 V), EEff = = --1.4 V, 1.4 V, EEaccacc= = --0.6 V, 0.6 V, ttacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV.

(a) Unoptimised

(b)Optimised

0.06 µM AFB2

0.06 µM AFB2 0.06 µM AFB2 in BRB at pH 9.0

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Method validationMethod validation

AFB1 AFB1 AFB2 AFG1 AFB2 AFG1 AFG2AFG2LOD/ppb LOD/ppb 1.561.56 2.502.50 3.283.28 2.502.50

LOQ/ppbLOQ/ppb 5.205.20 8.33 10.93 8.338.33 10.93 8.33

Linearity Linearity 6 6 –– 100100 6 6 –– 100100 6 6 –– 105105 6 6 –– 105105Range/ ppbRange/ ppb

RR22 0.99890.9989 0.9980 0.9992 0.99890.9980 0.9992 0.9989

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Method validationMethod validationAccuracy:Accuracy:% Recovery > 95%% Recovery > 95% High accuracy High accuracy

Precision:Precision:%RSD for n = 8 < 3.0% %RSD for n = 8 < 3.0% High High precsionprecsion

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Robustness;Robustness;Small influences of important conditions (pH of BRB, Small influences of important conditions (pH of BRB,

EEaccacc and and ttacc ) were not significantly affect the peak height Method is robust

Ruggedess;No significant different in the peak heights obtained by

using two different voltammetric analysers (BAS vsMetrohm) Method is rugged

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

•• Interference studies;Interference studies;Metal ions (Al, Cu, Metal ions (Al, Cu, PbPb, Ni and Zn) and organic , Ni and Zn) and organic compounds (ascorbic acid, compounds (ascorbic acid, ββ--cyclodextrincyclodextrin and Land L--cysteinecysteine) were not interfere up to 10 times ) were not interfere up to 10 times concentration as compared with concentration as compared with aflatoxinaflatoxincompoundscompounds

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

Using SWSV techniqueUsing SWSV technique•• For all For all aflatoxinsaflatoxins, the peak heights were , the peak heights were

increased > 10 times increased > 10 times More sensitiveMore sensitive•• Analysis can be completed within a few second Analysis can be completed within a few second

Faster techniqueFaster technique•• LOD and LOQ lower than DPCSV technique LOD and LOQ lower than DPCSV technique

More sensitiveMore sensitive

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

•• VoltammogramsVoltammograms of of aflatoxinsaflatoxins (DPCSV (DPCSV vsvs SWSV)SWSV)

AFB1 AFB2 AFG1 AFG2

Text: page no - 191

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

•• From stability studies;From stability studies;

10 10 ppmppm aflatoxinaflatoxin stock solutions (in stock solutions (in benzene:acetonitrilebenzene:acetonitrile, , 98%) stored in the dark and cool condition: stable up to 1 98%) stored in the dark and cool condition: stable up to 1 year.year.

1 1 ppmppm aflatoxinaflatoxin standard solutions (in BRB pH 9.0 ) stored standard solutions (in BRB pH 9.0 ) stored in the dark and cool conditions: stable up to 3 months for in the dark and cool conditions: stable up to 3 months for AFB1 and AFB2 while for AFG1 and AFG2 stable up to 2 AFB1 and AFB2 while for AFG1 and AFG2 stable up to 2 months..months..

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

1 1 ppmppm aflatoxinsaflatoxins in BRB pH 9.0 exposed to in BRB pH 9.0 exposed to normal laboratory condition; AFB1 and AFB2 normal laboratory condition; AFB1 and AFB2 were stable up to 8 hrs but for AFG1 and AFG2 were stable up to 8 hrs but for AFG1 and AFG2 were stable up to 3 hrs. were stable up to 3 hrs.

AflatoxinAflatoxin prepared in basic condition were less prepared in basic condition were less stable as compared to those prepared in acidic stable as compared to those prepared in acidic and neutral media.and neutral media.

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

•• Analysis real sample (groundnuts) Analysis real sample (groundnuts)

Followed extraction and cleanFollowed extraction and clean--up procedure as applied by up procedure as applied by Chem. Dept. MOSTI.Chem. Dept. MOSTI.

Recovery studiesRecovery studies: : AflatoxinsAflatoxins standard solutions were standard solutions were spiked into the groundnut spiked into the groundnut eluateseluates;;

8080--99% for 199% for 1stst day analysis, 80 day analysis, 80 --90% for 290% for 2ndnd day and 75day and 75--85% for 385% for 3rdrd day analysis. day analysis.

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

•• Analysis of 15 samples by DPCSV, SWSV and HPLC (result: total Analysis of 15 samples by DPCSV, SWSV and HPLC (result: total aflatoxinsaflatoxins in ppb level)in ppb level)

SampleSample DPCSVDPCSV SWSVSWSV HPLC HPLC Notes Notes

S01S01 12.7312.73 13.0213.02 14.3414.34 --veve

S02S02 7.127.12 8.368.36 8.838.83 --veve

S03S03 n.dn.d n.dn.d 0.500.50 --veve

S04S04 21.4621.46 29.7229.72 19.0819.08 ++veve

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

SampleSample DPCSVDPCSV SWSVSWSV HPLCHPLC Notes Notes

S05S05 9.909.90 8.958.95 5.345.34 --veve

S06S06 n.dn.d n.dn.d n.dn.d --veve

S07S07 5.905.90 8.178.17 3.673.67 --veve

S08S08 n.dn.d n.dn.d n.dn.d --veve

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

SampleSample DPCSVDPCSV SWSVSWSV HPLCHPLC Notes Notes

S09S09 n.dn.d n.dn.d 1.841.84 --veve

S10S10 31.9331.93 35.6335.63 36.0036.00 ++veve

S11S11 n.dn.d n.dn.d 0.420.42 --veve

S12S12 n.dn.d n.dn.d 1.751.75 --veve

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…contRESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

SampleSample DPCSVDPCSV SWSVSWSV HPLCHPLC Notes Notes

S13S13 10.7610.76 9.219.21 8.258.25 --veve

S14S14 n.dn.d n.dn.d n.dn.d --veve

S15S15 n.dn.d n.dn.d n.dn.d --veve

++veve : > 15 ppb ( 2 out of 15 samples: 13%): > 15 ppb ( 2 out of 15 samples: 13%)

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

CONCLUSIONSCONCLUSIONS

The study has achieved the objective;The study has achieved the objective;

A sensitive, accurate, robust, rugged, fast and A sensitive, accurate, robust, rugged, fast and low cost technique was successfully developed low cost technique was successfully developed and applied for the determination of and applied for the determination of aflatoxinsaflatoxinsin groundnut samplesin groundnut samples

The hypothesis regarding The hypothesis regarding electroanalyticalelectroanalyticalproperties of properties of aflatoxinsaflatoxins was also proven. was also proven.

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

SUGGESTIONSSUGGESTIONS

•• Use other types of the working electrode (CPE, Use other types of the working electrode (CPE, GCE or BFE)GCE or BFE)

•• Study the reagents that can be Study the reagents that can be complexedcomplexed with with aflatoxinsaflatoxins

•• Study the effect of storage time and conditions Study the effect of storage time and conditions of groundnuts to the level of of groundnuts to the level of aflatoxinsaflatoxins

•• AnalyseAnalyse aflatoxinsaflatoxins in other type of samples (rice, in other type of samples (rice, bread, fish, vegetables and bread, fish, vegetables and cigarretescigarretes tobacco) tobacco) using the proposed technique.using the proposed technique.

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTACKNOWLEDGEMENT

•• Supervisors: AP Dr Supervisors: AP Dr AbdullAbdull RahimRahim HjHj. . MohdMohd. . YusoffYusoff and Prof and Prof RahmalanRahmalan AhamadAhamad

•• USM: study leave and fellowship USM: study leave and fellowship

•• UTM: Short term grant (UTM: Short term grant (VotVot No: 75152/2004)No: 75152/2004)

•• Chemistry Dept staffChemistry Dept staff

3/1/2007 PhD viva presentation

ORAL PRESENTED AT KUSTEM 3rd ANNUAL

SEMINAR ON SUSTAINABLE SCIENCE

AND MANAGEMENT (TERENGGANU; 4 - 5th

MAY 2004)

CYCLIC VOLTAMMETRIC STUDY OF AFLATOXIN G1 (AFG1) AT THE MERCURY

ELECTRODE

BY

Mohd Hadzri Yaacob, Abd.Rahim Yusoff and Rahmalan Ahamad

UTM, SKUDAI

TOPICS FOR DISCUSSION

• INTRODUCTION

• OBJECTIVE• EXPERIMENTAL• RESULTS AND

DISCUSSION• CONCLUSION

• ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

AFLATOXINS

INTRODUCTION

• AFLATOXINS:Mycotoxin group.

Produced by two fungi;

Aspergillus flavus Aspergillus parasiticus

Types of aflatoxins: AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2:

AFM1 and AFM2

Raw peanuts, peanuts products, wheat, maize, corn, vegetable oils, dried fruites, barley, pear, cocoa, coffee, herbs, spices, wine, cottonseeds.

Cow milk and its products, eggs and meat product

INTRODUCTION …cont

• AFLATOXINS:Occurs naturally in commodities used for animal and

human

Carcinogenic, teratogenic and mutagenic

IARC (1988): Class I carcinogenic materials

Dangerous to health: causes aflatoxicosis disease.

Effect the economy of commodities export countries

O O

O

O

OO

O

AFLATOXIN G1 ( AFG1): Chemical and physical properties

Chemical name: 3,4,7a, 10a-tetrahydro-5-methoxy-1H, 12H furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h]pyrano[3,4-c][l]-benzopyran-1,12-dione

Yellowish crystal.

Odorless, tasteless and colorless solution ( in organic solvent).

C17H12O7

MW = 328

Solubility: Dissolve in methanol, water:acetonitrile (9:1), trifluoroactic acid, DMSO and acetone. In water: 10-20 mg / liter

m.p; 244 – 246 0 C

Produces green color under UV light

UV abs (max) in methanol: 216, 242, 265 and 362 nm

IR spectrum ( in chloroform): 1760, 1695, 1630 and 1595 cm-1

AFLATOXIN G1 ( AFG1): Chemical and physical properties…cont

Stability of AFG1

In crystal form: extremely stable in the absence of light or UV radiation, even at T = > 1000C

Solution in water, DMSO, 95% acetone or ethanol stable for 24 hrs under normal condition. Stable for years if kept in cool and dark place

Stable in most food process; not destroy by normal cooking process since it heat stable

Based on chemical structure:

Ketone groups in lactone ring can be reduced and produce cathodic wave.

Unsaturated terminal furan ring can be reduced and produce cathodic wave.

O O

O

O

OO

O

ELECTROCHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF AFG1

Can forms anionic radical

WHAT AND WHY CYLIC VOLTAMMETRY (CV)?

CV: Voltammetric technique that consist of scanning linearly the potential of a stationary working electrode ( forward and reverse ) and the current flowing through the cell is measured as a function of that potential.

Three parameters needed to be characteristiced; starting potential of the scan, finishing / switching potential and scan rate ( rate of change of potential with the time)

A plot of current as a function of applied potential is called a voltammogram ( as in figure below)

Typical cyclic voltammogram for a reversible redoxprocess

O = oxidised form R = reduced form

Why CV?

1. To aquire qualitative information about electrochemical reactions

2. Ability to rapidly provide information on;

@ thermodynamic of redox process

@ the kinetic of heterogeneous electron-transfer

@ coupled chemical reactions

@ adsorption processes at electrode surface

3. Offer a rapid location of redox potentials of the electroactive species and convenient for evaluation of the effect of media upon the redox process

Initial experiment performed in electroanalyticalstudy

OBJECTIVE

1) To get information about electrochemical properties of aflatoxin G1 (AFG1) on the mercury electrode.

2) From this information, other voltammetrictechnique can be developed ( such as differential pulse stripping voltammetric ) for quantitatively determination of AFG1 ( AFG1 standard or AFG1 in real samples)

EXPERIMENTAL: INSTRUMENTS AND REAGENTS

BAS CGME consist of Ag/AgCl as RE, Pt wire as AE, CGME as WE, 20 ml cell and magnetic stirrer.

BAS C50W VoltammetricAnalyser

Reagents: AFG1 ( MERCK); 10 ppm in benzene: acetonitrile (98%), 1 ppm: prepared in BRb pH 9.0.

EXPERIMENT

A) Cathodic and anodic scan of AFG1

1. 10 ml of supporting electrolyte (BRb pH = 9.0 ) in voltammetriccell was degassed for at least 10 min.

2. Scanned using CV technique; Ei = 0 mV, E high = 0 mV, E low = -1500 mV, scan rate = 200 mV/s to obtain voltammogram of blank.

3. The AFG1 standard solution was spiked into the cell ( concentration of AFG1 in the cell = 1.5 uM), was degassed for at least 3 min and scanned follows the same procedure as 2.0 to obtain voltammogram of AFG1 in BRb solution.

4. Experiment no 2 and 3 were repeated with different parameters ( Ei = -1500 mV, E high = 0 mV and E low = -1500 mV ). Other parameters remain unchanged.

EXPERIMENT…Cont

B) Repeatitive scan

Repeatitive scan ( n = 5 ) for cathodic direction was performed and the peak height of AFG1 was observed

C) Standard Addition of AFG1

Using the same parameters as no 2, the concentration of AFG1 was added ( 1.5, 2.25 , 3.0, 3.75 and 4.5 M). The peak current and peak potential of AFG1 was observed.

D) Effect of scan rate

The scan rate was changed ( 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 700 mV/s ) while other parameters remain unaltered. The peak current and peak potential of AFG1 was observed due to the various applied scan rate.

E) Effect of pH of BRb solution

The pH of supporting electrolyte (BRb solution ) was adjusted from 3.0 to 13.0 ( using 1.0 M NaOH or 1.0 M HCl ) and the AFG1 standard solution was scanned in various pH of BRB. The peak current and peak potential of AFG1 was observed.

EXPERIMENT…Cont

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONA) Cathodic and anodic scan of AFG1

Ei = 0 mV, E high = 0 mV, E low = -1500 mV, s.rate = 200 mV/s, [AFG1] = 1.5 uMin BRb pH =9.0

Ei = -1500 mV, E high = 0 mV, E low = -1500 mV, s.rate = 200 mV/s, [AFG1] = 1.5 uM

Both scan directions gave only single cathodic peak ( no anodic wave ) AFG1 undergoes irreversible reduction reaction at mercury electrode.

Ip = 45.2 nA, Ep = -1245 mV

Ip = 58.5 nA, Ep = -1243 mV

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont

B) Repeatitive cathodic scan ( n = 5 or 10 segments)

Peak heights of AFG1 increased with the number of scans with no extra peak neither anodic nor anodic peak was observed. Peak potentials of AFG1 were – 1245 to -1220 mV.

= Progressive adsorptive accumulation of AFG1 at the mercury electrode surface

0

20

40

60

80

1 2 3 4 5

No of cycle

Ip (n

A)

C) Standard Addition of AFG1

Ei = 0 mV, E high = 0 mV, E low = -1500 mV, s.rate = 200 mV/s, [AFG1] = 1.5, 2.25, 3.0, 3.75 and 4.5 uM in BRB pH =9.0

Ip of AFG1 increased and peak potentials shifted toward less negative direction with increasing of AFG1 concentration.

The peak potential at –1245 mV was confirmed due to the reduction of AFG1 in BRB pH =9.0.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont

y = 24.756x + 13.072R2 = 0.9812

0

30

60

90

120

150

1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5

[AFG1] / uM

Ip (n

A)

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont

D) Effect of scan rate

i) Log peak height versus log scan rate, [AFG1] = 1.5 uM

y = 0.5623x + 0.446R2 = 0.9919

0.50.70.91.11.31.51.71.92.1

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log scan rate

Lop

Ip

Linear relationship was observed between log Ip versus log scan rate with the slope of 0.56 ( > 0.5 ) = Diffusion current is influenced by an adsorption of AFG1 on the electrochemical process at mercury electrode surface.

y = 48.484x + 1134.8R2 = 0.9978

1185

1200

1215

1230

1245

1260

1275

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log scan rate

Ep (-

mV)

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont

ii) Peak potential versus log scan rate, [AFG1] = 1.5 uM

Plot of peak potential versus log scan rate is a linear graph ( R2 = 0.9978)

= confirmed that the reduction of AFG1 on the electrode surface is totally irreversibe.

0102030405060708090

100110

0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550

Scan rate ( m V/s )

Ip (n

A)

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont

iii) Peak height versus scan rate, [AFG1] = 1.5 uM

1) Slow scan rate:

Ip = 0.2298x + 14.164 ( R2 = 0.9757, n = 5)

2) Fast scan rate:

Ip = 0.1598x + 19.18 ( R2 = 0.9892, n = 5)

Based on the slopes of the regression equations for two different regions, the reduction and adsorption of AFG1 on the electrode surface is governed by the speed of reaction which preferred slow reaction.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont

E) Effect of different pH of BRb solution, [AFG1] = 1.5 uM

0102030405060

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

pH

Ip (n

A)

At pH = 9.0, highest peak current was observed

1150

1170

1190

1210

1230

1250

1270

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

pH

Ep (-

mV)

i) Effect on peak height

ii) Effect on peak potential

Peak height and peak potential of AFG1 are pH dependent except for pH 6,7, 8 and 9, peak potential are unchanged at -1245 mV

CONCLUSION

1. AFG1 is reduced at mercury electrode. The reduction reaction is totally irreversible reaction which gives maximum peak height in BRb at pH of 9.0. The diffusion current produced by this reaction is affected by adsorption process of AFG1 at the mercury electrode surface which prefer a slow reaction.

2. All information on electrochemical properties of AFG1 are useful for development of other voltammetric technique for determination of AFG1 in standard solution and real samples.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

SUPERVISOR:AP DR ABDUL RAHIM MOHD YUSOFF

CO-SUPERVISORS:1. PROF RAHMALAN AHAMAD2. AP DR ABD. RAHIM YAACOB

ELECTROANALYSIS GROUP AND STAFF OF CHEMISTRY DEPT

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES, USM ,HEALTH CAMPUS, KUBANG KRIAN, KELANTAN

THANK YOU

Proposed mechanisme of the reduction of AFG1 that may take place at mercury electrode as reported by Smyth et al. (1979);

O O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

22e-

Θ

Dimer + 2OH-2H2O

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 1

ORAL PRESENTED AT SYMPOSIUM LIFE SCIENCE II

(USM PENANG; 31st MAC – 3rd

APRIL 2004)

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 2

STABILITY STUDY OF AFLATOXIN G1 (AFG1) USING DIFFERENTIAL PULSE

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC TECHNIQUE

BY

Mohd Hadzri Yaacob, Abd.Rahim Yusoff and Rahmalan Ahamad

UTM, SKUDAI

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 3

TOPICS FOR DISCUSSION

• INTRODUCTION

• OBJECTIVE• EXPERIMENTAL• RESULTS AND

DISCUSSION• CONCLUSION

• ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

AFLATOXINS

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 4

INTRODUCTION

• AFLATOXINS:Mycotoxin group.

Produced by two fungi;

Aspergillus flavus Aspergillus parasiticus

Types of aflatoxins: AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2:

AFM1 and AFM2

Raw peanuts, peanuts products, wheat, maize, corn, vegetable oils, dried fruites, barley, pear, cocoa, coffee, herbs, spices, wine, cottonseeds.

Cow milk and its products, eggs and meat product

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 5

INTRODUCTION …cont

• AFLATOXINS:Occurs naturally in commodities used for animal and

human

Carcinogenic, teratogenic and mutagenic

IARC (1988): Class I carcinogenic materials

Dangerous to health: causes aflatoxicosis disease.

Effect the economy of commodities export countries

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 6

O O

O

O

OO

O

AFLATOXIN G1 ( AFG1): Chemical and physical properties

Chemical name: 3,4,7a, 10a-tetrahydro-5-methoxy-1H, 12H furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-h]pyrano[3,4-c][l]-benzopyran-1,12-dione

Yellowish crystal.

Odorless, tasteless and colorless solution ( in organic solvent).

C17H12O7

MW = 328

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 7

Solubility: Dissolve in methanol, water:acetonitrile (9:1), trifluoroactic acid, DMSO and acetone. In water: 10-20 mg / liter

m.p; 244 – 246 0 C

Produces green color under UV light

UV abs (max) in methanol: 216, 242, 265 and 362 nm

IR spectrum ( in chloroform): 1760, 1695, 1630 and 1595 cm-1

AFLATOXIN G1 ( AFG1): Chemical and physical properties…cont

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 8

Stability of AFG1

In crystal form: extremely stable in the absence of light or UV radiation, even at T = > 1000C

Solution in water, DMSO, 95% acetone or ethanol stable for 24 hrs under normal condition. Stable for years if kept in cool and dark place

Stable in most food process; not destroy by normal cooking process since it heat stable

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 9

Based on chemical structure:

In strong alkali: lactone ring- susceptible to alkaline hydrolysis

In acid: acid catalytic addition of water across the double bond of the furan ring.

O O

O

O

OO

O

Stability of AFG1… cont

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 10

OBJECTIVE

To study the stability of AFG1 in;

a) Britton-Robinson buffer (BRB) pH 9.0; AFG1 prepared in BRB pH 9.0, measured in same buffer, exposed to normal condition ( 0 to 6 hrs).

b) BRB pH 9.0: kept in cool and dark place ( 0 to 6 months )

c) AFG1 prepared in BRB pH 9.0, measured in BRB with different pH, expose to normal condition ( 0 to 3 hrs).

Using Differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetric technique (DPCSV)

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 11

VOLTAMMETRY:

From Voltage- Amperometry

-Measure amount of current at different voltage

-Electroanalytical technique : sensitive, high accuracy, low cost and easy to use

-2 important parameters; peak height (Ip) and peak potential (Ep)

-result: voltammogram ( e.g; Differential Pulse Cathodic Stripping Voltammogram of AFG1)

[AFG1] = 0.1 uM = 30 ppb in BRB pH 9.0

Ep = -1150 mV

Ip = 55.45 nA

Analysis date: 26th Jan 2004

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 12

EXPERIMENTAL: INSTRUMENTS AND REAGENTS

BAS CGME consist of Ag/AgCl as RE, Pt wire as AE, CGME as WE, 20 ml cell and magnetic stirrer.

BAS C50W VoltammetricAnalyser

Reagents: AFG1 ( MERCK); 10 ppm in benzene: acetonitrile (98%), 1 ppm: prepared in BRB pH 9.0. BRB pH ( 3.0 to 13.0)

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 13

EXPERIMENTAL FLOW CHART

NITROGEN GAS IS FLOWED IN AFLATOXIN G1 SOLUTION, REDISSOLVED IN BRB SOLUTION

10 ML BRB SOLUTION

SOLUTION IS DEGASSED

SOLUTION IS SOLUTION IS SCANNEDSCANNED

SPIKE INTO 20 ML SPIKE INTO 20 ML VOLTAMMETRIC CELLVOLTAMMETRIC CELL

OBTAINEDOBTAINEDVOLTAMMOGRAMVOLTAMMOGRAM

BLANK SOLUTION BLANK SOLUTION + AFLATOXIN

BLANKBLANKVOLTAMMOGRAM VOLTAMMOGRAM

SAMPELSAMPELVOLTAMMOGRAM VOLTAMMOGRAM

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 14

RESULTSa) 0.1 uM AFG1 in BRB pH =9.0, exposed to normal condition

Stability study of AFG1 in BRB pH 9

0

20

40

60

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Standing time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

0 to 3 hrs: Peak current: 60.26 to 57.7 nA

4 hrs: 43.67 nA ( 78%)

6 hrs: 33.56 nA ( 56%)

8 hrs: 29.02 nA ( 45%)

AFG1 stable up to 3 hrs in BRB pH 9.0, exposed to normal condition

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 15

b) 0.1 uM AFG1 from 1 ppm AFG1 in BRB pH 9.0 kept in cool and dark place, measured in BRB pH 9.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

0 1 2 3 4 5 6Storage time (month)

Ip (n

A)

(a)0 (b) 1 m (c) 2 m (d) 3 m

(e) 4 m (f) 5 m (g) 6 m

0 to 3 m : 57.50 – 39.50 nA ( 70%)

4 m : 36.5 nA (60%) 6 m ( 25%)

AFG1 in BRB pH 9.0, kept in cool and dark place stable up to 3 m keeping time

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 16

c) 0.1 uM AFG1 ( from 1 ppm AFG1 in BRB pH 9.0) measured in different pH of BRB and exposed to normal condition

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Standing tim e (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

pH = 6.0pH = 7.0pH = 9.0pH = 11.0

In BRB pH = 6.0, 7.0 : peak current increases with time

In BRB pH = 9.0: peak current slowly decreases with time

In BRB pH = 11.0 peak current sharply decreases with time where after 2 hrs no peak was observed

Stability order for AFG1 in different pH of BRB exposed to normal condition up to 3 hrs;

pH 11.0 < 9.0 < 6.0 < 7.0

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 17

CONCLUSION

1) AFG1 stable up to 3 hrs in BRB pH 9.0 when exposed to normal condition.

2) AFG1 in BRB pH 9.0, stable up to 3 m when kept in cool and dark place

3)Stability order for AFG1 in different pH of BRB exposed to normal condition up to 3 hrs;pH 11.0 < 9.0 < 6.0 < 7.0

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 18

FURTHER WORKS

1. Stability study of AFG1 using different concentration of AFG1 ( 0.05 uM and 1.0 uM)

2. Stability study of AFG1, keep in room temperature and expose to light from 0 to 6 months.

3. Stability study of other aflatoxins (AFB1, AFB2 and AFG2)

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 19

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES, USM ( STUDY LEAVE AND FELLOWSHIP UNDER ASHES: May 2002 – May 2005)

SUPERVISOR:AP DR ABDUL RAHIM MOHD YUSOFF

CO-SUPERVISORS:1. PROF RAHMALAN AHAMAD2. AP DR ABD. RAHIM YAACOB

ELECTROANALYSIS GROUP AND STAFF OF CHEMISTRY DEPT

MR RODWAN MAT AIL, CHEM DEPT, MOSTE, PENANG.

3/1/2007 2nd Life PostCon USM Penang 20

THANK YOU

MohdMohd HadzriHadzri,,SainsSains ForensikForensik, , PPSainsPPSains KesihatanKesihatanUSM KELANTANUSM KELANTAN

Wassalam

ORAL PRESENTED AT SKAM-17

(KUANTAN, 24-26th

AUGUST 2004)

STABILITY STUDIES OF AFLATOXINS USING DIFFERENTIAL PULSE CATHODIC

STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC (DPCSV) TECHNIQUE

BY

Mohd Hadzri Yaacob, Abd.Rahim Yusoff and Rahmalan Ahamad

UTM, SKUDAI

INTRODUCTION

AFLATOXINS

C=O groups

Electroactiveproperty of aflatoxins

Electroactive

species can be determined using voltammetrictechnique

INTRODUCTION…cont

• AFLATOXINS:Mycotoxin group.

Produced by two fungi;

Aspergillus flavus Aspergillus parasiticus

Types of aflatoxins: AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2:

AFM1 and AFM2

Raw peanuts, peanuts products, wheat, maize, corn, vegetable oils, dried fruites, barley, pear, cocoa, coffee, herbs, spices, wine, cottonseeds.

Cow milk and its products, eggs and meat product

INTRODUCTION …cont

• AFLATOXINS:Occurs naturally in commodities used for animal and

human

Carcinogenic, teratogenic and mutagenic

IARC (1988): Class I carcinogenic materials

Dangerous to health: causes aflatoxicosis disease.

Effect the economy of commodities export countries

O O

O

O

OO

O

AFLATOXIN: Chemical and physical properties

C17H12O7 MW = 328

O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

C17H12O6, MW = 312

AFB1 AFB2

AFG1 AFG2

C17H14O6 MW = 314

C17H14O7 MW = 330

Solubility: Dissolve in methanol, water:acetonitrile (9:1), trifluoroactic acid, DMSO and acetone. In water: 10-20 mg / liter

Yellowish crystal

Odorless, tasteless and colorless solution ( in organic solvent).

AFLATOXIN: Chemical and physical properties…cont

AFB1 AFB2 AFG1 AFG2

m.point 2690 C 2870C 2450C 2370C

UV abs (max) 360 362 362 362in methanol/nm

IR spectrum 1760, 1684 1760, 1684 1760, 1695 1760, 1695( in chloroform) 1632, 1598 1632, 1598 1630, 1595 1630, 1595/ cm-1 1562 1562

AFLATOXIN: Chemical and physical properties…cont

Stability of aflatoxins

In crystal form: extremely stable in the absence of light or UV radiation, even at T = > 1000C

Solution in water, DMSO, 95% acetone or ethanol:stable for 24 hrs under normal condition. Stable for years if kept in cool and dark place

Stable in most food process; not destroy by normal cooking process since it heat stable.

OBJECTIVE

To study the stability of aflatoxins which were;

a) exposed to normal laboratory condition for 8 hours in BRb pH=9.0.

b) exposed to normal laboratory condition for 3 hours in BRb pH=6.0, 7.0, 9.0 and 11.0

c) stored under cool temperature for 6 months in BRbpH =9.0

using DPCSV technique

( a small portion of my research study in developing voltammetric technique for determination of aflatoxins)

EXPERIMENTAL: INSTRUMENTS AND REAGENTS

BAS CGME consist of Ag/AgCl as RE, Pt wire as AE, CGME as WE, 20 ml cell and magnetic stirrer.

BAS C50W VoltammetricAnalyser

Reagents: AFB1, B2, G1, G2 ( MERCK); 10 ppm in benzene: acetonitrile (98%), 1 ppm: prepared in BRb at required pH.

EXPERIMENT

A) General procedure for DPCSV analysis

1. 10 ml of supporting electrolyte (BRb pH = 9.0 ) in voltammetric cell was degassed for at least 15 min.

2. Scanned using DPCSV technique; Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc = -600 mV, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s, pulse amplitude = 80 mV and rest time = 10 s to obtain voltammogram of blank ( for all aflatoxinsexcept for AFG1, Ei = -950 mV)

3. The aflatoxins standard solution was spiked into the cell ( concentration of aflatoxins in the cell = 0.1 uM), redegassed for at least 2 min and rescanned follows the same procedure as no 2.0 to obtain voltammograms of aflatoxins in BRb solution.

EXPERIMENT…Cont

B) Procedures for stability studies1) 8 hours exposed to normal condition

Each aflatoxin was scanned every hour from 0 to 8 hours. ( aflatoxin in BRb pH =9.0 solution remained in the voltammetric cell).

2) 3 hours exposed to normal condition

Each aflatoxin was scanned every hour from 0 to 3 hours in different pH of BRb ( 6.0, 7.0, 9.0 and 11.0)

3) Shelf life of aflatoxins ( 1 ppm) stored in freezer

Each aflatoxin ( 0.1 uM) was scanned every month from 1st to 6th month storage period in BRb pH =9.0

RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONA) Voltammograms of aflatoxins

[AFB1] = 0.1 uM / 31.2 ppb

In BRb pH =9.0

Ep = -1210 mV

Ip = 63.19 +/- 1.64 nA

n = 8 RSD = 2.60%

[AFB2] = 0.1 uM / 31.5 ppbIn Brb pH 9.0

Ep = -1230 mV

Ip = 65.67 +/- 1.28 nA

n = 8 RSD = 1.95%

blank

blank

AFB1

AFB2

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION…cont

[AFG1] = 0.1 uM / 32.8 ppbIn BRb pH 9.0

Ep = -1150 mV

Ip = 60.76 +/- 0.99 nA

n = 8 RSD = 1.63%

[AFG2] = 0.1 uM / 33.0 ppbIn BRb pH 9.0

Ep = -1170 mV

Ip = 58.88 +/- 0.88 nA

n = 8 RSD = 1.50%

blank

blank

AFG1

AFG2

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont( STABILITY STUDIES)

A) 8 hours exposed to normal laboratory condition

Peak currents of AFB1 and AFB2 remained unchanged up to 8 hours but for AFG1 and AFG2 peak currents started decrease after 1st hour exposure time. After 3 hours it gradually decreased with AFG2 gave lower peak current compared to AFG1.

0

1020

30

40

5060

70

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Exposure time (hrs)

Pea

k he

ight

(nA

)AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

Up to 8 hrs, AFB1=AFB2 > AFG1, AFG2. AFG1> AFG2

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont( STABILITY STUDIES)

Voltammograms of aflatoxins at 0 to 8 hours in BRb pH 9.0.

0.1 uM AFB1 0.1 uM AFB2

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont( STABILITY STUDIES)

Voltammograms of aflatoxins at 0 to 8 hours in BRb pH 9.0...cont

AFG1 = 0.1 uM AFG2 = 0.1 uM

B) In different pH of BRb ( pH 6.0 and (7.0)

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont(STABILITY STUDIES)

In pH 6.0 and 7.0, all aflatoxins are stable within 3 hours in the cell.

0

5

1015

20

25

30

3540

45

50

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Pea

k he

ight

(nA) AFB1

AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH = 6.0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Peak

hei

ght (

nA)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

pH = 7.0

In BRb pH = 6.0 In BRb pH = 7.0

B) In different pH of BRb ( pH 9.0 and 11.0)

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont(STABILITY STUDIES)

Stability of aflatoxins in BRB pH 9

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

In pH 9.0, all aflatoxins stable within 3 hours in the cell.

Stability of aflatoxins in BRB pH 11

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

0 1 2 3

Exposure time (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

In pH 11.0, AFG1 and AFG2 significantly decreased within 3 hours compared to AFB1 and AFB2.

In BRb pH 9.0 In BRb pH11.0

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont(STABILITY STUDIES)

B) 6 months kept in freezer

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Storage time in freezer (months)

Peak

hei

ght (

nA)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

Stability order:

AFB1=AFB2>AFG2>AFG1

( in BRb pH =9.0)

AFB2

AFB1

AFG1

AFG2

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION… cont(STABILITY STUDIES)

B) 6 months kept in freezer

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Storage time in freezer (months)

Peak

hei

ght (

nA)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

Peak height vs time Percent left vs time

3rd MONTH: AFB1 (72%), AFB2 (83%), AFG1 (66%), AFG2 (56%)

6th MONTH: AFB1 (50%), AFB2 (59%), AFG1 (42%), AFG2 (37%)

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Storage time in freezer (months)

Perc

ent l

eft AFB1

AFB2AFG1AFG2

0.1 uM in BRb pH = 9.0

CONCLUSION

1. In BRb pH 9.0, AFB1 and AFB2 are stable up to 8 hours while AFG1 and AFG2 are stable up to 3 hours when exposed to normal condition in voltammetric cell.

2. Within 3 hours exposed to normal condition, all aflatoxins are stable in BRb pH 6, 7 and 9.0 but in BRb pH 11.0, AFG1 is very unstable compared to other aflatoxins. The proposed stability order for aflatoxins in BRb pH 11.0 is:

AFB2 > AFB1 > AFG2 > AFG1

3. AFB1 and AFB2 solution in BRb pH 9.0 kept in freezer have shelf life of 3 months while AFG1 and AFG2 only 2 months. After this period of time, the new aflatoxins solution should be prepared.

CONCLUSION…. cont

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

SUPERVISOR:AP DR ABDUL RAHIM MOHD YUSOFF

CO-SUPERVISORS: 1. PROF RAHMALAN AHAMAD2. AP DR ABD. RAHIM YAACOB

ELECTROANALYSIS GROUP AND STAFF OF CHEMISTRY DEPT

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES, USM ,HEALTH CAMPUS, KUBANG KRIAN, KELANTAN

THANK YOU

Based on chemical structure:

In strong alkali: lactone ring- susceptible to alkaline hydrolysis

In acid: acid catalytic addition of water across the double bond of the furan ring.

O O

O

O

OO

O

Stability of AFG1… cont

Based on chemical structure:

Ketone groups in lactone ring can be reduced and produce cathodic wave.

Unsaturated terminal furan ring can be reduced and produce cathodic wave.

O O

O

O

OO

O

ELECTROCHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF AFG1

Can forms anionic radical

Proposed mechanisme of the reduction of AFG1 that may take place at mercury electrode as reported by Smyth et al. (1979);

O O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

22e-

Θ

Dimer + 2OH-2H2O

2H+

UV-VIS SPECTRUM OF AFB1

BRb pH 6.0 BRb pH 7.0

BRb pH 11.0BRb pH 9.0

UV-VIS SPECTRUM OF AFB2

BRb pH 6.0 BRb pH 7.0

BRb pH 11.0BRb pH 9.0

UV-VIS SPECTRUM OF AFG1

BRb pH 6.0 BRb pH 7.0

BRb pH 11.0BRb pH 9.0

UV-VIS SPECTRUM OF AFG2

BRb pH 6.0 BRb pH 7.0

BRb pH 11.0BRb pH 9.0

ORAL PRESENTED AT SKAM-18

(JOHOR BAHRU, JOHOR ; 12 -14th SEPTEMBER 2005)

SQUARE-WAVE STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC TECHNIQUE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN B1 IN

GROUNDNUT SAMPLESBY

MOHAMAD HADZRI YAACOB

AP DR ABDULL RAHIM MOHD YUSOFF

PROF RAHMALAN AHAMAD

(UTM)

OBJECTIVE OF THIS STUDY

TO DEVELOP SWSV TECHNIQUE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AFB1

INTRODUCTION

• AFLATOXINS:Mycotoxin group

Produced by two fungi;

Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus

Types of aflatoxins:

AFB1 AFB2 AFG1AFG2

AFM1AFM2

Raw peanuts, peanuts products, wheat, maize, vegetable oils, dried fruites, barley, pear, cocoa, coffee, herbs, spices, wine, cottonseeds.

Cow milk and its products, eggs and meat product

Regulatory level in Malaysia: Groundnuts < 15 ppbMilk < 0.5 ppbOthers < 5 ppb

Carcinogenic, teratogenic and mutagenic

IARC (1988): Class I carcinogenic materials

O

O

O

OO

O

Chemical structure of AFB1

Produces blue colour under UV light

MW = 312

(2,3,6a,9a-tetrahydro-4-methoxycyclo penta[c] furo[3’,2’:4,5] furo [2,3-h][1] benzopyran-1,11-dione)

INSTRUMENTS;

VA 757 Metrohm Voltammetry

analyser + MME Stand

Working electrode = HMDE

Ref electrode: Ag/AgCl, 3M KCl

REAGENTS;

a) Britton-Robinson buffer(BRB) pH = 9.0 and AFB1 std

b) Methanol, 0.1 N HCl, 15% ZnSO4, diatomoceus earth powder, chloroform (for extraction and clean-up)

SAMPLES:

Groundnut from different shops

EXPERIMENTAL

EXPERIMENTAL FLOW CHART

NITROGEN GAS IS FLOWED IN AFLATOXINS NITROGEN GAS IS FLOWED IN AFLATOXINS SOLUTION, REDISSOLVED IN BRB SOLUTION SOLUTION, REDISSOLVED IN BRB SOLUTION

10 ML BRB SOLUTION 10 ML BRB SOLUTION

SOLUTION IS DEGASSED

SOLUTION IS SOLUTION IS SCANNEDSCANNED

SPIKE INTO 20 ML SPIKE INTO 20 ML VOLTAMMETRIC CELLVOLTAMMETRIC CELL

OBTAINEDOBTAINEDVOLTAMMOGRAMVOLTAMMOGRAM

BLANK SOLUTION BLANK SOLUTION + AFB1

BLANKBLANKVOLTAMMOGRAM VOLTAMMOGRAM

SAMPELSAMPELVOLTAMMOGRAM VOLTAMMOGRAM

1) Scan a blank 2) Scan AFB1 std

Method optimisation;

Study effect of pH of BRB (6.0 to 13.0)potential window (Ei and Ef ) (0.4 to -1.2 V)Accumulation potential (Eacc) (0 to -1.4 V)Accumulation time (tacc) (0 to 150 s)Frequency (25 to 125 Hz)Voltage step (0.01 to 0.04 V)Amplitude (0.025 to 0.1 V)Scan rate

to peak height (Ip) and peak potential (Ep) of AFB1

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Initial parameters (from optimum DPCSV parameters):

Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. Supporting electrolyte = BRB pH 9.0. [AFB1] = 0.1 uM

Single Single cathodiccathodic peakpeak

EEpp = = --1.23 V1.23 V

IIpp = 230 = 230 nAnA

Compare to DPCSV;

Ep = -1.24 V; Ip = 60 nA

a) Effect of pH of BRB (use 0.1 a) Effect of pH of BRB (use 0.1 uMuM AFB1)AFB1)

1. pH 9.0 gave maximum 1. pH 9.0 gave maximum IIpp

2. 2. EEpp shifted towards negative direction at higher shifted towards negative direction at higher pH pH Hydrogen ion involves in reduction process Hydrogen ion involves in reduction process

050

100150200250300

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

pH of BRB

Ip (n

A)

1.181.2

1.221.241.261.281.3

1.321.34

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

pH

Ep (-

V)

Proposed mechanism;Proposed mechanism;

a) pH 6-8

b) pH 9-12

O

OO

OCH3

2H+

O

OO

OCH3

H H2e-

O

OO

O C H 3

O

OO

O C H 3

2 H 2O

D im er + 2 O H -

2 e -

2 2

(Ref: Smyth et al. (1979): used DPP technique)

b) Effect of b) Effect of EEii

EEii = = --1.0 V gave highest 1.0 V gave highest IIpp ( 285 ( 285 nAnA) ) optimum optimum EEii for further experimentsfor further experiments

050

100150200250300

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4

Ei (-V)

I p (n

A)

BRB pH 9.0BRB pH 9.0

EEii = = --1.0 V1.0 V

c) Effect of c) Effect of EEaccacc

EEaccacc = = -- 0.8 V gave highest 0.8 V gave highest IIpp (366 (366 nAnA).).

EEaccacc -- 0.8 V was selected as optimum 0.8 V was selected as optimum EEaccacc

050

100150200250300350400

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6

Eacc (-V)

Ip (n

A)

BRB pH 9.0BRB pH 9.0

EEii= = --1.0 V1.0 V

EEaccacc = = --0.8 V0.8 V

d) Effect of d) Effect of ttaccacc

100 s is optimum 100 s is optimum ttaccacc. It gave . It gave maximum maximum IIpp (400 (400 nAnA))

050

100150200250300350400450

0 40 80 120 160 200

Tacc (s)

I p (n

A)

BRB pH 9.0BRB pH 9.0EEii= = --1.0 V1.0 VEEaccacc = = --0.8 V0.8 Vttaccacc = 100 s= 100 s

e) Effect of frequencye) Effect of frequency

Frequency = 125 gave maximum Frequency = 125 gave maximum IIpp(820 (820 nAnA). ).

> 125 Hz, not possible due to > 125 Hz, not possible due to instrument limitation. Too fast.instrument limitation. Too fast.

0

200

400

600

800

1000

0 25 50 75 100 125 150

Frequency (Hz)

I p (n

A)

BRB pH 9.0BRB pH 9.0EEii= = --1.0 V1.0 VEEaccacc = = --0.8 V0.8 Vttaccacc = 100 s= 100 sFreq = 125 HzFreq = 125 Hz

IIpp is depend linearly on the square root of frequency is depend linearly on the square root of frequency

( 5 to 125 Hz); ( 5 to 125 Hz);

y = 107.91x y = 107.91x -- 424.7 R 424.7 R 22 = 0.9919, n = 5.= 0.9919, n = 5.

AFB1 absorbed on the mercury electrode AFB1 absorbed on the mercury electrode

y = 107.91x - 424.7R2 = 0.9919

0

200

400

600

800

1000

3 5 7 9 11

(Frequency)1/2

I p (n

A)

f) Effect of voltage stepf) Effect of voltage step

Voltage step = 0.03 V which gave maximum Voltage step = 0.03 V which gave maximum IIpp(956 (956 nAnA) was selected as the optimum ) was selected as the optimum v.stepv.step

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05

Voltage step (V)

I p (n

A)

BRB pH 9.0BRB pH 9.0EEii= = --1.0 V1.0 VEEaccacc = = --0.8 V0.8 Vttaccacc = 100 s= 100 sFreq = 125 HzFreq = 125 HzV.StepV.Step = 0.03 V= 0.03 V

g) Effect of pulse amplitudeg) Effect of pulse amplitude

Amplitude = 0.05 V gave Amplitude = 0.05 V gave maximum maximum IIpp (956 (956 nAnA) )

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

0 0.025 0.05 0.075 0.1 0.125

Amplitude (V)

I p (n

A)

BRB pH 9.0BRB pH 9.0EEii= = --1.0 V1.0 VEEaccacc = = --0.8 V0.8 Vttaccacc = 100 s= 100 sFreq = 125 HzFreq = 125 HzV.StepV.Step = 0.03 V= 0.03 VAmplitude = 0.05 VAmplitude = 0.05 V

SquareSquare--wave frequency, voltage step and wave frequency, voltage step and scan rate are interrelated;scan rate are interrelated;

For frequency = 125 Hz and voltage step = For frequency = 125 Hz and voltage step = 0.030 V 0.030 V scan rate = 3750 mV/sscan rate = 3750 mV/s

Optimum parameters for the SWSV Optimum parameters for the SWSV determination of AFB1determination of AFB1

BRB pH 9.0, BRB pH 9.0, EEii = = --1.0 V, 1.0 V, EEff = = --1.4 V, 1.4 V, EEaccacc = = --0.8 V, 0.8 V, ttaccacc = = 100 s, Freq = 125 Hz, 100 s, Freq = 125 Hz, V.StepV.Step = 0.03 V, Amplitude = 0.05 = 0.03 V, Amplitude = 0.05 V and scan rate = 3750 mV/sV and scan rate = 3750 mV/s

Optimum SWSV parameters

Ip= 956 nA (Ep = -1.30 V)

NonNon--optimum SWSVoptimum SWSV

IIpp= 230 = 230 nAnA ((EEpp= 1.23 V)= 1.23 V)

Increases 4 times

Compare to Compare to optimum DPCSV parameters

Ip= 60 nA ( Ep= -1.24 V).

Increases 16 times.

SWSV more sensitive and faster SWSV more sensitive and faster (scan rate = 3750 mV/s) compare (scan rate = 3750 mV/s) compare to DPCSV.to DPCSV.

(* For DPCSV: 50 mV/s)(* For DPCSV: 50 mV/s) (a) DPCSV(a) DPCSV (b) SWSV(b) SWSV

(b)

(a)

Calibration curve for AFB1 and method validation

y = 70.97x + 76.588R2 = 0.9984

0200400600800

10001200

0 5 10 15 20

[AFB1] x 10-8 M

Ip (n

A)

Linearity range: 0.01 µM to 0.15 µM / 3.12 ppb to 46.8 ppb AFB1

LOD; 0.125 x 10-8 M / 0.39 ppb / 390 ppt

* By DPCSV; LOD: 0.5 x 10-8 M / 1.56 ppb.

Precision / repetibility;(0.1 µM / 31.2 ppb) (n =5)

Ip ± SD / nA (RSD) Ep (V)

Day 1: 932 ± 7.92 (0.85%) -1.30

Day 2: 933 ± 7.74 (0.83%) -1.30

Day 3: 933 ± 7.84 (0.84%) -1.30

SWSV voltammograms of AFB1 (n=5): Day 1

Accuracy / Recovery:

0.05 uM: 99.67 ± 0.48% (n=3) -1.30 V

0.10 uM: 100.47 ± 0.34% (n=3) -1.30 V

Voltammograms of (a) 0.05 and (b) 0.10 uM AFB1 (n=3)

(a) (b)

Analysis of AFB1 in groundnut sample

1) Extracted and cleaned-up: follows Chemistry Dept, MOSTI procedure.

2) Recovery studies – AFB1 in groundnut eluate

Result;

Amount added / ppb Amount found /ppb Recovery (%), n=3

3.00 2.82 ± 0.02 94.00 ± 0.67

9.00 8.21 ± 0.14 91.22 ± 1.56

15.00 13.88 ± 0.30 92.53 ± 2.00

Recovery: > 90 % is considered good recovery.

FLOW CHART OF SAMPLE ANALYSIS

SAMPLEEXTRACTION

AND CLEAN UP

(FOLLOW CHEM DEPT, MOSTI PROCEDURE)

PREPARE FINAL SOLUTION IN BRB pH = 9.0

INJECT 200 ulSAMPLE INTO CELL

(+10 Ml BRB pH = 9.0)

SCAN USING SWSV TECHNIQUE

STD ADDITION OF 10 ppb OF AFB1

RESCAN USING SWSV TECHNIQUE

Voltammogram of real sample + 10 ppb AFB1, compare with HPLC result

(a) Blank (b) 200 ul real sample (c) real sample + 10 ppb afb1

(a)

(b)

(c)

SWSV; 36.30 ppb HPLC; 36.00 ppb

Voltammogram of real sample + 10 ppb afb1 compare with HPLC result

No peak for AFB1: Not detected.

(a) Blank (b) 200 ul real sample (c) real sample + 10 ppb afb1

SWSV; ND HPLC; ND

Results; AFB1 in groundnut samples (duplicate analysis)

No of sample By SWSV/ ppb By HPLC/ppb

1 ND ND

2 ND ND

3 ND ND

4 9.21 8.25

5 13.92 14.34

6 36.30 36.00

t test: No significant different between both techniques (tcal = 0.51 < tcri (p : 0.05) = 2.57)

CONCLUSION

SWSV technique for the determination of AFB1 in groundnut sample was successfully developed. The technique is precise, accurate, high sensitive, fast and low cost technique.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

SUPERVISORS:

AP DR ABDUL RAHIM MOHD YUSOFFPROF RAHMALAN AHAMAD

SHORT TERM GRANT: 75152/2004

SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES, USM ,HEALTH CAMPUS, KUBANG KRIAN, KELANTAN

MR RADWAN, CHEM DEPT. MOSTI, PENANG BRANCH.

CV result for 1.3 uM AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0

Single cathodic peak at Ep = -1.310 V

Irreversible reduction reaction at mercury electrode

FORMULA FOR CALCULATION AMOUNT OF AFB1 IN GROUNDNUT SAMPLE;

ppb aflatoxin =

P’/ P x C x *12.5 ( for injection vol = 200 ul)

( P’ = Ip of sample (nA), P = Ip of std (nA)C = conc of injected std, 10 ppb)

*For other injection volume;

100 ul = x 25 300 ul = x 8.33

400 ul = x 6.25 500 ul = x 5

Voltammogram of real sample+ 10 ppb afb1, compare with HPLC result

Afb1 (ppb) = 94.3 x 10 x 12.5 = 36.30 ppb

419 – 94.3

(a) Blank (b) 200 ul real sample (c) real sample + 10 ppb afb1

(a)

(b)

(c)

SWSV; 36.30 ppb

HPLC; 36.00 ppb

ices, herbs,duces blue hanol : 360 ctor.

gassed with bl k

with

the

numb

rped

at

mercur

near

graph

(R2

Ep of AFB2 changincreasing scan ra

Reduction of AFirriversible reactio

4.3) Ip vs V

LinearAFB2 was adso

processes at elect

y = 0.5097x + 0.4115R2 = 0.995

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log scan rate

lo

10

20

30

40

50

60

70Ip

(nA

)

CTIONoxin, dangerous

Type I carcinogen ctures;

: measures s applied. Simple, y and low cost

O O

OO

OCH3

O O

O

O

OO

OCH3

AFG1 AFG2

RIMENT

46 processor and de electrode (MME)

4. a) DPCSV voltammogr

ip = 61.71 nA ip = 59.97n

b) SQWSV voltammogr

ip = 833 nA ip = 816nA

c) DPCSV and SQWSV

1

Paper will be published in

Malaysian Journal of Analytical Science

2

SQUARE WAVE CATHODIC STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC TECHNIQUE FOR DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN B1 IN GROUND NUT SAMPLE

Mohamad Hadzri Yaacob1, Abdull Rahim Hj. Mohd. Yusoff2 and Rahmalan Ahamad2

1School of Health Sciences, USM, 16150 Kubang Krian, Kelantan, Malaysia 2Chemistry Dept., Faculty of Sciences, UTM, 81310 Skudai, Johor, Malaysia

Abstract An electroanalytical method has been developed for the detection and determination of the 2,3,6a,9a-tetrahydro-4-methoxycyclo penta[c] furo[3’,2’:4,5] furo [2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione (aflatoxin B1, AFB1) by a square wave cathodic stripping voltammetric (SWSV) technique on a hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE) in aqueous solution with Britton-Robinson Buffer (BRB) at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. Effect of instrumental parameters such as accumulation potential (Eacc), accumulation time (tacc), scan rate (v), square wave frequency, step potential and pulse amplitude were examined. The best condition were found to be Eacc of -0.8 V, tacc of 100 s, v of 3750 mV/s, frequency of 125 Hz, voltage step of 30 mV and pulse amplitude of 50 mV. Calibration curve is linear in the range of 0.01 to 0.15 uM with a detection limit of 0.125 x 10-8 M. Relative standard deviation for a replicate measurements of AFB1 (n = 5) with a concentration of 0.01 uM was 0.83% with a peak potential of -1.30 V (against Ag/AgCl). The recovery values obtained in spiked ground nut elute sample were 94.00 +/- 0.67 % for 3.0 ppb, 91.22 +/- 1.56 % for 9 ppb and 92.56 +/- 2.00 % for 15.0 ppb of AFB1. The method was applied for determination of the AFB1 in ground nut samples after extraction and clean-up steps. The results were compared with that obtained by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) technique. Abstrak Satu kaedah elektroanalisis telah dibangunkan untuk mengesan dan menentukan 2,3,6a,9a-tetrahydro-4-methoxycyclo penta[c] furo[3’,2’:4,5] furo [2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione (aflatoxin B1, AFB1) menggunakan teknik voltammetri perlucutan katodik denyut pembeza di atas elektrod titisan raksa tergantung (HMDE) di dalam larutan akuas dengan larutan penimbal Britton-Robinson (BRB) pada pH 9.0 bertindak sebagai larutan penyokong. Kesan parameter peralatan seperti keupayaan pengumpulan (Eacc), masa pengumpulan (tacc), kadar imbasan (v), frekuensi gelombang bersegi, kenaikan keupayaan dan amplitud denyut telah dikaji. Keadaan terbaik yang diperolehi adalah Eacc; -0.8 V, tacc; 100 s, v; 3750 mV/s, frekuensi; 125 Hz, kenaikan keupayaan; 30 mV dan amplitud denyut; 50 mV. Keluk kalibrasi adalah linear pada julat di antara 0.01 ke 0.15 uM dengan had pengesan pada 0.125 x 10-8 M. Sisihan piawai relatif untuk 5 kali pengukuran AFB1 dengan kepekatan 0.01uM ialah 0.83 %. Nilai perolehan semula di dalam larutan elusi sampel kacang yang disuntik dengan 3.0 ppb, 9 ppb dan 15.0 ppb AFB1 adalah 94.00 +/- 0.67 %, 91.22 +/- 1.56 % dan 92.56 +/- 2.00 % masing-masingnya. Kaedah ini telah digunakan untuk menentukan kandungan AFB1 di dalam sampel kacang tanah selepas proses pengekstraksian dan pembersihan dijalankan. Keputusan yang diperolehi telah dibanding dengan keputusan dari kaedah kromatografi cecair berprestasi tinggi. Keywords: square wave stripping voltammetry, HMDE, aflatoxin B1, ground nut Introduction

Aflatoxins (AF), the mycotoxin produced mainly by Aspergillus flavus and parasiticus and display strong carcinogenicity [1]. They are dangerous food and contaminants and represent a worldwide threat to public health. AFB1, B2, G1 and G2 and their metabolites M1 and M2 are the most common,

1 Corresponding address: Chemistry Dept, Faculty of Science, UTM, 81310 Skudai, Johor, Malaysia tel: 07-553 4492

3

O

O

O

OO

O

and of these, AFB1 and AFG1 are observed most frequently in food [2]. Of these, researches have shown AFB1 (Fig 1) exhibits most toxic [3] with the order of toxicity is AFB1 > AFG1 > AFB2 > AFG2 indicates that the terminal furan moiety of AFB1 is a critical point for determining the degree of biological activity of this group of mycotoxins [4]. Many countries including Malaysia have stringent regulatory demands on the level of aflatoxins permitted in imported and traded commodities.

Figure 1 Chemical structure of AFB1

One of the foodstuffs which is most occurrence of AFB1 is ground nut. In Malaysia, the AFB1 level in peanut is regulated with maximum level that cannot be greater than 15 ppb [5]. Several analytical techniques for quantitative determination of the AFB1 in ground nut have been proposed such as thin layer chromatograhpy [6], high performance liquid chromatography[ 7,8,9 ]and an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, ELISA [10], All these methods, however, require specialist equipment operated by skilled personel and expensive instruments and high maintenance cost [11].

Due to all these reasons, a voltammetric technique which is fast, accurate and require low cost

equipment [12,13] is proposed. A square wave cathodic stripping which is presented in this paper is one of the voltammetric technique that in particularly, has a few advantages compared to other voltammetric technique such as high speed, increased analytical sensitivity and relative insensitivity to the presence of dissolved oxygen [14]. Previous experiment using cyclic voltammetric technique showed that AFB1 reduced at mercury electrode and the reaction is totally irreversible [15]. This work aimed to study and develop a SWSV method for determination of AFB1 at trace levels and to determine this aflatoxin in ground nut samples. No such report has been published regarding this experiment until now. Experiment Apparatus

Square-wave voltammograms were obtained with Metrohm 693 VA Processor coupled with a Metrohm 694 VA stand. Three electrode system consisted of a hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE) was used as the working electrode, Ag/AgCl/3 M KCl reference electrode and a platinum wire auxiliary electrode. A 20 ml capacity measuring cell was used for placing supporting electrolyte and sample analytes. All measurements were carried out at room temperature. All pH measurements were made with Cyberscan pH meter, calibrated with standard buffers at room temperature. Reagents

AFB1 standard (1mg per bottle) was purchased from Sigma Co. and was used without further purification. Stock solution (10 ppm or 3.21 x 10-5 M) in benzene:acetonitrile (98:2) were prepared and stored in the dark at 14 0 C. The diluted solution were prepared daily by using certain volume of stock solution, degassed by nitrogen until dryness and redissolved in Britton-Robinson buffer (BRB) solution at

4

pH 9.0. Britton-Robinson buffer solutions (prepared from a stock solution 0.04 M phosphoric (Merck), boric (Merck) and acetic (Merck) acids; and by adding sodium hydroxide (Merck) 1.0 M up to pH of 9.0. All solutions were prepared in double distilled dionised water (~ 18M Ω cm). All chemicals were of analytical grade reagents. Procedure

For voltammetric experiments, 10 ml of Britton-Robinson buffer solution with pH 9.0 was placed in a voltammetric cell, through which a nitrogen stream was passed for 600 s before recording the voltammogram. The selected Eacc = - 800 mV was applied during the tacc = 100 s while the solution was kept under stirring. After the accumulation time had elapsed, stirring was stopped and the selected accumulation potential was kept on mercury drop for a rest time (tr = 10 s), after which a potential scan was performed between -1.00 as initial potential (Ei) and finished at -1.400 V as final potential (Ef ) by SWSV technique. Procedure for the determination in ground nut samples

AFB1 was extracted according to the standard procedure developed by Chemistry Department, Penang Branch, Ministry Of Science, Technology and Innovation, Malaysia [16]. 1ml of the final solution from extraction and clean-up steps in chloroform was pipette into amber bottle, degassed with nitrogen and redissolved in 1ml of BRB solution. 200 ul of this solution was spiked into 10 ml supporting electrolyte in volumetric cell. After that, the general procedure was applied and voltammogram of sample was recorded. This experiment was followed by a standard addition of 10 ppb of AFB1 standard addition and voltammogram of sample with AFB1 standard was recorded. Result and discussion

Using previous differential pulse stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) optimum parameters [17],

SWSV was run to determine 0.1 uM AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0. It gave a single reduction signal with peak height (Ip) of 250 nA at peak potential (Ep) of -1.26 V (against Ag/AgCl). The SWS voltammograms shows improved Ip compared to that obtained bt DPCSV where the Ip was increased almost 4 times as shown in Figure 2.

Cyclic voltammogram of AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0 is shown in Figure 3 which only produced a cathodic peak that indicates the non-reversibility of the electrode process [18]. Figure 2 Voltammograms of 0.1 uM AFB1 obtained by (a) DPCSV and (b) SWSV techniques. Experimental condition; for DPCSV: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s and

5

050

100150200250300

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

pH of BRB

I p (n

A)

pulse amplitude = 80 mV and for SWSV: Ei = -1.0 V, Ef = -1.4 V, Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, frequency = 50 Hz, voltage step = 0.02, amplitude = 50 mV and υ = 1000 mV/s. Figure 3 Cyclic voltammogram of AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0. Experimental conditions: Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V, Ehigh = 0 and scan rate = 200 mV/s.

The effect of the pH of the BRB on the stripping was studied in a pH range of 6 – 13 (Figure 4). The Ip increased slowly with increasing pH up to 8.0 followed with sharply increased for pH 8.0 to 9.0, then decreased in pH 10.0 and continuously decreased in a range of 10 – 13. Thus pH 9.0 was chosen for the analysis. This result is not contradicted with that found by Smyth et al. (1979) when they performed polarographic study of AFB1 [19].

Figure 4 Influence of pH of BRB on the Ip of 0.10 uM AFB1 using SWSV technique. The instrumental parameters are the same as in Figure 2.0.

Figure 5 shows a dependence of the Ep on pH. Shifting of the Ep towards the negative direction at

higher pH implies that the reduction process takes up hydrogen ions [20]. A double bond in aromatic ring conjugates with ketone group, in general, undergoes a reduction at mercury electrode. The suggested mechanism of this reaction in BRB pH 9.0 is illustrated in Figure 6 as reported by Smyth et al. (1979) [21].

6

1.181.2

1.221.241.261.281.3

1.321.34

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

pH

Ep (-

V)

O

OO

C H 3

O

OO

C H 3

2H +

2 H 2O

D im er + 2 O H -

2e -

2 2

Figure 5 Relationship between Ep of AFB1 with pH of BRB Figure 6 Mechanism for reduction of AFB1 at mercury electrode in BRB pH 9.0 Optimisation of condition for the stripping analysis

The voltammetric determination of analytes at trace levels normally involves very small current response. For that reason it is important to optimise all those parameters which may have an influence on the measured current. The effect of Ei , Eacc , tacc, frequency, voltage step and amplitude were studied. Square-wave voltammetric technique was used with stirring. For this study, 1.0 x 10-7 M of AFB1 was spiked into supporting electrolyte.

A study of the influence of Ei showing a peak height (Ip) was obtained for Ei = -1.0 V (Figure 7).

The Ip was slowly decreased for Ei more negative than -1.0 V. This value was chosen for subsequent studies further optimisation step. Influence of Eacc to Ip of AFB1 was investigated where the Eacc was varied between 0 to -1.4 V. The maximum value of Ip obtained at -0.8 V (366 nA) as shown in Figure 8. This value was selected for subsequent experiments.

7

050

100150200250300

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4

Ei (-V)

I p (n

A)

050

100150200250300350400

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6

Eacc (-V)

I p (n

A)

050

100150200250300350400450

0 40 80 120 160 200

Tacc (s)

I p (n

A)

The dependence of Ip on tacc was studied. The effect of tacc on the Ip was studied where tacc was varied from 0 to 160 s. The result is shown in Figure 9 which reveals that there is linearly up to 100s according to equation y = 3.8557x + 21.383 (n=6) with R2 = 0.9936, then it increased rather slowly leveling off at about 140 s. At 160 s, Ip decreased which may be due to the electrode saturation [21]. Thus, 100 s was appeared to be an optimum tacc for the pre-concentration prior to stripping.

Figure 7 Effect of Ei on the Ip of 0.1 uM AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0

Figure 8 Effect of Eacc on the Ip of 0.1 uM AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0

Figure 9 Effect of tacc on the Ip of 0.1 uM AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0

8

0

200

400

600

800

1000

0 25 50 75 100 125 150

Frequency (Hz)

I p (n

A)

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.05

Voltage step (V)

I p (n

A)

For other instrumental condition such as square wave frequency, step potential and pulse amplitude were examined, varying one of them and maintaining constant others. The variable ranges were: 25 to 125 Hz for the frequency, 0.01 to 0.04 for the voltage step and 25 – 100 mV for pulse amplitude. Generally, the Ip increase by increasing all of these instrumental parameters [22]. At higher potential values the peak width increase; at higher frequency values the current background increases. Finally, the condition selected were: frequency = 125 Hz, voltage step = 0.03 V and pulse amplitude = 50 mV (Figures 10 to 12). Under optimised parameters, Ip of AFB1 was 956 nA which is 16 times higher compared to that obtained by DPCSV. Figure 13 shows voltammograms of 0.1 uM AFB1 obtained by SWSV and DPCSV techniques. Figure 10 Dependence of the Ip of AFB1 on SWSV frequency Figure 11 Dependence of the Ip of AFB1 on SWSV voltage step

9

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

0 0.025 0.05 0.075 0.1 0.125

Amplitude (V)

I p (n

A)

y = 62.373x + 246.15R2 = 0.9956

0

200

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

0 5 10 15 20

[AFB1] / 10-8 M

I p (n

A)

Figure 12 Dependence of the Ip of AFB1 on SWSV pulse amplitude Figure 13 Voltammograms of AFB1 obtained by (a) DPCSV and (b) SWSV techniques in BRB pH 9.0. Voltammetric determination of AFB1 and analytical characteristics of the method Using the selected conditions already mentioned, a study was made of the relationship between Ip and concentration. There is a linear relationship in the concentration range 0.01 to 0.15 uM as shown in Figure 14. Limit of detection (LOD) was 0.389 ppb (0.125 x 10-8 M) which was determined by standard addition of low concentration of AFB1 until obtaining the sample response that is significantly difference from blank [23]. Relative standard deviation (RSD) of the analytical signals at several measurement (n=5) of 0.10 uM was 0.83%. Figure 14 Calibration plot of AFB1 in BRB pH 9.0 obtained by SWSV technique.

10

Determination of AFB1 in ground nut samples The proposed method was applied to the analysis of the AFB1 in ground nut samples. Recovery studies were performed by spiked with difference concentration levels of AFB1 standard into eluate of ground nut sample. In this case the concentrations used were 3 ppb (0.963 x 10-8 M), 9 ppb (2.889 x 10-8 M) and 15 ppb (4.815 x 10-8 M). The results of these studies are shown in Table 1. For analysis of AFB1 in ground nut samples, the standard addition method was used in order to eliminate the matrix effects. Figure 15 show voltammograms of real sample together with spiked AFB1 standard. Table 2 listed the content of AFB1 in 6 samples obtained by proposed technique compared with that obtained by HPLC. The results show that there are no significant different of AFB1 content obtained by both techniques. Table 1 Percent recovery of AFB1 spiked in real samples (n=3)

Amount added (ppb)

Amount found (ppb)

Recovery (%) n=3

3.00

9.00

15.00

2.82 +/- 0.02

8.21 +/- 0.14

13.88 +/- 0.30

94.00 +/- 0.67

91.22 +/- 1.56

92.53 +/- 2.00

Figure 15 SWS voltammograms of real sample (b) and spiked AFB1 (c) obtained in BRB pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte (a)

11

Table 2 AFB1 content in ground nut samples by proposed technique compared with those obtained by HPLC.

AFB1 content in real sample

No of sample

By SWSV

By HPLC

1

2

3

4

5

6

ND

ND

ND

9.21

13.92

36.30

ND

ND

ND

8.25

14.34

36.00

Conclusion

A SWSV technique was successfully developed for the determination of AFB1 in ground nut as an alternative method for determination of AFB1 which is sensitive, accurate and fast technique. The results are not significant different with that obtained by accepted technique used for routine analysis of AFB1. Acknowledgement

One of the author would like to thank University Science Malaysia for approving his study leave

and financial support to carry out his further study at Chemistry Dept., UTM. We also indebt to UTM for short term grant (Vot No 75152/2004) and to Chemistry Department, Penang Branch, Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MOSTI) for their help in analysis of aflatoxin in ground nut samples using HPLC technique.

References

1. Akiyama, H. Goda, Y. Tanaka, T and Toyoda, M. (2001). “Determination of aflatoxinsB1, B2,

G1 and G2 in spices using a multifunctional column clean-up” J. Of Chromatography A, 932. 153-157.

2. Yoruglu, T, Oruc, H.H. and Tayar, M. (2005) “Aflatooxin M1 levels in cheese samples from

some provinces of Turkey” Food Control. 16(10): 883-895. 3. World Health Organisation in: IARC Monograph on the evaluation of carcinogenic risk to

human, WHO, Lyon, 1987.

12

4. Hall, A.J., Wild, C.P in: Eaton, D.L., Groopman, J.D. (Eds). “The toxicology of aflatoxins: Human Health, Veterrinary and Agricultural Significance” Academic, New York, 1994.

5. Malaysian Food Act (1983) Act No 281, Reviewed 2002, Food Quality Control Dept, Ministry of

Health, Malaysia. 6. Bicking,M.K.L., Kniseley, R.N and Svec, H.J (1983) “Coupled-Column for quantitating low

levels of aflatoxins” J . Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 66, 905-908.

7. Beebe, B.M. (1978). “Reverse phase high pressure liquid chromatographic determination of aflatoxins in foods” J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 81. 1347-1352.

8. Cepeda, A., Franco, C.M., Fente, C.A., Vazquez, B.I., Rodriguez, J.L., Prognon, P. and

Mahuzier, G. (1996) “Postcolumn excitation of aflatoxins using cyclodextrins in liquid chromatography for food analysis” J Of Chrom A. 721. 69-74.

9. Garner, R.C., Whattam, M.M. , Taylor, P.J.L. and Stow, M.W ( 1993) “Analysis of United

Kingdom purchased spices for aflatoxins using immunoaffinity column clean up procedure followed up by high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis and post-column derivatization with pyridium bromide perbromide” J. Chromatography, 648. 485-490

10. Beaver, R.W., James, M.A. and Lin ,T.Y. (1991). “ELISA-based screening test with liquid

chromatography for the determination of aflatoxin in corn” J. Assoc.Off. Anal. Chem , 74: 827 – 829

11. Garden, S.R. and Strachan, N.J.C.(2001). “Novel colorimetric immunoassay for the detection of

aflatoxin B1” Anal Chim Acta, 444. 187-191. 12. Braitina, Kh. Z., Malakhova, N.A. and Stojko, Y. (2000) “Stripping voltammetry in

environmental and food analysis” Fresenius J Anal Chem 368. 307-325 13. Skrzypek, S., Ciesielski, W., Sokolowski, A., Yilmaz, S. and Kazmierczak, D. (2005) “Square

wave adsorption stripping voltammetric determination of famotidine in urine”Talanta. Article in press.

14. Economou, A., Bolis, S.D., Efstathiou, C.E. and Volikakis, G.J (2002) “A virtual electrochemical

instrument for square wave voltammetry”.Anal. Chim. Act. 467. 179-188.

15. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd Yusoff, A.R. and Ahmad, R. (2003). “Cyclic voltammetry of AFB2 at the mercury electrode”. Paper presented at Simposium Kimia Malaysia ke 13 (SKAM-13), 9 – 11th September 2003, Kucing, Sarawak, Malaysia.

16. Standard procedure for determination of aflatoxins (2000). Chemistry Dept. Penang Branch,

Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MOSTI), Malaysia – unpublished paper.

17. Yaacob, M.H., Mohd Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. (2005). “Determination of the aflatoxin B1 in ground nut by differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry technique”. Paper presented at 2nd National Seminar On Chemistry, 14th April 2005, Universiti Sumatera Utara, Medan, Indonesia.

13

18. Rodriguez, J., Berzas, J.J., Casteneda, G. and Rodriguez, N. (2005). “Voltammetric determination of Imatinib (Gleevec) and its main metabolite using square-wave and adsorptive stripping square-wave techniques in urine samples”. Talanta. 66. 202-209.

19. Smyth, M. R., Lawellin, D. W. and Osteryoung, J.G. (1979). “Polarographic study of Aflatoxin

B1, B2, G1 and G2: Application of differential pulse polarography to the determination of Aflatoxin B1 in various foodstuffs” Analyst. 104. 73-78

20. Sun, N., Mo, W-M., Shen, Z-L. and Hu, B-X. (2005). “Adsorptive stripping voltammetric

technique for the rapid determination of tobramycin on the hanging mercury electrode”. J Pharm. Biomed. Anal. Article in press.

21. Wang J. (1994) “Analytical Electrochemistry” VCH Publisher, USA.

22. Komorsky-Lovric, S., Lovric, M. and Branica, M. (1992). “Peak current-frequency relationship in

adsorptive stripping square-wave voltammetry”. J of Electroanal. Chem. 335(1-2). 297-308. 23. Barek, J. , Fogg, A. G., Muck, A. and Zima, J. (2001). “Polarography and Voltammetry at

Mercury Electrodes”, Critical Reviews In Analytical Chemistry, 31. 291-309

1

PAPER SENT TO PROF BAREK

TO BE PUBLISHED IN

J. COLLECT. CZECH. CHEM. COMMON

( IN PRESS )

2

DEVELOPMENT OF DIFFERENTIAL PULSE STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC (DPSV) TECHNIQUE FOR DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN G1 AT THE

MERCURY ELECTRODE

Mohamad Hadzri Yaacob1, Abdull Rahim Hj. Mohd. Yusoff2 and Rahmalan Ahamad2 1School of Health Sciences, USM, 16150 Kubang Krian, Kelantan 2Chemistry Dept., Faculty Of Sciences, UTM, 81310 Skudai, Johor

Abstract DPSV technique was developed for determination of aflatoxin G1 (AFG1) in

Britton-Robinson Buffer (BRB). Controlled Growth Mercury Electrode (CGME)

and Ag/AgCl have been used as working and reference electrodes respectively.

In this experiment, the analyte was initially scanned from -200 mV to -1500 mV in

BRB from pH 2.0 to 9.0. The effect of pH of supporting electrolyte, scan rate,

accumulation potential, accumulation time and pulse amplitude on the peak

potential and peak current of the analyte were studied. The results showed that

AFG1 compound undergoes reduction at potential -1175 mV ( versus Ag / AgCl ).

Maximum peak height was observed in BRB pH 9.0 with the optimised

parameters such as scan rate; 50 mV/s, accumulation potential; -600 mV,

accumulation time; 80s and pulse amplitude; 80 mV . Under the optimum

condition, the peak height of AFG1 was proportional to the concentrations of the

AFG1 in the range of 0.02 to 0.26 uM with a limit of detection of 0.015 uM.

Relative standard deviation for a replicate measurements of AFG1 ( n= 8) with

the concentrations of 0.06 and 0.20 uM were 3.52% and 1.54% respectively.

Recoveries of the different AFG1 concentrations in prepared standard solutions

were found to be 85% to 95% with the precision around 0.4% to 1.0%.

1 Correspondence address; Chemistry Dept, Faculty Of Science, UTM 81310 Skudai Johor

3

O O

O

O

OO

O

Introduction

Aflatoxin G1 ( 3,4,7a,10a-tetrahydro-5-methoxy-1H, 12H furo[3’,2’:4,5]furo[2,3-

h]pyrano[3,4-c][1]-benzopyran-1,12-dione), structural formula is shown in Figure

1.0, is one of the type of aflatoxin which is naturally occurance (1). It is one of the

compound in mycotoxin group (2) that is produced by Aspergillus flavus and

Aspergillus parasticus fungi (3,4). It is found in various contaminated food such

as peanuts and peanut products, barley, maize, cottonseed, coffee beans and

others (5). It produces green color under ultraviolet light (6,7). In health aspect, it

is considered as human carcinogen by the International Agency for Research on

Cancer (IARC) as reported in World Health Organisation (WHO)’s monograph

(8). It has been reported to be teratogenic, tremorogenic, and haemorrhagic to

wide range of organisms and to cause hepatic carcinoma in man (9)

Consequently, AFG1 level in animal feed and various human food is now

monitored and tightly regulated by various countries. In this country, regulatory

level for AFG1 and total aflatoxins is 15 ppb in raw peanuts and 5 ppb for others

(10). Due to all these reasons, selecting appropriate and accurate method of

analysis of AFG1 is absolutely necessary to determine AFG1 at the part-of-billion

(ppb) level.

Figure 1.0 Chemical structure of AFG1

There have been several reports for the determination of AFG1 including thin

layer chromatography (11,12), high performance liquid chromatography with

various type of detectors ( 13,14,15, 16 ) and polarographic technique (17) but

4

no report has been published concerning the use of stripping voltammetric

technique. The development of new method capable of determining AFG1 in

food sample is important. Stripping voltammetric technique was selected for this

study due to its simple, easy to use, sensitive and accurate technique (18). This

technique applies pre-concentration step that will increase sensitivity of the

method (19). This paper will describe the development of DPSV technique for

determination of AFG1 using CGME as the working electrode.

Materials and Methods

All reagents employed were of analytical grade. Water purified from a Nano Pure

Ultrapure water system ( Branstead / Thermolyne) was used for all dilution and

sample preparation. AFG1 was purchased from SIGMA: 1 mg was dissolved in

hexane: acetonitrile (98:2) to produce 10 ppm solution. A stock of Britton-

Robinson buffer (BRB) solution 0.04 M was prepared as follows: 2.47 g boric

acid (Fluka), 2.30 ml acetic acid (MERCK) and 2.70 ml orthophosphoric acid (

Ashland Chemical ) were dissolved in 1 l deionised water. The pH of the solution

was adjusted to the desired values by adding 1 M sodium hydroxide (BDH) or 1

M hydrochloric acid ( MERCK). Hexadistilled mercury, grade 9N, used for

working electrode was purchased from MERCK.

All voltammograms were recorded with a BAS CV-50W Voltammetric Analyser

in connection with a Controlled Growth Mercury Electrode (CGME) stand

equipped with a three-electrode system consisting of an Ag / AgCl reference

electrode, a platinum wire counter electrode and the CGME as working

electrode. A 20 ml capacity BAS MR-1208 cell was used. In all voltammetric

analysis, the supporting electrolyte solution was deaerated by a stream of

nitrogen for at least 10 min. A pH meter Cyber-scan model equipped with a

glass electrode combined with an Ag / AgCl reference electrode, was employed

for the pH measurements.

Differential pulse stripping voltammograms (DPSVs) of AFG1 were run after

purging the test solution for at least 5 min. The DPSVs were scanned from -200

to -1500 mV with scan rate of 40 mV/s, accumulation potential ( Eacc ) -800 mV,

5

accumulation time ( tacc ) 40 s, pulse amplitude 50 mV, pulse width 50-ms and

pulse period 200-ms.

Results and Discussion

From our previous studies on the cyclic voltammograms of AFG1 in BRB pH 9.0,

a reduction peak was observed at -1245 mV ( against Ag / AgCl) and no anodic

peak at oxidation wave. The results of this CVs showed that AFG1 underwent

irreversible reduction reaction at the mercury electrode (20). Due to this

electroanalytical properties, differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetric

technique was applied in this study using the same supporting electrolyte. By

using initial parameters as mentioned before, the peak potential ( Ep ) of 0.15 uM

AFG1 was obtained at -1175 mV with peak current ( Ip ) of 34.73 nA ( Figure

2.0 ). Several parameters have been optimised so as to obtain a more

symmetrical and higher reduction peak.

Figure 2.0 Voltammograms of 0.15 uM AFG1 (b) in BRb pH 9.0 (a) . Condition;

scan rate; 40 mV/s, accumulation potential ( Eacc ); -800 mV, accumulation time

( tacc ); 40 s, pulse amplitude; 50 mV, pulse width; 50-ms and pulse period; 200-

ms.

Effect of pH of BRB

The effect of different pH medium of BRB have been studied. The results

showed that a reduction peak was first observed at pH 5.0 which increases in

6

0

10

20

30

40

50

4 6 8 10 12

pH of BRb

Ip (n

A)

peak height as the pH increases. It reaches its optimum height at pH 9.0. At pH

more than 9.0, the peak height decreases rapidly and no peak was observed at

pH more than 12.0 ( Fig 3.0 ). This results suggested that proton ion played a

significant role in the reduction of AFG1 on mercury electrode. Hence, BRB with

pH 9.0 was applied in this experiment..

Figure 3.0 The effect of pH of BRB on peak current of AFG1. [AFG1] = 0.15 uM

Condition: scan rate; 40 mV/s, accumulation potential ( Eacc ); -800 mV,

accumulation time ( tacc ); 40 s, pulse amplitude; 50 mV, pulse width; 50-ms and

pulse period; 200-ms.

Effect of potential windows, accumulation potential ( Eacc ) and

accumulation time ( tacc) ) The influence of potential windows on the cathodic peak current of AFG1 was

studied by varying the potential windows from -200 to -1000 mV and from -1400

to -1500 mV for initial ( Ei ) and final potential ( Ef ) respectively. The results

showed that with Ei = -950 mV and Ef = -1400 mV, the peak current at Ep = -

1160 mV was 41.50 nA which is higher than using initial potential windows as

described in previous experiment. Therefore, this potential window was used for

all subsequent measurements. The dependence of the cathodic peak current on

Eacc was also studied. The highest peak current was found when Eacc was -600

mV and when Eacc changed to more negative than -600 mV, the Ip decreases

7

0

20

40

60

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

Eacc (-mV)

Ip (n

A)

0

20

40

60

80

0 50 100 150 200

tacc (s)

ip (n

A)

( Figure 4.0 ) which indicated that maximum accumulation of AFG1 at mercury

electrode occurred when potential of -600 mV was applied on it in BRB pH 9.0.

The effect of tacc on Ip of AFG1 also was studied. The Ip of AFG1 was found to

increase with increasing tacc ( Figure 5.0 ) indicating continueous accumulation

of AFG1 at the electrode surface with increasing accumulation time. Normally,

the increase in the response current continued until a maximum signal level

presumable corresponding to a saturation electrode surface was attained (21).

The results thus obtained indicated that the optimum tacc for AFG1 was 80 s.

Hence 80 s accumulation time was employed throughout this experiment.

Figure 4.0 Effect of accumulation potential on Ip of AFG1

Figure 5.0 Effect of accumulation time on Ip of AFG1

8

Effect of instrumental parameters

As the scan rate was varied from 20 to 100 mV s-1, the Ip increases and reached

it maximum value at scan rate of 50 mV s-1 , after which the peaks became

broader with undesired tail at their end. A similar pattern for Ip was obtained with

increasing pulse amplitude ( from 30 to 120 mV ). A pulse amplitude of 80 mV

with scan rate of 50 mV s-1 were chosen for further studies. Using all optimised

parameters ( Ei = -950 mV, Ef = 1400 mV, Eacc = -600 mV, tacc = 80 s, scan rate =

50 mV s-1, pulse amplitude = 80 mV ) the Ip of 0.15 uM AFG1 was 75.10 nA

with Ep at -1150 mV was obtained

Calibration graph, detection limit, precision and recovery

The differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammograms at different

concentrations of AFG1 under optimum conditions are shown in Fig. 6.0. The Ip

of AFG1 increased linearly with increasing concentration up to 0.26 uM. A linear

calibration graph was obtained in the concentration range 0.02 to 0.26 uM AFG1

( n = 10, r = 0.9980). At higher concentrations Ip tend to level off which may be

due to electrode surface saturation (20). The detection limit ( three times signal-

to-noise ) was found to be 0.015 uM AFG1. For eight successive determinations

of 0.06 and 0.20 uM AFG1, relative standard deviations were 3.52 and 1.54 %

respectively which indicated that the precision of the method was good.

Recovery of the different AFG1 concentrations in prepared standard solutions

were found to be 85 to 95% with precision around 0.4 to 1.0 % as listed in Table

1.0.

9

y = 5.5958x + 3.7725R2 = 0.998

020406080

100120140160

0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3

[AFG1] / uM

Ip (n

A)

(A) (B)

Figure 6.0 (A) : Differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammograms of AFG1 at

mercury electrode. AFG1 concentrations in (a) BRB pH 9.0; (b) 0.02 uM, (c)

0.04 uM, (d) 0.06 uM, (e) 0.08 uM, (f) 0.1 uM, (g) 0.12 uM, (h) 0.14 uM, (i) 0.18

uM, (j) 0.22 uM, (k) 0.26 uM. (B) The related calibration graph. Conditions: Ei = -

950 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc = -600 mV, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV s-1, pulse

amplitude = 80 mV .

10

Table 1.0 Recovery of spiked AFG1 standard in BRB pH 9.0

[AFG1] injected

Ip (nA)

Ep (-mV)

[AFG1]

obtained

% recovered

0.10 uM

56.35

56.84

56.62

1150

1150

1150

0.0940 uM

0.0948 uM

0.0942 uM

94.00

94.80

94.20

x = 94.50 +/- 0.41

(RSD = 0.43%)

0.15 uM

78.21

77.19

77.20

1140

1140

1140

0.1330 uM

0.1313 uM

0.1313 uM

88.68

87.51

87.51

x = 87.91 +/- 0.58

(RSD = 0.77%)

0.20 uM

98.42

99.23

98.14

1140

1140

1140

0.1691 uM

0.1705 uM

0.1686 uM

84.57

85.75

84.30

x = 84.87 +/- 0.77

(RSD = 0.91%

11

Conclusion

A differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetric technique using mercury

electrode as the working electrode for determination of AFG1 has been

developed. The method presented here is fast, reliable and sensitive technique

for analysis of AFG1 with good precision and recovery. Further study is currently

been carried out for analytical application of this method for quantitation of AFG1

in food sample.

Acknowledgement

The author gratefully acknowledge the University Science Malaysia for giving me

a study leave together with a scholarship under the Academic Staff For Higher

Education Scheme (ASHES). Also we would like to thank all Electroanalytical

group and Chemistry Department staff, UTM for their fully cooperation.

References [1] Goldblatt L.A. 1969. Aflatoxin:Scientific background, control and implication.

Academic Press, New York, pp 5-10

[2] Salleh B. 1998. Mikotoksin: Implikasinya terhadap kesihatan manusia dan

haiwan, USM, Penang, pp 32 - 49

[3] Begum F and Samajpathi N. 2000. Mycotoxin production in rice, pulses and

oilseeds, Naturwissenschaften, 87: 275-277.

[4] Ordaz J.J., Fente C.C., Vazquez B.I., Franco C.M. and Cepeda A. 2003.

Development of a method for direct visual determination of aflatoxin production

by colonies of the Asperfillus flavus group, Int. J. Food Microbiology, 83, 219-

225.

[5] Batista L. R., Chalfoun S.M., Prado G. Schwan R.F. and Wheals A. E. 2003.

Toxigenic fungi associated with processed (green) coffee beans ( Coffea arabica

L.) . Int. J. Food Microbiology, 85, 293-300.

12

[6] Akiyama H. Goda Y. Tanaka T and Toyoda M. 2001. Determination of

aflatoxins B1, B2, G1 and G2 in spices using a multifunctional column clean-up,

J. Of Chromatography A, 932. 153-157 [7] Aziz N.H., Youseff Y.A., El-Fouly M.Z. and Mousse L.A. 1998. Contamination

of some common medicinal plant samples and spices by fungi and their

mycotoxins. Bot. Bull. Acad. Sin 39, 279-285.

[8] World Health Organisation 1987 in: IARC Monograph on the Evaluation of

Carcinogenic Risk to Human, WHO, Lyon , pp 82 Supl. I

[9] Refai M.K. 1988. Aflatoxins and aflatoxicosis. J. Egypt Vet. Med. Ass. 48, 1-

19

[10] Ministry of Health, Malaysia, Food Act No 231. 1983. Reviewed 2003

[11] Shotwell O.L and Goulden M.L. 1977. Aflatoxins: Comparison of analysis of

corn by various methods, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem 60: 83-88

[12] Gimeno A. and Martins M. L. 1983 Rapid thin layer chromatographic

determination of patulin, citrinin and aflatoxin in apples and pears and their juices

and jams, J. Assoc. Anal. Chem, 66, 85-91.

[13] Scholten J.M and Spanjer M.C. 1996. Determination of aflatoxin B1, B2, G1

and G2 in pastachio kernels and shells, , J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem 79: 1360-

1364

[14] Jeffery H.W., Lenorich L.M and Martin R. Jr. 1982. Liquid chromatography

determination of aflatoxins in artificially contaminated cocoa beans. , J. Assoc.

Off. Anal. Chem 80: 1215-1219

[15] Joshua, H. 1993 Determination of aflatoxin by reversed-phase high

performance liquid chromatography with post-column in-line photochemical

derivatization and fluorescence detection, J. Chromatography A, 654: 247-254

[16] Gonzalez M.P.E., Mattusch J. and Wennrich R 1998. Stability and

determination of aflatoxins by high-performance liquid chromatography with

amperometric detection, J. Chromatography A, 828: 439-444

[17] Smyth M. R., Lawellin D. W. and Osteryoung J.G 1979. Polarographic

Study of Aflatoxin B1, B2, G1 and G2: Application of Differential-pulse

13

Polarography to the Determination of Aflatoxin B1 in Various Foodstuffs, Analyst,

104: 73-78

[18] Braitina Kh. Z., Malakhova N.A. and Stojko Y. 2000 Stripping voltammetry

in environmental and food analysis, Fresenius J Anal Chem 368: 307-325

[19] Fifield, F.W. and Haines, P.J. 2000. .Environmental Analytical Chemistry

2nd Ed, Balckwell Science UK, pp 241-242

[20] Yaacob M.H., Mohd Yusof A.R., Ahamad R. and Yakob A.R. 2004. Cyclic

Voltammetry of AFG1 at mercury electrode, Paper will be presented at 3rd

Annual Seminar on Sustainable Science and Management, KUSTEM,

Terengganu, 4 – 5 May 2004.

[21] Wang. 2000. Analytical Electrochemistry. Wiley-VCH, USA.

PAPER SENT TO PROF BAREK

TO BE PUBLISHED IN

CHEMICAL ANALYSIS (WARSAW)

( IN PRESS)

2

DIFFERENTIAL PULSE STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC TECHNIQUE FOR THE DETERMINATION OF AFLATOXIN B2 AT THE MERCURY

ELECTRODE

Mohamad Hadzri Yaacob, Abdull Rahim Hj. Mohd. Yusoff and Rahmalan Ahamad

Chemistry Dept., Faculty Of Sciences, UTM, 81310 Skudai, Johor

ABSTRACT

Differential pulse voltammetric technique was developed for determination of aflatoxin B2 standard (AFB2) in Britton-Robinson Buffer (BRB). Hanging mercury drop electrode and Ag/AgCl have been used for working and reference electrodes respectively. In this experiment, the analyte was initially scanned from -1000 mV to -1500 mV in BRB pH 9.0. The effect of pH of supporting electrolyte, scan rate, accumulation potential, accumulation time and pulse amplitude on the peak potential and peak current of the analyte were observed. The results showed that AFB2 compound undergoes reduction reaction at a potential of -1230 mV ( versus Ag/AgCl ). BRB pH 9.0 was the best supporting electrolyte with the optimised parameters such as scan rate; 50 mV/s, accumulation potential; -800 mV, accumulation time; 80s and pulse amplitude; 80 mV which gave the maximum peak height. Under the optimum condition, the peak height of AFB2 was proportional to the concentrations of the AFB2 in the range of 0.02 to 0.32 uM with a limit of detection was 0.0159 uM. Relative standard deviation for a eplicate measurements of AFB2 ( n= 8) with the concentrations of 0.06 and 0.20 uM were 2.80% and 2.53% respectively. Recoveries of the different AFB2 concentrations in prepared standard solutions were found to be 85% to 95% with the precision around 0.7% to 2.0%.

Keywords: aflatoxin B2 compound, differential pulse stripping voltammetry, Britton-Robinson buffer and hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE)

1. INTRODUCTION Aflatoxins are mycotoxins produced by certain fungi, especially, Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus which are found on crops and foodstuffs under certain conditions (1). They display strong carcinogenicity. Therefore, they are dangerous food contaminants. They were first identified as the causative agent of the severe outbreak of “Turkey X” disease, a toxicosis that killed more than 100,000 turkey poults in England in 1960 (2) There are a major concern as human hepatocarcinogens and are considered to play an important role in the high incidence of human hepatocellular carcinoma in certain areas of the world. Due to this reason, many countries including Malaysia have set regulatory demands on the level of aflatoxins permitted in imported and trade commodities.

3

O

O

O

OO

O

There are six main aflatoxin compounds such as Aflatoxin B1, B2, G1 and G2 ( designated as AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 ) and aflatoxin M1 and M2 ( designated as AFM1 and AFM2). The former four compounds are naturally prevalent and the others are hydroxylated metabolite of AFB1 and AFB2 and were found in the milk of lactating animals following ingestion of B1 and B2- contaminated feeds (3) Among them AFB1 exhibits potent carcinogenic and mutagenic characteristics in a numbers of human and animals. AFB2 has a similar chemical structure with AFB1 whereby the presence of an 8,9-double bond in the form of a vinyl ether at the terminal furan ring in AFB1, but not in AFB2. The chemical structure of AFB2 is shown in Figure 1.0. This small difference in structure is associated with very significant change in activity; whereby AFB1 is more toxic than AFB2 (4).

Figure 1.0: Chemical structure of AFB2

Due to their toxicity, it is important that the level of these contaminants be controlled in food, soils and water to prevent toxic effect. The way to achieve this is by monitor samples so that any problem can be identified and dealt with, by doing analysis of aflatoxins using the analytical techniques at the parts-per-billon (ppb) level. Current analysis is done by various methods including thin-layer chromatography (TLC) (5), liquid chromatography (LC) and high-performance liquid chromatography (6,7) and microtitre plate enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) (8). All these methods require special equipments operated by skilled personnel and time consume. With the aim of rapid, simple, accurate and relative low cost analysis, the voltammetric technique is proposed for this purposes (9). Voltammetric technique generally refer to a system that combines a triple electrodes system with a potentiostate for controlling applied potential. It measures the current response generated by mass transport of electroactive species in the solution to the working electrode while potential is scanned. The total current response is proportional to the amount of analyte present in the solution (10). This paper reports the differential pulse voltammetric determination of AFB2 at a mercury electrode using a cathodic stripping voltammetric technique.

4

2. EXPERIMENT

2.1 Reagents All reagents employed were of analytical grade. Water purified from a Nano Pure Ultrapure water system ( Barnstead / Thermolyne) was used for all dilution and sample preparation. AFB2 was purchased from SIGMA ( 1 mg per bottle ) and dissolved in hexane:acetonitrile (98:2) produced 10 ppm standard solution. The stock solutions were placed in small amber glass tubes and kept in a freezer at -4.0oC. A stock solution of 0.04 M Britton-Robinson Buffer (BRB) solution was prepared as follows: 2.47 g boric acid (Fluka), 2.30 ml acetic acid (MERCK) and 2.70 ml orthoposphoric acid ( Ashland Chemical ) were diluted to 1 l with deionised water. Britton-Robinson Buffer of pH 2.0 to 13.0 were prepared by adding sodium hydroxide 1.0 M (MERCK) into the stock solution and was used as the supporting electrolyte. Hexadistilled mercury, grade 9 N, used in a control growth mercury electrode ( CGME ) stand, was purchased from MERCK. The purging was carried out with 99.99% nitrogen. 2.2 Instruments A BAS CV-50W voltammetric analyser in connection with a CGME stand equipped with a three-electrode system and a 20 ml capacity BAS MR-1208 cell were used for all the voltammetric determination. The working electrode was a hanging mercury drop electrode ( HMDE ). A silver-silver chloride (Ag / AgCl ) and a platinum wire were used as the reference and counter-electrode respectively. BAS CV-50W was connected to a computer for data processing. A pH meter Cyber-scan model equipped with a glass electrode combined with an Ag/AgCl reference electrode, was used for all pH measurements. 2.3 Procedure 2.3.1 General procedure The general procedure used to obtain cathodic stripping voltammograms was following this procedure. A 10 ml aliquot of supporting electrolyte solution was put in a voltammographic cell. The stir was switched on and the solution was purged with nitrogen gas for 25 minutes. After forming a new HMDE, accumulate was effected for the required time at the appropriate potential while stirring the solution. At the end of the accumulation time the stirring was switched off and after 10 s had elapsed to allow the solution to become quiescent, the negative going potential was initiated. Ag/AgCl saturated was used as the reference electrode throughout this study.

5

0102030405060

4 6 8 10 12

pH

Ip (n

A)

2.3.2 Procedure for determination of aflatoxin For the aflatoxin stock standard solution, organic solvent was removed by flowing nitrogen to dryness followed by addition of the BRB supporting electrolyte solution. The solution was placed in small amber tube. This solution has been freshly prepared before voltammetric experiment started. When further volume of aflatoxin were added using a micropipette into the cell, the solution was redegassed with nitrogen for another 5 minutes before further voltammetric experiment was carried out.

3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

3.1 The effect of pH of supporting electrolyte

From our previous cyclic voltammetric studies of AFB2 compound, it was capable of undergoing reduction process at the mercury electrode in BRB pH 9.0 (11). In the present study, 2.0 uM AFB2 was cathodically scanned in BRB solution in the pH range of 3.0 to 13.0. This study was carried out with the aim to determine if protons are directly involved in the reduction process of AFB2. The result showed that in the BRB with pH < 4.0 , no peak was observed. The single and characteristic AFB2 peak was initially observed starting from pH 5.0 with Ip and Ep were 11.0 nA and -1119mV respectively. The effect of the pH of supporting electrolyte on the Ip of the AFB2 peak is shown in Figure 1.0

Figure 1.0: Dependence of the peak height of AFB2 on the pH of 0.04 M BRB

solution. AFB2 concentration: 2.0 uM, Ei = 0, Ef = -1.5 V, Eacc = 0, tacc = 15 s and υ = 50 mV/s.

The Ip increased with increasing pH and the highest peak ( 52 nA at Ep of -1192 mV) was obtained in pH 9.0. The Ip sharply decreased at pH 10.0 to 12.0 and no peak was significantly appeared the pH 13.0. These results show that the reduction of AFB2 was totally depends on the pH of supporting electrolyte. The Ep of AFB2 was shifted toward

6

0

5

10

15

20

25

200 400 600 800 1000

Accum ulation potential (-m V)

Ip (n

A)

A B

more negative direction with increasing of the pH of the BRB solution which indicates that in more alkali solution, the reduction of AFB2 was much difficult to take place. 3.2 Optimisation of conditions for the stripping analysis

The voltammetric determination of analyte at trace level normally involves very small current response. For that reason it is important to optimise all the parameters which may have influence on the measured current. The effect of initial potential ( Ei), final potential (Ep) accumulation potential (Eacc ), accumulation time (tacc ), scan rate (υ ) and pulse amplitude to the Ep and Ip of the AFB2 peak have been studied in BRB pH 9.0. In this optimisation procedures, 0.06 uM AFB2 was used with initial parameters as follows; Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1500 mV, Eacc = -800 mV, tacc = 80 s, υ = 40 mV/s and pulse amplitude = 100 mV/s. Using these parameters, the Ip and Ep of 0.06 uM AFB2 were found to be 13.90 nA and -1250 mV ( vs Ag/AgCl ) respectively. Effect of Eacc, Ei and Ef For Ei = -1000 mV and Ef = -1500 mV, the effect of Eacc on the Ip and Ep of AFB2 was studied. The results revealed that the Ip of AFB2 obtained by using Eacc of -200 mV, -400 mV, -600 mV, -800 mV and -1000 mV were not significantly different which were about 14 nA. To get the maximum response, the Ef was changed from -1500 mV to -1400 mV. The result is shown in Figure 2.0 Figure 2.0: Effect of Eacc on the Ip of 0.06 uM AFB2 obtained using different

scan potential windows. (A) Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1500 mV and (B) Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1400mV.

Using Ef = -1400 mV, the optimum Eacc was -600mV which gave the Ip of 16.84 nA. The Ep of AFB2 was not changed with different Eacc used in this experiment. Effect of tacc

7

01020304050

0 30 60 90 120 150

Accumulation time (s)

Ip (n

A)

[AFB2]=0.6X10-7M

01020304050

0 20 40 60 80 100

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ip (n

A)

[AFB2]=0.6X10-7M120012051210121512201225

0 20 40 60 80 100

Scan rate (mV/s)

Ep (-

mV)

[AFB2]=0.6X10-7M

The effect of the tacc to the Ip of AFB2 (Figure 3.0) shows that by increasing tacc , the Ip linearly increases following this equation:- Ip (nA) = 0.4038x ( x s ) - 0.2847 ( R2 = 0.9990, n = 5) for the range of 20 to 80 s. The maximum peak current ( 31.86 nA) was obtained when tacc = 80 s. When AFB2 was longer deposited at mercury electrode, the Ip was not significantly increased, hence the tacc at 80s was chosen as the optimum tacc. The Ep of AFB2 shifted toward less negative direction with increasing tacc. Figure 3.0: Effect of tacc on the Ip of 0.06 uM, Ei = - 1000 mV, Ef = -1400 mV,

tacc = 80 s, υ = 40 mV/s and P.A = 100 mV. Effect of υ Relationship between υ and the Ip of the AFB2 also was investigated which revealed that when the υ increased, the Ip increased as shown in Figure 4a. The Ip was not significantly different when the υ was more than 60 mV/s. Therefore, 50 mV/s has been selected as the best υ for determination of AFB2 in BRB pH 9.0. The peak potential of AFB2 has linearly shifted toward more negative direction for the range of 20 to 50 mV/s and became level off for the υ of 60 and 80 mV/s as shown in Figure 4b. For the υ of 50 mV/s, the pulse amplitude has to be changed to 80 mV instead of 100 mV otherwise, the Ip cannot be calculated by software. The maximum Ip obtained from this optimisation was 38.18 nA which was about 200% higher than before being optimised. Figure 6.0 illustrates the voltammogramms of 0.06 uM AFB2 obtained under optimum and unoptimum conditions.

8

(a) (b)

Figure 4.0: Effect of υ on the Ip (a) and Ep (b) of AFB2. Ei = - 1000 mV,

Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc = -600 mV, tacc = 80s and P.A = 100 mV Figure 5.0: Voltammogramms of 0.06 uM AFB2 obtained under

unoptimum (a) and optimum (b) parameters.

From this optimisation procedures, the selected optimum parameters for determination of AFB2 compound in BRb pH 9.0 were Ei = -1000 mV, Ef = -1400 mV, Eacc = -600 mV, tacc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s, pulse amplitude = 80 mV and quite time = 10 sec. 3.2.4 Calibration curve of AFB2

Using the optimum parameters, a calibration curve has been prepared by a series of standard addition of AFB2 as shown in Figure 6.0. The range of linearity was found to be from 0.02 u M to 0.32 u M with the limit of detection of 0.0158 uM. Figure 7.0 shows the voltammograms of AFB2 obtained by this standard addition.

9

y = 5.55x + 3.6435R2 = 0.9978

020406080

100120140160180200

0 10 20 30 40

[AFB2] X10-8M

ip (n

A)

Figure 6.0: Linear plot of Ip versus concentration of AFB2 in BRb pH=9.0

Figure 7.0: Cathodic stripping voltammograms for increasing concentration of AFB2 (1) background (2) 0.02 (3) 0.06 (4) 0.10 (5) 0.14 (6) 0.18

(7) 0.22 (8) 0.26 and (9) 0.32 uM. E acc = -600 mV, t acc = 80 s, υ = 50 mV/s, P.A = 80 mV and BRB of pH 9.0

For determination of accuracy of the proposed method, the reproducibility was calculated from 8 independent runs of 0.06 uM and 0.20 uM of AFB2 solution, obtaining the relative standard deviation (RSD) of 2.80 % and 2.53 % respectively. In order to check the precision of the method, a recovery study has also been carried out by adding of the different concentration of AFB2 (0.10 uM and 0.25 uM) into the voltammetric cell and measuring the peak currents of the respective concentrations. The actual amount of AFB2 found in the cell were calculated using a regression equation obtained from prepared calibration curve. The recovery obtained were 86% to 95% with RSD of 1.68% and 0.86% ( n = 3) respectively as shown in Table 3.1. The recovery study using real sample will be performed in future work..

10

Table 1.0: Mean values for the recovery of AFB2 (n =3) in prepared AFB2 standard solution ( n = 3 )

No of experiment Amount added

( uM)

Peak current

(nA)

Amount found

(uM)

Recovery (%)

1 0.10 51.85 8.683 86.83 +/- 1.46

2 0.25 134.43 23.56 94.26+/0.81

4. CONCLUSION The use of the DPCSV technique has been proved to be a useful, simple, accurate and efficient alternative in the quantitative assay of trace amounts of AFB2. The sensitivity of this approach is much greater than obtained by differential pulse polarographic technique (12). The optimised parameters will be applied to determine other aflatoxin compounds such as AFB1, AFG1 and AFG2. Further experiment will be performed to increase it’s sensitivity in future work together with a recovery study of AFB2 using real samples such as ground nut and nut products. An alternative approach will also be studied by using different working electrode such as screen print electrode.

5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The author gratefully acknowledge the Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM) for granting a study leave together with a scholarship under the Academic Staff For Higher Education Scheme (ASHES). Also we would like to thank all Chemistry Department staff, UTM for their fully cooperation.

6. REFERENCES 1. Eaton D.L and Groopman J.D. (Eds) (1994), The toxicity of aflatoxin. Academic

Press, United Kingdom. 2. Goldblatt L.A (1972) Aflatoxin: Scientific background, control and implication,

Academic Press, New York (1972)

3. Andeou V.G., Nikolelis D. and Tarus B. (1997). Electrochemistry investigation of transduction of interactions of alfatoixin M1 with bilayer lipid membranes (BLMs), Anal. Chim. Acta, 350. 121-127.

11

4. Jaimez J., Fente C.A., Vazquez B.I., Franco C.M., Cepeda A., Mahuzier G. and Prognon P (2000). Application of the assay of aflatoxins by liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection in food analysis. J. Chromatography A.” 882: 1-10

5. Gimeno A. and Martins M. L (1983) Rapid thin layer chromatographic determination

of patulin, citrinin and aflatoxin in apples and pears and their juices and jams, J. Assoc. Anal. Chem, 66, 85-91.

6. Vahl M. and Jorgensen (1998). Determination of aflatoxins in food using LC/MS/MS,

Z Lebensm Unters Forsch A , 206. 243-245

7. Kussak A., Anderson B and Anderson K. (1995). Determination of aflatoxins in

airborne dust from feed factories by automated immunoaffinity column clean-up and liquid chromatography, J Of Chromatography A, 708. 55-60

8. Pesavento M., Domagala S., Baldini E. and Cucca L. (1997). Characterisation of enzyme linked immunosorbent assay for aflatoxin B1 based on commercial reagents, Talanta, 45. 91-104.

9. Braitina Kh.Z Malakhova N.A. and Stojko Y. (2000) Stripping voltammetry in

environmental and food analysis, Fresenius J Anal Chem 368: 307-325 10 Fifield F.W. and D. Kealey (2000), Principle and practice of analytical chemistry 3rd

Edition, Blackwell science, UK 11.Yaacob M.H, Yusoff A.R, Ahamad R and Yaakob A.R (2003), Cyclic voltammetric

study of aflatoxin B2 at the mercury electrode, Paper presented at 16th Symposium Of Chemical Analysis, 9-11th September 2003, Kucing, Sarawak, Malaysia.

12. Smyth M. R., Lawellin D. W. and Osteryoung J.G (1979) Polarographic Study of Aflatoxin B1, B2, G1 and G2: Application of Differential-pulse Polarography to the Determination of Aflatoxin B1 in Various Foodstuffs, Analyst, 104: 73-78

Paper will be published in

Malaysian Journal of Analytical Science

2

CYCLIC VOLTAMMETRIC STUDY OF AFLATOXIN B2 AT THE MERCURY ELECTRODE

Mohamad Hadzri Yaacoba, Abdull Rahim Hj. Mohd. Yusoffb and Rahmalan Ahamadb

a School Of Health Sciences, USM, 16150 Kubang Krian, Kelantan b Chemistry Dept., Faculty Of Sciences, UTM, 81310 Skudai, Johor

ABSTRACT

A cyclic voltammetry (CV) study of aflatoxin B2 (AFB2) in Britton-Robinson buffer using a HMDE is described. CV was carried out by anodic and cathodic potential scan through within the range of 0 to -1500 mV with no accumulation time. The effect of the different scan rate on the peak height and peak potential of the analyte were also studied. The results from this study showed that the reduction process on the hanging mercury electrode gives a single characteristic cathodic peak at -1315 mV ( versus Ag/AgCl ) in pH of 9.0. Effect of the scan rate on both responses has proved that the reduction of AFB2 is irreversible reaction and the limiting current is adsorption controlled.

Keywords: aflatoxin B2 compound, cyclic voltammetry, Britton-Robinson buffer and hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE)

1. INTRODUCTION

Aflatoxins are mycotoxins produced by certain fungi, especially, Aspergillus

flavus and Aspergillus parasiticus which are found on crops and foodstuffs under certain conditions (1). They were first identified as the causative agent of the severe outbreak of “Turkey X” disease, a toxicosis that killed more than 100,000 turkey poults in England in 1960 (2) They display strong carcinogenicity. Therefore, they are dangerous food contaminants and many countries including Malaysia have set regulatory demands on the level of aflatoxins permitted in imported and trade commodities.

Aflatoxin B2 (AFB2) is one of the naturally occurrence aflatoxins. The chemical structure of this compound is shown in Figure 1.0. a Corresponding Address: Chemistry Dept, Faculty of Science, UTM, 81300 Skudai, Johor Tel: 07- 553 4540 e-mail: [email protected]

3

O

O

O

OO

O

Figure 1.0: Chemical structure of AFB2

Due to its toxicity, it is important that the level of this contaminant be controlled

in food, soils and water to prevent toxic effect. The way to achieve this is to monitor samples so that any problem can be identified and dealt with by doing analysis of aflatoxin using the analytical techniques that are necessary to determine aflatoxin at the parts-per-billon (ppb) level. Currently, analysis is done by various methods including thin-layer chromatography (TLC) (3), liquid chromatography (LC) and high-performance liquid chromatography (4,5) and microtitre plate enzyme-linked immunosorbant assay (ELISA) (6). All these methods are time consuming and require special equipments operated by skilled personnel.

The proposed voltammetric technique generally refer to a system that combines a triple electrodes system with potentiostat for controlling applied potential. This technique is rapid, simple and relative low cost (7). It measures the current response generated by mass transport of electroactive species in solution to the working electrode while potential is scanned The total current response is proportional to the amount of analyte present in the solution (8). This paper reports the results from the cyclic voltammetric study of AFB2 at a mercury electrode.

2. EXPERIMENT

2.1 Reagents

All reagents employed were of analytical grade. Water purified from a Nano Pure Ultrapure water system ( Barnstead / Thermolyne) was used for all dilution and sample preparation. AFB2 was purchased from SIGMA: 1 mg was dissolved in hexane: acetonitrile (98:2) to produce 10 ppm each. The stock solutions were placed in small glass tubes covered with an aluminum foil and kept in a freezer at -4.0 oC. A stock of Britton-Robinson Buffer (BRB) solution 0.04 M was prepared as follows: 2.47 g boric acid (Fluka), 2.30 ml acetic acid (MERCK) and 2.70 ml orthoposphoric acid ( Ashland Chemical ) and were diluted to 1 l with deionised water. Hexadistilled mercury, grade

4

9N, used by the Controlled Growth Mercury Electrode (CGME) stand, was purchased from MERCK. The purging was carried out with nitrogen gas with purity 99.99%.

2.2 Instruments

A BAS CV-50W voltammetric analyser in connection with a Control Growth Mercury Electrode (CGME) stand equipped with a three-electrode system and a 20 ml capacity BAS MR-1208 cell was used for all the voltammetric determination. The working electrode was a Hanging Mercury Drop Electrode (HMDE). As reference and counter-electrode, a silver-silver chloride (Ag / AgCl) and a platinum wire were used, respectively. All potentials are quoted relative to this reference electrode. BAS CV-50W was connected to a computer for data processing. A pH meter Cyber-scan model equipped with a glass electrode combined with an Ag/AgCl reference electrode, was employed for the pH measurements. 2.3 Procedure

Cyclic voltammetry was studied within the range of 0 to -1500 mV with different scan rate from 20 to 500 mV/s in BRB pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. The HMDE and Ag/AgCl were used as the working and reference electrode respectively through out this experiment . The general procedure used to obtain cyclic voltammograms was as follows. A 10 ml aliquot of buffer solution was placed in a voltammographic cell using a micropipette. The stir was switched on and the solution was purged with nitrogen gas for 10 minute. After forming a new HMDE, potential scan was effected using different scan rate while stirring the solution. For the aflatoxin standard stock solution, organic solvent was removed by flowing nitrogen gas to dryness followed by adding of the BRB supporting electrolyte solution. When further volume of aflatoxin were added to the cell, the solution was redeoxygenated with nitrogen gas for 5 minute before carried out further voltammetry followed the mentioned procedures.

3. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Cathodic cyclic voltammogrammes of 1.3 X 10-6 M AFB2 in BRB solution at pH=9.0 and a scan rate (υ) of 200 mV/s can be observed in Figure 2.0. A sharp and well defined cathodic wave around -1.315 V ( against Ag/AgCl ) with a peak current of 30 nA is observed due to the reduction of the AFB2. No oxidation wave appears in the anodic branch, which indicates that the AFB2 reduction is irreversible. This was confirmed by anodic cyclic voltammetric that gave the same results as shown in Figure 3.0

5

Figure 2.0: Cathodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 X10-6 M AFB2,

obtained at υ of 200 mV/s, Ei = 0, Elow = -1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB solution at pH=9.0. ( 1 ) cathodic and (2) anodic scans

Figure 3.0: Anodic cyclic voltammogram for 1.3 X10-6 M AFB2, obtained at υ

of 200 mV/s, Ei = -1.5, Elow = -1.5 V and Ehigh = 0 in BRB solution at pH=9.0. ( 1 ) anodic and (2) cathodic scans

Standard additions of AFB2 was carried out to confirm that the observed peak is related to the reduction of AFB2. Figure 4.0 shows that the Ep at around -1.315 V is referred to the AFB2 peak since there are no significant change in location of the peak and the Ip increases with increasing of the AFB2 concentration. There are no extra peak apparently observed with this standard addition. The corresponding equation of this

6

dependence of Ip to concentration of AFB2 for cathodic cyclic voltammetric is at pH =9.0, Ip (nA) = 23.839 x ( x 10 -6 M) + 4.44 ( r = 0.9817, n = 4 ) The regression equation shows that the Ip of AFB2 does not very linearly with the concentration of AFB2 suggesting formation of a compact film on the electrode surface (9).

Figure 4.0 Effect of AFB2 concentration on the Ip of cathodic cyclic voltammetric curve in BRB at pH =9.0. (a) 1.3 X10-6 M ,

(b) 2.0 X 10-6 M (c) 2.7 X10-6 M and (d) 3.4 X 10-6 M.

A result from repetitive cathodic stripping voltammetry experiment is shown in Figure 5.0. The result showed that the reduction peak of AFB2 increases with number of cycles indicating irreversible reduction with adsorption of AFB2 at the mercury electrode surface. No other cathodic peak was observed.

7

y = 0.5097x + 0.4115R2 = 0.995

0.5

0.7

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.7

1.9

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log V

log

Ep

Figure 5.0: Repetitive cathodic cyclic voltammograms of 1.3 X 10-6 M AFB2 in

BRB solution at pH of 9.0. The adsorption of AFB2 on the electrode surface is expected due to the AFB2

chemical structure, that consists of functional groups such as ketone, ester and ether. The presence of these groups increases the polarity and enhance absorption of molecules at the electrode surface (10). Ip increases with the number of cycle. However, a further increases in the repetitive cycle tend to slow down the increment of the Ip due to the deformation of double layer at the mercury electrode surface (11).

The effect of increasing scan rate from 20 to 500 mV/s to the Ep and Ip of AFB2 cathodic peak were observed under the same experiment conditions. Linear relationship was observed between the log Ip versus log υ with a slope of 0.5097 ( R2 = 0.995, n = 9 ) as shown in Figure 6.0. The slope of more than 0.5 indicates that the diffusion current is influenced by an adsorption on the electrochemical process at the electrode surface (12, 13). The plot of Ep versus log scan rate which is a linear graph as shown in Figure 7.0 ( R2 = 0.9936, n = 9 ) confirmed that the reduction of AFB2 on the electrode surface is totally irreversible. This irreversible reaction is also confirmed by observing the shifted of Ep towards more negative direction when the υ is increased, according to the following equation: Ep (-mV) = 40.065log υ + 1223.2 ( R = 0.9936, n = 9)

Figure 6.0: Plot of log Ip versus log υ for 1.3 X10-6 M AFB2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0

8

y = 40.065x + 1223.3R2 = 0.9936

1270128012901300

1310132013301340

1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8

log V

Ep

(-mV)

Figure 7.0: Plot of Ep versus log υ for 1.3 X10-6 M AFB2 in BRB solution at pH 9.0

4. CONCLUSION

From the CV study the AFB2 reduced at the mercury electrode produced a single and well characteristic cathodic peak at -1.315 V ( versus Ag/AgCl) . The reduction is totally irreversible reaction and the diffusion current is controlled by adsorption process. Further work on stripping voltammetric study of this compound will be carried out.

5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

The author gratefully acknowledge the University Science Malaysia for giving me a study leave together with a scholarship under the Academic Staff For Higher Education Scheme (ASHES). Also we would like to thank all Chemistry Department staff, UTM for their fully cooperation.

6. REFERENCES

1. Eaton D.L and Groopman J.D. (Eds) (1994), The toxicity of aflatoxin. Academic

Press, United Kingdom. 2. Goldblatt L.A (1972) Aflatoxin: Scientific background, control and implication,

Academic Press, New York (1972)

9

3. Gimeno A. and Martins M. L (1983) Rapid thin layer chromatographic determination of patulin, citrinin and aflatoxin in apples and pears and their juices and jams, J. Assoc. Anal. Chem, 66, 85-91.

4. Vahl M. and Jorgensen (1998). Determination of aflatoxins in food using LC/MS/MS,

Z Lebensm Unters Forsch A , 206. 243-245 5. Kussak A., Anderson B and Anderson K. (1995). Determination of aflatoxins in

airborne dust from feed factories by automated immunoaffinity column clean-up and liquid chromatography, J Chromatography A, 708. 55-60

6. Pesavento M., Domagala S., Baldini E. and Cucca L. (1997). Characterisation of enzyme linked immunosorbent assay for aflatoxin B1 based on commercial reagents, Talanta, 45. 91-104.

7. Braitina Kh.Z Malakhova N.A. and Stojko Y. (2000) Stripping voltammetry in

environmental and food analysis, Fresenius J Anal Chem, 368. 307-325 8. Harvey, D (2000). Modern Analytical Chemistry, McGraw Hill, USA

9. Laviron E in Bard A (Eds) (1982) Electroanalytical Chemistry, Marcell Decker, New

York . 10. Volke J and Liska F (1994) Electrochemistry In Organic Synthesis, Springer-

Verlag, New York. 11. Fifield F.W. and Kealey D (2000) Principle and Practice of Analytical Chemistry 3rd

Edition, Balckwell Science, U.K 12. Gosser D.K (1993) Cyclic voltammetry, Wiley-VCH, New York 13. Yaridimer C. and Ozaltin N. (2001) Electrochemical studies and differential pulse

polarographic analysis of lansoprazole in pharmaceuticals, Analyst, 126. 361-366

1

PAPER WAS PUBLISHED IN

J. Kimia Analisis (Universiti Sumatera Utara, Medan, Indonesia)

Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. (2005). Application of Differential

Pulse Cathodic Stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) Technique in Studying Stability of

Aflatoxins. J. Sains Kimia. 9(3): 64-70.

2

APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIAL PULSE CATHODIC STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRIC TECHNIQUE IN STUDYING

STABILITY OF AFLATOXINS

Mohamad Hadzri Yaacob1, Abdull Rahim Hj. Mohd. Yusoff2 and Rahmalan Ahamad2 1School Of Health Sciences, USM, 16150 Kubang Krian, Kelantan, Malaysia 2Dept of Chemistry , Faculty of Sciences, UTM, 81310 UTM, Skudai, Johor, Malaysia Abstract A stability studies of aflatoxins (AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 ) in Britton-Robinson buffer (BRb) using a Differential Pulse Cathodic Stripping Voltammetric (DPCSV) technique is described. The DPCSV was performed by cathodic potential scan through within the range of -950 to -1400 mV with 80s accumulation time using a BRb at pH 9.0 as the supporting electrolyte. The samples were exposed for 0 to 8 hrs to normal laboratory condition before being scanned under optimised voltammetric parameters. Using the same procedure, aflatoxins in different pH of BRb were also studied after 0 to 3 hours exposed to the same condition. Other stability study was performed by scanning aflatoxins in BRb solution which were kept in freezer from first to six months of storage time. The results from these studies showed that AFB1 and AFB2 in BRb pH 9.0 were stable within 8 hours exposure time while AFG1 and AFG2 were stable up to a few hours. All aflatoxins scanned in BRB pH 6.0, 7.0 and 9.0 were more stable as compared when there were scanned in BRB pH 11.0 within 3 hours exposure time. The results also showed that the stability of the samples which were prepared in BRB pH 9.0 was affected by longer storage time in freezer. Abstrak Satu kajian terhadap kestabilan aflatoksin (AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 ) di dalam larutan penimbal Britton-Robinson (BRb) menggunakan teknik Voltammetri Perlucutan Kethodik Denyut Pembeza (DPCSV) adalah dilaporkan. Kaedah ini dijalankan dengan cara mengimbas keupayaan katodik di dalam julat di antara -950 ke -1400 mV dengan masa penjerapan 80 s menggunakan larutan penimbal pada pH 9.0 sebagai larutan penyokong. Sampel didedahkan kepada persekitaran makmal dari 0 hingga 8 jam sebelum diimbas menggunakan parameter voltammetri yang optimum. Menggunakan prosedur yang sama, aflatoksin yang disediakan di dalam larutan penimbal yang berbeza pH juga dikaji kestabilan dari 0 hingga 3 jam terdedah kepada kondisi yang sama. Kajian kestabilan yang lain yang dijalankan termasuk mengimbas aflatoksin yang disediakan di dalam larutan penimbal dan disimpan di dalam penyejukbeku dari bulan pertama hingga ke bulan keenam. Keputusan dari kajian ini menunjukkan bahawa AFB1 dan AFB2 di dalam larutan BRb stabil di dalam tempuh 8 jam terdedah kepada keadaan biasa makmal dan AFG1 serta AFG2 hanya stabil di dalam tempuh beberapa jam sahaja. Semua aflatoksin yang diimbas di dalam pH 6.0, 7.0 dan 9.0 di dalam tempuh 3 jam masa pendedahan adalah lebih stabil berbanding jika ianya diimbas di dalam pH 11.0. Keputusan juga menunjukkan bahawa kestabilan sampel yang disediakan di dalam BRb dengan pH 9.0 adalah dipengaruhi oleh jangkamasa simpanan di dalam penyejukbeku. Keywords: AFB1, AFB2, AFG1, AFG2 compounds, stability studies and differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry

INTRODUCTION

Aflatoxins are a group of secondary metabolites produced by Aspergillus flavus and Aspergillus parisiticus, which are found on crops and foodstuffs under certain conditions [[1]. Aflatoxins B1, B2, G1 and G2 have been found to be naturally and they display strong carcinogenicity. There are dangerous food contaminants and have been classified as Type I toxic materials by International Agency for Research 1 Corresponding Address: Chemistry Dept, Faculty of Science, UTM, 81300 Skudai, Johor Tel: 07- 553 4540 or 019-939 2440 or e-mail: [email protected] ( Note: A part of this paper was presented in Simposium Kimia Analisis Malaysia ke 17 (SKAM-17), 24 – 26th August 2004 at Kuantan, Pahang, Malaysia)

3

O O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

O O

O

O

OO

O

O

O

O

OO

O

Cancer (IARC) in 1984 [2]. Due to its toxicity, many countries have set stringent regulatory demands on the level of aflatoxins permitted and traded commodities. In our country, the regulatory levels for total aflatoxins in raw peanuts are 15 ppb and 5 ppb for other foodstuffs [3].Aflatoxins are not totally diminished by normal and cooking temperatures [4,5]. The chemical structures of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 are shown in Figure 1.0 [6].

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Figure 1.0: Chemical structures of (a) AFB1, (b) AFB2, (c) AFG1 and (d) AFG2

Many methods have been used for quantitative determination of aflatoxins includes thin layer

chromatography (TLC) [7-9], high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with different type of detectors such as ultra-violet [10-12], fluorescence [13-15] and amperometer detectors [ 16]

In this study, all aflatoxins have been investigated for its stability in BRB pH 9.0 using DPSV technique. This technique was chosen rather than UV-VIS spectrophotometer because it uses the principle of the measurement of peak height of electro active species in sample solution when potential was applied into it [17]. It can avoid problem arise from weak fluorescence property of AFB1 and AFG1 [16]. This technique also offers shorter time analysis compare to the HPLC technique [17].

In the present paper, we describe the results of stability studies on AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 which were prepared in BRB pH 9.0 and underwent hour to hour monitoring and also for shelf life of all aflatoxins in BRB pH 9.0 which was kept in fridge for six months.

4

EXPERIMENTAL Reagents

All reagents employed were of analytical grade. Water purified from a Nano Pure Ultrapure water system ( Barnstead / Thermolyne) was used for all dilution and sample preparation. Aflatoxins were purchased from SIGMA ( 1 mg per bottle ) and dissolved in benzene:acetonitrile (98:2) to produce 10 ppm standard solution each. The stock solutions were placed in small amber glass tubes and kept in a freezer at -4.0oC. The solution was measured under UV-VIS spectrometer for it absorbance at 365 +/- nm before being used for voltammetric analysis.

A stock solution of 0.04 M Britton-Robinson Buffer (BRB) solution was prepared as follows: 2.47 g boric acid (Fluka), 2.30 ml acetic acid (MERCK) and 2.70 ml orthophosphoric acid ( Ashland Chemical ) were diluted to 1 l with deionised water. Britton-Robinson Buffer of pH 5, 7.0 and 11.0 were prepared by adding sodium hydroxide 1.0 M (MERCK) into the stock solution.. Hexadistilled mercury, grade 9 N, used in a control growth mercury electrode ( CGME ) stand, was purchased from MERCK. The purging was carried out with 99.99% nitrogen. Instruments

A BAS CV-50W voltammetric analyser in connection with a CGME stand equipped with a three-electrode system and a 20 ml capacity BAS MR-1208 cell were used for all the voltammetric determination. The working electrode was a hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE). A silver-silver chloride (Ag / AgCl) and a platinum wire were used as the reference and counter-electrode respectively. BAS CV-50W was connected to a computer for data processing. A pH meter Cyber-scan model equipped with a glass electrode combined with an Ag/AgCl reference electrode, was used for all pH measurements. Procedure General procedure

The general procedure used to obtain cathodic stripping voltammograms was as follows. A 10 ml aliquot of supporting electrolyte solution was put in a voltammographic cell. The stir was switched on and the solution was purged with nitrogen gas for at least 10 minutes. After forming a new HMDE, accumulate was effected for the required time at the appropriate potential while stirring the solution. At the end of the accumulation time the stirring was switched off and after 10 s had elapsed to allow the solution to become quiescent, the negative going potential was initiated. Ag/AgCl saturated was used as the reference electrode throughout this study. Procedure for determination of aflatoxin

The aflatoxin standard solutions have been freshly prepared by removing of organic solvent in aflatoxin stock solutions until dryness followed by the addition of the BRb supporting electrolyte solution. The solution was placed in small amber bottles. When further volume of aflatoxin were added using a micropipette into the voltammetric cell, the solution was purged with nitrogen for another 2 minutes before further voltammetric experiment was carried out. Procedure for stability studies

For hour to hour stability studies, 312 ul, 315 ul, 328 ul and 330 ul of 1 ppm AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 standard solution in BRB pH 9.0 respectively were injected into 10 ml supporting electrolyte in the voltammetric cell separately and were scanned following the above stated procedures.

5

Eight measurements have been made. The peak heights and peak potential of each aflatoxins were recorded. After these measurements, the aflatoxins standard solutions in voltammetric cell were exposed to normal laboratory condition without purging. Measurements were taken every hour up to 8 hours exposure time.

For shelf life stability studies, all aflatoxin standard solutions which were kept in freezer were subjected to the voltammetric measurement in BRb pH 9.0 every month up to 6 months keeping period.

For aflatoxins in different pH of BRB, the stability studies were performed by scanning aflatoxins solution (prepared in BRB pH 9.0) in four difference pH of BRB as the supporting electrolytes which were 6.0, 7.0, 9.0 and 11.0. The voltammetric determination procedures were followed the same procedures as for the hour to hour stability studies except the exposure time was limited up to 3 hours.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

From our previous experiment using a cyclic voltammetry technique , AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 show an irreversible reduction peak at -1235 +/- 10 mV, ( all against Ag/AgCl) respectively [18, 19]. Based on this electro active property, differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) technique was applied in this study. Voltammograms of aflatoxins

The voltamograms of 0.1 uM AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 scanned in BRb pH = 9.0 are shown in figures 2.0a -2.0d. Replicate measurements of peak height of respective aflatoxins give the repeatability results of 63.19 nA, 65.67 nA, 60.76 nA and 61.79 nA respectively with coefficient variation of 1.50 to 2.60 % for all aflatoxins. The results show that the DPSV technique give high consistent results with very small error and could be applied in stability studies of aflatoxins. (a) (b)

(c) (d)

Figure 2.0 :Voltammograms ( n = 8) of 0.1 uM AFB1 (a), AFB2 (b), AFG1 (c) and AFG2 (d) in BRb pH = 9.0.

6

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Exposure time (hrs)

Pea

k he

ight

(nA

)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Storage time in freezer (months)

Peak

hei

ght (

nA)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

Hour to hour stability studies;

The results of these studies using 0.10 uM AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB pH 9.0 are represented in Figure 3.0. Figure 3.0: Peak heights of AFB1, AFB2, AFG1 and AFG2 in BRb pH = 9.0 exposed to normal condition up to 8 hours.

The results show that AFB1 and AFB2 in BRb pH 9.0 were stable within 8 hours exposure time

where the peak heights for both aflatoxins were reduced only 15%. In contrast, AFG1 and AFG2 gave significant reduced of peak heights within the same period of exposure time where the peak height of AFG1 and AFG2 were reduced to 50% and 58% respectively. The results show that AFG1 and AFG1 were less stable in BRb pH 9.0 as compared to AFB1 and AFB2. Based on their chemical structures, the most reactive functional groups for ease of attack by chemical reagents are two lactones rings of AFB1 and AFG1 and cyclopentanone rings in AFB2 and AFG2. These lactones can be readily opened by hydrolysis with strong alkalis such as sodium hydroxide. Other functional group of this aflatoxin is less readily attacked by chemical reagents. The methyl ether and furan ether groups would be cleaved only by very strong acids such as hydriodic acid. The double bond of terminal furan rings of AFB1 and AFG1 are susceptible to attack by electrophilic reagents and can be reduced or oxidised [20]. Shelf life stability studies

For shelf life stability studies, the results are shown in Figure 4.0

Figure 4.0: Peak heights of aflatoxins in BRb pH 9.0 which were kept up to 6 months in freezer.

7

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Standing tim e (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Standing tim e (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

0 1 2 3

Standing tim e (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

0 1 2 3

Standing tim e (hrs)

Ip (n

A)

AFB1AFB2AFG1AFG2

The results showed that after three months storage in freezer, the peak heights of AFG1 and AFG2 in BRB pH 9.0 were decreased to about 70% from original peak height measured at first day of preparation. AFB2 was the most stable within 2 months keeping period. These results revealed that AFB1 and AFB2 were stable within 3 months kept in fridge but gradually decreased after that time. Peak heights of AFG1 and AFG1 were gradually decreased since first month keeping time up to 6 months. Stability studies in different buffer solutions

The results for these studies are shown in Figure 5.0a to 5.0d. The results show that in acid and neutral conditions, peak heights of all aflatoxins were increased when the exposure time were longer. In BRb pH 9.0, the peak heights were not significantly affected by longer exposure time. This phenomenon may be because of all aflatoxins need enough time to be completely dissolved in acid and neutral condition compared in basic medium. In strong base, the peak height was significantly decreased where AFG2 has not given any peak after 3 hours exposure time. These results indicate that in neutral and acid conditions, aflatoxins take time to stabilise themselves and at strong base, it was slowly reacted while cyclopentanone and lactone groups slowly damaged (21). AFG1 and AFG2 show decreasing in peak height faster than aFB1 and AFB2. This was due to the easy of lactones group in both compounds attacked in strong basic condition compared to acidic condition. Other chemical group was not affected in acid or neutral medium as can be observed from the peak heights of all aflatoxins in BRB pH 6.0 and 7.0 within 3 hours standing time. At 0 hrs standing time, the peak heights of all aflatoxins in BRB pH 6.0, 7.0 and 11.0 were lower as compared in BRb pH 9.0 due to those pH were not an optimum pH for DPCSV analysis of aflatoxins as found in our previous experiment [22].

(a) (b)

(c) (d) Figure 4.0: Peak heights of 0.1 uM aflatoxins in BRb at pH (a) 6.0, (b) 7.0, (c) 9.0 and (d) 11.0 exposed to normal laboratory condition up to 3 hrs standing time.

8

CONCLUSION

Using DPCSV technique, stability studies of aflatoxins have been successfully performed. It was concluded that AFB1 and AFB2 in BRb pH 9.0 which were exposed to normal condition were more stable as compared to AFG1 and AFG2 in the same medium. Shelf life of AFB1 and AFB2 keeping in freezer were longer compared to AFG1 and AFG2. All aflatoxins in BRb pH 6.0, 7.0 and 9.0 which were exposed to normal condition up to three hours were stable but in BRb pH 11.0, their peak heights were significantly decreased.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

One of the author is gratefully acknowledge the University Science Malaysia for approved him a study leave and financial support for his study at UTM. Also we would like to thank UTM for a fundamental research grant (Vot No 75152) to carry out this study.

REFERENCES

1. Begum F and Samajpathi N (2000), Mycotoxin production in rice, pulses and oilseeds,Naturwissenschaften, 87: 275-277

2. International Agency for Research on Cancer (1993) IARC monographs on the evaluation of carcinogenic risk to

humans, vol. 56. World Health Organisation, Lyon. 3. Malaysian Food Act (1983) Act No 281, Reviewed 2002, Food Quality Control Dept, Ministry Of Health,

Malaysia 4. Creepy E.E (2002). Update of survey, regulation and toxic effect of mycotoxins Europe, Toxicology Letter, 127:

19-28 5 Samarajeewa U., Sen A.C., Cohen M.D. and Wei C.L (1990). Detoxification of Aflatoxins in foods and feeds by

physical and chemical methods Food Protection, 53, 489-501. 6. Goldblatt L.A (1969) Aflatoxin: Scientific background, control and implication, Academic Press, New York 7. Gimeno A. and Martins M. L (1983) Rapid thin layer chromatographic determination of patulin, citrinin and

aflatoxin in apples and pears and their juices and jams, J. Assoc. Anal. Chem, 66, 85-91. 8. Bicking M.K.L., Kniseley R.N and Svec H.J (1983), Coupled-Column for quantitating low levels of aflatoxins, J .

Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 66, 905-908.

9. Tutour L.B., Elaraki A. T. and Aboussalim A.,(1984). Simultaneous thin layer chromatographic determination of aflatoxin B1 and ochratoxin A in black olives, J Assoc Off Anal Chem 67: 611-620.

10. Rastogi S., Das M. and Khanna S.K. (2001). Quantitative determination of aflatoxin B1-oxime by column liquid

chromatography with ultraviolet detection. J Of Chromatography A, 933: 91-97 11. Joshua, H (1993) Determination of aflatoxin by reversed-phase high performance liquid chromatography with

post-column in-line photochemical derivatization and fluorescence detection, J. Chromatography A, 654: 247-254 12 Miller N, Pretorius H.E. and Trinder D.W (1985). Determination of aflatoxins in vegetable oils, J. Assoc. Off. Anal.

Chem, 68 : 136-137

13. Scholten J.M and Spanjer M.C (1996) Determination of aflatoxin B1 in pistachio kernels and shells, , J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem 79: 1360-1364

9

14. Brera C., Caputi R., Miraglia M., Iavicoli I., Salerno A. and Carelli G. (2002). Exposure assessment to mycotoxins in workplace: aflatoxins and ochratoxin A occurrence in airborne dusts and human sera, Micro chemical J (uncorrected proof).

15. Garcia-Villanova R.J., Cordon C., Paramas A.M.G., Aparicio P. and Rosales M.E.G., (2004). Simultaneous

immunoaffinity column clean up and HPLC analysis of aflatoxins and ochratoxin A in Spanish bee pollen, J Agric. Food Chem.52; 7235-7239

16. Gonzalez M.P.E., Mattusch J. and Wennrich R ( 1998) Stability and determination of aflatoxins by high-

performance liquid chromatography with amperometric detection, J.Chromatography A, 828: 439-444

17. Fifield F.W. and Kealey D (2000) Principle and practice of analytical chemistry 3rd Edition, Blackwell science, UK

18. Yaacob M.H., Mohd Yusof A.R., and Ahamad R (2003), Cyclic Voltammetry of AFB2 at mercury electrode,

Paper presented at SKAM –VI, Unimas, Kucing, Sarawak, Malaysia, 9-11 September 2003 19. Yaacob M.H., Mohd Yusof A.R., and Ahamad R. (2004), Cyclic Voltammetry of AFG1 at mercury electrode,

Paper presented at 3rd Annual Seminar on Sustainable Science and Management, KUSTEM, Terengganu, Malaysia, 4 – 5 May 2004.

20. Jaimez J., Fente C.A., Vazquez B.I., Franco C.M., Cepeda A., Mahuzier G. and Prognon P (2000). “Application of

the assay of aflatoxins by liquid chromatography with fluorescence detection in food analysis.” J. Chromatography A.” 882: 1-10

21. Miller K (1987) Toxicology aspects of food. Elsevier Applied Science, New York 2.2. Yaacob M.H., Mohd Yusof A.R. and Ahamad R (2005). Differential pulse stripping voltammetric (DPSV)

technique for determination of AFB2 at the mercury electrode. To be published in Collection of Czechoslovak Chemical Communication. In process.

1

PAPER WAS PUBLISHED IN

J. Kimia Analisis (Universiti Sumatera Utara, Medan, Indonesia)

Yaacob, M.H., Mohd. Yusoff, A.R. and Ahamad, R. (2005). Development of Differential

Pulse Cathodic Stripping voltammetry (DPCSV) Technique for the Determination of

AFB1 in Ground Nut Samples. J. Sains Kimia. 9(3): 31-36.

2

DETERMINATION OF THE AFLATOXIN B1 IN GROUND NUT BY

DIFFERENTIAL PULSE CATHODIC STRIPPING VOLTAMMETRY (DPCSV) TECHNIQUE

Mohamad Hadzri Yaacob1, Abdull Rahim Hj. Mohd. Yusoff2, Rahmalan Ahamad2

and Marpongahton Mismi3

1School of Health Sciences, USM, 16150 Kubang Krian, Kelantan, Malaysia 2Dept. of Chemistry, Faculty of Sciences, UTM, 81310 UTM, Skudai, Johor, Malaysia 3Dept. of Chemistry, Faculty of Mathematic and Science, USU, Medan, Indonesia

ABSTRACT

An electro analytical method has been developed for the detection and determination of the 2,3,6a,9a-tetrahydro-4-methoxycyclo penta[c] furo[3’,2’:4,5] furo [2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione (aflatoxin B1, AFB1) by a differential pulse cathodic stripping voltammetry on a hanging mercury drop electrode (HMDE) in aqueous solution with Britton-Robinson buffer (BRb) as supporting electrolyte. Effect of instrumental parameters such as accumulation potential (Eacc), accumulation time (tacc) and scan rate (v) were examined. The best condition were found to be pH 9.0, Eacc of -0.6 V, tacc of 80 s and v; 50 mV/s. Calibration curve is linear in the range of 0.02 to 0.32 uM with a detection limit of 0.75 x 10-8 M (3SDblank/m). Relative standard deviation for a replicate measurements of AFB1 ( n= 8) with the concentrations of 0.02 and 0.20 uM were 1.27% and 0.83% respectively. The method is applied for determination of the AFB1 in ground nut samples after extraction and clean-up steps. The recovery values obtained in spiked ground nut sample are 90.93 +/- 2.53 % for 3.0 ppb and 86.15 +/- 2.03 % for 15.0 ppb of AFB1.

ABSTRAK

Satu kaedah elektroanalisis telah dibangunkan untuk mengesan dan menentukan 2,3,6a,9a-tetrahydro-4-methoxycyclo penta[c] furo[3’,2’:4,5] furo [2,3-h][l] benzopyran-1,11-dione (aflatoxin B1, AFB1) menggunakan teknik voltammetri perlucutan katodik denyut pembeza di atas elektrod titisan raksa tergantung (HMDE) di dalam larutan akuas dengan larutan penimbal Britton-Robinson bertindak sebagai larutan penyokong. Kesan parameter peralatan seperti keupayaan pengumpulan (Eacc), masa pengumpulan (tacc) dan kadar imbasan (v) telah dikaji. Keadaan terbaik yang diperolehi adalah pH 9.0, Eacc; -0.6 V, tacc; 80 s dan v; 50 mV/s. Keluk kalibrasi adalah linear pada julat di antara 0.02 ke 0.32 uM dengan had pengesan pada 0.75 x 10-8 M (3SDblank/ m). Sisihan piawai relatif

1 Corresponding address: Chemistry Dept, Faculty of Science, UTM, 81300 Skudai, Johor, Malaysia tel: 07-553 4492 or 016-926 0354 or e-mail address: [email protected]

3

O

O

O

OO

O

untuk pengukuran AFB1 dengan kepekatan 0.02 dan 0.2 M sebanyak 8 kali ialah 1.27 % dan 0.83 % masing-masingnya. Kaedah ini telah digunakan untuk menentukan kandungan AFB1 di dalam sampel kacang tanah selepas proses pengekstraksian dan pembersihan. Nilai perolehan semula di dalam sampel kacang yang disuntik dengan 3.0 ppb dan 15.0 ppb AFB1 adalah 90.93 +/- 2.53 % dan 86.15 +/- 2.03 % masing-masingnya. Keywords: Cathodic stripping voltammetry; aflatoxin B1; ground nut

INTRODUCTION

Aflatoxins are mycotoxin produced by certain fungi especially, Aspergillus flavus and parasiticus , and they display strong carcinogenicity [1]. Therefore, they are dangerous food contaminants and many countries have stringent regulatory demands on the level of aflatoxins permitted in imported and traded commodities. Aflatoxin B1, B2, G1 and G2 are the main toxins and may be present in many foodstuff or animal feed such as maize, peanuts, nuts, copra and cottonseeds [2]. Of these, AFB1 (Fig 1) is the most commonly occurring variety and one of the most toxic [3]. The order of toxicity , AFB1 > AFG1 > AFB2 > AFG2, indicates that the terminal furan moiety of AFB1 is a critical point for determining the degree of biological activity of this group of mycotoxins [4].

Figure 1. Structural formula of AFB1

One of the foodstuff which is most occurrence of AFB1 is ground nut. In Malaysia, the AFB1 level in peanut is regulated with maximum level that cannot be greater than 15 ppb [5]. Several analytical techniques for quantitative determination of the AFB1 in ground nut have been proposed such as thin layer chromatography [6], high performance liquid chromatography, where a derivatisation is required either using trifluoroacetic acid [7], iodine [8] or bromine [9], and an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, ELISA [10], All these methods, however, require specialist equipment operated by skilled personnel and expensive instruments and high maintenance cost [11].

Due to all these reasons, a voltammetric technique which is fast, accurate and

requires low cost equipment [12] is proposed. This technique uses the concept where the

4

peak height of reduction peak of AFB1 is measured when a certain potential is applied [13]. Previous experiment using cyclic voltammetric technique showed that AFB1 reduced at mercury electrode and the reaction is totally irreversible [14]. This work aimed to study and develop a DPCSV method for determination of AFB1 at trace levels and to determine this aflatoxin in ground nut samples. No such report has been published regarding the determination of AFB1 in ground nut using this technique until now.

EXPERIMENTAL Apparatus Voltammetric measurements were performed using BAS CV-50W voltammetric analyzer with Control Growth Mercury Electrode (CGME) stand. The three-electrode system consisted of a CGME as working electrode, Ag/AgCl2 reference electrode and platinum wire as the auxiliary electrode. A 20 ml capacity measuring cell was used for placing supporting electrolyte and sample analytes. All measurements were carried out at room temperature. All pH measurements were made with Cyberscan pH meter, calibrated with standard buffers (pH 4, 7 and 10) at room temperature. Reagents AFB1 standard. (1mg per bottle) was purchased from Sigma Co. and was used without further purification. Stock solution ( 10 ppm) in hexane:acetonitrile (98:2) were prepared and was stored in the dark at -4 0 C. The diluted solution were prepared daily by using certain volume of stock solution, degassed by nitrogen until dryness and redissolved in Britton-Robinson solution at pH 9.0. Britton-Robinson buffer solution was prepared from a stock solution 0.04 M phosphoric (Merck), boric (Merck) and acetic (Merck) acids. BRb solution with other pH also was prepared by adding sodium hydroxide (Merck) 1.0 M up to pH value required. All solutions were prepared in double distilled dionised water. All chemicals were of analytical grade reagents. General procedure For voltammetric experiments, 10 ml of Britton-Robinson buffer solution was placed in a voltammetric cell, through which a nitrogen stream was passed for 600 s before recording the voltammogram. The selected Eacc = - 600 mV was applied during the tacc = 80 s while the solution was kept under stirring. After the accumulation time had elapsed, stirring was stopped and the selected accumulation potential was kept on mercury drop for a rest time (tr = 10 s), after which a potential scan was performed between -0.950 and -1.500 V by DPCSV.

5

Procedure for the determination in ground nut samples Four batches of ground nut included an artificial contaminated have been analysed for AFB1 content. AFB1was extracted from ground nut samples according to the standard procedure developed by Chemistry Department, Penang Branch, Ministry Of Science, Technology and Innovation (MOSTI), Malaysia [15]. 1ml of the final solution from extraction and clean-up steps in chloroform was pipette into an amber bottle, degassed with nitrogen and re-dissolved in 1ml of Britton-Robinson. 200 ul of this solution was spiked into 10 ml supporting electrolyte in volumetric cell. After that, the general procedure was applied and voltammogram of sample was recorded. A 10 ppb of AFB1 standard solution was then spiked into the sample solution before general procedure for voltammetric analysis The content of AFB1 in ground nut sample was calculated based on standard addition method to minimize any matrix effect.

RESULT AND DISCUSSION Cyclic voltammetric determination of AFB1

Cyclic voltammogram of 1.3 uM AFB1 in Britton-Robinson buffer solution as

shown in Figure 2.0 indicates the non-reversibility of the electrode process. It is also confirmed by the study of the influence of the scan rate in this technique, where a linear relationship between peak potential (Ep ) and log scan rate was found as Ep (-mV) = 61.41x + 1171.6 (R2 = 0.9967).

Figure 3.0 Typical repetitive cyclic voltammogram of 1.3 uM AFB1 in BRb pH 9.0; scan rate = 200 mV/s.

6

0102030405060

4 6 8 10 12

pH

Ip (n

A)

Effect of pH The influence of pH on the voltammetric behaviour of AFB1 has been studied using DPCSV. AFB1 gave a single reduction signal in the pH range of 5.0 to 12.0 where at pH 9.0, the highest peak height has been obtained as shown in Figure 3.0. This can be assigned to the reduction of the ketone group to give the corresponding alcohol [19]. Figure 3.0 Effect of pH of BRb on peak height of 1.0 uM AFB1 Optimisation of condition for the stripping analysis

The voltammetric determination of analytes at trace levels normally involves very small current response. For that reason it is important to optimise all those parameters which may have an influence on the measured peak height. The effect of various parameters such as accumulation potential (Eacc ), accumulation time (tacc) and scan rate on the peak height of AFB1 have been studied. The results of these optimization were Eacc; -0.6 V, tacc ; 80 s and scan rate 50 mV/s. Other parameters are initial potential (Ei ) = -0.1 V, final potential (Ef ) = -1.4 V and pulse amplitude = 80 mV. Using these optimized parameters, 0.1 uM of AFB1 has produced a single and sharp peak at Ep of -1.21 V with Ip of 60 +/- 5 nA ( n=5) as shown in Figure 4.0.

Figure 4.0 Voltammogram of 0.1 uM AFB1 in BRb pH 9.0 (n=5). Condition; Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s and scan rate = 50 mV/s

7

y = 5.4363x + 3.7245R2 = 0.9989

0

50

100

150

200

0 10 20 30 40

[AFB1] x 10-8M

ip(n

A)

Effect of standard addition of AFB1 and analytical characteristics of the method Using the optimized conditions that already mentioned, a study was made of the relationship between peak current and concentration. There is a linear relationship in the concentration range 0.02 uM and 0.32 uM with a regression equation of y = 5.4363x + 3.7245 ( R2 = 0.9989) as shown in Figure 5.0a and 5.0b. The relative standard deviations (RSD) of the analytical signals at several concentration values were 1.27% and 0.83% for AFB1 at concentration of 0.02 uM and 0.20 uM respectively. The analytical sensitivity has been calculated as 3SDblank / m (16) and was found as 0.75 x 10-8 M. SDblank is the standard deviation from 8 measurements of blank and m is slope from calibration curve.

(i) (ii)

Figure 5.0 (i) Voltammograms of AFB1 with increasing concentration (b) 0.02 uM , (c) 0.04 uM, (d) 0.06 uM, (e) 0.10 uM, (f) 0.14 uM, (g) 0.18 uM (h) 0.22 uM, (i) 0.26 uM, (j) 0.30 uM and (k) 0.32 uM in (a) BRb pH 9.0; (ii) it’s calibration curve. Conditions: Eacc= -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s, scan rate = 50 mV/s. Determination of AFB1 in ground nut samples The proposed method was applied to the analysis of the AFB1 in eluate of ground nut samples, spiked with different concentration of AFB1 for recovery studies. In this

8

study, the concentrations used were 3.0 ppb and 15.0 ppb The results of this studies are represented in Table 1.0. The results show that the accuracy of the method is good. Table 1.0 Recovery study of AFB1 spiked in eluate of ground nut

samples (n = 3)

No

Amount added

(ppb)

Amount found

(ppb)

% of recovery

1

2

3.00

15.00

2.73 +/- 0.08

12.92 +/- 0.30

90.93 +/- 2.53

88.15 +/- 2.03

Analyses of AFB1 content in ground nut samples were determined by standard addition in order to eliminate the matrix effects. Voltammograms of ground nut samples are shown in Figures 6(i) to 6(iv). AFB1 was not detected in three samples while in artificial contaminated sample, 333 ppb of AFB1 was found. The results were compared to that obtained by HPLC technique as stated in Table 2.0 which show a good agreement between them. It was concluded that the proposed technique is good, accurate and reliable for determination of AFB1 in ground nut samples.

Table 2.0 The results of DPCSV analysis of AFB1 in ground nut samples compared with HPLC technique.

Sample

By DPCSV technique

By HPLC technique

1 2 3 4

ND ND ND

333 ppb

ND ND ND

337 ppb

Note: ND = not detected

9

(i) (ii)

(iii) (iv)

Figure 6.0 Voltammograms of ground nut sample No. 1 (i), sample No. 2 (ii), sample No. 3 (iii) and sample No. 4 with standard addition of 10 ppb AFB1 (iv) in BRb pH 9.0 as the blank. Condition; Eacc = -0.6 V, tacc = 80 s and scan rate = 50 mV/s.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

One of the author would like to thank University Science Malaysia for approving his study leave and financial support to carry out his further study at Dept of Chemistry, UTM. We also indebt to UTM for fundamental short term grant (Vot No 75152) and to Chemistry Department, Penang Branch, Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation(MOSTI), Malaysia for the procedure of extraction and clean-up of ground nut samples.

10

REFERENCES

1. Akiyama H. Goda Y. Tanaka T and Toyoda M. (2001). Determination of

aflatoxinsB1, B2, G1 and G2 in spices using a multifunctional column clean-up, J. Of Chromatography A, 932. 153-157.

2. Chiavaro E., Dall’Asta C., Galaverna G., Biancardi A., Gambarelli E., Dossena A.

and Marchelli R. (2001). New reversed-phase liquid chromatographic method to detect aflatoxins in food and feed with cyclodextrins as fluorescence enhancers added to the eluent, J Of Chromatography A, 937. 31-40.

3. World Health Organisation in: IARC Monograph on the evaluation of

carcinogenic risk to human, WHO, Lyon, 1987.

4. Hall A.J., Wild C.P in: Eaton D.L., Groopman J.D. (Eds). The toxicology of aflatoxins: Human Health, Veterinary and Agricultural Significance, Academic New York, 1994.

5. Malaysian Food Act (1983) Act No 281, Reviewed 2002, Food Quality Control

Dept, Ministry of Health, Malaysia.

6. Bicking M.K.L., Kniseley R.N and Svec H.J (1983), Coupled-Column for quantization low levels of aflatoxins, J . Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 66, 905-908.

7. Beebe B.M. (1978). Reverse phase high pressure liquid chromatographic

determination of aflatoxins in foods, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 81. 1347-1352. 8. Cepeda A., Franco C.M., Fente C.A., Vazquez B.I., Rodriguez J.L., Prognon P.

and Mahuzier G. (1996). Post column excitation of aflatoxins using cyclodextrins in liquid chromatography for food analysis. J Of Chrom A. 721. 69-74.

9. Garner R.C., Whattam, M.M. , Taylor, P.J.L. and Stow M.W ( 1993) Analysis of

United Kingdom purchased spices for aflatoxins using immunoaffinity column clean up procedure followed up by high-performance liquid chromatographic analysis and post-column derivatization with pyridium bromide per bromide, J. Chromatography, 648: 485-490

10. Blesa J., Soriano J.M., Molto J.C., Marin R. and Manes J. (2003). Determination

of aflatoxins in peanuts by matrix solid-phase dispersion and liquid chromatography. J Of Chrom A. 1011. 49-54.

11. Garden S.R. and Strachan N.J.C.(2001). Novel colorimetric immunoassay for the

detection of aflatoxin B1, Anal Chim Acta, 444. 187-191.

11

12. Braitina Kh. Z., Malakhova N.A. and Stojko Y. (2000) Stripping voltammetry in

environmental and food analysis, Fresenius J Anal Chem 368: 307-325 13. Fifield F.W. and Kealey D (2000) Principle and practice of analytical chemistry

3rd Edition, Blackwell science, UK 14. Yaacob M.H., Mohd Yusoff A.R. and Ahmad R. (2003). Cyclic voltammetry of

AFB2 at the mercury electrode. Paper presented at Simposium Kimia Malaysia ke 13 (SKAM-13), 9 – 11th September 2003, Kucing, Sarawak, Malaysia.

15. Standard procedure for determination of aflatoxins (2000). Chemistry

Department, Penang Branch, Ministry of Science, Technology and Innovation (MOSTI), Malaysia (unpublished paper).

16. Smyth M. R., Lawellin D. W. and Osteryoung J.G (1979) Polarographic Study of

Aflatoxin B1, B2, G1 and G2: Application of Differential-pulse Polarography to the Determination of Aflatoxin B1 in Various Foodstuffs, Analyst, 104: 73-78

17. Sabry S.M. (1999). Adsorptive stripping voltammetric assay of phenazopyridine

hydrochloride in biological fluids and pharmaceutical preparation, Talanta 50: 133-140.